Skip to main content

Full text of "Electronics Australia 1976"

See other formats


Sony  PS-4750 

Superb  Fidelity  from  Today’s  Most  Advanced  Direct  Drive 


Audio  experts  the  world  over  have  been  waiting 
for  it  Sony’s  incredible  PS  4750,  the  ultimate 
turntable  system. 

the  art  takes  on  a  new  meaning  with  the 
PS  4750,  probably  the  quietest  turntable  ever 
made. 

In  one  elegant  design  Sony  has  reduced  rumble 
feedback  wow  and  flutter  to  minute  levels  far  ’ 
beyond  hearing  and  virtually  beyond  measurement. 
Wow  and  flutter  for  instance  is  an  amazing  0.03% 
(wrms.)  Signal  to  noise  is  better  than  70  dB  (DIN-B). 
Sony  achieved  this  in  a  number  of  ways: 

First,  all  the  belts,  pulleys,  idler  wheels  and  other 
paraphernalia  used  in  conventional  turntables  to 
make  the  turntable  spin  at  the  record’s  speed 
instead  of  the  motor’s,  have  been  eliminated.  ’ 

The  Sony  PS  4750  has  no  need  for  these  trouble¬ 
some,  noisy  and  fluttering  parts,  because  its 
slow-revving  D.C.  motor  is  directly  coupled  to  the 
pialtGr. 

Speed  accuracy  takes  on  new  meaning  with 
another  Sony  breakthrough,  the  “Magne-disc 
Servo  Control.”  a 

Through  a  unique  multi-gap  head,  this  system 
automatically  reads  turntable  speed  through  speed 

rim  !hV®  M9*Kals  ™a9net-coated  on  to  the  turntable 
rim  Should  there  be  any  deviation  induced  by 
fluctuations  in  power  supply,  jt  immediately 
instructs  the  servo  motor  to  make  micro- 
accurate  adjustments. 


Another  triumph  of  Sony  research  is  the  very 
d  use<^  make  the  cabinet  and  turntable 
developed  specifically  for  audio  use 
because  its  damping  and  resonance  characteristics 
are  30  per  cent  better  than  the  conventional 
aluminium  diecast.  B.M.C.  is  also  virtually  free  of 
expansion  or  contraction,  freeing  the  design  of 
any  problems  ar  sing  from  temperature  changes. 
Sony  innovation  didn’t  stop  there.  Look  at  the 
revolutionary  rubber  disc  supports.  These  insulation 
mats  are  of  a  unique  design  which  firmly  grips  the 
record  effectively  insulating  the  disc  from  vibration 
when  the  turntable  revolves.  By  preventing 
vibrations,  these  mats  contribute  to  the  stereo 
effect  and  significantly  improve  presence. 

The  precision  tonearm  is  a  universal  type  which 
accepts  all  quality  shells  and  cartridges.  Some  of 
the  Sony  PS  4750's  other  advanced  features  are- 
stylus  pressure  adjustment  (0-3  g),  anti-skate 
compensator,  viscous-damped  (up  and  down)  arm 

S,e,elth!EU9h  stroboscope,  independent  pitch 
control  ( +  4  /£>  on  both  331/3  and  45)  and  large 

feedback  908  ^  effective  Prevention  of  audio 

If  you’ve  been  waiting  for  the  ultimate  turntable 

drive^l  475a0  is°herr‘  ^  S°ny  direCt'' 


® 


Research  Makes  the  Difference 


GAC.S  7532 


Australia's  largest-selling  electronics  &  hi-fi  magazine 


VOLUME  38  No  9 


* 

^£a)_  modular  digital  clock 


This  is  our  latest  digital  clock,  a  versatile 
new  design  that's  simple  to  build  and  easy 
to  get  going.  The  design  offers  several 
options,  and  can  be  expanded  to  include 
alarm,  snooze,  sleep  and  radio  switching 
functions.  We  give  you  all  the  details  in 
our  article  commencing  on  page  52. 


Next  month: 

Microcomputers  are  now  quite  low  in 
cost,  but  to  use  them  you  need  a  low 
cost  terminal.  Next  month  in  EA  we  will 
present  a  new  design  for  a  low  cost 
build  it  yourself  video  terminal,  using 
any  monochrome  or  colour  TV  set. 
Among  its  many  attractive  features 
are: 

•  Refresh  memory  of  1024 
characters 

•  Three  different  display  formats 

•  Crystal  controlled,  no  setting  up 

•  Serial  interface  at  any  of  nine  crystal- 
locked  baud  rates 

•  Both  video  and  RF  outputs 

•  Roll  up  and  roll  down  facility. 

All  this  at  a  price  well  below  that  of 
competitive  terminals! 

Don't  miss  our  January  issue  for  this 
trend-setting  new  project. 


On  the  cover 

Our  cover  picture  this  month  shows  the 
latest  Siemens  teleprinter  unit,  locally 
made  at  the  Siemens  plant  in  Richmond, 
Victoria.  Some  25,000  Siemens  teleprin¬ 
ters  are  now  linked  into  the  Australian 
telex  and  telegraph  networks.  (Photo 
courtesy  Siemens  Industries). 


CONTENTS— DECEMBER,  1976 


world  of  electronics  and  hi-fi 


3  Editorial:  A  threat  or  a  challenge? 

9  Hi-Fi  News: 

AIWA  wants  some  of  the  hi-fi  action— Goldring  doings  things  in  sty/i 
Miniature  mic.  for  home  moviemakers— CENTREX:  Quality  sound  on  the 
move—Bogen  /  Tech  craft  now  handled  by  Audio  Telex 
1  7  New  AWA  monitor  uses  duplex  woofers— unique  Australian  design 
20  Microphones  Pt  3:  Frequency  response,  directivity,  etc. 

23  Review:  New  electret  microphones  and  accessories  from  JVC 

25  Review:  Luxor  9341  automatic  turntable 

27  Review:  Magnetic  cartridges  from  National  Panasonic 

30  Light  beam  communication  in  the  1  980s— the  optical  fibre  revolution 

37  Australia's  first  domestic  cable  TV  system 

38  AC  bridge  circuit  for  precise  temperature  measurements 
66  Forum:  Is  2-channel  stereo  the  pure  system? 


projects  and  technical 

40  Playmaster  Forty/ Forty  stereo  amplifier 

48  Easy-to-build,  low  cost  telephone  amplifier  for  beginners 

52  Modular  digital  clock— versatile  new  design  offers  several  options 

59  Auto  rhythm  unit  for  electronic  organs— using  the  S8890  rhythm  chip 

62  Op-amps  without  tears— a  practical,  down-to-earth  introduction  to  op-amps 

70  A  direct  conversion  receiver  for  3.5MHz 

78  The  serviceman:  Handyman  successes— and  failures 

83  Circuit  and  design  ideas: 

Designing  optimum-Q  and  small  inductors— Shunt  stabilised  power 
supply— TTL  counter  divides  by  any  integer— Double-pole  battery  time 
switch 

86  Getting  into  microprocessors:  The  Mostek  F8 

89  Getting  into  microprocessors:  The  Sphere  system 

90  Getting  into  microprocessors:  SC/MP  gets  Tiny-BASIC 
92  Getting  into  microprocessors:  A  text  editor  for  SC/MP 

104  Introduction  to  digital  electronics— 1  1 :  Encoding  and  decoding 
114  New  products: 

New  Nipper  48  colour  TV  performs  well— Infra-red  intruder  alarm— 
Wideband  preamp  for  instruments— Video  Technics  TV  tuner— Puncture 
tester— AudioLarms  form  C&K—CB  dealers  wanted— Video  game— Edge 
connectors— Paper  tape  punch— New  calculators  from  Unitrex. 


regular  features 


32  News  highlights 
95  Record  reviews— classical 
99  Record  reviews— devotional,  popular,  jazz 
1  1  2  Book  reviews 
1  23  Letters  to  the  Editor 
125  The  amateur  bands 
1  29  Shortwave  scene 
131  Information  centre 
1  34  Marketplace— classified 
1  36  Index  to  advertisers 
133  Notes  and  errata 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


1 


DISTRIBUTED  BY 


&cu/cc 

GROUP 

r  562  Spencer  Street,  West  Melbourne. 
Telephone:  329-7888. 

Southern  Depot:  1103  Dandenong  Road, 
East  Malvern.  Telephone:  211-8122. 


$12.50 

DM12  —  Audible  Deterent 
Noise  Generators,  12V  DC 
operation.  Capable  of  driv¬ 
ing  up  to  3  .flares.  Very 
Penetrating  Sounds. 


CSV22  —  12  Watts  Rms  per  Channel  with 
pre-amps  to  suit  Magnetic  Cartridge,  with  a 
frequency  response  from  20  -  25  KHZ. 
Total  harmonic  distortion  less  than  .4% 

$44.75 


CSV 50  —  25  Watts  urns  per  Channel  Stereo  Amplifier 
2.5  MV  Sensitivity  to  suit  magnetic  cartridge. 

Total  Harmonic  distortion  less  than  .5%  with  Hi,  Low 
filter  monostereo  switch. 


$74.70 


MP200 


$10.14 


Stereo  pre-amp.  Input  to 
suit  magnetic  gramo  cartridge. 


SMP9  (Stereo)  -  Phono 


0 


Dominion 


electronic  product/ 

™  o/\Ane  o  i _ i  kh 


$88.50 


G30  -  25  Watt  2  Channel 
Guitar  Amplifier  with  Tremelo 
Intensity  &  Speed  Controls. 


3000S-3  Channel  Musicolor,  an  Audio  Light 


Generator  with  a  Sensitive  Electret 
Microphone  which  picks  up  signals,  and 
converts  them  into  Electrical  Impulses. 

Treble,  Bass  and  Midrange  controls  with 
overall  master  contol. 

GV30 

Mono  P.A.  Pre-Amp  with  Volume, 
Bass  and  Treble  Controls. 

Input  Sensitivity:  2mV 
For  Use  with  KGV30  Amplifier 
Module. 

$19.20 


GV30 


$158.70 


PRE-AMPLIFIER  MODULES 


MP4 7  MIC. 


Rapar  MP9  —  Phono* 


Rapar  MP47  —  Mic. 
Microphone  pre-amp.  Input 
impedance  47K  Ohms.  High 
impedance  output. 

$7.84 


Mono.  Magnetic  pre-amp.  Input 
to  suit  magnetic  gramo  cartridge. 

$7.84 


Microphone  pre-amp.  Input 
impedance  200  Ohms.  High 
impedance  output. 

$7.84 


m 

$41.61 

RL5  Sequential  (Running) 
Lights,  5  Channels  with 
control  of  Running  Speed 
and  switching  sequence 
Max.  500  Watts  per  Channel. 


KGV30  Power  Amplifier  Module 
Output:  2b  Watts  K.M.S. 

Input  Sensitivity:  300  M.V. 
Operation:  35  V  A.C. 

To  suit  speakers  4,8  or  16  ohms 

$28.83 

CSV222  STEREO  AMPLIFIER 


2 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December.  1976 


Editorial 

Viewpoint 


A  threat  or  a  challenge? 


EDITOR-IN-CHIEF 

Neville  Williams 
M.I.R.E.E.  (Aust.)  (VK2XV) 

EDITOR 

Jamieson  Rowe 

B.A.  (Sydney),  B.Sc.  (Technology,  NSW) 
M.I.R.E.E.  (Aust.)  (VK2ZL0/T) 

ASSISTANT  EDITOR 

Philip  Watson 

A. M.I.R.E.E.  (Aust.)  (VK2ZPW) 

SCIENCE  FEATURES 

Greg  Swain,  B.Sc.  (Hons,  Sydney) 

PRODUCT  REVIEWS 

Leo  Simpson 

TECHNICAL  PROJECTS 

David  Edwards,  B  E.  (Hons,  Tasmania) 
Ian  Pogson  (VK2AZN/T) 

GRAPHICS 

Robert  Flynn 

PRODUCTION 

Daniel  Hooper 

ADVERTISING  MANAGER 

Selwyn  Sayers 

CIRCULATION  MANAGER 

Alan  Parker 


Broadly  speaking,  I  think  most  people  in  electronics— whether  hobbyist  or 
professional— are  fairly  excited  about  microprocessors.  This  is  probably  because  we 
are  able  to  recognise  that  they  are  in  fact  a  dual  development. 

We  can  certainly  see  that  they  are  a  further  step  in  the  evolution  of  conventional 
computers,  a  step  which  is  lowering  costs  and  thus  bringing  computing  power  right 
down  into  the  mainstream  of  everyday  life.  But  at  the  same  time  we  can  also  see 
that  they  are  a  logical  development  of  large-scale  integration  technology,  a  develop¬ 
ment  which  will  probably  broaden  the  range  of  dedicated  electronic  controls  and 
systems  a  thousandfold. 

It  is  this  second  aspect  of  microprocessors  which  is  mainly  responsible  for  the 
current  revolution  in  electronics,  not  the  first.  If  the  only  benefit  of  microprocessors 
was  cheaper  and  more  accessible  "number  crunchers",  they  would'nt  be  making 
the  impact  they  are.  And  we  in  electronics  wouldn't  be  in  the  midst  of  planning 
for  an  exciting  new  era. 

Why  I  mention  all  this  again  is  that  I  have  been  intrigued  lately  by  the  attitudes 
and  reactions  towards  microprocessors  displayed  by  many  people  in  the  existing 
computer  industry.  Both  from  talking  to  them,  and  from  reading  industry  publications, 
I  have  the  impression  that  quite  a  few  computer  professionals  are  either  apathetic 
or  patronisingly  disdainful. 

At  first  I  found  these  reactions  rather  puzzling,  but  now  I  think  I  understand. 

For  the  last  15  or  20  years,  computer  professionals  have  been  able  to  establish 
themselves  comfortably  as  an  indispensable  elite:  a  white-coated  priestly  caste, 
whose  mysterious  ministrations  were  deemed  essential  if  computers  were  to  perform 
anything  useful.  The  arrival  of  minicomputers  tended  to  weaken  this  elite  image  a 
little,  as  they  proved  capable  of  being  driven  effectively  by  mere  electronics  engineers 
and  technicians.  But  by  and  large,  any  computer  facility  worthy  of  the  name  still 
needed  its  retinue  of  systems  analysts,  programmers  and  other  assorted  boffins. 

Then  along  came  these  horrid  little  microprocessors,  with  their  obvious  implica¬ 
tions  of  low  cost  computing  facilities  within  reach  of  almost  anyone— even  hobByists 
and  school  students! 

It's  understandable,  then,  that  some  computer  people  aren't  nearly  as  keen  about 
microprocessors  as  we  in  electronics  tend  to  be;  the  new  devices  are  seen  as  a  threat 
to  their  future  status  and  well-being. 

Of  course  the  truth  is  that  computer  folk  and  their  accumulated  experience  are 
going  to  be  invaluable  as  we  enter  this  new  phase  of  computing  and  electronics. 
They  may  have  to  change  a  little,  and  accept  a  less  mystic  image.  But  on  the  other 
hand  we  in  electronics  are  having  to  change  too-and  among  other  things,  we  are 
having  to  learn  basic  programming! 

If  we  work  together,  I  think  the  future  should  be  very  rewarding  for  us  all— and 
for  humankind. 

That  optimistic  note  seems  to  lead  on  to  my  final  thought,  which  is  not  about 
microprocessors  at  all.  On  behalf  of  all  of  us  here  at  EA,  I  wish  you  a  very  merry 
Christmas,  and  a  happy  and  prosperous  new  year. 

— Jamieson  Rowe 


ON  SALE  THE  FIRST  MONDAY  OF  EACH  MONTH 


Registered  for  posting  -as  a  periodical  — 
Category  B. 

Printed  by  Dalley-Middleton-Moore  Pty  Ltd,  of 
Wattle  St,  Sydney  and  Masterprint  Pty  Ltd  of 
Dubbo,  NSW,  for  Sungravure  Pty  Ltd,  of  Regent 
St,  Sydney. 

'Recommended  and  maximum  price  only. 

Editorial  Office 

57-59  Regent  St,  Sydney  2008 
Phone  699  3622. 

Postal  Address:  PO  Box  163,  Beaconsfield  2014. 

Advertising  Offices 

Sydney— 57-59  Regent  St,  Sydney  2008. 
Phone:  699  3622. 

Representative:  Narcisco  Pimentel. 

Melbourne— 392  Little  Collins  St,  Melbourne 
3000.  Phone:  67  8131. 

Representative:  Keith  Watts 


Adelaide— Charles  F.  Brown  &  Associates  Ltd. 
1  68  Melbourne  St.,  North  Adelaide  5006. 
Representative:  Tom  Duffy  267  4377. 

Perth— 454  Murray  Street,  Perth  6000. 
Representative:  Jack  Hansen  21  8217. 

Subscriptions 

Subscription  Dept,  John  Fairfax  &  Sons  Ltd, 
GPO  Box  506,  Sydney  2001 . 

Circulation  Office 

21  Morley  Ave,  Rosebery,  Sydney  2018. 
Phone  663  391  1. 

Distribution 

Distributed  in  NSW  by  Sungravure  Pty  Ltd. 
57-59  Regent  St,  Sydney,  in  Victoria  by  Sun¬ 
gravure  Pty  Ltd,  392  Little  Collins  Street,  Mel¬ 
bourne;  in  South  Australia  by  Sungravure  Pty 
Ltd,  101-105  Weymouth  St,  Adelaide;  in 


Western  Australia  by  Sungravure  Pty  Ltd,  454 
Murray  Street,  Perth,  in  Queensland  by  Gordon 
and  Gotch  (A'asia)  Ltd;  in  Tasmania  by  Ingle 
Distributors,  93  Macquarie  St,  Hobart;  in  New 
Zealand  by  Gordon  and  Gotch  (NZ)  Ltd,  Adel¬ 
aide  Rd,  Wellington. 

Copyright.  All  rights  reserved 
Devices  or  arrangements  shown  or  described 
herein  may  embody  patents.  Information  is 
furnished  without  responsibility  for  its  use  and 
without  prejudice  to  patent  rights. 

All  manuscripts,  photographs  and  other 
material  submitted  to  Electronics  Australia  for 
publication  must  be  accompanied  by  a  stamped, 
addressed  envelope.  Contributions  are  submit¬ 
ted  at  the  sender's  risk,  and  responsibility  for 
loss  cannot  be  accepted  by  Electronics  Aust¬ 
ralia. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


3 


Dokorder. 


A  superb  range  that  has  sound  quality  taped* 


Increasingly  advanced  recording  techniques  mean 
that  near  perfect  sound  is  available  to  the  music 
lover.  To  fully  appreciate  this  sound,  you  need 
equally  sophisticated  reproduction  equipment. 

And  that’s  what  Dokorder  is  all  about! 

A  range  of  highly  sophisticated  tape  recorders  and 
decks  . . .  seven  models  to  select  from.  One  for 
every  need  and  budget.  For  instance,  the  new  1 1 40 
. ...  Dokorder’s  finest  professional 
tape  deck.  Studio  quality  and  a  host 
of  features.  And  the  81 40  4-channel 


tape  deck  with  multi-sync,  for  fun,  flexibility  and 
fine  sound.  Then,  there’s  the  new  MK550  stereo 
cassette  deck  featuring  servo  controlled  drive 
system,  built-in  Dolby,  Cue  and  Review  system, 
Peak  Level  Indicators,  Normal/Chrome  equaliza¬ 
tion  and  a  switched  FM  multiplex  filter-features 
you  should  insist  on  in  any  first-class  deck. 

With  Dokorder,  there  certainly  is  a  unit  to  suit 
every  need!  And  every 
Dokorder  gives  you  superb 
sound  quality. 


Dokorder. 


PHOTIMPOItT 

MELBOURNE  ADELAIDE  BRISBANE  PERTH  SYDNEY 

For  descriptive  literature  and  specifications,  send  a  30  cent  stamp 
to  Qualitron  Industries  Division  of  Photimport  (Australia)  Pty.  Ltd. 

Head  Office:  69  Nicholson  Street,  East  Brunswick,  Vic.  3057 
Australia.  Telephone:  38Q  6922 


PA11D’ 


4 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Peerless  PMB6-remarkable  realism 
equal  to  the  best  electrostatics 


New  Peerless  Orthodynamic  principle - 
this  is  really  living 

With  Peerless  PMB6  headphones  everything  you  hear  is  true. 

Based  on  the  newly  developed  and  patented  Peerless  Ortho¬ 
dynamic  principle,  PMB6  headphones  deliver  reproduced  sounds 
equal  in  quality  to  the  most  sophisticated  electrostatics.  Peerless 
bring  it  back  alive-sounds  so  real,  you  feel  you’re  actually  there. 

In  one  ear  and  in  the  other- 
in  total  comfort 

There’s  nothing  more  annoying  than  headphones  that  clamp 
you  in  a  head-lock. 

With  Peerless  featherweight  construction,  fine  fit  and  pillow- 
soft  ear  pads,  absolute  comfort  is  certain  over  long  time  listening. 

Until  you’ve  heard  it  through  Peerless - 
you  just  haven’t  heard  it! 

Between  two  perforated  ferrite  magnet  discs  lies  an  ultra  thin 
diaphragm/voice  coil.  This  light  and  very  elastic  diaphragm,  whose 
total  surface  is  put  into  motion,  makes  crystal  clear  high  frequency 
reproduction  possible.  Its  construction  also  ensures  uniform 
phase  characteristics  and  low  distortion.  The  diagram  below 
details  this  novel  new  design. 

In  your  favourite  piece  of  recorded  music,  you’ll  hear  notes  and 
nuances  you’d  never  have  believed  existed. 


1.  Air  holes.  2.  Ball  joint  suspension.  3.  Drive  unit.  4.  Damping  material. 

5.  Terminals.  6.  Cable  grip.  7.  Ear  pads.  8.  Terminal.  9.  Terminal.  10.  Centre 
axle.  11.  Magnet.  12.  Magnet.  13.  Diaphragm/voice  coil.  14.  Hole  in  magnet. 


Peerless  PMB6  Technical  Data 

Frequency:  Range  16-20,000  Hz 

Impedance:  140  Ohms 

Max.  Constant  Load:  40  dB 

Operating  Power:  2.5  mW 

Distortion:  1% 

Rated  Input:  *  ’  2W  (DIN) 

Weight:  210  g 

Colours:  Black,  Red  and  Olive  Green 

Peerless  PMB6  $49 

Electrostatic  quality,  superb  comfort  and  a  realistic  price 


Danish  Hi  Fi  Shop  9,  Southern  Cross  Hotel,  Melbourne.  Telephone  63  8930  Danish  Hi  Fi  698  Burke  Road,  Camberwell,  Victoria  Telephone  82  4839 
convoy  Sound  1  Maclean  Street,  Woolloomooloo,  N.S.W.  Telephone  357  2444.  Convoy  Sound  387  George  Street,  Sydney.  Telephone  29  4466 
Brisbane  Agencies  72  Wickham  Street,  Fortitude  Valley,  Queensland.  Telephone  221  9944.  Danish  Hi  Fi  308  Walcott  Street  Mt  Lawlev 
Western  Australia.  Telephone  71  0100.  ' 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


5 


Does  your  system  hunger  for  one? 


Hi  fi  systems  also  need  the  right  kind  of  nourishment.  One  of  the  most 
effective  ways  of  providing  it  is  featured  above:  the  AKAI  AA-1020  AM/FM 
Tuner  Amplifier. 

It  puts  out  20  effortless  watts  RMS  per  channel  (both  channels  driven, 
from  20  to  20,000  hz,  no  more  than  0.4%  THD  into  8  ohms  load).  It  comes 
with  the  kind  of  facilities  that  produce  the  best  kind  of  sound.  And  at  $340t, 
the  price  isn’t  likely  to  turn  you  off. 

But  maybe  your  system  hungers  for  a  lot  more  power,  in  which  case 


you  should  see  our  more  powerful  models. 

Of  course,  like  all  AKAI  hi  fi  equipment  distributed  by  AKAI 
Australia,  it  comes  with  our  Complete  Protection  Plan*.  Which  simply 
means  12  months  full  parts  and  labour  warranty  on  all  Tape  Equipment, 
2  years  full  parts  and  labour  warranty  on  all  Amplifiers,  Turntables  and 
Speakers  and  a  lifetime  warranty  on  all  GX  Tape  Heads. 

So,  if  your  amplifier  isn’t  all  it  should  be,  see  your  AKAI  dealer . 
He’ll  put  your  mind  at  ease. 


The  AKAI  Hi-Fi  Professionals  are:  NEW  SOUTH  WALES  -  SYDNEY  CITY  AND  METROPOLITAN.  Sydney:  Douglas  Hi-Fi,  338  George  Street;  Duty  Free  Travellers  Supplies.  400  Kent  Street; 
European  Electronics.  187  Clarence  Street;  Insirol  Hi  Fi.  Cnr  Put  &  King  Streets;  Magnetic  Sound  Industries,  32  York  Street;  Jack  Stein  Audio,  275  Clarence  Street.  Bankstown:  Selsound  Hi  Fi.Cnr. 
North  Terrace  &  Apian  Way.  Burwood:  Electronic  Enterprises.  1 1  Burwotnl  Road.  Edge  Electrix,  31  Burwood  Road  Concord:  Sonarta  Music  Services,  24  (^abarita  Road.  Cremorne:  Photo  Art  &  Sound. 
287  Military  Road  Crows  Nest:  Allied  Hi  Fi.  330 Pacific  Highwjv  Hurstville:  Hi  F:  House.  127  Forest  Road  Liverpool:  Miranda  Stereo  &  Hi  Fi  Centre,  166  Macquarie  Street .  Miranda  Fair:  Miranda  Hi 
Fi  &  Stereo  Centre.  Shop  67,  Top  Level.  Mona  Vale:  Warringah  Hi  Fi.  Shop  5.  Mona  Vale  Court  Parramatta:  Gramophone  Shop.  Shop  151 ,  Westfield  Shoppingtown;  Selsound  Hi  Fi,  27  Darcey  Street 
Roselands:  Roselands  Hi  Fi,  Gallery  Level  South  Hurstville:  Selsound  Hi  Fi.  803  King  George’s  Road  Summer  Hill:  Fidela  Sound  Centre.  93B  Liverpool  Street  Sutherland:  Sutherland  Hi  Fi,  5  Boyle 
Street  Waitara:  Hornsbv  Hi  Fi,  71  Pacific  Highwa\  Westleigh:  Sound  Incorporated.  16  Wcstleigh  Shopping  Centre  NEW  SOUTH  WALES  COUNTRY.  Albury:  Haberecht’s  Radio  &  TV,  610  Dean 
Street  Bega:  Easdowns.  187- 191  C.arp  Street.  Bowral:  Fred  Haves.  293  Bong  Bong  Street  Broken  Hill:  Pee  Jav  Sound  Centre.  364  Argent  Street  Gosford:  Gosford  Hi  Fi.  163  Mann  Street;  Miranda  Stereo 
&  Hi  Fi  Centre.  Cnr  Donnison  &  Baker  Streets.  Moss  Vale:  Bourne’s  Merchandising,  1  White  Street .  Newcastle:  Ron  Chapman  Hi  Fi.  880  Hunter  Street;  Eastern  Hi  Fi,  519  Hunter  Street  Nowra:  Nowra 
Hi  Fi.  Shoalhavcn  Arcade  Taree:  Taree  Photographies,  Graphic  House,  105  Victoria  Street  Wagga  Wagga:  Haberechts  Radio  &  TV,  128  Bavlis  Street  Wollongong:  Hi  Fi  House,  268  Keira  Street; 
Selsound  Hi  Fi.  2-6  Crown  Lane  A.C.T.  Civic:  Allied  Hi  Fi.  122  Bunda  Street.  Fyshwick:  Allied  Hi  Fi,  3Paragon  Mall.  Gladstone  Street.  QUEENSLAND.  Brisbane:  Chandlers,  120  Edward  Street. 
Chandlers.  399  Montague  Road .  West  End.  Stereo  Supplies.  95  Turbot  Street,  Tel  Air  Electronics,  187  George  Street .  Nambour:  Custom  Sound,  Currie  Street  Mt.  Isa:  The  Sound  Centre.  West  Street. 
Rockhampton:  Chandler’s.  144  Alma  Street  Southport:  Stokes  Electronics,  Scarborough  Street  SOUTH  AUSTRALIA.  Adelaide:  Ernsmiths.  48-50  King 
W'llliam  Street;  Flinders  Trading  Co..  55  Flinders  Street,  J  B  Electronics  ,  115  Gouger  Street  Blackwood:  Blackwood  Sound  Centre.  4  Coromandel  Parade 
Glenside:  Steiner  Electronics.  Convgham  Street  Moana:  Bob  Carmen,  185  Commercial  Road.  VICTORIA.  Melbourne:  Douglas  Hi  Fi,  191  Bourke  Street; 

Warrnambool:  A.  G.  Smith.  159  Liebig  Street  WESTERN  AUSTRALIA.  Perth:  The  Audio  Centre.  883 

Wellington  Street  Calista:  Hub  Hi  Fi,  Kwinana  Hub,  Gilmore  Avenue.  East  Victoria  Park:  Japan  Hi  Fi,  889  Albany  Highway  Nedlands.  Audio  Distributors. 

Broadway  Shopping  Centre.  Broadwav  Midland:  Midland  Audio.  16B  Great  Northern  Highway.  Mosman  Park:  Audio  Distributors,  14  Glyde  Street  W.A. 

COUNTRY.  Bunbury:  Aabel  Music.  130  Victoria  Street  Kalgoorlie:  Hambley’s  Hi  Fi.  Shop  13.  Central  Arcade.  Hannan  Street  TASMANIA.  Burnie:  James 
Loughran  &  Sons.  29-31  Wiltuot  Street  Hobart:  Quantum  Electronics.  181  Collins  Street  Launceston:  Wills  &  Co..  7  Quadrant  NORTHERN  TERRITORY. 

Darwin:  Pfitzners  Music  House,  Smith  Street. 

*Thc  Complete  Protection  Plan  docs  not  cover  equipment  purchased  outside  Australia  t  Recommended  retail  price  only. 

70613R 


AKAI 

The  name  you  don't  have  to 
justify  to  your  friends. 


6 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


gives  you  that  and 
more. 

At  $289  R.R.P.  with  base  and 
cover,  or  only  $479 
complete  with  base,  cover, 
S.M.E.  3009  arm  and 
Stanton  681  eee,  how  can 
you  resist. 

P.S.  If  this  isn't  the  ultimate 
turntable,  we'd  like 
to  know  why. 

*  Measurements 
taken  from  1 
authoritative  U.S. 

"F.M.  Guide" 

May  1976. 


Sole  Australian  Distributors: 

AAAAALERQVA _ 

Ul/Ull  INDUSTRIES 
156  Railway  Pde.,  Leederville, 
Western  Australia  6007. 

Phone  81  2930. 

N.S.W.  Office: 

100  Walker  St.,  North  Sydney. 
2060.  Phone  922  4037. 
VICTORIA  Office: 

103  Pelham  St.,  Carlton  3053. 
Phone  347  7620. 


□  -  80  dB  rumble 

□  0.04%  wow  and  flutter 

□  continuously  variable 
speed  range  through 
a  servo  controlled 
d.c.  motor... 

□  push-button  selection 

of  78, 45, 33V3  r.p.m. 

does  this  make 
the  ultimate 
turntable? 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


7 


Some  of  the  finest 
musical  instruments  made 
are  UBL  loudspeakers. 


Our  music  instruments  loudspeakers  are  available  Australia  wide. 
Enquiries  to:  JBL,  K100,  P.O.  Box  6,  Brookvale.  2100. 


The  famous 
JBL  T-Shirt. 


You’ve  just  said  a  mouthful.  Now  send  me 
my  JBL  T-Shirt,  I  enclose  $5.00  for  each 
one  making  my  cheque /money  order  $  .  .  . 


My  size  is 
Her  size  is. 


Name  .  . 
Address 


Large 

Medium 

Small 

Total 


)  T-Shirts 
)  T-Shirts 
)  T-Shirts 
) 


Postcode 


'Musician’s  WetSuit” 


Send  to:  JBL,  P.O.  Box  6, 
Brookvale.  2100 


EH 


T 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Hi  Fi  News 


AIWA  wants  some  of  the  hifi  action 

Reflecting  yet  another  significant  move  on  the  local  hifi  scene,  AIWA 
Australia  Pty  Ltd  are  beginning  to  make  their  presence  felt  with  an 
approach  to  selected  dealers  throughout  Australia  and  with  new-image 
publicity  headed  up  by  colour  commercials  on  major  TV  channels. 

by  NEVILLE  WILLIAMS 


To  talk  with  AIWA  Australia's  General 
Manager,  Ian  Woodhouse,  is  to  receive 
the  multi-message:  AIWA  is  big  in  hifi, 
and  especially  in  cassette  players;  AIWA 
has  a  whole  string  of  new  quality 
products  in  the  pipeline;  AIWA  products 
will  be  available  where  and  when  you 
want  them;  AIWA  is  aiming  to  give  the 
best  and  fastest  back-up  service  in  the 
business. 

Behind  the  local  enterprise  is  the 


parent  company  in  japan,  whose  name 
bears  an  unfortunate  resemblance  to  the 
initials  of  Amalgamated  Wireless  (Aus¬ 
tralasia)  Ltd.  Perhaps  that's  why  the 
television  adverts  tend  to  stress  the 
pronunciation  "Ay-ee-wah".  Around  the 
company  headquarters  itself,  however, 
you  are  more  likely  to  hear  just  plain 
"Eye-wah". 

Take  your  pick,  as  long  as  you  don't 
say:  "A  . .  W  . .  er . .  I  . .  er . .  A"! 

When  the  Company  was  first  founded 
in  Japan  in  June  1951,  it  was  registered 
under  the  name  Aiko  Denki  Sangyo 


Kabushiki.  With  a  capital  of  one  million 
Yen,  its  stated  purpose  was  to  manufac¬ 
ture  and  sell  radio  receivers  and  other 
communications  equipment.  In  fact,  the 
initial  effort  gravitated  towards  the 
production  of  carbon,  crystal  and  mov¬ 
ing  coil  microphones,  of  which  the  DM-1 
dynamic  became  the  best  known.  In 
1955,  the*  variable  reluctance  mono 
phono  cartridge  also  attracted  a  lot  of 
attention. 

NHK  -  The  Japanese  National  Broad¬ 
casting  Network  —  subsequently 
appointed  Aiko  Denki  as  its  leading  tech¬ 
nical  study  factory  and  this,  together  with 
a  move  into  higher  quality  ribbon 
microphone  manufacture,  necessitated 
successive  increases  in  capital  to  100- 
million  Yen  in  1959. 

The  same  year  saw  the  Company  name 
change  to  AIWA  Co  Ltd,  followed  by  a 
trebling  of  capital,  listing  on  the  Tokyo 
stock  exchange,  and  the  establishment  of 
a  major  subsidiary  in  Chicago,  USA. 

1964/5  saw  the  development  and 
marketing  of  Japan's  first  compact  cas¬ 
sette  tape  recorder/player,  using  the 
then  new  Philips  cassette  format.  About 
the  same  time,  Japan's  first  uni¬ 
directional  moving  coil  microphone 
appeared,  the  DM-47.  Since  then,  AIWA 
have  developed  and  marketed  a  wide 
variety  of  cassette  recorders  and  players, 
ranging  from  straight  portables,  through 
‘cassette/radios,  car  cassettes  and  car¬ 
tridge  players,  to  modern  stereo  cassette 
decks,  and  integrated  entertainment 
centres:  cassette/disc/receiver/ 
amplifier  in  one  assembly. 

AIWA  products  tended  to  filter  on  to 
the  Australian  market  relatively  early  in 
the  Company's  history.  Many  will 
remember  the  DM-1  moving  coil 
microphone,  while  the  DM47  was  very 
popular  for  sub-professional  P.A. 
applications,  by  reason  of  its  directional 
qualities  and  the  advantage  it  gave  in 
potential  acoustic  feedback  situations. 

Until  fairly  recently,  AIWA  products 
were  distributed  in  Australia  by  Goldring 
and,  in  this  era,  the  AIWA  name  became 


Featuring  prominently  in  AlWA's  current  publicity  is  the 
AD-6500  front  loading  cassette  deck  (top)  which  features 
automatic  loading  and  illuminated  cassette  aperture.  It  has  all 
normal  facilities  including  Dolby-B  and  provision  for  three 
grades  of  tape ,  excellent  specifications  and  a  front  panel  DIN 
socket  for  easy  access.  The  matching  AM/FM  stereo  receiver 
below ,  type  AX-7500,  has  full  access  and  control  facilities  and 
a  rated  output  of  33W  RMS  per  channel  into  8  ohms. 


Photographed  at  an  AIWA  dealer  presentation  at  the  Sydney 
Opera  House:  Centre  is  AIWA  Director  Mr  Hiroshi  Kohjimoto , 
and  left  Mrs  Harume  Kohjimoto.  On  the  right  is  AIWA  Manag¬ 
ing  Director  for  Australia  Mr.  James  D.  Cobb. 


pi  CPTROMIPQ  AiiQtmlia  npr.pmhftr  1976 


Jtone/* 
Rolling 
ftudio. 


A  complete  recording  studio  in  a  van?  For  Mick  Jagger,  it’s  almost  a  neces¬ 
sity.  Mick  and  the  Stones  can  be  inspired  to  produce  their  next  hit  anytime; 
but  when  they’re  on  tour  or  vacationing,  the  best  recording  studios  aren’t 
always  around  the  corner.  For  these  moments  of  midnight  inspiration,  the 
Stones  rely  on  their  Shure-equipped  mobile  studio  for  the  unmatched  record¬ 
ing  perfection  they  insist  upon.  Whether  in  a  recording  session  or  on  stage, 
the  Stones’  Shure  SM53,  SM58,  SM5C,  SM33,  and  SM54  microphones  are 
their  assurance  of  consistent  quality  and  natural  sound. 


Three  more  new  Microphones  from  the  Shure  range. 


Model  PE52  Vagabond  Shure  SM1 1  Dynamic  Element  PE5EQ.  The  first 

Close-Talking  Microphone  Lavalier  Microphone  Equalizer  Microphone. 


AUDIO  ENGINEERS  P/L 

342  Kent  Street, 
SYDNEY  2000  N  S  W. 


AUDIO  ENGINEERS  (Vic.)  AUDIO  ENGINEERS  (Qld)  ATHOL  M.  HILL  P/L 

2A  Hill  Street,  57  Castlemaine  Street,  1000  Hay  Street, 

THORNBURY  3071  Vic.  MILTON  4064  Qld.  PERTH  6000  W.A. 


AE110/FP 


10 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


largely  synonymous  in  Australia  with  por¬ 
table  radios  and  cassette  radios.  The  fact 
that  AIWR  also  manufactured  up-market 
stereo  equipment  was  less  well  known. 

When  AIWA  Australia  Pty  Ltd  was 
established  in  late  1975,  one  of  the  first 
objectives  was  to  extend  the  Company 
image  in  Australia  to  the  other  end  of  the 
market  spectrum;  to  ensure  that  AIWA 
was  represented  in  the  hifi  salons  with 
appropriate  product  lines,  as  well  as  by 
battery  portables  in  the  department 
stores.  In  fact,  the  "portable"  lines  are 
being  deliberately  rationalised  to 
simplify  marketing— and  customer 
choice— in  this  area. 

Meanwhile,  the  Australian  Company 
headquarters  at  14  Gertrude  St,  Arncliffe, 
NSW  is  rapidly  taking  on  the  character 
of  the  new-look  organisation. 

Along  one  side  of  the  upstairs  show¬ 
room  is  a  display  of  the  smaller  items 
which  have  long  been  associated  with 
the  AIWA  name  in  Australia,  ranging 
from  a  first-size  cassette  recorder  player, 
through  conventional  portable  tape 
players  to  a  4-speaker  compact  system 
intended  for  small  flats  and  home  units; 
from  routine  portable  receivers  to  multi¬ 
band  receivers  intended  for  the  enthu¬ 
siast  and  ethnic  DX  and  short-wave 
listener  market. 

Along  the  other  side  of  the  showroom 
are  racks  of  hifi  stereo  cassette  decks,  top 
loading,  inclined  panel  loading,  and  front 
loading— including  the  nifty  automated 
system  being  featured  in  the  TV  commer¬ 
cials.  AIWA  are  more  than  happy  for  the 
specifications  to  be  compared  with  those 
of  comparable  models  from  other  manu¬ 
facturers. 

As  well,  there  are  amplifiers,  receivers 
and  integrated  cassette/receivers,  a  belt- 
driven  turntable  and  a  range  of  loud¬ 
speaker  systems,  which  is  in  the  course 
of  being  expanded. 

Downstairs,  there  is  a  service  centre, 
spare  parts  and  bulk  stores,  staffed  by 
technical  people  familiar  with  the  AIWA 
range  of  products. 


GOLDRING  DOING  THINGS  IN  STYLI! 


According  to  Mike  Dean ,  General  Sales  Manager  for  Goldring  Sales  &  Service  Pty 
Ltd ,  his  company  will  be  placing  renewed  emphasis  on  the  sale  of  replacement  styli 
and  pickup  cartridges.  Typifying  their  approach ,  the  Company  operated  a  stylus 
advisory  centre  at  the  Sydney  Consumer  Electronics  Show ,  using  an  inspection  device 
which  gave  a  200-times  up  view  of  suspect  stylus  tips.  Goldring  is  planning  a  series 
of  in-store  promotional  and  educational  centres  to  alert  record  users  to  the  need 
for  regular  stylus  inspection  and  replacement.  (Goldring  Sales  &  Service  Pty  Ltd ,  26-28 
Ricketty  St,  Mascot  2020.) 


And  elsewhere  in  the  building— we 
almost  forgot-are  the— administrative 
offices! 

As  Managing  Director  J.D.  (Jim)  Cobb 
is  not  backward  in  reminding  hifi  dealers 
around  Australia:  AIWA  is  into  the  pres¬ 
tige  market,  boots  and  all! 

DECCA  CASSETTES 

Our  article  in  the  October  issue  of 
"Electronics  Australia",  about  the  disap¬ 
pointing  quality  of  many  pre-recorded 
cassettes,  was  mirrored  in  the  American 
"Audio"  magazine  for  the  same  month. 
On  the  basis  that  the  average  pre- 


Miniature  mic.  for  home  moviemakers 


With  a  diameter  of  18mm  and  a  depth 
of  9mm ,  Sennheiser's  new  MKE  10 
"Micromike"  (left)  should  appeal  to 
home  moviemakers  and  others  who 


need  a  microphone  small  enough  to  pin 
unobtrusively  to  clothing.  An  electret 
type  with  omnidirectional  pickup ,  it  can 
be  used  directly  with  any  tape  recorder 
with  a  DIN  45  594 
input  with  integral 
DC  supply  connec¬ 
tion.  Where  this  is 
not  available ,  one  or 
two  Micromikes  (for 
stereo)  can  be  used 
with  the  slim  battery 
supply  module 
shown  to  provide 
signal  for  normal 
inputs.  The  Micro¬ 
mike  is  due  for 
release  in  January 
1977.  (In  Australia:  R. 
H.  Cunningham  Pty 
Ltd ,  493-499  Victoria 
St ,  West  Melbourne.) 


recorded  cassette  compared  poorly  with 
its  disc  counterpart,  columnist  Bert 
Whyte  was  most  interested  to  attend  a 
demonstration  in  New  York  of  up¬ 
graded  cassettes  being  released  under 
the  "London"  label. 

As  Bert  Whyte  points  out,  this  is  the 
label  used  in  America  for  releases  by  Bri¬ 
tish  Decca.  One  of  the  prominent  figures 
at  the  New  York  Demonstration  was 
none  other  than  Arthur  Haddy,  the  man 
largely  responsible  for  Decca's  notable 
ffrr  discs,  which  immediately  preceded 
the  microgroove  era. 

Guests  at  the  demonstration  were 
invited  to  compare  directly  the  new  Lon- 
don/Decca  cassettes  with  1  Sips  copies 
of  the  same  material,  being  free  to  check 
levels  and  operate  the  A/B  switching  to 
suit  themselves.  While  Bert  Whyte  had 
some  reservations  about  the  choice  of 
loudspeakers  and  the  characteristics  of 
the  hotel  room  involved,  there  seemed 
to  be  little  doubt  that  the  new  cassettes 
were  way  above  average. 

This  was  confirmed  when  Bert  Whyte 
was  able  to  play  a  selection  of  the  Lon- 
don/Decca  cassettes  on  his  own  equip¬ 
ment  and  share  reactions  with  other 
expert  listeners. 

Out  of  this  came  the  very  natural  ques¬ 
tion:  what  was  the  explanation  for  the 
apparent  improvement  in  quality?  While 
various  companies  had  made  conscious 
efforts,  in  the  past  to  improve  the  quality 
of  pre-recorded  cassettes,  in  general 
they  had  tended  to  come  unstuck  for 
economic  reasons.  As  a  result,  cassettes 
have  tended  to  gravitate  to  a  level 
adequate  for  casual  listening  but  short  of 


1 1 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


' 


A  screwdriver  and  about  Vi  an  hour 
is  all  you  need  to  build  this  40  watt 
Philips  speaker  system. 


Philips  make  it  easy  and  inexpensive 
for  you  to  own  a  professional 
speaker  system.  Assemble  it  yourself 
in  about  30  minutes  and  you  have 
40  watt  (RMS)  capacity  speakers 
to  complement  your  hi-fi  gear. 

PHILIPS 


The  AD8K40  Speaker  Kit  includes: 

•  2  precut,  pre-finished  wood  grain 
cabinet  enclosures  with 
pre-painted  baffle  boards. 

•  2  mounted  grill  cloths  with 
pre-painted  baffle  boards.  •2x8” 
woofers.  #2x1”  dome  tweeters. 

•  2  x  2-way  crossover  networks  with 
leads  and  fas  tons  fitted. 

•  Innerbond  lining.  •  Wood  screws. 

•  Wood  glue.  •  Caulking  compound. 

Plus  full  assembly  instructions. 


For  further  information  contact 
PHILIPS 

Electronic  Components  and  Materials, 
P.O.  Box  50, 

Lane  CoveN.S.W.  2066. 

Or  phone  42 1261  or  420361 
Branches  in  all  States. 


\ 


12 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


153.0188 


HIFI  NEWS — continued 


accepted  domestic  hifi  standards. 

It  transpired  that  Decca's  cassette 
production  is  concentrated  in  the  village 
of  Bridgenorth,  140  miles  north  of  Lon¬ 
don  and  not  far  from  the  Welsh  border. 
And  the  quality  of  the  cassettes  that 
emerge  from  the  Bridgenorth  complex  is 
not  the  result  of  any  revolution  in  tech¬ 
nology,  but  of  meticulous  attention  to 
detail  and  quality  control. 

In  one  of  its  other  facilities,  Decca 
makes  its  own  cassette  shells,  with  due 
attention  given  to  something  like  400 
dimensions,  all  likely  to  have  some  affect 
on  the  behaviour  of  the  tape— as  eviden¬ 
ced  in  wow  and  flutter  on  the  user's 
deck.  For  the  same  reasons,  the  shells  are 
ultimately  welded  together  rather  than 
screwed,  because  Decca  research  sug¬ 
gests  that  screwing  produces  more 
stresses,  with  a  greater  chance  of 
misalignment. 

Inside  the  shell,  guide  rollers  have 
been  replaced  by  solid  posts  of  slippery 
Delrin,  eliminating  another  source  of 
erratic  tension,  due  to  eccentric  rollers  or 
sticky  bearings.  A  special  graphite  coated 
liner  provides  further  lubrication  and 
control,  while  tiny  aluminium  rods,  press 
fitted  into  slots  in  the  hub,  provide  a 
highly  controllable  method  of  locking 
the  tape  to  the  spools. 

As  a  result  of  these  measures,  Decca 
claim  a  particularly  low  figure  for  azimuth 
error  or  tape  wander— therefore  for  mis- 
tracking  at  the  highest  frequencies— no 
matter  what  the  physical  position  of  the 
cassette. 

The  surprising  thing,  however,  is  that 
Decca  have  made  no  concession  to 
copying  speed,  which  might  prejudice 
unit  production  cost.  The  slave  tape  runs 
at  60ips,  or  32  times  normal  speed,  while 
the  bias  oscillator  operates  at  10MHz. 

However,  while  the  technology  and 
equipment  is  routine  enough,  Decca 
engineers  rework  the  decks  before  they 
are  put  into  service,  mounting  special  fer¬ 
rite  heads  on  adjustable  plates  which 
permit  ultra-fine  setting  of  azimuth.  As 
well,  the  tape  guidance  components  are 
modified  to  reduce  the  abruptness  of 
direction  changes  and  to  improve  the 
intimacy  of  contact  between  tape  and 
head. 

The  tape  itself  is  selected  to  suit,  not 
only  the  equipment,  but  the  nature  of  the 
program  to  be  recorded.  At  the  time  of 
reporting,  Decca  was  using  either  BASF 
duplicating  tape  or  a  high  energy  grade 
of  Memorex,  giving  an  extra  8dB  of  head- 
room. 

Full  Dolby-A  is  used  for  the  running 
master,  being  decoded  to  Dolby-B  for 
the  cassette  copies  actually  sold  over  the 
counter. 

Experience  would  seem  to  indicate 
that  Dolby-B  is  not  a  panacea  for  all 
recording  ills  and,  if  used  carelessly,  may 
cause  as  many  problems  as  it  cures.  But 


CENTREX:  Quality  sound  on  the  move 


Curiously,  while  AIWA  Australia  are 
expanding  up-market  (see  preceding 
pages)  Pioneer  Electronics  Australia 
are  looking  the  other  way.  Already  well 
established  in  the  domestic  hifi  market, 
they  have  launched  into  the  portable 
and  "transportable''  market  with  Cen¬ 
trex  (by  Pioneer):  "Quality  sound  that 
moves  around 

Pictured  above  is  the  most  "domes¬ 
tic"  of  the  new  Centrex  products— an 
AM  and  FM /stereo  receiver  with  in¬ 
built  stereo  cassette  recorder/ player 
and  a  "piggy-bank"  3-speed  record 
changer  with  magnetic  cartridge  and 
diamond  stylus.  Power  output  is  a 
modest  4W  RMS  per  channel  but  it  has 
all  the  facilities  necessary  for  disc  or 
cassette  listening  in  a  flat  or  small 
home  unit.  Price,  complete  with  a  pair 
of  2-way  speaker  systems,  is  $449. 

Simplest  of  the  portable  cassette 
receivers  (top  right)  is  the  RK-112, 
which  has  a  recommended  retail  price 
of  $99.  It  offers  coverage  of  the  normal 
AM  band  (525- 1  630kHz),  the  FM 
band  in  mono  mode  (88-108MHz),  in¬ 
built  mono  cassette  record /replay 
deck,  in-built  mic.  and  provision  for 
external  mic.  Powered  from  four  1 ,5V 
D  cells,  or  from  the  mains,  it  is  credited 
with  an  output  of  2.3W  "music 
power".  Other  features  include  tape 
auto  stop,  automatic  recording  level 
control,  and  a  "sleep"  function. 

The  RK-222  (centre  right)  has  the 
same  general  stylihg  as  the  RK-112 
but  has  more  facilities  and  retails  at 
$135.  Additional  facilities  include  a 
short-wave  band  (5.9-1  6MHz), 
microphone  mixing,  tape  footage 
counter,  and  battery  and  level  meter. 

The  present  top-of-the-line  Centrex 
portable  is  the  RK-888  (bottom  right). 

It  has  a  quite  different  styling  with  slide 
controls  and  a  facia  that  is  akin  to  a 
domestic  cassette/receiver.  Apart 
from  the  more  ambitious  styling,  it 
offers  higher  specifications,  separate 
bass  and  treble  controls,  a  memory 
style  counter,  and  a  two-way  loud¬ 


speaker  system.  Recommended  retail 
price  is  $  1  95. 

Centrex  will  be  available  initially  in 
New  South  Wales  and  Victoria,  with 
other  states  to  follow  later  in  the  new 
year.  (For  further  information:  Rod 
Knapp,  Pioneer  Electronics  Australia 
Pty  Ltd,  1  78-1  84  Boundary  Rd, 
Braeside,  Vic.  Phone  (Melbourne) 
90  9011.) 


hLhUIHUNICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


13 


BOGEN /TECH-CRAFT  NOW  HANDLED  BY  AUDIO  TELEX 


A  new  name-Tech-craft-and  a  whole  range  of  new  look 
professional  equipment  is  currently  being  introduced  on  to 
the  Australian  market  by  Audio  Telex  Communications  Pty  Ltd. 
But  behind  the  new  name  is  a  very  old  one,  Bogen  (now  the 
Bogen  Division  of  Lear  Siegler  Inc.)  a  major  supplier  of  quality 
audio  equipment  in  the  USA  since  1932. 

In  their  newly  announced  Tech-craft  product  line,  Bogen 
have  drawn  on  their  expertise  in  the  hifi  field  to  exploit  the 
"system"  approach,  in  which  the  amplifier  is  regarded  as  cen¬ 
tral,  other  peripheral  equipment  being  designed  to  be  com¬ 
patible  with  it.  The  policy  ensures,  at  the  one  time,  flexibility, 
along  with  a  predictable  high  quality  end  result. 

The  Tech-craft  range  is  therefore  seen  as  ideal  for  profes¬ 
sional  use  in  auditoriums,  concert  halls,  theatres,  churches, 
sporting  arenas,  &c-in  fact,  anywhere  the  need  arises  for  high 
quality  sound  reinforcement. 

Tech-craft  amplifiers  are  available  in  three  power  ranges, 
60, 125  and  250  watts.  With  continuous  professional  rating  at 
+  55°C  ambient  air  temperature,  they  produce  less  than  1% 
total  harmonic  distortion  from  25  to  22,000Hz.  All  the 
amplifiers  offer  25V  or  75  volt  output,  as  well  as  a  direct  output. 
The  amplifiers  are  designed  for  standard  19"  rack  mounting 
and  have  a  brushed  nickel  steel  finish. 

Two  Tech-craft  mixer/amplifiers  are  available,  the  smaller 
TCM  100  providing  four  mic  inputs,  one  convertible  to  line 
and  one  high  level  input.  Its  big  brother,  the  TCM  200,  is 
designed  to  handle  8  inputs  each  controlled  by  linear  slide 
pot  and  capable  of  handling  almost  any  type  of  audio  input 
by  means  of  plug-in  modules.  Each  input  channel  has  an  LED 
overload  indicator  and  a  30dB  continuously  variable  attenua¬ 
tor  to  adjust  for  peak  overload.  Both  mixers  feature  active  mix¬ 
ing,  with  negligible  interaction  between  inputs.  In  fact,  the 
microphone  channel  isolation  is  80  dB.  Both  mixers  feature 
large  illuminated  VU  meters  and  multi  channel  input  extend¬ 
ers. 

Another  unit  designed  expressly  for  the  Tech-craft  sound 
reinforcement  chain  is  the  Vi  octave  equalizer  model  TCE  200. 
It  contains  24  filter  sections  providing  up  to  14  dB  of  either 
boost  or  attenuation  in  Vi  octave  increments.  Its  rated  output 
is  18  dBM  into  a  600-ohm  load  with  less  than  .5%  distortion; 
residual  noise  is  80  dB  below  the  rated  output.  Like  other  Tech- 
craft  products  in  the  range  the  unit  operates  from  either  AC 
or  DC 

Other  Tech-craft  components  include  compressor/line 
amplifier  model  TCC  200,  150  watt  mono/stereo  bi  amplifier 
model  TCB1  /1 50  arid  two  mixer  power  amplifiers.  Model  TCA 
60  and  TCA  125. 


From  the  top:  A  Tech-craft  dual  concentric  loudspeaker ;  the 
TCM  200  8-channel  mixer;  TCB  125  125W  solid-state  power 
amplifier;  TCE  200  spectrum  equaliser. 


Rounding  out  the  Tech-craft  line  are  23  loudspeaker  system 
components  including  3  compressor  drivers,  4  radial  horns, 
3  multi-cellular  horns,  3  low  frequency  speaker  systems,  1 
wide-range  three-way  speaker  system,  two  co-axial  loud¬ 
speakers,  and  the  required  crossover  networks  and  hardware. 
This  wide  range  of  components  will  fill  system  requirements 
from  the  smallest  rooms  to  stadiums  with  equal  compat¬ 
ibility. 

The  Bogen-Tech-craft  range  of  sound  products  are  distri¬ 
buted  in  Australia  by  Audio  Telex  Communications  Pty  Ltd., 
54  Alfred  St,  Milsons  Point,  Sydney.  Also  at  828  Glenferrie  Rd, 
Hawthorn,  Vic. 


HIFI  NEWS — continued 

Dolby-B  processing,  climaxing  the  kind 
of  quality  control  that  Decca  are 
apparently  seeking  to  maintain,  can  well 
add  the  final  touch  of  lustre. 

An  agreement  signed  recently  in  Japan 
gives  the  Components  Division  of  Ples- 
sey  Australia  sole  Australian  distribution 
of  the  internationally-known  Foster  and 
Fostex  loudspeakers. 

The  Foster  Electric  Company  has  five 
plants  in  japan  and  others  in  Singapore 
and  Taiwan.  Contractors  for  sound 
equipment  installed  in  the  Sydney  Opera 
House  chose  Foster  speakers  and  more 
are  being  supplied  through  Plessey. 

The  company  produces  loudspeakers 
—from  paper  pulped  for  the  cones  to  the 

14  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1 


end  product— ranging  in  size  from  25mm 
horn  tweeters  to  305mm  ones  for 
amplifying  guitar  music. 

As  well  as  Foster  speakers  for  general 
purpose,  hi-fi  and  on-stage  music 
amplification,  Plessey  will  also  market 
the  Fostex  range  designed  for  the 
ultimate  hi-fi  enthusiast. 

The  agreement— described  by  Mr  Wes 
Oliver,  manager  of  Plessey  electronic 
components,  as  most  important  to  his 
company— will  strengthen  Plessey  in  the . 
audio  field. 

Importation  of  the  high-quality 
speakers  is  linked  with  two  other  moves 
by  Plessey  in  the  audio  business— a  new 
range  of  Garrard  turntables  and  modules 
(available  early  in  1977)  and  improved 
versions  of  the  complementary  range  of 
locally  assembled  enclosed  speakers. 

976 


Earlier  in  the  year,  we  drew  attention 
to  the  anomaly  arising  from  the  practice 
of  supplying  hifi  equipment  fitted  with 

2- wire  power  cord  and  a  3-pin  plug. 

It  was  with  interest,  therefore,  that  we 
received  the  following  advice  from 
Pioneer  Electronics  Australia  Pty  Ltd, 
over  the  signature  of  their  Publicity/ 
Promotions  Officer,  Mr.  R.  Knapp: 

"In  recent  months  the  desirability  of 
using  2-pin  mains  plugs  and  2-wire  leads 
in  hi-fi  equipment  has  been  questioned. 

"Pioneer  Electronics  Australia  Pty.  Ltd. 
have  been  acutely  aware  of  this  and  are 
currently  taking  action  to  rectify  the 
situation. 

"By  the  end  of  this  year  all  Pioneer  Hi 
Fi  equipment,  designed  for  the  Australian 
market,  will  be  fitted  with  approved 

3- core  Mains  Flex  and  3-Pin  Plug." 


WHERE  THERE'S  A  HEED 
THERE'S  A  STANTON 


Stanton  have  always  satisfied  the  needs  of  those  whose  job  it  is  to  play  records  —  of  any  sort.  Here  are 
some  of  the  specific  record  playing  tasks  Stanton  have  been  called  on  to  cope  with: — 

•  Lacquer  masters  •  Metal  Mothers  •  Quality  Control  •  Equipment  Calibration 

•  Transcribing  of  historic  78’s  with  non  standard  grooves  •  Transcribing  of 
cylinders  •  Back  cueing  in  Radio  stations  and  Discotheques. 

Stanton  developed  specific  cartridges  and  styli  to  satisfy  these  needs. 

Another  need  arose. 

Hi  Fi  enthusiasts  and  music  lovers  wanted  per¬ 
formance  as  close  as  possible  to  the  unequalled 
681 EEE  but  at  a  substantially  lower  price. 

Accepting  the  challenge,  Stanton  produced  the 
680EE.  It  has  many  of  the  universally  acclaimed 
qualities  of  the  681  EEE.  It  tracks  at  the  same  pressure 
as  the  681  EEE  (0.75 — 1 .5  gms)  it  has  the  same  unsur¬ 
passed  channel  separation  of  35dB  (at  1KHZ)  and  its 
frequency  response  is  almost  as  wide. 

At  $51  (R.R.P.)  it’s  almost  too  good  to  be  true. 

Audition  one  today  and  judge  for  yourself. 

Sole  Australian  Distributors: 


PTY 

LTD 


Head  Office,  WA:  N.S.W.  Office:  Victoria  Office: 

156  Railway  Parade,  Leederville,  100  Walker  Street,  North  Sydney,  103  Pelham  Street,  Carlton, 
Western  Australia,  6007.  N.S.W.  2060.  Phone  922  4037.  3053.  Phone  347  7620. 

Phone  81  2930. 


Available  at  quality-conscious 
Hi-Fi  dealers 
throughout  Australia. 

LER 149 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  15 


SONY  HI-FI  NEWS  No3 


New  from  Sony: 

Front  loading  Cassette  Decks 

SONY 

*0 Wt* 

a 

Bow 


TC206SD 


Sound  that  rivals  reel-to-reel  in  a 
space  only  one  sixth  as  high. 


Sony's  new  front  loading  cassette  decks  are 
loaded  with  features.  For  example  the 
TC206SD  with  full  range  separate  bias  and 
equalisation  selectors  to  handle  high  quality 
ferric,  chrome  dioxide  and  Sony’s  superb 
double  coated  ferri-chrome  cassettes.  Fully 
flexible  Dolby*  controls  with  multiplex 
filtering  to  get  the  best  from  FM  broadcasts. 
LED  peak  indicator  as  well  as  easy  to  read 
VU’s.  Automatic  shut  off.  Lockable  pause 
key  for  precise  cueing.  Sony's  famous  long 
v  life  Ferrite  and  Ferrite  head.  Illuminated 
cassette  well  and  upright  tape  positioning 
for  easy  viewing  of  cassettes.  Featuring  the 
new  'Soft  Eject’  mechanism. 

And  the  sound?  Strictly  ‘Front  of  the  House’. 
Virtually  linear  smooth  response  over  a 


tremendous  range  of  20-16,000Hz  (FeCr, 
CrC>2  tape).  Wow  and  flutter  at  reel-to-reel 
standard  of  0.08%.  Signal  to  noise  -  an 
amazing  59dB. 

If  you  want  space  saving,  front-loading 
convenience  and  quality  sound,  check  the 
range  of  Sony  cassette  decks  soon;  the 
TC206SD  for  superb  sound,  the  TC209SD 
strictly  for  connoisseurs  with  specifications 
to  match.  And  the  budget  priced  TC 186SD 
for  Sony  quality  -  at  a  significant  saving. 

‘Dolby  is  a  trademark  of  Dolby  Laboratories  Inc. 


Hear  the  difference  research  makes  . 


16 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


New  AWA  monitor 
uses  duplex  woofers 

A  new  loudspeaker  system  currently  under  development  by  AWA 
employs  a  novel  variant  of  the  reflex  principle,  to  obtain  a  response 
down  to  below  30 Hz  in  an  enclosure  of  moderate  size,  together  with 
good  efficiency  and  high  power  rating.  Designated  as  AWA  type 
DD88M,  it  is  envisaged  as  a  professional  monitor,  or  for  high  quality 
reproduction  in  the  home. 

By  NEVILLE  WILLIAMS 


During  the  last  decade,  research  into 
drivers  and  enclosures,  much  of  it 
originating  in  Australia,  has  taken  most  of 
the  guesswork  and  the. folklore  out  of 
loudspeaker  system  design— at  least  as 
far  as  the  bass  end  is  concerned.  It  has 
reached  the  stage  where,  as  recently 
reported,  procedures  devised  by  Aus¬ 
tralian  engineer  Neville  Thiele  have  been 
translated  by  Wharfedale  of  England  into 
a  computer  program.  On  request,  the 
computer  can  print  out  a  range  of 
options  covering  driver  and  enclosure 
parameters  and  the  related  frequency 
response  characteristics. 

While  such  methods  can  predict  quite 
reliably  how  a  proposed  system  will 
behave  in  the  bass  register,  they  certainly 
cramp  the  style  of  an  engineer  trying  to 
dream  up  a  new  and  more  saleable 
product.  He  can  play  around  to  his 
heart's  content  in  the  middle  and  top 
register  and  do  all  sorts  of  things  in  terms 
of  presence,  directionality,  phase 
linearity  and  so  on;  but  the  bass  charac¬ 
teristic  will  be  the  predictable  outcome 
of  whatever  set  of  compromises  he  set¬ 
tles  for. 

Some  twelve  months  ago,  while  the 
rest  of  the  Ashfield  staff  were  enjoying 
annual  leave,  AWA's  long-time 
loudspeaker  engineer,  Wal  Barlow,  was 
pondering  the  vexed  question  of  how  he 
might  manipulate  established  design 
parameters  to  end  up  with  a  system 
which  would  go  down  reliably  to  at  least 
30Hz,  without  incurring  the  likely  penal¬ 
ties:  prohibitively  expensive  driver(s), 
unduly  large  enclosure,  or  embar¬ 
rassingly  low  conversion  efficiency. 

Behind  the  exercise  was  a  liberal  help¬ 
ing  of  good,  old-fashioned  purist  pres¬ 
sure.  If  one  examines  the  response 
curves  of  typical  modern  hifi  loud¬ 
speaker  systems,  the  majority  of  them  do 


A  front  view  of  the  DD88M  monitor ,  with 
fret  removed .  Note  the  recessed  woofers 
and  the  port ,  which  also  serves  as  a 
base. 

indeed  have  a  fairly  flat  response  down 
to  a  deliberate  "corner"  frequency, 
below  which  output  rolls  off  at  either  6dB 
or  12dB  per  octave.  The  problem  is  that 
the  corner  frequency  is  usually  in  the 
range  70Hz  to  40\~\z,  rarely  going  below 
that. 

Figures  near  .the  top  end  of  the  range 
are  justified  on  the  basis  that  they 
represent  the  best  possible  compromise, 
for  a  given  design,  between  size,  sensi¬ 
tivity  and  power  handling  capability. 
Figures  at  the  lower  end  of  the  range  are 
justified  on  the  basis  that  musical 
«  frequencies  below  40Hz  occur  only 
rarely,  and  not  at  all  in  a  large  amount 
of  typical  program.  But,  in  any  case,  a  sys¬ 
tem  with  a  smooth  response  and  roll-off 
can  be  assisted  by  a  discrete  amount  of 
bass  boost  in  the  amplifier. 

But,  whatever  the  truth  behind  this 
kind  of  rationalisation,  it  never  really 
satisfies  the  dyed-in-the-wool  purist.  If 
theory  suggests  that  some  program 
material  will  contain  frequencies  down 
to  30Hz,  then  that's  what  the  loud¬ 
speaker  system  should  be  designed  for— 
without  the  aid  of  bass  boost  and  despite 
the  limitations  of  typical  listening 
rooms! 

And  that's  the  kind  of  pressure  that  was 
behind  Wal  Barlow's  initiative. 

What  emerged  from  it  all  was  the 
novel  approach  behind  the  AWA 
DD88M  monitor— not  an  idea  that  con¬ 
travened  theory  but  one  that  managed  to 
manipulate  the  parameters  towards  the 
desired  end  result. 

Fundamental  to  the  proposition  was 
the  assumption  that  any  system  which 
might  meet  the  objectives,  would  be  a 
reflex  design,  because  of  the  vital  con¬ 
tribution  that  a  port  can  make  to  output 
and  efficiency  at  the  bottom  end.  Flow¬ 
ing  from  this  assumption,  Wal  Barlow 


worked  through  the  conflicting  con¬ 
siderations— and  they  are  summarised 
below  from  the  DD88M  background 
literature: 

ENCLOSURE  VOLUME:  The  larger  the 
enclosure,  the  less  it  tends  to  push  up 
the  natural  resonance  of  the  selected 
driver.  However,  enclosure  size  is  limi¬ 
ted  by  customer  demand,  which  tends 
to  taper  off  with  increasing  enclosure 
size  and  mass.  Price  is  also  a  deterrent, 
because  it  costs  more  to  manufacture, 
package,  store  and  deliver  large  and 
rigid  enclosures. 

CONE  AREA:  A  small  cone  is  less 
affected  by  an  enclosure  of  limited  size 
than  a  large  cone,  making  it  possible 
to  achieve  a  lower  corner  frequency. 
However,  to  move  a  given  volume  of 
air,  thereby  producing  a  given  sound 
level,  a  small  cone  has  to  travel  through 
a  greater  distance  than  a  large  cone; 
this  imposes  its  own  problems  and 
limitations.  Beside  that,  small  cones 
tend  to  have  less  customer  appeal. 
CONE  STIFFNESS  &  MASS:  Both  are 
involved  in  determining  the  driver's 
natural  bass  resonance.  The  cone 
suspension  must  exhibit  reasonable 
ruggedness  and  an  adequate  restoring 
force  for  mechanical  reasons,  resulting 
in  some  "stiffness";  too  much  stiffness, 
however,  raises  the  resonance  unduly, 
making  it  difficult  to  design  for  a 
smooth,  extended  response.  Higher 
cone  mass  has  the  opposite  and 
desirable  effect  of  lowering  the  natural 
cone  resonance  but  it  must  be 
matched  by  an  increase  in  the  magne¬ 
tic  circuit  flux  in  order  to  ensure 
adequate  electrical  damping  and  to 
prevent  the  development  of  bass 
"boom". 

MAGNETIC  FLUX:  Most  high  quality 
drivers  already  have  more  ambitious 
and  costly  magnetic  systems  and  there 
may  not  be  scope  to  increase  the  mag¬ 
netic  flux  to  match  any  significant 
increase  in  cone  mass.  In  fact,  the  mag¬ 
netic  circuit  of  most  high  quality 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1376 


17 


The  Luxor  Swedish  Sound5 

A  superb  range  of  record  players  designed  for  precision  and  reliability 
from  Sweden’s  largest  manufacturer  of  high-quality  stereo  systems 


In  1923,  at  Motala  in  Sweden,  Luxor 
first  began  serial  production  of  radio 
sets.  Since  that  time,  Luxor  have  grown 
to  be,  among  other  things,  Sweden’s 
largest-selling  range  of  record  players. 

Magnetic  cartridge  reduces 
record  wear 

Luxor  record  players  feature  a 
magnetic,  dynamic  cartridge  that  gives 
a  low  stylus  pressure  to  reduce  record 
wear. 


Luxor’s  own  pick-up  arm  system 


Luxor  have  developed  a  system  of 
their  own  for  the  mounting  and  balancing 
of  the  pick-up  arm.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  precise  design,  ease  of  use  and 
reliability. 


Transparent,  adjustable  lid 

The  lid  will  remain  open  any 
position,  automatically.  And  can  be 


lowered  safely  and  completely  during 
playing. 


Adjustable  stylus  pressure 

To  prevent  skating  and  damage 
to  records,  the  Luxor  System  gives 
convenient  pressure  adjustment,  along 
with  precise  control. 

The  mechanics  of  superb  sound 

Special  features  include  a  16-pole 


synchronous  motor  and  belt-drive  for 
low  wow  and  flutter.  And  switchable 
automatic  stop  which  completely 
disengages  the  pick-up-arm. 


They  look  as  good  as  they  sound 

Luxor  record  players  combine  a 
careful  attention  to  detail  with  an  unmis¬ 
takable  touch  of  design  flair.  Elegant 
and  sleek.  In  a  superb  range  of  exterior 
cabinets  blending  with  sophisticated, 
functional  control  panelling. 

The  superb  Swedish  sound 

As  Sweden  has  developed  in  the 
world  of  music,  so  Luxor  have  developed 
in  reproducing  that  sound.  The  more 
you  know  about  Luxor  record  players, 
the  more  impressive  they  sound. 

£uxor 

of  Sweden 


To:  Luxor,  P.O.  Box  307, 
Collingwood,  Vic.,  3066. 

I  would  like  to  know  more  about 
the  Luxor  range  of  stereo  systems, 
including  record  players. 

I  am  interested  in  becoming  a 
Luxor  Distributor  □ 

I  am  interested  in  becoming  a 
Luxor  Stockist  □ 


Mr/Mrs/Miss_ 


Address. 


.Postcode. 


C/-  Luxor,  77  Wellington  Street, 
Collingwood  LUX  145 


18 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


AWA  MONITOR  USES  DUPLEX  WOOFERS 


speakers  is  already  saturated,  so  that 
a  further  increase  in  cone  mass  is  really 
not  an  option. 

Faced  with  these  limitations,  the 
hopeful  designer  would  seem  to  have  lit¬ 
tle  room  to  move,  but  Wal  Barlow  came 
up  with  a  novel  answer  which  is  currently 
the  subject  of  a  patent  application.  He 
simply  took  two  suitable  bass  drivers  and 
mounted  them  face  to  face  on  the 
enclosure  baffle,  supplying  them  with 
signals  of  opposite  phase,  so  that  both 
cones  move  in  the  same  direction. 

By  so  doing,  he  produced  a  composite 
bass  driver  referred  to  in  the  patent 
documents  as  "Duplex  Drive".  It  has  the 
following  interesting  characteristics: 

•  Double  the  stiffness  of  either  driver 
alone.  This  is  counter-balanced  by: 

•  Double  the  mass,  since  the  composite 
cone  is  really  two  cones,  plus  a  small 
amount  of  air  trapped  between  them. 
These  two  effects  combine  to 
produce: 

•  The  same  fundamental  bass 
resonance  as  either  driver  alone.  But 
the  modified  characteristics-more 
stiffness,  more  weight— both  tend  to 
make  the  driver  less  affected  by 
enclosure  volume.  As  a  result: 

•  Enclosure  design  can  be  guided 
towards  a  lower  corner  frequency  for 
a  given  internal  volume  than  would  be 
possible  with  only  one  of  the  com¬ 
posite  pair.  And  fortunately: 

•  Magnetic  damping  is  maintained  at 
the  correct  level  because  there  are 
two  distinct  magnetic  circuits  to  cope 
with  the  extra  mass. 

•  Linearity  appears  to  be  improved 
because  the  cones  are  operating  vir¬ 
tually  in  push-pull,  with  a  tendency  to 
cancel  non-linear  suspension  charac¬ 
teristics.  Another  bonus  is  that: 

•  The  soft  surround  tends  to  be  blown 
less  by  air  pressure,  each  surround 
being  protected  by  the  other. 

The  enclosure,  as  pictured,  was  a 
prototype  submitted  for  our  comment; 
the  final  DD88M  may  exhibit  some  cos¬ 
metic  changes.  It  measures  765mm  high 
x  460mm  wide  by  335mm  deep  and 
weighs  29kg.  As  such,  it  is  a  fairly  typical 
free-standing  system,  certainly  larger 
than  some  overgrown  "shelf" 
enclosures,  but  nowhere  near  the  size 
and  bulk  of  the  big  ones  that  married 
couples  argue  about! 

It  is  a  reflex  system  but  the  internally 
damped  port  is  provided  in  the  recessed 
base  on  which  the  enclosure  rests.  The 
arrangement  contributes  to  the  styling 
but  it  also  make  possible  a  port  with  a 
generous  cross-section  and  low  air  velo¬ 
city,  venting  at  floor  level— definite  plus 
factors. 

The  composite  bass  drive  is  provided 
by  two  specially  selected  "Coral"  200mm 
woofers  mounted  on  a  sub-baffle,  so  that 
the  rear  of  the  front  speaker  does  not 


protrude.  The  composite  pair  is  rated  to 
take  80W  of  program  power  and,  since 
the  sensitivity  is  fairly  average  for  a  hifi 
system,  the  sound  output  is  substantial. 

AWA  stress  that  the  rating  is  all  the 
more  significant  because  the  system 
operates  in  a  fundamental  mode  to 
below  30Hz  without  the  need  for  bass 
boost.  In  fact,  maximum  output  from  the 
port,  and  therefore  minimum  cone  travel 
occurs  at  27Hz.  Thus,  very  low  organ 
notes  which  would  tend  to  frequency 
double  and  "muddy  up"  the  bottom  end 
of  conventional  systems,  tend  to  emerge 
as  fundamentals  from  the  port,  with  the 
cone  itself  exhibiting  relatively  small 
travel. 

The  bass  drivers  handle  frequencies  up 
to  a  nominal  500Hz,  where  a  cross-over 
network  diverts  the  output  to  a  175  x 
125mm  cone  type  mid  range  driver.  The 
stated  reason  for  choosing  this  type  of 
speaker,  for  the  prototype  system  at 
least,  is  that  an  oval  cone  tends  to  exhibit 
less  concentrated  Bell  tones  because  of 
its  distributed  dimensions. 

A  1-inch  dome  tweeter  is  used  for  the 
upper  frequencies,  taking  over  above 
5kHz. 

Removal  of  the  front  fret  reveals  the 
respective  drivers  and  a  recessed  panel 
carrying  level  switches  for  the  mid-range 
and  tweeter.  A  calibration  curve  suggests 
a  response  within  a  4dB  window  from 
27 Hz  to  20kHz.  Rated  impedance  is 
shown  as  4  ohms. 

Questioned  about  the  linear  phase 
concept,  currently  the  subject  of  much 
attention,  Wal  Barlow  expressed  the 
conviction  that  phase  was  a  pointer  to 
other  things  in  electrical  circuits  but  it 
tended  rapidly  to  become  a  random 
thing  in  free  space.  Therefore,  while 
making  no  effort  to  stagger  the  frontal 
alignment  of  the  drivers,  he  had  paid  very 
close  attention  to  the  divider  network, 
trimming  the  various  legs  to  provide  the 
kind  of  signal  required  by  each  of  the 
drivers. 

When  we  first  heard  the  system  in 
action  at  the  Sydney  Consumer  Elec¬ 
tronics  Show,  two  things  were  evident: 
first,  the  bass  response  was  quite  startling 
in  its  profundity,  as  distinct  from  its 
"thump"  power;  second  the  program 
material  selected  to  demonstrate  the 
unique  quality  was  untypical  of  what 
most  people  listen  to  most  of  the  time. 

We  were  therefore  most  interested  to 


have  the  opportunity  to  set  the  speakers 
up  in  our  own  building,  in  a  fairly 
generous  listening  area,  and  to  play 
typical  program  material  through  them 
from  the  Nakamichi  System  One, 
reviewed  in  our  current  Year  Book.  By 
way  of  comparison,  we  had  a  Philips 
Elcoma  System  14  in  a  pair  of  George 
Hawthorn  concrete  enclosures. 

On  the  first  few  tracks,  picked  more 
or  less  randomly,  there  appeared  to  be 
little  difference  in  the  bass  end;  both  sys¬ 
tems  were  good,  both  were  adequate 
and  the  overall  impression  was  that  AWA 
had  merely  come  up  with  another  way 
of  achieving  a  similar  end  result. 

But  then  we  dug  out  the  theme  music 
from  the  film  "Earthquake",  containing  a 
segment  of  very  high  amplitude,  very  low 
frequency  earthquake  noise,  allegedly 
going  down  to  under  20Hz.  That's  when 
the  difference  showed  up.  But  is  it  logical 
to  create  a  special  speaker  system  to  hear 
"Earthquake"  music  outside  a  theatre? 

But  thus  alerted,  we  listened  further  to 
still  other  material  and  the  point  had  to 
be  conceded:  just  occasionally,  when  the 
program  reached  down  below  40Hz,  the 
A-B  tests  would  show  up  the  extra  half¬ 
octave  from  the  port  as  discernible  extra 
weight,  way  down. 

Worthwhile?  Worth  whatever  margin 
of  cost  might  be  involved? 

There's  no  simple  answer  to  that  but 
it's  what  the  purist  approach  is  all  about: 
the  effort  to  ensure  that  the  system  will 
meet  particular  demands,  even  if  they 
occur  only  rarely! 

In  the  middle  register,  we  felt  that  the 
DD88M  was  just  a  little  too  "forward"  for 
all  round  listening— arresting  in  its  projec¬ 
tion  of  solo  voice  and  instrument,  but 
with  a  trifle  too  much  coming  from  the 
one  place  in  massed  tones,  as  from  full 
organ,  full  orchestra,  full  choir,  &c.  There 
was  a  level  adjustment  for  the  mid-range 
and  tweeter  speakers  but  we  felt  that  the 
range  of  adjustment  could  have  been 
increased  to  advantage.  Wal  Barlow  was 
inclined  to  agree  and  it  is  likely  that  the 
final  model  will  be  so  modified. 

So  there  it  is-another  original  and 
unique  contribution  to  reflex 
loudspeaker  system  design  by  an  Aus¬ 
tralian  engineer,  and  one  that  is  sure  to 
grab  the  attention  of  his  overseas  coun¬ 
terparts. 

When  will  the  DD88M  be  available 
commercially  and  for  how  much? 

We  expect  within  the  early  part  of  the 
new  year,  and  at  a  price  level  that  will 
be  up-market  but  significantly  below  the 
exotic  imports.  At  the  time  of  writing,  we 
doubt  that  anyone  could  say  more  than 
that— not  even  AWA!  $ 


WANT  TO  BUILD  A  250W  MUSIC  SPEAKER  SYSTEM? 

—Then  you  should  make  sure  to  get  your  copy  of  the 

1976/77  YEAR  BOOK 

Available  now  from  all  newsagents— price  $  1 .20 
Or  mailed  to  you  direct  from  our  office  for  $1.80 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


19 


MICROPHONES 

Part  3:  Frequency  response,  directivity  etc. 


This  series  of  articles  is  reproduced  by  courtesy  of  Sennheiser  Elec¬ 
tronics  and  is  intended  to  assist  sub-professionals  and  amateurs  who 
need  to  use  microphones,  but  without  the  advantage  of  formal  acoustic 
training.  This  section  deals  with  the  frequency  response  and  directional 
characteristics  of  practical  microphones. 

by  G.  PRAETZELand  E.  F.  WARNKE* 


FREQUENCY  RESPONSE:  The  frequency 
response  (or  bandwidth)  of  a  micro¬ 
phone  is  shown  in  manufacturers' 
publications,  mostly  in  graphical  form.  As 
an  example  Fig.  7  represents  a  frequency 
range  from  30 Hz  to  17000Hz. 

In  Fig.  7  the  frequencies  from  the  lower 
to  the  upper  threshold  of  audibility  are 
plotted  horizontally,  while  vertically  the 
output  voltage  of  the  microphone  in  the 
"Decibel  Scale"  is  shown.  The  following 
should  be  said  about  this  dB  scale. 

A  decibel  is  not  an  absolute  measure 
like  the  metre,  gram  or  Hertz.  The  dB  sig¬ 
nifies  a  ratio  of  two  numerical  values. 
Referring  to  the  logarithmic  perception 
of  loudness  of  the  human  ear,  the  decibel 
was  derived  from  the  Brigg's  logarithm 
of  a  voltage  ratio: 

20  log  U,/U2 

or,  correspondingly  of  a  power  ratio 
10  log  P1/P2 

If  these  formulas  present  a  problem, 
the  most  important  decibel  values  can  be 
obtained  readily  from  the  accompanying 
tables: 

voltage  ratio  power  ratio  dB 


1.4 

2 


4 

8 

10 

20 

50 

100 

200 

500 

1,000 

10,000 


2 

4 

16 

64 

100 

400 

2,500 

10,000 

40,000 

250,000 

1,000,000 

100,000,000 


3 

6 

12 

18 

20 

26 

34 

40 

46 

54 

60 

80 


By  way  of  further  assistance,  it  is  possi¬ 
ble  to  convert  figures  from  the  dB  table 
as  follows: 
example: 

26  dB  voltage  ratio 

26  dB  =  20  dB  -h  6  dB 

‘Reproduced  by  arrangement  with  Sennheiser 
Electronic.  Translated  by  T.  M.  Jaskolski  and 
adapted  for  magazine  publication  by  W.  N. 
Williams. 


=  (10  times)  x  (  2  times)  =  20  times 

Decibels  are  used  to  show  deviations 
of  the  frequency  response  from  straight- 
lined  curve,  in  order  to  match  the  loud¬ 
ness  perception  of  the  human  ear. 

Thus  Fig.  7,  as  an  example  of  a  high 
quality  dynamic  directional  microphone, 
shows  at  5000Hz  a  lift  of  some  5dB  above 
the  practically  flat  frequency  response 
between  100  and  1500Hz.  However, 
practical  experience  with  just  this  type  of 
microphone  indicates  that  such  a  lift  is 
often  considered  desirable,  providing  a 
"brighter"  recording. 

Where  this  extra  brightness  is  not 
desired-depending  on  the  ideas  of  the 
sound  engineer-Sennheiser  has 
provided  its  leading  dynamic 
microphone  the  MD  441 ,  with  switchable 
brightness.  Experience  has  proved  that 
this  microphone,  in  the  great  majority  of 
its  applications,  is  used  with  the  upper 
response  boosted. 

DIRECTIONAL  CHARACTERISTICS: 

So  far,  we  have  assumed  that  a 
microphone-and  also,  with  limitations, 
the  human  ear-receives  the  sound 
uniformly  from  all  directions,  ie,  are 
omnidirectional.  Their  directional 
characteristic  in  one  plane  is  thus  a  circle, 
while  their  spatial  directional  characteris¬ 
tic  corresponds  to  a  sphere  (see  Fig.  8). 
In  practice  omnidirectional  microphones 
are  to  be  preferred  as  reporter's 
microphones  for  close  talking.  In  this  role 
a  particular  advantage  of  the  omnidirec- 


Cardioid 


Fig.  9.  Cardioid  microphone  directivity , 
spatially  presented.  Sensitivity  is  mainly 
to  the  front  and  sides. 


- 2000  Hi 

8000  H 


The  cardioid  response  in  graph  form/ 
taken  in  a  horizontal  plane.  Note  how 
directivity  varies  with  frequency. 


Fig.  7.  This  response  curve  of  the  Sennheiser  MD  421  is  typical  of  the  kind  of  data 
supplied  by  manufacturers.  The  solid  curve  shows  the  nominal  response  and  the 
dotted  curves  show  the  tolerance  limits. 


20 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


tional  microphone  is  its  high  insensi¬ 
tiveness  to  mechanical  vibrations  ie, 
handling  noise. 

The  omnidirectional  microphone  is 
much  less  suited  to  recording  distant 
sounds,  since  it  also  picks  up  extraneous 
noise  and  reverberation.  For  this  job 
microphones  with  distinct  directional 
characteristics  are  preferable.  For  a  long 
time  the  classic  cardioid  microphone 
(Fig.  9)  was  considered  ideal. 

The  cardioid  directional  characteristic 
effectively  attenuates  sound  from  the 
rear  but  is  still  sensitive  to  noise  and 
reverberation  from  other  directions.  Bet¬ 
ter  results  in  this  respect  are  obtained 
with  the  super  cardioid  microphone,  as 
illustrated  in  Fig  10.  Even  better,  in  really 
difficult  situations,  are  those  micro¬ 
phones  with  highly  directional  charac¬ 
teristics,  as  shown  in  Fig.  11. 

In  principle,  however,  all  microphones 
with  such  directional  characteristics  are 
more  sensitive  to  mechanical  vibrations 
and  handling  noise,  as  well  as  to  wind 
noise  and  to  so-called  "pop  noises",  ie, 


Fig.  12.  Anti-vibration  sleeve  for  use  with 
tripod  stands  or  table  stands. 


air  shocks  caused  by  explosive  sounds, 
than  omnidirectional  microphones.  To 
overcome  this  the  microphone  manufac¬ 
turers  have  to  take  special  precautions. 
An  effective  remedy  against  wind  inter¬ 
ference  is  provided  by  "wind  shields". 
These  do  not  affect  either  the  sensitivity 
or  the  frequency  response  of  the 
microphone  when  suitable  material  is 
selected. 

A  special  plastic  foam  is  used  for  these 
shields.  It  should  not  be  confused  with 
conventional  plastic  foam  as  used  for 
packaging,  or  filling  for  cushions,  etc. 
Such  material  consists  almost  completely 
of  closed  pores  which  strongly  attenuate 
sound  at  higher  frequencies.  The  foam 
used  for  the  wind  shields  is  made  by  a 
special  process  in  which  the  pores  in  the 
greater  part  of  the  material  have  been 
broken  up,  leaving  only  a  skeleton  foam. 
This  has  no  effect  on  the  frequency  range 
concerned. 

More  expensive  in  manufacture  but 
somewhat  more  effective  are  wind 
shields  made  of  special  silk.  These 
shields  are  placed  at  a  greater  distance 
from  the  microphone's  sound  inlet  and 
thus  achieve  a  much  greater  effect. 

Effective  measures  against  sensitivity 
to  mechanical  vibrations  are  consider¬ 
ably  more  expensive.  First,  attention 
should  be  paid  to  keep  vibration  away 
from  the  microphone  system  proper. 
This  can  usually  be  achieved  by  spring 
suspension,  either  built  into  the  tripod 
mounting  for  the  microphone,  (Fig.  12) 


Compensating  coil 
against  magnetic  interference 


Bass  attenuator 


Rear  spring 
suspension 


Rear  inlet  for 
low  frequencies 

Resonator 


fFigJri 

The  elaborate  inside  of  the  high  quality  studio 
microphone  MD  411.  Suspension  springs  are 
clearly  visible;  they  isolate  the  “inner”  microphone 
against  mechanical  vibrations  of  the  outer  housing. 


Stop  pad 


Oust  shield 


Rear  inlet  for 
middle  frequencies 


Rear  inlet  for 
high  frequencies 


Transformer  for 
brilliance  emphasis 


Stop  pad 

Can  for  low 
frequency  boost 


Popp-screen 


Front  spring 
suspension 


2SO  Hz  -  500  Hz 

WOOHz  _  2000Hz 

4000Hz  .  8000Hz 


Fig.  10.  The  super  cardioid  response. 
Note  the  sharp  nulls  at  120°. 


Fig.  11.  Response  curve  of  a  highly  direc¬ 
tional  (lobe)  type  microphone. 


be  shown  that,  in  spite  of  the  above 
precautions,  the  microphone  still 
delivers  a  very  low  voltage  which 
evidently  has  no  connection  with  any 
external  sound  effects. 

In  all  dynamic  microphones  with  a 
moving  coil  of  200  ohms  impedance  this 
inherent  microphone  self-noise  amounts 
to  almost  exactly  0.8m  V.  It  is  caused  by 
a  thermal  electron  movement  in  the  cop¬ 
per  wire  of  the  moving  coil  and  by  the 
molecular  movement  of  the  air  on  the 
surface  of  the  diaphragm. 

Whether  this  noise  voltage  interferes 
with  the  recording  depends  on  the  one 
hand  on  the  sensivity  of  the  microphone 
and  on  the  other  hand  on  the  volume  of 
the  sound  to  be  recorded. 

Let  us  assume,  for  instance,  that  we  use 
a  dynamic  microphone  with  a  sensitivity 
of  only  0.1mV//ibar  to  record  a  speaker 
at  a  distance  of  one  metre.  We  could  thus 
reckon  on  a  sound  pressure  of  1m  bar.  At 
this  sound  pressure  the  microphone 
would  deliver  a  voltage  of  0.1  mV.  Refer¬ 
ring  to  the  noise  voltage  of  0.8m  V,  we 
would  have  only  a  signal-to-noise  ratio 
of  125  : 1  =  42dB!  Should  we,  however, 
use  a  dynamic  microphone  with  a  sensi¬ 
tivity  of  0.2mV/Mbar,  with  other  proper¬ 
ties  equivalent,  the  ratio  of  useful  voltage 
to  noise  would  be  250  :  1  =  48  dB. 

The  inherent  self-noise  of  high  quality 
studio  capacitor  microphones  is,  related 
to  their  sensitivity,  about  7dB  better  so 
that,  in  recording  conditions  as  described 
above,  they  could  provide  a  signal-to- 
noise  ratio  of  up  to  56  dB. 

Against  this,  the  self-noise  of  some 
cheap  electret  capacitor  microphones 
(again  related  to  their  sensitivity)  is  up  to 
10dB  less  favourable  than  that  of  the 
dynamic,  so  that  their  signal-to-noise 
ratio  would  be  down  to  38dB  in  the 
recording  conditions  described  above. 


or,  in  some  microphones,  into  the  hous¬ 
ing  itself  (Fig.  13).  Such  procedures  will 
usually  reduce  vibration  problems  to 
negligible  proportions. 

SIGN AL-TO- NOISE-RATIO:  When  a 
microphone  is  placed  in  a  completely 
quiet  room,  connected  to  a  high  quality 
amplifier,  free  of  noise  and  hum,  it  can 


Thus,  where  the  input  sound  level  is 
relatively  high,  and  particularly  where  the 
dynamic  range  is  small,  the  high  internal 
noise  of  some  microphones  is  of  little 
consequence.  But  for  low  sound  levels, 
and  where  there  is  a  large  dynamic  range, 
only  those  microphones  with  the  lowest 
internal  noise  will  do. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


21 


Presented 
with  pride 


Lencoclean  L  as  shown  optional  extra 


perfect  sound  reproduction 

equipment!  So,  people  who  are  looking  for  near¬ 
perfection  in  sound  reproduction  . . .  listen  to 
Lenco.  Combine  this  superb  reproduction  with 
Lenco's  very  reasonable  price  and  you  have  a 


Photimport  presents  with  pride,  the  Lenco  range 
of  precision-engineered  Hi-Fi  turntables. 
Australian  test  results  have  shown  that  wow  and 
flutter  are  almost  impossible  to  measure  in  Lenco 

Three  superb  Lenco  turntables. 


The  L90  Lenco  Electronic  Hi-Fi. 

A  superb,  top-ranking  belt-driven 
transcription  turntable.  16-pole 
synchronous  motor,  illuminated  strobe, 
dampened  spring  suspension  and 
anti-skating  device.  As  precise  as  a 
Swiss  watch. 


Model  L65 

The  L65  Lenco  Automatic  belt-driven 
Hi-Fi  turntable.  Light  aluminium  tone 
arm.  After  selection  of  record  diameter, 
tone  arm  lowers  itself  onto  the  record. 
After  playing,  it  returns  itself  to  tone 
arm  rest.  Viscously  dampened  suspen¬ 
sion.  A  high  quality  instrument  for 
excellent  reproduction. 


Model  L60 

The  L60  turntable,  precision  engineered 
for  great  sound  reproductonl  Manual 
operation,  but  with  all  other  advanced 
features  of  the  L65.  The  L60  ...  the  way  to 
get  renowned  sound  reproduction  at  a 
moderate  price. 


PHOTIMPORT 

MELBOURNE  ADELAIDE  BRISBANE  PERTH  SYDNEY 

For  descriptive  literature  and  specifications,  send  a  30  cent  stamp  to 
Qualitron  Industries  Division  of  Photimport  (Australia)  Pty.  Ltd. 

Head  Office:  69  Nicholson  Street,  East  Brunswick,  Vic.  3057  Australia.  Telephone:  3806922 


PA10L 


22 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


HIFI  REVIEWS 


New  electret  mics.  & 
accessories  from  JVC 

Over  the  past  few  years,  the  quality  of  microphones 
within  the  price  reach  of  amateur  recordists  has 
improved  tremendously,  making  possible  record¬ 
ings  which  do  not  sound  all  that  different  from  the 
professional  product.  Typical  of  the  new  generation 
of  microphones  for  the  advanced  enthusiast  are  two 
recently  announced  by  JVC  Nivico. 


Above ,  the  M-201  stereo  electret  microphone  and ,  below ,  the 
components  which  make  up  the  M-201  directional  monosys¬ 
tem.  Both  come  in  a  carrying  case  lined  with  moulded  foam. 


Designated  as  types  M-201  and  M510, 
both  are  electret  capacitor  types,  with 
inbuilt  battery-powered  preamplifiers, 
producting  an  output  impedance  of  600 
ohms. 

The  M-201  should  be  particularly 
attractive  to  those  who  like  to  take  a 
stereo  tape  recorder  along  to  organ 
society  meetings  and  other  such  groups. 
It  is  a  very  attractively  finished  unit,  with 
a  mesh-enclosed  head  about  80mm  wide 
containing  two  microphone  capsules, 
each  providing  120-degree  cardioid 
directional  pattern  orientated  about  45 
degrees  to  either  side  of  centre  front. 
Together,  the  two  capsules  provide 
excellent  stereo  definition,  while  retain¬ 
ing  good  frontal  sensitivity.  Both  are  sub¬ 
stantially  protected  by  the  housing  from 
the  worst  effects  of  wind  noise. 

The  barrel,  or  handle,  about  30mm 
diameter  and  160mm  long,  contains  the 
preamplifier,  a  1.5V  cell  for  the  power 
supply,  an  off-on  music-speech  switch,  a 
switched  -10dB  pad  to  cope  with 
overload  situations,  and  the  cable  ter¬ 
mination. 

JVC  quote  the  frequency  response  as 
40-18, 000Hz,  the  published  curve  look¬ 
ing  commendably  flat  with  only  minor 
"squiggles"  between  +1  and  — 4dB  from 
100Hz  up.  Below  100Hz,  the  response 
drops  another  2dB  to  -6dB  at  25Hz.  On 
the  speech  position,  the  response  is  cut 
by  about  4dB  at  100Hz  and  by  up  to  8dB 
at  the  very  bottom  end. 

The  sensitivity  is  quoted  as  — 71  dB  (OdB 
=  IV/ubar)  or  — 81dB  with  the  attenua¬ 
tor  and  pad  switched  on.  Signal/noise 
ratio  is  47dB  or  better,  wind  noise  50dB 
SPL  (music)  or  41dB  SPL  (speech),  and 
maximum  input  sound  pressure  level 
(pad  on)  133dB. 

Battery  drain  is  0.3mA  or  less,  giving  a 
battery  life,  with  a  high  performance  bat¬ 
tery,  of  about  15,000  hours. 

Attracted  by  the  general  appearance 
and  finish  of  the  M-201,  we  set  it  up  in 
a  home  situation,  plugged  into  a  good 
quality  cassette  recorder.  For  a  sound 
source,  we  used  a  pair  of  high  quality 
loudspeakers,  placed  on  either  side  of 
the  mic.  about  4ft  away— not  too  close, 
but  not  so  far  away  as  to  invite  too 
obvious  intrusion  of  room  acoustics. 


Thus  set  up,  we  proceeded  to  record  a 
mixture  of  orchestral,  instrumental  and 
organ,  with  natural  voice  announce¬ 
ments  from  left-centre-right. 

Played  back,  the  sound  was  the  best 
we  have  yet  heard  under  these 
conditions— a  living  room,  domestic 
loudspeakers  and  a  non-professional 
microphone.  Apart  from  a  slight  room 
echo  around  150Hz,  the  response 
sounded  wide  and  clean,  with  the  tran¬ 
sients  from  acoustic  guitar  sounding  par¬ 
ticularly  impressive.  All  told,  the  test  held 
a  strong  promise  that  the  M-201  would 
give  an  excellent  account  of  itself  in  a  live 
music  situation. 

Retail  price  of  the  M-201  is  $42.00 
including  tax.  It  comes  packed  in  com¬ 
pliant  foam  in  a  neat  carrying  case. 

The  M-510  is  a  more  specialised  multi¬ 
purpose  unit  intended  for  advanced 
amateur  through  to  semi-professional 
applications.  A  mono  unit,  it  is  really  two 
microphones  in  one  package— or  at  least 
it  comprises  a  common  amplifier/cable 
body,  to  which  can  be  attached  either  of 
two  heads,  one  giving  a  normal  uni¬ 
directional  cardioid  pattern,  the  other  a 
highly  directional  pattern.  Windshields 
are  provided,  which  can  be  slipped  over 
either  when  the  microphone  is  being 
used  out  of  doors  or  under  very  close 
speaking  conditions. 

Because  of  lack  of  time,  we  did  not 
have  opportunity  to  test  the  M-510  in  the 
same  way  as  the  M-201  but,  from  the 
literature,  it  would  appear  that  the  cap¬ 


sule  and  electronics  are  basically  very 
similar.  Thus,  the  shorter  uni-directional 
capsule  is  credited  with  virtually  the 
same  frequency  response  and  pickup 
pattern,  marginally  better  signal/noise 
ratio  and  better  rejection  of  wind  and 
breath  noises.  In  the  "speech"  position, 
the  cut  in  bass  response  is  about  2dB 
deeper.  Sensitivity  is  the  same. 

For  the  super-directional  capsule,  the 
lobe  is  much  narrower,  the  curves 
indicating  a  discrimination  of  at  least 
10dB  front  lobe  over  the  90-degree 
response,  even  across  the  low  frequency 
range;  above  300Hz,  the  ratio  builds  to 
an  average  of  better  than  15dB.  Response 
below  2000Hz  is  virtually  flat,  with  a 
slightly  rising  characteristic  up  to  and 
beyond  10,000Hz.  Sensitivity  is  quoted  as 
— 68dB  for  the  frontal  lobe. 

Experience  has  shown  that  the  M-510, 
in  its  super-directional  mode,  is  very  suit¬ 
able  for  video  taping  activities  where  it 
is  desired  to  keep  the  microphone  out 
of  the  picture.  Retail  price  of  the  M-510 
is  $139.95  including  tax,  and  complete 
with  carrying  case. 

JVC  are  also  marketing  a  variety  of 
accessories  to  go  with  their  micro¬ 
phones,  including  a  parabolic  sound 
reflector,  6-channel  mixer,  extension 
cables,  microphone  stands  and  boom, 
spring  suspension  cradle,  support  for  a 
stereo  pair,  &c. 

For  further  information:  Hagemeyer 
(A'Asia)  B.  V.,  59  Anzac  Parade,  Kensing¬ 
ton,  NSW. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December,  1976 


23 


Top  Disc  Cutting  Studios, 
like  The  Mastering  Lab, 
rely  on  Stanton's  681-Calibration 
Standard  in  their  Operations. 


Not  everyone  who  plays  records  needs  the  Stanton  Calibration 
Standard  cartridge,  but  everyone  who  makes  records  does! 

At  The  Mastering  Lab,  one  of  the  world’s  leading  independent 
disc  mastering  facilities,  the  Stanton  681  Triple-E  is  the  measuring 
standard  which  determines  whether  a  “cut”  survives  or  perishes 
into  oblivion. 

A  recording  lathe  operator  needs  the  most  accurate  playback 
possible,  and  his  constant  comparing  of  lacquer  discs  to  their 
original  source  enables  him  to  objectively  select  the  most  faithful 
cartridge.  No  amount  of  laboratory  testing  can  reveal  true  musical 
accuracy.  This  accuracy  is  why  the  Stanton  681  Series  is  the 
choice  of  leading  studios. 

When  Mike  Reese,  principal  disc  cutter  at  The  Mastering  Lab, 
plays  back  test  cuts,  he  is  checking  the  calibration  of  the  cutting 
channel,  the  cutter  head,  cutting  stylus,  and  the  lacquer  disc.  The 
most  stringent  test  of  all,  the  evaluation  of  direct  to  disc  record¬ 
ings,  requires  an  absolutely  reliable  playback  cartridge  ...  the  681 
Triple-E. 


All  Stanton  Calibration  Standard  cartridges  are  guaranteed  to 
meet  specification  within  exacting  limits.  Their  warranty,  an  indi¬ 
vidual  calibration  test  result,  comes  packed  with  each  unit.  For  the 
technological  needs  of  the  recording  and  broadcast  industries, 
and  for  the  fullest  enjoyment  of  home  entertainment,  you  can  rely 
on  the  professional  quality  of  Stanton  products. 


LER  146 


Sole  Australian  Distributors: 

LEROYA  IIMPUSTRIESltd _ 

Head  Office:  156  Railway  Pde.,  Leederville,  Western  Australia  6007.  Ph.  81  2930. 
N.S.W.  Office:  1 00  Walker  St.,  North  Sydney  2060.  Phone  922  4037. 

VICTORIA  Office:  1 03  Pelham  St.,  Carlton  3053.  Phone  347  7620 
Available  at  quality  conscious  Hi-Fi  dealers  throughout  Australia ' 


24 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


HIFI  REVIEWS 


Luxor  9341  automatic  turntable 


Products  produced  in  Europe  often  employ  unconventional  design  con¬ 
cepts.  So  it  is  with  the  Luxor  9341,  which  is  produced  in  Sweden. 
It  provides  fully  automatic  or  manual  operation  and  is  most  unusual 
in  the  method  of  providing  these  automatic  functions. 


The  Luxor  9341  has  a  compact  base 
and  tinted  cover  with  dimensions  407  x 
150  x  345mm.  An  extra  65mm  is  required 
at  the  rear  of  the  unit  to  allow  the  cover 
to  open  to  the  fully  upright  position. 
Hinges  of  the  tinted  cover  are  friction 
loaded  to  allow  it  to  stay  open  in  any 
position.  The  cover  can  also  be  com¬ 
pletely  removed  from  the  base  if 
desired. 

A  very  compliant  suspension  is  used  to 
isolate  the  turntable  chassis  from  heavy 
floor  vibrations  and  from  acoustic  feed¬ 
back.  However,  we  feel  that  the  sus¬ 
pension  would  be  improved  by  the 
incorporation  of  damping.  As  it  is,  it 
tends  to  wobble  around  when  the  con¬ 
trols  are  operated.  We  also  noted  that 
the  suspension  had  sagged  a  little  at  the 
rear,  which  may  have  been  the  result  of 
rough  transport. 

The  dynamically  balanced  arm  has  a 
decoupled  counterweight  and  a  sliding 
weight  to  set  the  stylus  tracking  force. 
The  headshell  is  not  removable.  Instead, 
it  has  a  slide-out  plastic  carrier  which  has 
12.7mm  mounting  centres  but  no  adjust¬ 
ment  for  stylus  overhang. 

Anti-skating  force  is  applied  by  a 
spring  mechanism  operated  by  a  calibra¬ 
ted  dial.  There  are  scales  for  conical  and 
elliptical  styli.  The  cartridge  fitted  to  the 
arm  was  a  Shure  M75MB  type  2.  The 
instruction  booklet  does  not  state 
whether  this  cartridge  uses  a  conical  or 
elliptical  stylus,  so  we  used  the  lower 
anti-skating  setting  for  conical  stylus. 

Surprisingly,  the  platter  itself  is  a  steel 
pressing.  This  has  the  advantage  of  giving 
a  good  flywheel  effect  but  the  disadvan¬ 
tage  of  interacting  with  the  field  of  many 
magnetic  cartridges  to  effectively 
increase  the  tracking  weight. 

Removing  the  steel  platter  reveals  a 
machined  aluminium  sub-turntable 
which  is  driven  by  a  small  diameter  idler. 
The  idler,  in  turn,  is  belt-driven  by  a 
12-pole  synchronous  motor.  The  idler  is 
automatically  engaged  when  the  motor 
starts  by  a  cog  mechanism  which  is 
driven  by  the  idler.  This  is  a  strange  sys¬ 
tem  and  we  wonder  why  Luxor  did  not 
opt  for  a  simpler  belt  drive.  This  must 
presumably  produce  less  rumble  than 
the  idler/cog  mechanism. 


Speed  change  from  33  to  45  rpm  is 
accomplished  by  electrical  rather  than 
mechanical  means.  A  two-core  mains 
cord  and  three-pin  plug  was  fitted,  so 
earthing  was  via  the  signal  cable  braids. 
This  is  not  recommended  in  Australia. 

The  most  unusual  feature  of  the  Luxor 
turntable  is  the  arm  set-down  and  return 
mechanism.  This  is  a  spring  mechanism 
which  is  loaded  by  the  on/off/lift/lower 
control,  which  complements  the  disc 


size  selector  in  setting  the  operating 
mode.  Two  disc  sizes  can  be  selected, 
30cm  and  17cm  (corresponds  to  12  and 
7-inch  sizes). 

The  arm  can  be  made  to  leave  the  rest, 
position  the  stylus  over  the  edge  of  the 
record  and  then  gently  lower.  At  the  end 
of  play,  the  arm  returns  to  rest. 

Since  the  lift/lower  lever  loads  the 
spring  mechanism,  its  action  is  very 
heavy  when  initiating  the  play  cycle.  For 
subsequent  use  of  the  cueing  facility,  the 
lever  is  light  in  action.  As  another 
sidelight,  the  arm  mechanism  can  be 


disengaged  by  moving  the  disc  size 
selector  to  M.  This  also  disengages  the 
arm  trip  sensor,  but  does  not  appear  to 
effect  a  reduction  in  horizontal  drag  of 
the  arm. 

Wow  and  flutter  of  the  Luxor  9341  is 
quoted  at  .05%  according  to  DIN  45507 
while  rumble  is  rated  at  62dB  according 
to  DIN  45539.  We  measured  wow  and 
flutter  at  about  0.15%  which  is  a  credit¬ 
able  result,  but  we  were  unable  to  obtain 
a  particularly  good  result  for  rumble. 

In  operation,  we  found  the  arm 
mechanism  sluggish  and  reluctant  to 
work  at  all  when  30  cm  discs  were 
selected.  This  latter  fault  appeared  to  be 
due  to  maladjustment  of  the  height  of  the 
lowering  device. 


In  other  respects,  the  Luxor  is  satisfac¬ 
tory.  It  is  physically  quiet  in  operation 
and  its  suspension  appears  to  work  well 
in  preventing  acoustic  feedback.  The 
Shur$  cartridge  performed  well  although 
we  did  not  take  measurements. 

Recommended  retail  price  of  the 
Luxor  9341  turntable,  complete  with  cart¬ 
ridge,  is  $248.  Further  information  and 
demonstration  can  be  obtained  from  the 
Australian  distributors  for  Luxor 
products,  O.B.C.  (Imports)  Pty  Ltd,  1396 
Malvern  Road,  Tooronga,  Victoria. 
(L.D.S.) 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


25 


or  for  $  1.80  by  mail  order  from 
"Electronics  Australia",  P.O.  Box  163 
BEACONSF/ELD  2014. 


$1.20 


from  your  local 
newsagent. 


THE  NEW  Electronics  Australia 

YEAR  BOOK 

•  The  big  push  for  CB  radio  in  Australia. 

•  Optical  fibres — the  new  look  in 
communications. 

•  Bush  wireless  in  1927— by 
Rev.  John  Flynn 

•  Digital  wind  speed  and 
direction  indicator. 

•  Build  your  own  250W  music  speaker. 


PLUS 


27  pages  of  valuable  reference 
data.  Records  to  buy  for  your 
collection.  Hifi — amateurs — 
DX—  &  much  more. 


Uncontrolled  soldering  temperatures 
may  have  been  adequate  in  the  valve 
and  socket  era,  but  today's  solid-state 
devices  and  printed  circuits  are  easily 
degraded  by  excess  heat.  This 
controlled-temperature  soldering 
equipment  protects  your  circuits  .  .  . 
and  your  reputation. 

ADCOLA  PRODUCTS 

Melbourne,  848  3777.  Sydney,  709  5293. 
Brisbane,  52  3166.  Adelaide,  42  6655. 
Hobart,  34  2233.  Launceston,  31  2511. 
Perth,  815500 


Non-destructive 

soldering 


THERMATIC 

Mains  voltage.  Variable,  electronic 
feedback  temperature  control. 
Solid-state  sensing  and  switching. 
Three  times  the  heating  power  of 
conventional  tools  for  fast  heat-up 
and  heavy  duty  soldering. 

For  less  critical  applications,  the 
DUOTEMP  idles  on  half-wave  AC  at 
the  recommended  soldering  temperature. 
Converts  to  full-wave,  doubling  power 
for  long  sequences  or  heavy  duty 
soldering. 

For  more  critical  applications,  the  ECT 
series  low  voltage  soldering  stations  pro¬ 
vide  complete  safety,  zero  tip  potential, 
and  accurate,  dial-selected,  infinitely 
variable  temperature  control. 


26 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


HIFI  REVIEWS 


Magnetic  cartridges  from  National  Panasonic 


National  Panasonic  has  released  a  range  of  four  moving-magnet  car¬ 
tridges  onto  the  Australian  market.  They  are  sold  complete  with 
headshell  and  storage  holder,  and  every  cartridge  is  accompanied  by 
its  individual  frequency  response  graph. 


Most  magnetic  cartridges,  especially 
those  in  the  higher  price  ranges,  are 
supplied  in  a  fancy  presentation  case 
which  is  about  as  useful  as  a  spare  groom 
at  a  wedding.  Not  so  with  National 
Panasonic,  which  has  taken  a  different 
approach. 

First,  each  cartridge  is  fitted  into  a  stan¬ 
dard  headshell  with  the  EIA  locking 
collar,  ready  to  use  with  the  large 
majority  of  turntables.  Second,  the  plas¬ 
tic  box  with  its  swing-out  lid  functions  as 
a  storage  compartment  for  the  head- 
shell-cum-cartridge.  This  is  a  really  useful 
idea  since  many  keen  enthusiasts  have 
several  cartridges  mounted  in  headshells 
but  no  proper  way  of  storing  them 
safely. 

The  headshell  storage  compartment 
has  space  in  the  rear  to  store  the  supplied 
accessories— extra  hardware,  screw¬ 
driver  and  a  small  phial  of  stylus  cleaning 
fluid. 

There  is  one  problem  with  the 
supplied  headshell,  however.  It  is.  the 
same  as  that  fitted  to  Technics  turntables 
and  has  no  adjustment  for  stylus  over¬ 
hang.  A  small  change  to  the  headshell 
would  make  this  possible. 

Another  refinement  would  be  to  fit  the 
cartridges  with  flip-down  stylus  guards, 
rather  than  use  the  clip-on  types 
supplied.  Clip-on  stylus  guards  are  too 
easily  lost,  and  can  cause  stylus  damage 
when  they  are  being  removed. 

There  are  two  basic  cartridges,  the 
EPC-205  series  which  has  three  variants 
and  the  lower-priced  EPC-270C-II.  All 
have  12.7mm  mounting  centres,  colour- 
coded  terminals  and  removable  stylus 
assemblies. 

The  three  variants  are  the  EPC-205C- 
IIS,  EPC-205C-IIL  and  EPC-205C-IIH,  The 
"S"  is  the  standard  model  of  the  series 
with  an  output  of  0.7mV/cm/sec.  The 
" L "  type  is  a  low  impedance  version 
which  has  the  advantage  of  not  being 
affected  by  load  impedance  variations  or 
high  values  of  shunt  capacitance.  The 
compromise  is  a  lower  output  voltage  of 
0.4mV/cm/sec. 

The  "H"  version  has  the  same 
impedance  characteristic  as  the  "S"  ver¬ 
sion  but  a  different  stylus  assembly  which 
enables  double  the  output  voltage  to  be 
obtained,  1 .4mV/cm/sec.  The  stylus 
assemblies  of  these  two  variants  are 
interchangeable.  The  styli  are  elliptical, 
0.2  x  0.7mil. 


Apart  from  impedance  characteristics, 
performance  specifications  for  the 
EPC-205  series  are  identical.  Frequency 
response  is  rated  within  ±2dB  from 
10Hz  to  25kHz.  Best  results  for  the  "S" 
and  "H"  versions  are  obtained  with  a 
load  impedance  of  50k  and  a  cable 
capacitance  of  lOOpF. 

Tracking  force  for  the  trio  is  1.25g 
±0.25g.  Channel  separation  at  1kHz  is 
quoted  at  25dB  or  more  and  20dB  or 
more  at  10kHz. 


m 


tracked  the  +15dB  test  track  on  CBS  STR 
110  and  the  +12dB  drum  test  track  on 
W&G  25/2434.  Separation  at  1  kHz  is  a  lit¬ 
tle  over  20dB  ranging  to  a  minimum  of 
about  12dB  at  12kHz. 

The  lower  priced  model  270C-II  was 
also  flat  within  ±2dB  from  20Hz  to 
20kHz.  The  waveform  showed  some 
irregularities  in  the  8kHz  region,  while 
the  square  wave  response  showed  some 
well  damped  ringing.  Tracking  perform¬ 
ance  was  slightly  better  than  for  the  205C 
series  but  the  higher  tracking  force 
should  be  taken  into  account.  Separation 
between  channels  was  excellent,  with 
better  than  40dB  at  1  kHz  and  better  than 
30dB  over  most  of  the  range., 


National  Panasonic 


MW  udw  !N/w»eoA,*N*c€ 

W  sao&o-g 

STEREO  CARTRIDGE 

P»***ONP 


Each  cartridge  is  fitted  in  a  headshell  and  supplied  with  a  storage  container. 


Specifications  for  the  lower-priced 
model  EPC-270C-II  are  as  follows: 
Frequency  response  from  20Hz  to  15kHz 
within  ± 2dB;  channel  separation  25dB  or 
more  at  1kHz;  tracking  force  1.75g 
±0.25g.  The  stylus  is  elliptical,  0.3  x 
0.7mil. 

Our  tests  revealed  that  the  perfor¬ 
mances  were  strikingly  identical.  This 
indicates  tight  quality  control.  Frequency 
response  was  within  ±2dB  over  the 
range  20Hz  to  20kHz  as  tested  on  the 
CBS  STR-100  disc.  Waveform  on  sine- 
waves  was  generally  good,  while  square 
wave  response  was  very  good  with  little 
trace  of  overshoot  or  ringing.  All  three 


Clearly,  all  four  cartridges  are  fine  per¬ 
formers.  The  205C  series  allow  a  number 
of  useful  compromises.  For  most  ampli¬ 
fiers  which  have  plenty  of  input  overload 
margin,  the  "H"  version  would  give  a 
useful  improvement  in  signal-to-noise 
ratio.  The  270C-II  model  will  appeal  to 
those  on  a  budget. 

Recommended  retail  prices  for  each  of 
the  EPC-205C  series  is  $67.50  while  the 
EPC-270C-II  retails-for  $35.  Further  infor¬ 
mation  can  be  obtained  from  high  fidelity 
retailers  or  from  the  Australian  distribu¬ 
tors  for  National  Panasonic,  Haco  Dis¬ 
tributing  Agencies  Pty  Ltd,  57-69  Anzac 
Parade,  Kensington,  NSW.  (L.D.S.) 

27  ' 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


8.00am  “Start  the  day  with  a  heavy  earth 
connection  on  the  emergency  power  plant. 
Need  a  130  watt  iron.  My  Superspeed's  got 
that  and  more.  Just  as  well,  the  workshop’s 
400  yards  away”. 


9.15am  “Call  from  No.  2  Moulding 
Shop.  Ran  some  temporary  leads  involving 
both  tag  joints  and  Printed  Circuit  Board 
(P.C.B.)  connections.  The  Scope  Minispeed 
handled  the  lot". 


10.55am  The  V.D.U.  in  the  process 
control  room  is  playing  up.  Replacing 
miniature  resistors  on  a  P.C.B.  is,  ideally,  the 
job  for  a  temperature  controlled  60w  iron  but 
my  Scope  Minispeed  did  the  job  and  did 
it  well. 


"WITHOUT  MY  SCOPE  IRONS 
I  RECKON  I'D  NEED  A  25  HR.  DAY." 


1 1 .1 5am  “Fix  the  speaker  leads  in  the 
canteen  P.A.  Need  a  30-40  watt  iron,  but  my 
Scope  Minispeed  did  the  job”. 


1.30pm  “Resolder  a  7/036  earth  to  sheet 
metal  —  LP  gas  flame  would  work,  but  too 
much  risk  of  heat  damage  to  PVC  cable.  The 
Superspeed  iron  produced  its  full  150  watts 
and  did  the  job”. 


2.15pm  “Fred  borrowed  my  Minispeed 
to  tackle  an  open  circuit  on  the  fork  lift's 
headlights.  He  permanently  soldered  the 
wires  to  the  terminal  block,  and  used  the 
Mini’s  75  watts  to  do  it”. 


2.17pm  “Tag  soldering  in  the  workshop 
and  a  desolder  job  on  a  P.C.B.  Using  the 
Minispeed  saves  swopping  between 
conventional  60  watt  and  25  watt  irons”. 


3.58pm  “Emergency  in  shop  six.  I  used 
my  Minispeed  to  unsweat  the  leads  of  the 


main  heater  control  circuit  and  then  desolder 
the  pyrometer  circuit  on  the  P.C.B.  One  iron, 
two  different  jobs”. 


4.18pm  “This  wiring’s  a  real  birds  nest. 
Passed  through  the  wires  with  the  Minispeed 
stone  cold,  desoldered  the  three  joints,  let  the 
iron  cool  down,  then  withdrew  through  the 
PVC  insulation.  The  5  second  heat  up  and  low 
tip  mass  let’s  me  do  this”. 


Scope  soldering  irons  save  time  three 
important  ways: 

1.  Versatility. 

One  Scope  iron  replaces  several  conventional 
irons  because  it  can  tackle  a  wide  range  of  soldering 
problems,  from  integrated  circuits  and  printed  circuit 
boards  to  heavy  earth  and  chassis  connections. 

You  don’t  have  to  swap  irons  half-way  through 
the  job.  Both  the  Minispeed  and  the  Superspeed 
function  as  20-30  watt  irons,  and  then  within  seconds 
and  a  touch  of  the  finger  switch,  you  get  increased  heat 
output  to  increase  the  Minispeed  to  75  watts,  and  the 


2.  Speed. 

Five  seconds  gets  both  irons  ready  for  work,  and 
they  cool  down  quickly  as  well.  When  you  encounter  a 
heat  sink  you  want  an  iron  that  can  make  up  the  heat 
loss  instantly  and  maintain  good  soldering  temperature. 
Result,  the  job’s  done  fast  and  you  can  move  onto 
the  next. 


^  (A)  Scope  Cordless.  60W. 

Designed  for  working  where  no  power  is 
available  or  during  temporary  failure.  It’s  powered  by 
two  rechargeable  Nicad  cells  with  the  capacity  to  solder 
between  100  and  200  typical  electronic  connections 
before  overnight  recharging. 

(B)  Scope  12V  Hobby  Iron. 

This  versatile  iron  is  designed  to  work  within 
6  metres  of  your  car  battery. 


3.  Safety. 

Scope  irons  are  isolated  from  the  mains.  The 
special  isolation  transformer  lets  you  work  on  live 
equipment  with  a  higher  degree  of  safety  than  a 
conventional  iron. 


(C)  Scope  Vibroscope. 

This  electric  pencil  allows  for  permanent  writing 
on  all  metals.  Valuable  in  an  engineering  store 
identifying  metal  tools,  dating  and  naming  parts, 
inscribing  trophies. 


The  Scope  range  of  products  is  designed  to 
deliver  efficiency  and  convenience. 

Consider  the  advantages  of 
these  products. 


For  enquiries  and  further  information  on  the 
Scope  range  of  products  contact:  Scope  Laboratories, 
93  Matthews  Avenue,  Airport  West,  Melbourne,  3042. 

SCOPE 

RIGHT  IRON  FOR  THE  RIGHT  JOB. 


SL1 


Light  beam  communications  in  the  1980s 


The  optical  fibre 

revolution — Part  i 


Communications  via  light  beams  and  glass  fibres— the  concept 
sounds  like  science  fiction  to  most  people.  But  optical  fibre  com¬ 
munications  are  poised  to  become  reality,  and  will  revolutionise 
communications  by  the  end  of  the  century.  The  promise  is  a  com¬ 
munications  network  made  up  of  hair-fine  glass  fibres  glowing  with 
laser  light,  each  capable  of  simultaneously  carrying  20  channels 
of  colour  TV  or  1 0,000  telephone  conversations. 


The  familiar  image  of  the  soprano 
whose  high  notes  broke  a  glass  is  about 
to  reverse  itself.  Miles  and  miles  of  glass 
soon  may  be  the  major  ingredient  in 
breaking  the  world's  communications 
logjam. 

Within  the  next  five  years,  modern 
technology  hopes  to  begin  solving  many 
of  the  world's  communications  problems 
by  using  revolutionary  new  transmission 
media— light  and  glass— to  achieve  a  via¬ 
ble  system  of  optical  communications. 
Glass  tubes,  lasers,  integrated  optics, 
lenses  and  prisms  — items  more 
appropriate  to  chemists,  physicists  and 
optometrists— soon  will  replace  parts  of 


the  familiar  network  of  copper  cable  and 
electronic  circuitry  that  plays  such  a  vital 
role  in  communications  today. 

Optical  communications  can  be  as 
much  as  1 ,000  times  faster  than  electronic 
communications.  The  optical  fibres  that 
are  the  basis  for  this  new  type  of  com¬ 
munication  can  hold  10,000  times  more 
information  than  a  like  amount  of  copper 
wire  or  cable. 

A  revolution  is  now  under  way,  trig¬ 
gered  by  significant  breakthroughs  in 
these  non-conventional  communications 
techniques,  and  by  the  mounting  tie-ups 
and  congestion  that  have  almost  crippled 
the  conventional  communications  net¬ 


Corning  research  scientist  Dr  Frank  Thiel  demonstrates  the  practical  use  of  optical 
fibre  waveguides.  Here  a  camera  video  signal  is  carried  by  an  1,100  ft  long  bundle 
of  glass  fibres  coupled  to  a  TV  receiver. 


by  JON  FREDRIC 


works  in  the  United  States.  The  conges¬ 
tion  results  from  overcrowded  telephone 
lines  that  transmit  all  kinds  of  informa¬ 
tion,  ranging  from  conversations  to  the 
transmission  of  pictures,  and  the 
exchange  of  data  by  computers. 

One  oversimplified  solution  would  be 
to  add  more  telephone  lines.  But  this 
runs  foul  of  space  limitations  — 
particularly  in  cities  where  conduits  in 
buildings  and  under  the  streets  are 
already  overcrowded.  There  just  isn't 
that  much  room  for  more  lines. 

The  only  realistic  solution,  then,  is  a 
communications  system  carrying  a  con¬ 
siderably  greater  number  of  messages 
within  a  smaller  amount  of  space. 

Sound  impossible?  Not  any  more! 

Scientists  have  long  known  that  light 
offers  the  fastest  potential  means  of  com¬ 
munication  and  has  thousands  of  times 
the  capacity  of  wire  cables  or  even  short¬ 
wave  radio. 

As  early  as  1870,  the  famous  British 
physicist  John  Tyndall  demonstrated  the 
potential  of  light  to  the  members  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  England.  He  showed 
that  part  of  the  light  illuminating  the 
inside  of  a  container  of  water  was  guided 
along  a  stream  of  the  liquid  flowing 
through  a  hole  in  the  vessel's  side.  That 
was  the  first  recorded  demonstration  of 
light  transmission  along  a  dielectric  guide 
by  total  internal  reflection. 

In  recent  decades,  the  development  of 
the  laser  provided  the  largest  single 
boost  to  man's  dream  of  communicating 
on  a  beam  of  light.  However,  researchers 
soon  learned  that  sending  "naked"  laser 
beams  through  space  wouldn't  solve 
mass  communications  problems.  The 
wavelengths  used  by  these  light  beams 


30 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


are  so  short  that  atmospheric  particles 
caused  the  signals  to  break  up. 

To  solve  this  problem,  researchers 
looked  for  ways  to  ''pipe"  the  light 
beams  from  transmitter  to  receiver. 

It  wasn't  until  the  1950s  that  the  idea 
of  a  hair-thin  cylindrical  core  of  glass— a 
pipe  that  carries  light  beams— evolved, 
according  to  Tingye  Li  and  Enrique  Mar- 
catili  of  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories, 
American  Telephone  and  Telegraph's  AT 
&  T)  research  arm. 

At  the  same  time,  Bell  Labs  developed 
a  way  to  make  these  fibres  by  pulling  a 
preformed  glass  rod  through  an  opaque 
tube  that  had  been  softened  by  heat  in 
an  oven.  The  rod  forms  the  core  and  the 
tube  forms  the  cladding  that  prevents 
light  from  escaping  the  "pipe". 

Soon  these  fibres  were  being  grouped 
in  "coherent  bundles"— flexible  bundles 
that  transmit  high-resolution  images. 
"From  this  point,"  say  Marcatili  and  Li, 
"the  number  of  inventions  based  on  fibre 
optics  mushroomed:  faceplates  for  TV 
camera  tubes,  medical  instruments, 
image  dissectors  for  high-speed  photo¬ 
graphy,  and  many  more." 

International  Telephone  and 
Telegraph  (ITT)  scientists  in  England 
were  the  first  to  explore  fibre  optics  tech¬ 
nology  for  long-distance  communica¬ 
tions.  In  the  mid-1950s,  a  team  headed 
by  Dr  Charles  Kao,  a  native  of  mainland 
China,  recognized  that  a  technique 
employing  pure  glass  and  long-lived 
lasers  could  be  developed  to  permit 
long-distance  communications.  The 
team  subsequently  began  experiments. 

According  to  Dr  Kao,  the  scientists 
demonstrated  an  optical  fibre  system 
that  could  simultaneously  carry  1,400 
voice  conversations,  or  17  picturephone 
conversations.  Eventually  they  were  able 
to  transmit  full-colour  TV  pictures  over 
the  hair-fine  fibre  with  excellent  results. 
Today  Dr  Kao  works  for  the  ITT  Fiber 
Optics  Laboratory  in  Roanoke,  Virginia. 

The  most  promising  light  pipe  was  the 
fibre  optic  waveguide,  which  operates 
on  the  principle  of  total  internal  reflec¬ 
tion  of  light.  Each  light  pipe  has  a  centre 
strand  of  glass  surrounded  by  an  outer 
glass  cladding,  which  prevents  light  in  the 
centre  strand  from  escaping.  Light  enter¬ 
ing  the  core  glass  and  striking  the  outside 
cladding  is  reflected  within  the  inner  core 
repeatedly  through  the  entire  length  of 
the  fibre. 

Early  studies  showed  that,  in  order  to 
be  economically  practical,  waveguides 
(as  these  light  pipes  are  now  called) 
would  have  to  transmit  light  signals  with 
very  low  light  loss.  This  loss  of  light  in 
transit  is  expressed  in  decibels  per 
kilometre,  an  expression  of  the  ratio  of 
the  energy  input  to  the  energy  output. 

"From  the  start,"  says  W.  Bart 
Bielawski,  of  Corning  Glass  Works,  "loss 
levels  of  20dB/km  were  accepted  by 
scientists  in  the  field  as  the  goal  to  be 
achieved,"  since  that  level  meets  the 
standards  of  today's  telecommunications 
systems.  It  was  also  considered  sufficient 


to  tip  the  economic  scales  in  favour  of 
optical  waveguides. 

'That  goal  was  surpassed  in  August 

1972,  when  Corning  achieved  losses  of 
as  low  as  4dB/km,"  he  said.  "But  in  June 

1973,  Corning  reached  the  ultimate  goal 
of  2dB/km,"  which  finally  made  glass 
fibres  economically  attractive  for  use  in 
long-distance  communications. 

Today  there  are  two  types  of  low-loss 
optical  waveguides.  The  first-invented, 
better  understood,  and  more  glamorous 
is  the  single-mode  waveguide.  It  has  a 
tiny  glass  core  that  transmits  light  from 
a  laser. 

Its  principal  advantage  is  that  it 
provides  the  highest  capacity  which  gives 
it  most  promise  for  long-distance  inter¬ 
city  communications.  But  its  principal 
disadvantage  is  that  the  laser  that  must 
be  used  with  it  has  yet  to  be  perfected. 

Ihe  other  type,  called  "multimode," 


An  optical  glass  fibre  cable  developed  by 
ITT  (centre)  contrasted  with  conven¬ 
tional  copper  cables.  The  six-fibre  glass 
cable  has  more  communications - 
carrying  capacity  than  the  two  larger 
cables  combined. 


Dr  Charles  Kao ,  the  ITT  scientist  who  first 
suggested  using  glass  fibres  for  long¬ 
distance  communications. 


has  a  large  optical-glass  core  that  can 
carry  types  of  conventional  light. 
Because  it  is  simpler  to  put  together,  it 
is  expected  to  find  more  immediate  use 
in  shorter-range  inner-city  networks. 

The  main  advantage  here  is  that  power 
requirements  for  the  light  sources  are 
significantly  less  than  those  required  for 
laser-based  systems.  In  fact,  the  light 
sources  for  multimode  fibres  can  be 
powered  from  the  same  supply  used  to 
power  any  associated  electronic  cir¬ 
cuitry. 

Flow  does  optical  communication 
work? 

In  a  recent  telephone  demonstration 
of  optical  communications  by  AT  &  T,  the 
sound  waves  entering  a  telephone 
microphone  were  converted  into  elec¬ 
trical  signals.  These  signals  were  then 
passed  through  an  encoder,  which  con¬ 
verted  them  into  electrical  pulses  that 
switched  the  light  beam  on  and  off,  inter¬ 
rupting  the  beam  being  sent  through  to 
the  end  of  the  fibre  tube.  The  signal  is 
thus  transmitted  along  the  fibre  as  a 
series  of  light  pulses,  rather  like  Morse 
code  dots  and  dashes. 

At  the  end  of  the  fibre  tube,  the  light 
pulses  were  fed  into  a  receiver  and 
thence  to  a  decoder  for  translation  back 
into  an  electrical  signal.  This  signal  was 
used  to  drive  the  receiver  diaphragm  to 
reproduce  the  original  sound  waves. 

So  the  process  is  practical  and  works 
quite  well,  but  there  are  still  problems  to 
overcome  before  the  system  can  be 
made  available  to  the  nation's  con¬ 
sumers.  Much  work  must  be  done  to 
develop  light  sources  and  intermediate 
circuit  parts  that  can  connect  the  glass 
tubes  and  amplify  the  signals  they  carry. 

The  development  of  lasers  sired  the 
realization  that  optical  communications 
might  be  feasible.  It's  ironic  that  further 
laser  development  has  fallen  behind  the 
development  of  glass  fibres,  which 
experienced  several  major  break¬ 
throughs  within  recent  years. 

Nevertheless,  researchers  at  many 
leading  laboratories-notably  Bell 
Laboratories  (AT  &  T's  research  arm), 
International  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Corporation,  and  Corning  Glass  Works- 
are  concentrating  their  efforts  on 
developing  the  laser  as  a  prime  light 
source  for  optical  communication. 

Lasers  provide  absolutely  pure  beams 
of  light  that  are  ideally  suited  for  optical 
communications.  The  combination  of 
laser  light  and  optical  waveguides  holds 
the  greatest  promise  in  terms  of  com¬ 
munications  capacity. 

Dozens  of  different  lasers  have  been 
developed  for  other  uses,  and  Bell  Labs 
and  others  have  devised  new,  smaller 
lasers  at  suitable  frequencies.  Yet  none 
yet  have  the  long  life  and  reliability 
required  for  a  communications  system. 

But  the  appearance  of  glass  fibres  that 
can  carry  laser  light  long  distances  is  now 
spurring  development.  It's  only  a  matter 
of  time  before  the  laser  catches  up. 

(To  be  continued) 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


31 


0 


<  t 


News  Highlights 


On-line  computer  analyses  lung  behaviour 


A  research  group  in  the  University  of 
New  South  Wales  School  of  Medicine 
has  developed  a  unique  system  of  "on¬ 
line"  study  of  the  mechanical  behaviour 
of  the  lungs.  This  is  believed  to  be  the 
first  such  system  fully  operational  in  the 
world. 

Working  at  Prince  Henry  Hospital, 
Associate  Professor  John  (H.J.H.) 
Colebatch  has  successfully  linked 
patients  and  a  small  computer  to  provide 
vital  data  on  the  patients'  lungs  which 
reflect  their  internal  structure.  The  new 
system  reduces  the  data  almost  instantly 
into  graphs  which  are  proving  highly 
valuable  in  diagnosis,  treatment  and 
research  on  respiratory  ailments. 

Previous  manual  systems  were  so  slow 
that  a  week  could  elapse  before  the 
results  of  tests  on  a  patient  could  be 
finally  analysed,  rendering  the  system 
impractical  for  clinical  situations. 

There  are  two  main  aspects  of  the 
mechanical  behaviour  of  the  lungs— 
elastic  behaviour  which  reflects  the 


properties  of  lung  tissue,  and  conductive 
behaviour  which  reflects  the  number, 
size  and  distensibility  of  the  airways.  By 
making  measurements  that  reflect  the 


elastic  and  conductive  properties  separa¬ 
tely  it  is  possible  to  distinguish  between, 
for  instance,  emphysema  (tissue  break¬ 
down)  and  bronchial  diseases,  even 
when  the  distinction  is  not  possible  on 
routine  clinical  and  X-ray  examination. 
Such  a  distinction  is  important  because 
it  influences  treatment. 

The  medical  value  of  the  new  system 
is  now  being  realised  on  a  routine  basis 
at  Prince  Henry  Hospital,  one  of  the 
University's  teaching  hospitals.  The 
structural  changes  in  diseased  lungs  can 
now  be  deduced  from  tests  taking  about 
an  hour.  Previously,  doctors  could  only 
obtain  such  detailed  information  too 
late— through  autopsies  after  death! 

In  addition  to  organising  regular 
clinical  applications  of  the  system, 
Professor  Colebatch  is  engaged  in  a 
study  of  the  effects  of  ageing  on  the 
lungs.  His  group  has  already  examined 
more  than  80  healthy  subjects,  some  of 
whom  were  provided  by  the  Royal  Aus¬ 
tralian  Navy. 


Solar  observations  may 
aid  weather  predictions 

A  newly  developed  sunlight  filter  is 
allowing  astronomers  at  Lockheed's 
Research  Laboratory  in  Palo  Alto,  Califor¬ 
nia,  to  more  accurately  study  the  Sun  in 
hopes  of  some  day  predicting  the  effects 
of  solar  flares,  sunspots,  and  promin¬ 
ences  on  Earth  weather. 

The  filter  was  designed  and  built  by 
Lockheed  and  recently  was  selected  by 
Industrial  Research  magazine  as  one  of 
the  100  most  significant  new  technical 
products  of  1976.  By  excluding  bright 
ordinary  sunlight,  the  filter  allows  the 
detection  of  solar  activity  that  is  normally 
too  faint  to  observe.  The  filter  is  tunable 
and  can  separate  wavelengths  that  differ 
in  length  by  less  than  one-billionth  of  an 
inch. 

Although  it  is  still  too  early  to  make  any 
specific  weather  predictions  from  these 
solar  phenomena,  Dr  Alan  Title,  senior 
member  of  Lockheed's  Solar  Observa¬ 
tory,  says  there  is  mounting  evidence  that 
short-term  and  long-term  weather  trends 
have  a  definite  correlation  with  unusual 
solar  activity. 

Current  research  is  aimed  at  under¬ 


standing  the  nature  of  the  sunspots, 
flares,  and  prominences— how  they  are 
formed;  why  they  are  formed;  and  how 
their  effects  are  transmitted  from  the  Sun. 
Once  these  questions  are  answered  and 
understood,  data  from  the  occurrences 
can  be  used  in  the  generation  of  large- 
scale  weather  prediction  models. 


Postgraduate  course 
in  digital  control 

The  Footscray  Institute  of  Technology 
has  announced  the  introduction  of  a 
Postgraduate  Diploma  course  in  Digital 
Control.  The  course,  commencing 
February  1977,  covers  two  years  part- 
time. 

The  course  has  been  designed  to  cater 
for  the  increasing  needs  of  industry  for 
engineers  capable  of  applying  the  latest 
minicomputers,  microprocessors  and 
sub-systems  to  specific  on-line  control 
and  data  acquisition  systems.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  placed  on  practical 
experience  and  actual  industrial  applica¬ 
tions. 

Entrance  requirements  are  a  degree  in 
Electrical,  Electronic  or  Communications 
Engineering.  Persons  with  a  diploma  in 
the  above  fields  or  with  alternative 
professional  qualifications,  and  who 
have  relevant  professional  experience, 
may  also  be  considered  for  admission. 

Further  details  from  the  Footscray 
Institute  of  Technology,  Department  of 
Electrical  and  Electronic  Engineering,  PO 
Box  64,  Footscray,  Victoria  3011. 
Telephone  689  3400. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


32 


Dick  Smith  opens  two  new  stores 


Dick  Smith's  new  Brisbane  store. 


Dick  Smith's  new  Melbourne  store 


Dick  Smith  Electronics  has  opened 
two  new  stores;  one  each  in  Brisbane  and 
Melbourne.  The  group  now  has  five 
stores  down  the  eastern  coast  of  Aus¬ 
tralia,  as  well  as  many  dealers  appointed 
to  handle  Dick  Smith  merchandise  right 
across  the  mainland  and  Tasmania. 

The  Brisbane  store  is  in  suburban 
Buranda,  close  to  the  Woolloongabba 


Cricket  Ground.  The  address  of  the  store 
is  166  Logan  Road,  Buranda.  Logan  road 
forms  part  of  the  Pacific  Highway,  the 
busy  main  road  north  out  of  the  city,  and 
puts  the  store  in  a  prime  location. 

The  Melbourne  store  is  east  of  the  city 
in  the  'retail  electronics  centre',  Rich¬ 
mond.  This  store  is  just  a  stone's  throw 
from  the  Yarra  River,  and  it  too  is  in  a 


prime  location.  The  address  is  656  Bridge 
Road,  Richmond. 

Both  stores  have  department-store 
type  layouts,  with  merchandise  displayed 
in  airy,  well-lit  sections.  Both  stores  carry 
the  same  wide  range  as  the  3  Sydney 
stores,  a  range  which  has  made  Dick 
Smith  Electronics  famous  throughout 
Australia. 


Ferranti  develops  fast 
1 6-bit  microprocessor 


Ferranti  UK  has  announced  the  release 
of  the  F100-L  16-bit  microprocessor,  the 
first  microprocessor  to  be  wholly  de¬ 
signed,  developed  and  manufactured  in 
Europe.  The  new  device  was  sponsored 
by  the  UK  Ministry  of  Defence. 

Produced  using  the  Ferranti  CDI 
process,  the  F100-L  chip  features  high 
performance.  Typical  instruction  times 
are  3  to  4  microseconds.  It  can  also 
handle  up  to  32,000  16-bit  words  of  fast 
semiconductor  or  core  memory,  and  has 
advanced  real  time  interrupt  facilities. 
Power  dissipation  is  less  than  375mW. 

The  F100-L  is  fully  supported  by 
development  software  and  a  library  of 
application  programs  which  assist  the 
user  in  programming  his  own  system. 
Programs  are  currently  developed  on 
"host"  computers.  However,  further 
software  will  be  released  in  1977  to  allow 
programs  to  be  developed  on  the  F100-L 
itself. 


Japan  unveils  new  broadcasting  technologies 


The  japan  Broadcasting  Corporation 
(NHK)  recently  threw  open  the  doors  of 
its  Technical  Research  Laboratories  to 
the  public  for  its  annual  display  of  tech¬ 
nical  achievements.  Among  the  crowd  at 
the  display,  held  last  june,  were:  a 
30-inch  wide  screen  colour  TV  display 
with  1,125  scanning  lines,  a  gas-discharge 
colour  TV  panel,  and  a  television  ghost 
suppression  system  employing  a  charge- 
coupled  device  (CCD). 

A  second  television  ghost  suppressor 
was  also  on  show,  this  employing 


two  variable  directionality  receiving 
antennas  and  a  simple  adjustment 
process.  The  CCD  method  has  not  yet 
been  practically  applied,  although  its 
future  looks  promising. 

Colour  TV  cameras  on  show  demon¬ 
strated  the  rapid  progress  towards  LSI, 
resulting  in  reduced  camera  size, 
reduced  power  consumption,  and 
greater  reliability.  The  results  of  studies 
on  standardising  camera  and  VTR  colour 
tones  by  means  of  a  microcomputer 
were  also  made  available. 


Award  for  Plessey  timber  stress  grading  machine 


The  Australian  developed  and 
manufactured  Computermatic  timber 
stress  grading  machine  has  earned 
another  international  award  for  its 
manufacturer,  Plessey  Australia. 

The  latest  award-a  diploma  gained  at 
the  Australian  Trade  Display  in 
Moscow— follows  a  gold  medal  for  tech¬ 
nical  innovation  won  by  the  machine  at 
the  Leipzig  Spring  Fair  earlier  this  year. 

The  machine,  which  provides  an 
accurate,  reliable  and  non-destructive 
means  of  sorting  timber  into  strength 
grades,  has  gained  widespread  accept¬ 
ance  overseas,  particularly  in  the  United 


Kingdom  and  Sweden  where 
mechanically  graded  timber  is  increas¬ 
ingly  specified  for  housing  construction. 

To  date  85  Computermatics  have  been 
manufactured  by  Plessey  in  Sydney  and 
68  of  these  been  exported,  including  two 
for  installation  in  Russian  sawmills. 

The  Computermatic  determines  the 
strength  of  square  edged  timber  by  sub¬ 
jecting  it  to  a  known  load  and  automatic¬ 
ally  measuring  the  degree  of  deflection. 
The  load  applied  does  not  damage  the 
timber,  unlike  so-called  'proof  testing' 
which  involves  applying  a  load  close  to 
the  breaking  point  of  the  timber. 

TRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


33 


Motorola 
announces 
the  high-current 

low  cost 
35  A  bridge 

We  don’t  think  anybody  will  admit  coming 
even  close  to  the  MDA  3500’s  high-current, 
low-cost  35  amp  capability. 

Like  giving  10  extra  amps  current  handling 
at  the  25  amp  price.  Plus  100  extra  amps 
surge-protection  at  the  25  amp  price,  and 
super-efficient,  70  watt  power  dissipation  at  the 
25  amp  price. 

Check  these  features: — 400  ampere  surge 
capability,  electrically  isolated  base,  fast 
recovery  availability  on  request,  cost  effective 
in  low  current  applications  —  and  you’ll  have 
to  admit  our  point  —  superior  performance  at 
equal  cost. 


Stock  now  available  from 

CEMA  DISTRIBUTORS 


PTY  LTD 

21  Chandos  Street 


LEONARDS 

— ,j  Phone:  439-465f 

"1-IH  rjM 

WOLLONGONG— MAf 


MELBOURNE — CEMA . 877-531  1 

BRISBANE—  ELECTRONIC  COMPONENTS  . 371-5677 

CANBERRA-CUSTOM  SCIENTIFIC . 47-6 1  79 

ADELAIDE— WILLARD CRABBE  .  51-4713 

PERTH-RESERVE  ELECTRONICS  .  87-1026 


34 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


NEWS  HIGHLIGHTS 


Foot-controlled  vehicle  for  the  disabled 

A  foot  control  for  a  car— using  the  same 
principle  as  Concorde's  fly-by-wire  elec¬ 
trical  controls— is  now  on  test  in  Britain. 

It  will  make  it  possible  for  a  severely  dis¬ 
abled  driver  to  have  complete  control  of 
the  car  using  only  one  foot.  Like  Con¬ 
corde,  it  has  duplicated  control  circuits 
and  a  'fail-safe'  monitoring  system. 

This  standard  British  Mini  car  is  steered 
by  a  small  joystick  operated  by  the 
driver's  left  foot,  which  generates  a  signal 
to  an  electrically-controlled  servo  system 
controlling  the  steering,  throttle  or  brake 
as  required.  The  prototype  has  been 
developed  by  Britain's  Transport  and 
Road  Research  Laboratory  for  the 
University  of  Reading. 

Two  independent  control  channels  are 
used,  with  a  third  monitoring  channel  so 
that  in  the  event  of  a  fault  the  vehicle  can 
be  brought  to  a  safe  stop  using  the  re¬ 
maining  working  channel.  The  standard 
handbrake  has  been  replaced  by  a 


ratchet-action  unit  as  used  in  heavy 
goods  vehicles. 

Trials  are  in  progress  on  the  test  track 
of  the  technical  reliability  of  the  system. 
Further  tests  will  include  manoeuvring  in 
traffic  and  use  in  normal  operating  condi¬ 
tions. 


BBC  seek  £2m  for  traffic  radio  service 


The  successful  trial  operation  of  a  new 
traffic  information  broadcasting  system 
in  Britain  has  resulted  in  an  approach  by 
the  BBC  to  the  Government  for  a  £2 
million  grant.  The  BBC  wants  to  set  up 
a  chain  of  80  national  stations,  which 
would  continuously  broadcast  traffic 
information  and  hopefully  avoid  the 
major  traffic  jams  that  have  occurred  in 
the  past. 

The  system  consists  of  a  series  of  low- 
powered  radio  transmitters  together  with 
a  small,  low-cost  receiver  in  each  car.  All 


stations  would  broadcast  on  the  same 
frequency  in  the  medium  wave  band, 
and  would  have  a  range  of  about  20 
miles.  The  receiver,  costing  around  the 
£7  mark  would  be  wired  into  existing  car  | 
radios  in  such  a  way  that  the  broadcast 
message  would  cut  into  any  program  the 
driver  might  have  chosen. 

The  receiver  could  also  be  wired  to  cut 
into  the  music  program  from  a  cassette 
player.  However,  the  driver  will  be  able 
to  switch  off  the  traffic  broadcast  channel 
if  he  so  chooses. 


GE  to  build  super-battery — lOkW-hr  goal 


A  $2.5  million  contract  for  developing 
a  superbattery  that  could  be  used  by 
electric  utilities  for  bulk-energy  storage 
has  been  awarded  to  the  General  Electric 
Research  and  Development  Center  by 
the  US  Electric  Power  Research  Institute 
(EPRI). 

The  32-month  effort-the  largest 
battery-research  contract  ever  issued  by 
EPRI,  the  research  arm  of  the  electric 
utility  industry  in  the  US— will  comple¬ 
ment  a  parallel  GE  energy-storage 
program  launched  several  years  ago. 

The  program's  objective:  to  develop  a 
rechargeable  sodium-sulphur  storage 
battery  that  potentially  offers  five  times 
more  storage  capacity  per  pound  than  a 
standard  lead-acid  battery. 

Under  the  EPRI  contract,  GE  scientists 
will  seek  to  develop  and  construct  a 
sodium-sulphur  unit  about  the  size  of  a 
file  drawer,  with  a  storage  capacity  of 


Live  sound. 
Your 

reference 
and  ours. 

If  you  judge  speakers  by  their  ability  to  reproduce  live 
sounds  ...  KEF  created  the  Reference  Series  for  you. 
Taking  the  latest  advances  in  drive  unit  technology,  and 
applying  the  same  uncompromising  standards  to  enclosure 
and  driving  network.  Building  on  KEF  experience  in 
professional  monitors . . .  applying  radically  new  computer 
evaluation  techniques.  With  live  sound  the  reference  at 
every  stage.  Result  two  compact  systems,  winning  world 
acclaim  for  accurate  uncoloured  quality  even  at  high 
sound  pressure  levels. 

Model  104.  Shelf  or  stand  system.  High  power  KEF 
tweeter,  mid-range  unit  and  base  drone  ...  all  with 
advanced  laminated  diaphragms  that  absorb  colouration- 
causing  energy.  High  performance  6  element  dividing 
network  with  acoustic  contour  control. 

Model  103.  Bookshelf  system  with  KEF  tweeter  and  bass 
driver  on  unique  steel  baffle  that  rotates  to  maintain 
intended  dispersion  in  any  cabinet  position.  Latest  driver 
technology,  plus  high  density  anti-resonant  enclosure 
linings. 


REFERENCE 

SERIES 


about  ten  kilowatt-hours. 

Proposals  are  that  large  storage  units 
could  be  installed  to  take  excess  energy 
during  periods  of  low  power  demand 
and  permit  the  power  authorities  to  run 
power  stations  at  optimum  level,  thus 
saving  fuel.  During  peak  demand 
periods,  this  stored  energy  could  be 
discharged  into  the  system  without  the 
need  for  extra  generating  capacity. 

The  new  work  sponsored  by  EPRI  is 
directed  toward  further  increasing  the  | 
lifetime  of  sodium-sulphur  batteries  by 
improving  certain  components,  par¬ 
ticularly  the  seals  that  secure  the  system. 

It  will  lead  to  the  construction  of  a  100- 
kilowatt-hour  battery  module?  Such  a  I 
unit  could  be  trucked  to  a  distribution  | 
substation  and  become  the  basic  buil¬ 
ding  block  of  a  utility  battery  system.  GE 
also  expects  to  install  and  test  a  5MW  | 
system  by  1981 . 


Distributed  by  Audioson  International  Pty.  Ltd. 
64  Winbourne  Road, 

Brookvale.  N.S.W.  2100 

Sydney  Melbourne  Adelaide 

938  1186  329  6066  337  7000 


Penh 
25  9993 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December.  1  976 


35 


I 


NEWS  HIGHLIGHTS 


Wind  tunnel  for  "hands-on"  flight  training 


A  new  type  of  wind  tunnel,  developed 
in  Britain,  enables  trainees  to  'fly'  a  model 
aircraft  so  that  many  of  the  important  fea¬ 
tures  of  aircraft  behaviour  during  flight 
can  be  accurately  observed. 

Unlike  conventional  wind  tunnels,  the 
Flight  Demonstration  Wind  Tunnel 
incorporates  a  control  column  for  adjust¬ 
ing  the  model  aircraft's  elevators,  and  a 
throttle  control  for  regulating  the  air 
speed  in  the  tunnel.  By  operating  these 
two  controls,  the  trainee  can  'fly'  the 
model— simulating  acceleration  along  the 
runway  for  take-off,  control  during  flight, 
and  full  landing  procedure.  It  is  also  pos¬ 
sible  to  stall  the  model  to  study  the  rela¬ 
tionship  between  trim  and  speed. 

The  tunnel,  however,  is  not  limited  to 
visual  demonstrations.  The  linkage  sup¬ 
porting  the  model  is  attached  to  instru¬ 


mentation  capable  of  measuring  aircraft 
trim,  altitude,  the  influence  of  the  centre 
of  gravity  on  stability,  and  lift  force.  The 
effects  of  airstream  can  also  be  measured 
using  a  smoke  distributor  which  shows 
the  flow  pattern  past  the  model  in  normal 
and  stalled  conditions. 


AWA  sells  air  navigation  aid  to  Portugal 


An  Australian  designed  and  manufac¬ 
tured  radio  beacon  has  been  chosen  for 
a  new  air  navigation  installation  at  Por¬ 
tugal's  Lisbon  airport. 

The  beacon,  a  product  of  the  Avionic 
Systems  Department  of  Amalgamated 
Wireless  (Australasia)  Ltd,  is  the  main 
element  in  a  contract  awarded  by  the 
Portuguese  Government  to  the  Decca 
Navigator  Company  of  Britain  for  the  air¬ 
port  installation. 

The  beacon  is  a  Doppler  VOR  (very 
high  frequency  omnirange)  particularly 


Burroughs  to  build 
a  “supercomputer” 

US  computer  manufacturer  Burroughs 
recently  announced  that  it  intends  build¬ 
ing  a  "supercomputer"  to  carry  out  the 
solving  of  problems  at  present  con¬ 
sidered  too  large  for  existing  machines. 

Basically,  the  machine  will  be  an  array 
processor;  that  is  a  series  of  smaller  com¬ 
puters  operating  in  parallel  on  a  large 
problem  divided  into  sections.  It  will  be 
so  powerful  that  it  will  need  one  of  the 
company's  largest  conventional 
machines  to  prepare  and  feed  it  with 
information,  and  to  collect  the  results. 

Suggested  applications  are  in 
meteorology,  space  studies  and  logistics, 
etc.  The  first  machine  is  expected  to  be 
running  by  the' end  of  1978,  and  will  be 
programmed  in  Fortran. 

A  similar  machine  is  also  under  con¬ 
sideration  in  Britain  by  International 
Computer  (ICL),  which  is  awaiting 
government  support  before  going  ahead 
with  the  project.  This  machine,  if  built, 


suited  to  airports  and  enroute  locations 
where  radio  signals  are  affected  by 
reflections  from  mountains,  buildings 
and  other  obstacles.  VOR  is  an  interna¬ 
tional  standard  medium  range  guidance 
system  providing  bearing  information  to 
aircraft. 

AWA  Doppler  VOR  beacons  are 
already  operating  at  Kathmandu  and 
Pokhara  in  Nepal,  at  Biggin  Hill  near  Lon¬ 
don,  UK,  and  are  being  installed  at  Mers- 
ing  in  Malaysia,  and  at  10  locations  in 
Australia'. 


could  be  anything  up  to  100  times  faster 
than  existing  machines,  according  to  the 
type  of  problem. 

Cable  TV — via 
optical  glass  fibres 

Thirty-four  thousand  cable  television 
subscribers  in  the  Hastings  area  of 
England  are  believed  to  be  the  first  in  the 
world  to  watch  TV  programs  brought  to 
their  receivers  over  strands  of  glass  rather 
than  wire. 

According  to  a  recent  press  release 
from  Corning  Glass  Works  (United 
States),  Rediffusion  Limited  of  London 
has  been  using  a  1.427-kilometer  length 
of  optical  cable,  inserted  into  its  existing 
network  in  place  of  metallic-conductor 
cable,  since  March  1976. 

The  cable  was  manufactured  by  BICC 
Telecommunication  Cables  Limited.  It 
contains  two  hair-thin  strands  of  glass 
made  by  Corning  in  the  USA.  Installation 
was  carried  out  by  Rediffusion  engineers, 
and  completed  in  just  two  days. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Where  to  hear 
the  1812  Overture  with 
carinon,  not  corks. 


N.S.W. 

SYDNEY  CITY 

Douglas  Hi  Fi.  Kent  Hi  Fi. 

D.M.E.  Hi  Fi.  Jnstrol  Hi  Fi. 

EASTERN  SUBURBS: 

Woolloomooloo— Convoy  Sound. 

NORTH  SHORE : 

Chatswood— Autel  Systems. 

Crows  Nest— Allied  Hi  Fi. 

Gladesville— Hi  Fi  Hit. 

Chatswood— Milversons. 

Brookvale— Riverina  Hi  Fi. 

WESTERN  SUBURBS: 

Fairfield— Bing  Lee  Electronics. 

Summer  Hill— Fidela  Sound. 

Parramatta  &  Westfield— Grammophone  Shop. 
Parramatta— Milversons.  • 

Parramatta  &  Bankstown— Miranda  Hi  Fi. 
Concord— Sonata  Music. 

SOUTH 

St.  Peters— Dyna  Stereo. 

Miranda  Fair— Miranda  Hi  Fi. 

LIVERPOOL :  Miranda  Hi  Fi. 

WOLLONGONG:  Sonata  Hi  Fi. 

GOSFORD:  Miranda  Hi  Fi. 

NEWCASTLE :  Ron  Chapman  Hi  Fi. 

Newcastle  Hi  Fi. 

MAITLAND :  Hunter  Valley  Electronics. 

TAREE :  Godwins  Hi  Fi. 

LISMORE:  Lismore  Hi  Fi.  * 

A.C.T.: 

Pacific  Stereo.  Duratone  Hi  Fi. 

VICTORIA: 

MELBOURNE  CITY: 

Douglas  Trading.  Nat.  Sound. 

Allens  Music.  Southern  Sound. 

Instrol  Hi  Fi. 


MELBOURNE  SUBURBS: 

Hawthorn— Tivoli  Hi  Fi. 

Nth.  Caulfield— Soundcraftsman. 
Moofabbin— Southern  Sound. 

Mordialloc— Mordialloc  Hi  Fi. 

—Denman  Audio. 

,  Belmont— Belmont  Stereo. 

Warnambool— A.  G.  Smith. 

QUEENSLAND: 

BRISBANE  CITY: 

Reg  Mills  Stereo.  Tel  Air  Electronics. 
Stereo  Supplies. 

BRISBANE  SUBURBS: 

Redcliffe— Hi  Fi  Sales  (Q'ld.)  Pty.  Ltd. 
Ashgrove— Living  Sound  Centre. 
Tingalpa— Todd  Hi  Fi. 

Ipswich— Ipswich  Hi  Fi. 

SOUTH  AUSTRALIA: 


ADELAIDE  CITY: 
Allans  Music. 
Challenge  Hi  Fi. 


Hi  Fi  Acoustics. 


ADELAIDE  SUBURBS: 
Blackwood— Blackwood  Sound. 
St.  Peters — Sound  Dynamics. 


TASMANIA: 

HOBART: 

Quantum.  United  Electronics.. 


SUBURBS: 

Burnie — Audio  Services 


WEST.  AUSTRALIA: 

PERTH: 

Alberts  Hi  Fi. 

Leslie  Leonards. 
Audio  Centre. 

Japan  Hi  Fi. 


Or  write  to  Auriema  (A/asia)  Pty.  Ltd. 
P.O.  Box  604,  Brookvale,  N.S.W.  2100 
Telephone  939  1900 


36 


When  you  dance  around  the  room 
can  you  hear  aJl  the  music? 

Some  very  heady  stuff  is  bandied  about 
when  it  comes  to  discussing  the  pro's  and 
cons  of  various  speakers. 

All  of  it  rather  wonderful  of  course,  but 
invariably  there’s  one  small  catch. 

Unless  you  stand  practically  right  in  front, 
the  sound  you  get  will  never  be  all  that 
clearly  defined. 

This  of  course  brings  us  to  our  speakers. 
The  Epicure  Tens. 

Not  only  can  you  hear  them  in  just  about 
any  part  of  the  room,  but  you  can  hear,  very 
clearly,  every  instrument  that's  meant  to  be 
heard.  Simply  because  they  give  near 
hemispherical  dispersion. 

You’ll  also  find  lower  distortion  in  the  mid¬ 
range,  especially  noticeable  with  voices. 

( Due  to  a  balanced,  low-mass  voice  coil 


assembly  which  is  centred  perfectly  and 
automatically  by  the  use  of  a  unique  space- 
age,  ferro-fluidic  liquid.) 

While  the  concave  air  spring  tweeter 
produces  nearly  hemispherical  dispersion 
across  most  of  the  audible  range . 

The  Epicure  Tens  also  contain  a  rather 
unique  low-mass  woofer. 

This  gives  a  smoother,  more  accurate^ 
bass,  enabling  you  to  hear 
the  individual  bass  instru¬ 
ments,  andnot  just  the  bass. 

In  fact  so  proud  are  we 
of  our  speakers,  we  even 
go  so  far  as  to  give  them  a 
ten  year  warranty. 

And  that's  an  awful  lot  of 
dancing  around  any  room. 


EPICURE 


AUR21 


VWtctfer. 

chromium! 

New  particle:  TDK  has  developed  a  new  particle  called  Super 
Avilyn.  It’s  cobalt  and  ferric-oxide  in  a  single  layer.  It  is  not  the 
same  as  so-called  ‘cobalt-doped’  and  ‘cobalt-energized’  tapes. 
New  performance:  The  superior  high-end  saturation  of  Super 
Avilyn’s  high-coercivity  formulation  (allowing  it  to  take  more 
high  frequency  energy  during  recording),  combined  with  its 
compatibility  with  the  Cr02  equalization  (1  EC  70  microsecond 
time  constant)  results  in  a  simultaneous  suppression  of 
high-end  noise  (for  better  S/N)  and  delivery  of  a  flat  response 
curve  with  better  highs. 

SA’s  performance  exceeds  even  Cr02,  which  suffered  from 
reduced  output  in  the  middle  and  low  frequencies  (SA  provides 
1.5-2db  more  output  than  the  best  Cr02  in  those  ranges,  equal 
output  at  high  frequency). 

SA  also  outperforms  the  ferric-oxide  tapes  (regular  and 
cobalt-energized)  which  are  unable  to  take  full  advantage  of 
the  noise  reduction  benefits  of  the  Cr02  equalization  because 
their  high-end  saturation  characteristics  are  not  compatible 
with  this  standard. 


Ask  for  TDK  SA  Cassettes. 

Australian  Distributor:  Convoy  International  Pty.  Ltd. 

4  Dowling  Street,  Woolloomooloo  201 1 . 358  2088. 


PF  648 


Australia's  first  domestic 

___  l 

cable  TV  system 


Although  cable  TV  systems  are  very  much  a  part  of  the  domestic  TV 
scene  in  some  overseas  countries,  notably  Canada  and  US,  such  sys¬ 
tems  have  been  unheard  of  in  Australia  —  up  until  now  that  is.  By 
the  time  you  read  this,  Australia's  first  domestic  cable  TV  system  should 
be  in  operation  in  a  housing  commission  complex  in  Melbourne. 


Scheduled  to  commence  operations 
this  September,  Australia's  first  cable  TV 
system  is  a  joint  project  of  the  Mel¬ 
bourne  City  Council  and  the  Victorian 
Housing  Commission.  It  will  serve  about 
4,000  tenants  in  the  Debney's  Park  Hous¬ 
ing  Commission  Complex,  and  will 
operate  by  cable  from  a  studio  set  up  at 
the  Debney's  Park  community  centre. 

Debney's  Park  is  a  complex  in  the 
suburb  of  Flemington,  on  the  fringe  of 
the  city,  and  contains  a  number  of  high- 
rise  blocks.  The  closed  circuit  TV  is  seen 
as  a  means  of  combating  the  loneliness 
which  sometimes  afflicts  people  living  in 
high-rise  communities. 

Cabling  from  the  community  centre  to 
the  Housing  Commission  flats  was  still  in 
progress  as  this  article  was  written, 
although  some  flats  were  to  be  con¬ 
nected  for  the  opening  in  mid- 
September.  It  is  expected  that  10-hours 
of  programs  a  week  will  be  fed  via  the 
existing  coaxial  cable  master  antenna 
system. 

The  station  will  be  run  by  the  Debney's 
Park  recreational  control  panel,  compris¬ 


ing  seven  representatives  from  the  Deb¬ 
ney's  Park  community  centre  executive, 
the  local  primary  school,  the  Housing 
Commission  tenant's  representative  and 
the  City  Council  Parks,  Gardens  and 
Recreation  Department.  Mr  Gerry  Quirk, 
the  City  Council's  recreation  officer,  will 
be  the  station  manager. 

The  system  itself  was  designed  by  the 
engineer's  department  of  the  City  Coun¬ 
cil,  and  uses  two  AWA  Rediffusion 
closed-circuit  TV  carmeras  —  a  studio 
camera,  with  rear  control  zoom  lens  and 
mounted  on  a  tripod,  and  a  hand-held 
camera  which  can  either  be  used  with  an 
adaptor  as  a  second  studio  camera  or 
with  a  portable  video  tape  recorder.  The 
second  camera  also  has  a  manual  zoom 
lens. 

On  the  technical  side,  the  production 
director  is  able  to  view  the  outputs  of  the 
two  cameras  on  two  monitors.  The  out¬ 
puts  can  be  mixed  through  a  video  mixer 
to  provide  fades,  corner  inserts,  wipes 
and  other  effects. 

Output  from  the  mixer  is  viewed  on  a 
third  monitor,  and  can  either  be , 


recorded  on  an  electronic  edit  video 
tape  recorder  or  fed  through  a  modula¬ 
tor  to  the  Debney's  Park  Housing  Com¬ 
mission  flat  complex.  The  mixer  is 
equipped  with  a  function  board  which 
enables  synchronisation  between  the 
portable  video  tape  recorder  and  live 
camera  outputs,  enabling  effects  to  be 
performed  between  these  two  inputs. 

An  AWA  Rediffusion  12-inch  monitor/ 
receiver  is  used  to  enable  monitoring  of 
the  output. 

Two  microphones  are  used  for  studio 
sound  recording,  together  with  an  audio 
mixer.  Two-way  communication  is 
available  between  both  cameramen  and 
the  production  director.  The  control 
desk  is  portable,  enabling  it  to  be 
transported  to  and  from  locations. 

The  aim  is  to  train  tenants  in  the  use 
of  the  equipment,  so  that  eventually  they 
can  run  the  station  themselves.  Programs 
will  revolve  around  activities  at  the 
estate's  community  centre  and  will 
mainly  concentrate  on  entertainment 
such  as  drama,  singing  and  folk  danc¬ 
ing. 

The  Debney's  Park  experiment  may 
well  be  the  beginning  in  Australia  of  a 
swing  towards  more  community  involve¬ 
ment  in  television  and,  in  particular, 
towards  cable  TV.  In  Britain,  for  example, 
the  use  of  cable  systems  has  enabled  at 
least  five  large  towns  to  set  up  non¬ 
commercial  community  networks  which 
may  only  concentrate  on  local  people 
and  local  issues. 

Regulations  in  both  Britain  and  Aus¬ 
tralia  prevent  the  commercial  use  *of 
cable  TV,  but  many  other  countries  have 
no  such  restrictions.  In  Canada  alone,  it 
is  estimated  about  one-third  of  the 
population  receive  TV  programs  via 
cable. 

Cable  television,  in  more  advanced 
form,  involves  linking  household 
television  receivers  to  a  broadband 
cable,  which  can  carry  far  more  channels 
than  available  through  the  crowded  air¬ 
waves,  gives  interference-free  reception, 
and  can  also  be  loaded  with  signals  for 
other  communication  services.  How¬ 
ever,  the  future  of  cable  TV  is  in  limbo 
in  Australia  at  present,  still  dependent  on 
Government  decision.  $ 


— —  I 

I 


Community  operators  use  AWA  Rediffusion  camera  equipment  to  record  children's  Reprinted  from  "The  Australian  Financial 
activities.  The  aim  is  to  provide  70  hours  of  programming  per  week.  Review". 

ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  37 


CS/RO  research  aids  industry .  .  . 

AC  bridge  circuit  for 
temperature  measurements 

A  new,  inexpensive  AC  bridge  for  use  with  platinum  resistance  ther¬ 
mometers  for  accurate  temperature  measurement  has  been  developed 
by  the  CSIRO  National  Measurement  Laboratory,  Sydney.  The  new 
bridge  makes  possible  temperature  measurements  to  better  than 
.025°C  over  most  of  the  range  — 250°C  to  +550°C,  with  suitable 
thermometers. 


The  platinum  resistance  thermometer 
has  been  used  for  many  years  for  the 
most  precise  measurements  of  tempera¬ 
ture.  The  resistance  of  pure  platinum 
changes  in  a  known  and  predictable  way 
with  changes  in  temperature  and  is  highly 
reproducible.  A  platinum  resistance  ther¬ 
mometer  usually  consists  of  a  resistor  of 
very  pure  platinum  wire  mounted  in  a 
strain  free  condition  and  enclosed  in  a 
suitable  sheath  for  protection. 

However,  in  the  past  the  measurement 
of  resistance  of  such  thermometers  has 
usually  been  made  with  expensive 


precision  DC  bridges  consisting  of  a  mul¬ 
titude  of  precise  resistors  and  high 
quality  switches.  Drifts  in  value  of  these 
resistors  necessitates  frequent  and 
expensive  calibrations.  The  use  of  a 
typical  DC  bridge  is  plagued  by  the 
presence  of  thermal  EMFs  which  can 
make  measurement  difficult.  AC  tech¬ 
niques  overcome  the  thermal  EMF 
problem  but  the  other  drawbacks 
remain. 

The  new  NML  AC  bridge  uses  a  ratio 
transformer  in  which  inherently  stable 
and  accurate  ratios  are  maintained. 


Precise  resistance  measurements  nor¬ 
mally  require  some  method  of  eliminat¬ 
ing  the  errors  due  to  the  resistance  of  the 
leads  connecting  the  resistor  to  the 
bridge.  The  high  input  impedance  of 
typical  ratio  transformers  permits  simple 
bridges  to  be  made  which  are  relatively 
unaffected  by  reasonable  values  of  the 
lead  resistances,  but  these  systems  suffer 
from  an  extremely  non-linear  rela¬ 
tionship  between  the  resistance 
measured  and  the  setting  of  the  ratio 
transformer.  The  combination  of  modern 
integrated  circuit  operational  amplifiers 
with  ratio  transformers  enables  bridge 
circuits  to  be  constructed  which  over¬ 
come  this  problem. 

The  unit  shown  in  the  photograph  is 
made  by  Leeds  &  Northrup  Australia  Pty 
Ltd,  and  is  a  commercial  development  of 
a  system  developed  at  NML  specifically 
for  platinum  resistance  thermometry 
using  mainly  elements  of  100  ohms 
nominal  resistance  at  the  ice  point.  It  has 
a  range  of  0  to  300  ohms  and  an  accuracy 
of  ±0.01  ohm. 

The  sensor  current  is  1mA  at  a 
frequency  of  80Hz,  and  the  errors 
introduced  by  a  resistance  of  up  to  10 
ohms  in  any,  or  all,  of  the  leads  is  neglig¬ 
ible.  Small  currents  must  be  used  to  avoid 
self  heating  of  the  thermometer. 

The  instrument  comprises  a  sinusoidal 
oscillator  which  excites  an  "active 
bridge"  network  whose  output  is  effec¬ 
tively  zero  in  the  balanced  condition.  The 
bridge  output  is  measured  by  a  null 
detector  channel  comprising  a  high  gain 
AC  amplifier,  phase  sensitive  detector 
and  DC  amplifier  stages.. 

The  basic  principle  of  the  new  bridge 
network  is  shown  in  Fig  1 .  The  output  of 
#the  oscillator,  designated  V,  is  applied  to 
*  a  controlled  current  source  (CCS)  and  a 
linear  voltage  divider,  ratio  k,  which 
represents  the  five  measuring  dials.  The 
controlled  current  source  (CCS)  has  the 


A  commercial  instrument  based  on  the  CSIRO's  new  bridge  circuit  has  already  been 
developed .  The  unit  shown  above  is  made  by  Leeds  and  Northrup  Aust.  Pty.  Ltd. 


38 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


R  TO  NULL  DETECTOR 
— - ► 


X  (RESISTANCE  IN 
I  THERMOMETER 
BEING  MEASURED) 


FIG.1  BASIC  OPERATING  PRINCIPLE  OF  BRIDGE 

property  that  its  output  current  I  is  proportional  to  input  volt¬ 
age  (ie.,  I  =  (1/R).V  where  R  is  a  transresistance)  and  is  not 
affected  by  the  actual  voltage  appearing  at  its  output  terminal 
due  to  a  load  impedance. 

The  current  I  flows  through  the  unknown  resistor  X  from 
the  output  of  an  unity  gain  buffer  amplifier  connected  to  the 
tapping  point  of  the  divider.  Thus  the  voltage  at  the  lower  end 
of  X  is  kV,  and  the  voltage  at  its  other  end  becomes  zero  when 
X  =  kR,  which  is  the  required  balance  condition. 

The  practical  circuit,  somewhat  simplified,  is  shown  in  Fig 
2.  The  CCS  is  formed  by  the  integrated  circuit  operational 
amplifier  A1  and  the  two  pairs  of  equal  resistances  R  and  Z. 
The  combination  of  positive  and  negative  feedback  gives  the 
constant  current  characteristic. 

The  unknown  resistance  X  is  shown  as  a  four  terminal  con¬ 
nection  with  lead  resistances  r,  which  are  not  required  to  be 
similar  in  value.  Operational  amplifier  A2  is  connected  as  a 
"voltage  follower"  with  the  negative  feedback  taken  from  the 
four  terminal  junction  point  Q.  Thus  the  potential  at  Q  is  equal 
to  kV.  The  null  detector  A3  is  connected  to  the  other  junction 
P  and  the  previous  balance  condition  is  unchanged  by  the 
effects  of  the  lead  resistances. 


CONSTANT  VOLTAGE  / 
GENERATOR  (80Hz)(~  J 


INDUCTIVE  DIVIDER 


CONTROLLED 

CURRENT 

SOURCE 


■4r  I  IWITV 


UNITY  GAIN 
AMPLIFIER 


FIG.  2  ARRANGEMENT  OF  COMPONENTS  FORMING 
BRIDGE  NETWORK 

The  quadrature  error  signal  which  is  always  present  with  AC 
bridges  due  to  stray  capacitance  and  inductance  is  relatively 
small  due  to  the  low  operating  frequency,  and  is  rejected  by 
the  phase  sensitive  detector. 

The  accuracy  of  the  bridge  depends  on  the  divider,  which 
uses  the  ratio  transformer  technique  for  the  three  most  sig¬ 
nificant  dials.  These  ratios,  which  depend  on  tapped  trans¬ 
former  windings,  are  inherently  stable  and  unaffected  by 
ambient  temperature  or  long  term  drift.  Simple  resistive  net¬ 
works  are  adequately  stable  for  the  less  significant  dials. 

The  new  bridge,  which  is  available  commercially  for  under 
$800,  should  give  research  laboratories  and  industry  the 
capability  of  making  accurate  measurements  inexpensively.  It 
has  the  additional  advantage  of  being  easily  portable  for  in- 
the-field  measurements,  and  can  operate  either  from  batteries 
or  from  an  integral  power  supply.  £ 


Welcome  friends  with  their  favorite  t 


as 


, 0 


Heathkit  Electronic 
“Doorbell”  is  one  of 
our  most  unique  kits... 
you  program  it  to  play  your 
favorite  tune 


What  an  exciting  way  for  visitors  to  announce 
themselves. ..your  favorite  melody  plays 
when  they  touch  the  door  button.  Use  as 
many  as  16  notes  to  program  your  favorite 
tune.  Change  it  whenever  you  wish... pro¬ 
gram  to  celebrate  a  season,  an  anniversary, 
a  birthday,  even  a  special  party.  And  the  TD- 
1089  tells  you  whether  a  visitor  is  at  the  front 
or  rear  door  by  the  length  of  the  tune. 

Changing  your  tune  is  easy.  Just  rearrange 
the  programming  leads  in  the  connectors  of 
the  C  through  C'  “keyboard’’  located  behind 
the  front-panel  access  door.  The  assembly 
manual  includes  programming  instructions 
for  a  variety  of  tunes,  or  you  can  compose 
your  own.  Controls  for  tuning,  volume,  speed, 


and  decay  characteristics  of  the  electroni¬ 
cally  synthesized  sound  also  are  located  in¬ 
side  the  front-panel  door. 

Single  circuit  board  construction  makes  it 
easy-to-build.  And  installation  is  easy  too, 
just  wire  between  existing  bell  transformer 
and  TD-1089.  The  attractive  brown  plastic 


cabinet  with  dull-gold  color  trim  and  tan  fab¬ 
ric  panels  is  included  in  the  kit. 

The  TD-1089  is  loud  enough  to  be  heard 
throughout  normal  size  homes,  but  you  can 
add  extra  16-ohm  speakers  to  the  “exten¬ 
sion’’  terminals  and  spread  the  sound  to 
other  areas. 


The  TD-1089 
is  easy  to  program. 
Just  remove 
the  decorative  front 
panel  to  change 
programming 
leads  and  make 
adjustments. 


;  WARBURTON  FRANKI  HEATHKIT 

■  CENTRE 

■  220  Park  St.,  Sth  Melbourne,  3205 
•  Ph.  699  4999 


j  Name  .  . 
!  Address 


Postcode 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


39 


Playmaster  Forty/Forty 
stereo  amplifier 

revised  design  has  more  power  and  even  tower  hum 


We  have  had  many  requests  for  a  higher  powered  version  of  the  very 
popular  Playmaster  Twin  Twenty  Five  stereo  amplifier,  so  here  it  is. 
The  new  version  offers  more  power  and  some  other  performance 
aspects  have  been  improved.  Constructors  can  easily  upgrade  their  exis¬ 
ting  Twin  Twenty  Five  to  the  new  circuit,  if  they  so  desire. 

by  UREG  SWAIN  &  LEO  SIMPSON 


Perhaps  we  should  explain,  at  the  out¬ 
set,  that  we  were  not  keen  to  produce 
a  higher  powered  version  of  the  Twin 
Twenty  Five.  Why  meddle  with  a  design 
which  has  proved  to  be  very  reliable  and 
popular?  Several  thousand  have  now 
been  built  and  there  is  no  indication  of 
a  decline  in  sales. 

However,  ever  since  Applied  Tech¬ 
nology  Pty  Ltd  of  Hornsby,  NSW,  con¬ 
sulted  with  us  regarding  their  own 
higher-powered  version,  there  has  been 
a  constant  stream  of  requests  from  rea¬ 
ders  and  kit  suppliers  to  indicate  what  is 
involved.  If  we  were  reluctant  to  do  so, 
it  was  simply  because  an  increase  in 
power  output  from  25  watts  to  40  watts 
is  a  barely  audible  2dB.  To  obtain  a 
worthwhile  audible  increase,  the  power 
ratio  really  needs  to  be  about  6dB,  ie,  4 
times  the  power. 

Ultimately,  some  incentive  to  proceed 
with  the  higher  powered  version  was 
provided  by  Dick  Smith  Electronics  Pty 


Ltd,  They  arranged  for  the  supply  of  a 
higher  rated  C-core  power  transformer 
and  thus  overcame  a  number  of  practical 
objections  we  had.  The  new  transformer 
fits  into  the  existing  chassis,  so  no  altera¬ 
tions  to  the  metalwork  are  required. 
More  importantly,  the  new  transformer 
has  less  external  hum  field. 

In  fact,  the  new  transformer  has  less 
external  field  than  the  smaller  transfor¬ 
mer  in  the  Twin  Twenty  five  version.  As 
a  result  the  amplifier  is  physically 
quieter-the  field  is  much  less  likely  to 
cause  the  metal  lid  of  the  case  to  hum. 
Nor  is  there  any  sign  of  lamination  buzz; 
this  can  be  frustrating  in  an  amplifier 
which  is  electrically  very  quiet. 

A  lower  hum  field  also  means  that 
there  is  less  likelihood  of  hum  being 
induced  into  cassette  decks  or  magnetic 
cartridges— a  very  common  problem  in 
hifi  installations.  We  found  that  the  new 
transformer  gives  a  6dB  reduction  in 
induced  hum  in  typical  magnetic  car¬ 


tridges  and  cassette  decks,  compared 
with  the  smaller  transformer  mentioned 
above. 

The  C-core  transformer  is  also  more 
efficient  and  runs  cooler. 

So  the  new  transformer  has  enabled  us 
to  improve  the  subjective  performance 
as  well  as  upgrading  the  specifications, 
adding  up  to  a  worthwhile  all-round 
improvement. 

Other  changes  to  the  amplifier  are  less 
noticeable.  The  class-A  driver  transistors, 
T10,  T110  and  the  constant  current 
source  transistors,  T9,  T109  are  now 
higher  rated  BD139's  and  BD140's.  The 
thermal  compensation  transistors,  T15 
and  Til 5,  are  now  mounted  on  the  rear 
panel,  adjacent  to  the  power  transistors. 
Capacitors  have  been  added  to  the 
inputs  of  the  power  amplifiers  to  render 
the  output  offset  voltages  independent 
of  the  Balance  control  setting. 

The  new  circuit  and  wiring  diagrams 
also  incorporate  a  number  of  corrections 
which  have  been  noted  since  the  original 
articles  were  published.  Readers  con¬ 
structing  Twin  Twenty  Five  versions  from 
scratch  may  apply  all  the  changes  noted 
above. 

Previous  articles  in  April,  May,  June 
and  September  1976  have  disciissed  the 
amplifier  circuit  and  performance  in 
detail,  so  we  will  only  give  a  brief  resume 
of  the  circuit  operation,  beginning  with 
the  power  amplifier. 


40 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


FOR 


Designed  by  Leo  Simpson.  See  E.A  Dec.  1976 

ATTENTION 

This  playmaster  Forty  Forty  has 
the  low  noise  transformer.  The 
Twin  40  is  a  cheaper  Amp  with 
a  normal  iron  core  transformer. 
We  do  riot  supply  the  Twin  40 
and  do  not  intend  to. 


FEATURES 


"Simplified  complete  instruction 
manual  &  assembly  instructions 


"Special  silk  screened  fibre- 
glass  PC  Board 


"Level  graduation  on 
Treble  &  Base 
control 


"Exclusive  Bronzed  An¬ 
odized  front  panel 


PACKING  & 
POSTAGE  FOR 
PLAYMASTER 
FORTY-FORTY 
IS  $5.00 


"Professional  knobs  to 
match  front  panel 

OPTIONAL  CABINET 

Optional  high  quality 
simulated  Teak  timber 
cover,  gives  the  Amplifie 
that  $500  look.  Suits 
both  the  Playmaster  Twi 
25  and  the  "Forty  Forty 
Cat.  H-3113  ..  ..  $7.50 


EXCLUSIVE  C' CORE 


LOW  NOISE  (LH)  TRANSFORMER 


The  "C"  core  transformer  in  the  Dick  Smith  kit  is  exclusive  - 
and  its  one  of  the  key  components  in  this  amplifier.  Normal 
interleaved  (laminated)  transformers  are  alright  —  just  —  but 
for  optimum  performance  the  "C"  core,  with  its  grain  -? 
oriented  steel  and  better  electrical  characteristics  is  hard  to 
beat.  The  result:  a  quieter  more  powerful  amplifier.  More 
power  can  be  delivered  by  transformer  with  less  "noise" 
being  radiated  to  get  in  the  sensitive  front  end  of  the 
amplifier. 

ATTENTION:  This  amplifier  is  slightly  more  expensive 
because  of  the  "C"  core  (LH)  low  noise  transformer  — 
however  it  is  really  worth  the  extra  $5.00  —  on  head¬ 
phones  alone  the  background  noise  level  is  noticeably 
lower. 

Cat.  K-3411  Playmaster  "Forty  Forty"  Kit  $105.00 

"C"  Core  Transformer  only .  Cat.^/To 148  $24.50 


CONVERT  YOUR  TWIN  25 
TO  GIVE  40RMS  PER  CHNL 

With  this  conversion  kit  —  complete  with  full  instructions  — 
you  can  now  boost  your  Twin  25  to  give  40  watts  RMS  per 
channel.  All  necessary  parts  including  "C"  core  transformer 
etc. 

Cat.  K-3435  . Complete  Conversion  Kit  only  $25.00 


FREE 


POWER  SUPPLY 
_ CIRCUIT  INCLUDED 

If  you  purchase  the  conversion  kit  we  include  a  full  circuit 
diagram  to  show  how  to  use  your  existing  Twin  25  Trans¬ 
former  for  a  13.8  volt  2-4  Amp  Regulated  supply  —  ideal 
for  bench  use  and  CB  Transceivers  —  a  must  for  the  hobbyist. 


DICK  SMITH  ELECTRONICS  GROUP 

HEAD  OFFICE:  Phone  439  5311.  Telex  AA20036.  Cable  ‘Diksmit’  Sydney 
MAIL  ORDERS:  P.O.  Box  747,  Crows  Nest,  N.S.W.  2065 
N.S.W.  BRANCHES:  GORE  HILL-162  Pacific  hfwy,  439  5311 
SYDNEY—  125  York  St,  29  1126  BANKSTOWN—  361  Hume  Hwy.,  709  6600 

INTERSTATE  BRANCHES:  QLD“~166  Logan  Rd.,  Buranda  391  6233 
VIC— 656  Bridge  Rd.,  Richmond  42  1614 


DICK  SMITH  DEALERS: 

V  Aero  Electronics,  Hobart  (34  8232) 
f*  A  Veneman  &  Wyatt,  Darwin  (81  3491) 

1  Wills  &  Co.,  Launceston  (31  5688) 

.  I  Hunts  Electronics,  Toowoomba(32  6944) 
MM  A*E*  Coo,in9.  Elizabeth  South(255  2249) 
nb/  The  Record  Centre,  Griffith  (621  577) 

~  Altronics  Parts,  105  Stirling  St, 

Perth  W.A.  6000  Ph  28  1599 
Dealers  prices  may  be  higher  due  to  transport  costs!' 


NOW  YOU  CAN  BUILD  THE  FABULOUS 

PLAYMASTER  "FORTY  FORTY 


42 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


T6  and  T7  form  a  differential  pair  which 
enables  the  amplifier  quiescent  output 
voltage  to  be  set  close  to  OV  and  thus 
eliminate  output  capacitors.  Current 
through  the  differential  pair  is  set  by  the 
constant  current  source  T8  which  uses 
D1  and  D2  as  its  voltage  reference.  To 
ensure  that  the  differential  input  stage 
remains  balanced  even  at  very  high 
frequencies,  T7  has  a  collector  resistor  of 
the  same  value  as  T6,  ie,  680  ohms.  This 
ensures  that  the  voltage  excursions  at  the 
collectors  of  T6  and  T7  are  always 
similar. 

Constant  current  source  T8  provides  a 
high  degree  of  hum  rejection  and  also 
enables  the  differential  input  stage  to 
maintain  control  over  the  output  offset 
voltage,  even  when  the  balanced  supply 
rails  fall  to  a  value  of  only  a  few  volts  (as 


happens  after  switch-off).  The  net  result 
of  this  is  that  there  is  no  delayed  thump 
from  the  loudspeakers  after  switch-off. 

Signal  output  from  the  differential 
input  stage  is  taken  from  the  collector  of 
T6  and  amplified  by  common  emitter 
stage  T10.  Local  feedback  in  this  stage  is 
in  the  form  of  emitter  degeneration 
provided  by  the  39  ohm  emitter  resistor. 
No-signal  current  through  T10  is  set  by 
constant  current  source  T9  which  also 
uses  as  its  voltage  reference,  D1  and 
D2. 

T10  would  normally  provide  a  very 
high  source  impedance  for  the  following 
stages  by  dint  of  its  constant  current 
source  load  T9.  This  is  undesirable  for 
several  reasons,  so  both  sides  of  T15  are 
tied  to  the  0V  line  with  4.7k  resistors. 
This  makes  the  collector  load  of  T10 


about  2.3k  and  renders  the  voltage  gain 
of  this  stage  almost  independent  of  the 
output  stage  loading. 

A  more  important  advantage  of  this 
arrangement  is  that  it  provides  voltage 
drive  to  the  output  stages  and  thus  ena¬ 
bles  them  to  achieve  a  much  better 
bandwidth. 

The  output  stages  operate  essentially 
as  Darlington  emitter  followers  with  no 
voltage  gain  but  considerable  current 
gain. 

Til  and  T13  combine  to  form  a  con¬ 
ventional  Darlington  emitter  follower, 
while  T12  and  T14  form  a  compound 
transistor  also  operating  as  an  emitter 
follower.  Diode  D3  provides  the  same 
overall  Vbe  drop  as  the  T11/T13  Darling¬ 
ton  and  thus  helps  to  make  the  output 
stage  more  symmetrical.  The  .022uF 
capacitor  across  D3  compensates  for  the 
load  capacitance  in  the  collector  circuit 
of  T12  due  to  the  Miller  capacitance  of 
the  base-collector  junction  of  T14.  The 
capacitor  thus  gives  another  small 
improvement  in  output  stage  symmetry. 

Voltage  gain  in  the  amplifier  is  set  by 
the  ratio  of  the  22k  and  Ik  resistors  in  the 
base  circuit  of  T7.  Low  frequency 
response  is  set  by  the  22uF  feedback 
capacitor. 

An  RLC  network  at  the  output  of  each 
power  amplifier  ensures  unconditional 
stability.  This  RLC  circuit  was  developed 
by  A.  N.  Thiele  and  published  in  Proc. 
IREE  September  1975.  As  a  bonus,  the 
network  prevents  RF  interference  picked 
up  by  long  loudspeaker  leads  being  fed 
back  to  the  amplifier  input  via  the  feed-, 
back  network. 

The  phono  preamplifier  is  similar  to 
that  featured  in  the  November  1973  issue 
of  "Electronics  Australia".  T1  and  T2  form 
a  differential  amplifier  with  balanced  out¬ 
put  to  drive  the  741  operational  amplifier. 
The  sole  purpose  of  using  the  transistors 
is  to  improve  the  otherwise  inadequate 
noise  performance  of  the  741. 

Collector  current  of  the  two  input  tran¬ 
sistors  is  set  at  about  87uA  by  the  com¬ 
mon  82k  emitter  load  resistor.  As  another 
measure  to  minimise  noise  output,  the 
collectors  of  T1  and  T2  run  at  the  quite 
low  voltage  of  about  2.4V. 

Five  components  are  used  in  the 
equalisation  network  (560k,  56k,  .0056uF, 
.001 2uF  and  150pF)  to  give  an  RIAA 
response  within  IdB. 

Low  frequency  response  of  the 
preamplifier  is  rolled  off  below  30Hz  to 
minimise  rumble  reproduction.  The  roll¬ 
off  is  determined  by  the  ratio  of  the  reac¬ 
tance  of  the  IOuF  capacitor  to  the  Ik 
resistor  in  the  feedback  network. 

A  47pF  capacitor  and  Ik  resistor  are 
used  at  the  phono  inputs  as  an  RF 
attenuation  network.  This  network 
causes  a  slight  degradation  to  the  signal/- 
noise  ratio  of  the  preamplifier  but  is  a 
necessary  measure  (along  with  others  in 
the  circuit)  to  ensure  that  the  amplifier 
is  not  prone  to  RF  breakthrough. 

The  series  network  consisting  of  the  1  k 
resistor  and  .001  uF  capacitor  between 


PERFORMANCE  OF  PROTOTYPE 

POWER  OUTPUT  One  channel 

4  ohms  54W 

8  ohms  40W 

1  6  ohms  24W 

Both  channels 

43W 

34W 

2 1 W 

FREQUENCY  RESPONSE 

Phono  inputs 

High  level  inputs 

RIAA  equalisation  within  IdB 
from  30Hz  to  20kHz 

25Hz  to  20kHz  ±  IdB 

CHANNEL  SEPARATION 

(with  respect  to  40W) 

10kHz 

1kHz 

100kHz 

— 33dB 
— 46dB 
— 48dB 

INPUT  SENSITIVITY 

Phono  at  1  kHz 

Overload  at  1  kHz 

High  level  inputs 

2.8mV 

1  20mV 

1 80mV 

56k 

36k  (minimum) 

HUM  &  NOISE 

Phono  (with  respect  1 0mV) 

Other  inputs 

70dB  unweighted  with 
typical  cartridge 

70dB  unweighted  with 
inputs  open  circuit 

TOTAL  HARMONIC  DISTORTION 

At  full  power  with  both  channels  operating 
from  25  to  20kHz:  less  than  0.3% 

Typically  less  than  0.1  %  at  normal  listening  levels 

TONE  CONTROLS 

Bass 

Treble 

+  12,  — 1  3dB  at  50Hz 
±  10dB  at  10kHz 

DAMPING  FACTOR 

at  1kHz 
at  30Hz 

>  60 
>  30 

STABILITY 

Unconditional 

1 

ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


43 


Your 

next  electronic  circuit 
tester  should  be  a 

San  wo 


N— 501 


•2jUA  suspension  movement 
—  0.05mA/1  mV  resolution 

•  Double  protection  —  fuse 
&  Si  diode 

•Constant  IMft  input 
impedance  (ACV)  — 
RF-diode  rectified  current 
direct  to  movement 

•  Revised  scale  marking  —  • 
intermediate  readings 
readily  determined 

•  Multifarious  application  — 
as  circuit  analyser 

±DC V  0-60mV  0-0.3-1 .2.3- 
12-30V  (500kft/V) 
0-1 20-300-1 ,2  k 
(50kft/V)  ±2% 
0-30k  (w/HV  probe) 

±DCA  0-2) US  0-0.03-0.3-1 .2 
-3-1 2-30mA 
0-0.12-0.3-1.2-12 
(300mV)  ±2% 

ACV  0-3r1 2-30-1 20-300- 

1.2k  ( 1  Mft) 

±2.5%  Freq.  20Hz 


dB 


to  50kHz  (±1dB) 
0-1 .2-1 2  A 
xl  xIO  xlOO  xl k 
xlOk  xIOOk  (max. 
200M) 

Batt.  1.5Vx1  & 
9Vx1 

-20  to  +63 


252x191x107mm  1.95kg 


L 


460— ED 

•  10jLtA  movement  — 
lOOkft/V,  varistor 
protected 

•  Polarity  reversal  switch  — 
negative  measurements 

•  Equalizing  transformer  — 
common  shunts  &  jacks  for 
1.2 A  &  12A  DC/AC 

•  Detachable  indicator  block 
—  easy  maintenance 


•  Accurate  DC  reading  —  no 
HF  current  interference 


±DCV 

0-0.3-3-12-30-120- 
300  OOOkft) 

1.2k  (16.6kft/V) 
±2%  30k 
(w/HV  probe) 

±DCA 

0-12jUA  0-0.3-3-30- 
300mA  0-1.2-12A 
(300mV)  ±2% 

ACV 

0-3-12-30-120-300- 
1.2k  (5kft/V) 

±3%  Freq.  20Hz  to 
1MHz  at  3V 

ACA 

0-1.2-12  (300mV) 
±3% 

ft 

xl  xIO  xlOO  xlOk 
(max.  50M) 

Batt.  1.5Vx1  & 
9Vx1 

dB 

-20  to  +63 

184x134  x88mm  1.3kg 


U-60D 

•  Measurement  ranges 
available. 

DCV  0.1  0.5  2.5  10  50 
250  1000 
(20kft/V)  (25kV 
w/HV  probe  extra) 
ACV  2.5  10  50  250 
1000  (8k  12/ V) 
DCmA  0.05  2.5  50  500 
(500mV  drop; 
lOOmV  for 
0.05mA) 

ft  Range -XI  X10 
X100  XI  k 
Midscale  — 50ft 
500ft  5kft  50kft 
Maximum  —  5kft 
50kft  500kft  5Mft 
Batteries  1 ,5V  dry 
cell 

(UM-3  or 

equivalent) 

X2 

LI  0.06mA  0.6mA 

LV  3V  3V 


LI  6mA  60mA 

LV  3V  3V 

•  Allowance. 

Within  ±3%  f.s.d.  for  DCV 
&  DCmA 

Within  ±4%  f.s.d.  (±6%  for 
2.5V)  for  ACV 
Within  ±3%  of  scale  length 
for  ft 

•Size  &  weight. 

133X92X42  mm  &  300  gr 


7Shf 

75  years  of  service 
to  Australian  industry. 


P-2B 

•  The  sturdy  midget  —  quality 
quality  instrument  of 
functional  design 

•  Designed  for  rugged  service 
—  phenol-resin  front  panel 
&  metal  rear  case 

•Positive  range  setting  — 
special  feature  of  a  pinjack 
tester 

•  Reserve  instrument  —  for 
household  or  field  service 

DCV  0-1 0-50-250-500-1  k 
(2k ft/V)  ±3% 

DC  A  0-0.5-10-250m 
(670mV)  ±3% 

ACV  0-1 0-50-250-500-1  k 
(2kft/V)  ±4% 
ft  0-5k  500k 
Battr  1 .5Vx1 
dB  -20  to  +36 
Mft  0.1—50  )  using 

jUF  0.0002—0.6  )  external 
power 

1 20x88x40  mm  325gr 


ADELAIDE  356-7333  •  BRISBANE'52-7255  •  HOBART  23-1841 
MELBOURNE  699-4999  •  PERTH  65-7000  •  SYDNEY  648-171 1 
•  WELLINGTON  N.Z.  698-272 


44 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


TRANSFORMER 


PLAYMASTER  FORTY/FORTY 


RMS,  which  means  that  it  has  more  than 
adequate  input  overload  margin. 

Signals  from  the  volume  control  are 
fed  to  an  emitter-follower  stage  T3 
before  passing  to  the  active  tone  control. 
T3  provides  the  required  low  source 
impedance  for  the  tone  control  stage  and 
minimises  the  loading  on  the  volume 
control  so  that  it  provides  smooth 
progressive  action. 

The  active  tone  control  is  basically  a 
negative  feedback  circuit  around  stages 
T4  and  T5.  T4  is  a  common  emitter 
amplifier  with  bootstrapped  collector 
load.  T5  is  an  emitter  follower  which  is 
an  output  buffer. 

Power  supply  circuitry  is  simple.  A 
centre-tapped  bridge  rectifier  circuit 
produces  the  positive  and  negative  35V 
rails  for  the  power  amplifiers.  From  these 
rails  are  derived  the  positive  and  negative 
15V  rails  for  the  small-signal  stages.  Two 
15V  zeqer  diodes  are  used  here  and  they 
are  bypassed  with  large  value  electrolytic 
capacitors  to  reduce  "zener"  noise  and 
provide  a  further  degree  of  hum  filtering. 
The  pilot  light  is  a  LED  run  from  the  nega¬ 
tive  35V  rail  via  a  2.2k  resistor. 

This  completes  the  description  of  the 
circuit  apart  from  the  optional 
loudspeaker  protector  which  wa$  fea¬ 
tured  in  June  1976  (File  1/SA/57).  Now 
a  brief  discussion  on  the  performance  of 
the  new  amplifier. 

Notice  that  the  title  "Forty /Forty"  is 
only  an  approximate  guide  to  the  power 
output.  The  maximum  power  figures  we 


give  are  for  continuous  sine  wave  output 
at  1kHz,  at  just  before  the  onset  of  clip¬ 
ping  with  a  mains  voltage  of  240VAC. 
Altering  any  of  these  parameters  slightly, 
i.e.,  load  impedance,  mains  voltage  or 
degree  of  clipping  (say  to  1%  THD)  can 
alter  the  figures  quite  markedly. 

All  specifications  refer  to  the  whole 
amplifier  from  input  to  output,  not  just 
the  power  amplifiers.  The  distortion 
ratings  apply  to  all  inputs,  including  the 
phono  input. 

During  normal  operation  the  amplifier 
output  transistors  will  be  cool  or  just  fain¬ 
tly  warm  to  the  touch.  However,  if  con¬ 
tinuous  sine  wave  testing  is  performed 
which  produces  maximum  dissipation  in 
the  output  transistors  they  will  become 
extremely  hot— up  to  120  degrees  Cel¬ 
sius.  This  is  hot  enough  to  burn  fingers! 
Even  at  this  high  temperature  the  transis¬ 
tors  will  be  within  their  ratings. 

It  is  normal  for  T9,  T109,  T10  and  T110 
to  become  fairly  hot  to  the  touch,  even 
when  the  amplifier  is  idling.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  driver  transistors  Til,  Till,  T12 
and  T112  should  normally  be  cool  to  the 
touch. 

Some  readers  may  query  the  operating 
conditions  of  the  output  transistors.  It  is 
true  that  if  the  balanced  supply  rails 
exceed  ±35V  then  the  2N3055  Veer 
rating  can  be  exceeded.  However, 
experience  with  amplifiers  of  similar 
design  has  shown  that  a  breakdown  due 
to  this  cause  is  most  unlikely.  Similarly, 
the  voltage  rating  of  the  4700uF/35VW 


PARTS  LIST 

CHASSIS  &  HARDWARE 

7  plated  steel  chassis  370  x  80  x  245mm 
(W  x  H  x  D)  with  cover 
7  front  panel 

5  knobs  to  suit  front  panel 

2  miniature  SPST  toggle  switches 
7  miniature  DPDT  toggle  switch 
7  6.5m  stereo  jack  socket  with  switch 
contacts  (plus  insulating  washers) 

1  LED  for  pilot  light 

2  6-way  RCA  socket  panels ,  Ralmar 
M421  or  equivalent 

7  4-way  spring  loaded  terminal  panel , 
Ralmar  ST3  or  equivalent 
7  rotary  2-pole ,  4  position  switch 
7  100k  (lin)  dual  ganged  potentiometer 
7  50k  (log)  dual  ganged  potentiometer 
7  50k  (lin)  potentiometer 
7  25k  (lin)  dual  ganged  potentiometer 

6  Richco  CBS-6JV  PC  board  supports 
4  rubber  feet 

6  solder  lugs 

7  mains  cord  clamp  and  grommet 
7  3-way  insulated  terminal  block 

7  three-pin  mains  plug  and  three-core 
mains  cord 


7  metre  of  10-conductor  rainbow  cable 
2  metres  of  figure-8  shielded  cable 
4  sets  of  mounting  hardware  for  TO-3 
power  transistors ,  /e,  mica  and  insula¬ 
ting  washers  plus  screws  and  nuts 
2  .047uF/25VW  ceramic  or  metallised 
polyester  capacitors 

1  .01uF/2kV  ceramic  capacitor 

2  4-lug  tagstrips 

1  transformer  DSF  M-0148  52V  CT 

MAIN  PC  BOARD 

7  PC  board ,  76sa4 

8  fuse  clips ,  Swan  (McMurdo)  FC1  Part 
No.  1397-01-18 

4  2  amp  3 AG  fuses 

2  14uH  chokes ,  Paradio  VPC  14A  or 
equivalent 

2  1k  preset  potentiometers 

SEMICONDUCTORS 

4  1N5408  or  100PIV  2  amp  silicon 
diodes 

2  BZX79/C15  zener  diodes 
6  1N4148,  1N914A  silicon  signal  diodes 
4  2N3055  silicon  power  transistors 
4  BD139  NPN  silicon  transistors 
4  BD140  PNP  silicon  transistors 


46  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December  1976 


filter  capacitors  will  be  exceeded  when 
the  mains  voltage  exceeds  240VAC. 
However,  the  capacitors  will  still  be 
within  their  surge  voltage  ratings  so 
breakdowns  are  again  unlikely. 

Assembly  can  begin  with  the  PC  board. 
Proceed  carefully  and  double  check  ^ll 
components  as  many  mistakes  can  be 
made  here.  Refer  to  the  circuit  diagram 
and  PC  board  layout  diagram  as  assem¬ 
bly  progresses.  No  particular  order  of 
component  installation  need  be 
followed  other  than  to  insert  the  long 
links  of  hook-up  wire  before  adjacent 
components.  , 

Transistor  designation  on  the  board  is 
the  same  as  on  the  circuit,  i.e.,  T1,  T2  etc., 
while  the  duplicate  channel  is  T101,  T102, 
etc. 

PC  stakes  are  recommended  and  any 
type  may  be  used  provided  they  are  a 
tight  fit  in  the  PC  board  holes  before  sol¬ 
dering.  If  PC  stakes  are  used  they  have 
the  advantage  that  all  connections  to  the 
board  can  be  quickly  broken  to  allow  the 
board  to  be  completely  removed  from 
the  chassis. 

Low  noise  cracked  carbon  or  metal 
film  resistors  of  ViW  or  Vi\N  rating  may 
be  used  throughout  except  where  we 
have  noted  otherwise,  on  the  circuit 
diagram.  Insert  all  the  resistors  so  that 
their  colour  code  bands  run  in  the  same 
direction.  This  makes  component  check¬ 
ing  easier. 

Ensure  that  tantalum  and  aluminium 
electrolytic  capacitors  are  correctly 
inserted,  otherwise  they  will  be  reverse 
polarised  and  rendered  ineffective.  Tan¬ 
talum  capacitors  are  coded  with  a  dot  (as 
shown  on  the  PC  layout  diagram)  or  plus 
sign  to  indicate  polarity. 


8  BC547,  BC107,  BC182  NPN  silicon 
transistors 

10  BC549,  BC184  NPN  low-noise  transis¬ 
tors 

2  uA741  operational  amplifier  integra¬ 
ted  circuits 


CAPACITORS 

2  4700uF/35VW  pigtail  electrolytics 
1  1000uF/16VW  PC  electrolytic 

1  470uF/16VW  PC  electrolytic 

2  22uF/6VW  tantalum  electrolytics 
4  10uF/25VW  tantalum  electrolytics 
6  4.7uF/25VW  tantalum  electrolytics 
2  1uF/25VW  tantalum  electrolytics 

6  0.47uF/25VW  tantalum  electrolytics 
17  0.1  uF/60VW  metallised  polyester 
(greencap)  or  ceramic  capacitors 
2  .047  metallised  polyester 
2  .022  metallised  polyester 
4  .0068uF  metallised  polyester  or 
polystyrene 

2  .0056uF  metallised  polyester  or 
polystyrene 

2  .0033  metallised  polyester  or  poly¬ 
styrene 

2  .0022  metallised  polyester  or  poly¬ 
styrene 


Quite  a  diverse  range  of  transistors 
may  be  used  on  the  board  apart  from 
those  in  the  output  stages.  TO-92  tran¬ 
sistors  are  preferable  to  those  in  metal 
encapsulation  both  from  the  cost  angle 
and  the  fact  that  transistors  with  col¬ 
lectors  connected  to  the  metal  can  are 
more  prone  to  parasitic  oscillation.  If  you 
are  supplied  with  substitute  transistors 
not  listed  in  our  parts  list  make  sure  of 
the  following: 

(a)  obtain  the  dealer's  assurance  that  the 
substitutes  are  in  fact  equivalent  and 

(b)  obtain  from  him  a  diagram  of  the  lead 
*  connections. 

As  a  precaution  against  instability  we 
recommend  fitting  a  ferrite  bead,  type 
FX1115,  to  the  base  leads  of  T3  (and 
T103).  Sleeve  the  base  lead  before. fitting 
the  bead.  This  is  to  prevent  noise  caused 
by  the  bead's  finite  resistance  altering  the 
bias  conditions  of  the  transistor.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  sleeve  the  emitter  and 
collector  leads. 

Take  great  care  in  inserting  transistors. 
Notice  that  the  BD139  and  BD140  driver 
transistors  are  differently  oriented— the 
metal  flat  on  the  BD140s  faces  to  the  rear 
of  the  chassis  while  on  the  BD139s  it 
faces  to  the  front.  Notice  also  that  T9 
(T109)  and  T10  (T110)  are  differently 
oriented.  The  metal  flat  on  T10  (BD140) 
faces  to  the  rear  of  the  chassis,  while  for 
T9  (BD139)  the  metal  flat  is  on  the  side 
facing  away  from  the  power  trans¬ 
former. 

While  we  have  designed  the  copper 
pattern  around  14-pin  ICs  for  the  741s, 
the  PC  board  is  also  compatible  with 
both  the  8-lead  "mini-dip"  and  8-lead 
metal  can  versions  of  the  741.  This  is  by 
virtue  of  the  fact  that  pins  1,  2,  7,  8,  12, 


13  and  14  have  no  internal  connection 
(on  the  14-lead  1C),  while  the  remaining 
pins  have  the  same  orientation  as  in  the 
smaller  packages. 

For  both  8-lead  packages,  pins  1  to  4 
connect  to  pins  3  to  6  of  the  socket  pat¬ 
tern  and  similarly,  pins  5  to  8  should  con¬ 
nect  to  pins  9  to  12  of  the  socket  pattern. 
The  PC  board  layout  diagram  shows 
mini-dip  ICs  in  position. 

We  used  1N5408  rectifier  diodes  as 
supplied  by  Dick  Smith  Electronics. 
These  have  the  advantage  of  economy, 
but  if  they  cannot  be  obtained  any  power 
diodes  with  a  rating  of  at  least  2  amps 
at  100PIV  will  suffice. 

Notice  that  diodes  D3  and  D103  point 
in  opposite  directions  on  the  PC  layout 
diagram. 

8  Swann  (McMurdo)  FC1  fuseclips  are 
used  on  the  PC  board.  These  are  inserted 
and  the  solder  tags  crimped  on  the  cop¬ 
per  side  before  soldering  to  ensure  that 
they  are  mechanically  secure.  But  do  not 
insert  the  four  fuses  until  after  the 
setting-up  procedure  has  been  success¬ 
fully  completed. 

Six  1  ohm/1  W  resistors  are  used  in 
each  power  amplifier  output  stage. 
These  are  used  instead  of  equivalent 
resistors  of  higher  rating,  because  they 
are  cheaper  and  often  more  freely  avail¬ 
able.  However,  if  the  1  ohm/1  W  resistors 
cannot  be  obtained,  two  0.33  ohm/5W 
resistors  can  be  used  for  each  power 
amplifier. 

The  14uH  chokes  are  wound  with 
eighteen  turns  of  20  B&S  enamelled  cop¬ 
per  wire  on  a  special  grade  of  ferrite  rod 
•30mm  long  and  10mm  diameter. 
Ordinary  ferrite  rod  used  for  AM  radio 
antennas  is  not  suitable.  We  understand 
that  at  least  one  kit  retailer  will  be  supply¬ 
ing  ferrite  rods  of  correct  grade  plus  wire. 
Alternatively,  Paradio  Electronics,  7a  Bur¬ 
ton  Street,  Darlinghurst,  NSW,  can  sup¬ 
ply  trade  requirements  for  finished 
chokes  which  have  type  number 
VPC14A. 

A  length  of  shielded  cable  is  required 
to  connect  both  of  the  amplifier  inputs 
to  the  balance  control  terminals.  This  is 
to  tie  the  power  amplifier  input  earth 
points  to  the  rest  of  the  board  earth  net¬ 
work.  Leave  the  inner  conductors  of  the 
shielded  cable  disconnected  from  the 
amplifier  inputs  for  the  time  being. 

This  completes  assembly  of  the  PC 
board.  Next  month  we  will  describe  the 
installation  of  hardware  in  the  chassis, 
and  detail  the  setting-up  procedure.  A 
useful  trouble-shooting  procedure  will 
also  be  included  for  those  who  run  into 
difficulties. 


2 .001 2uF  metallised  polyester  or  poly¬ 
styrene 

2  .001  metallised  polyester  or  poly¬ 
styrene 

2  150pF  ceramic  or  polystyrene 
2  47pF  ceramic  or  polystyrene 
2  33pF  ceramic  or  polystyrene 

RESISTORS 

(5%  tolerance ,  14 W,  unless  otherwise 
noted) 

2  x  1 M,  2  x  820k ,  2  x  560k,  2  x  270k ,  4 
x  220k,  2  x  82k,  8  x  56k,  5  x  22k,  2  x  15k, 
10  x  10k,  10  x  4.7k,  6  x  2.7k,  5  x  2.2k, 
2  x  1.8k,  1  x  1.5k,  12  x1k,4  x  680  ohms, 
2  x  470  ohms/1  W,2x  330  ohms,  4  x  270 
ohms,  2  x  220  ohms,  2  x  180  ohms,  2 
x  150  ohms,  6x6 8  ohms,  4  x  39  ohms, 
2x10  ohms/YiW,  12  x  1  ohm/IW ,  4  x 
100  ohms/1  W  (see  text). 

NOTE:  Resistor  wattage  ratings  and 
capacitor  voltage  ratings  are  those  used 
for  out  prototype.  Where  voltage 
ratings  are  not  quoted,  they  should  be 
50V  or  more.  Components  with  higher 
ratings  may  also  be  used  provided  they 
are  physically  compatible. 


The  1976/77 

YEARBOOK 

is  on  sale  at  your  newsagent  now. 
Don't  miss  our  article  on  CB  radio. 

Price  $1.20 


Pry  Ltd. 

THEY’RE  EVERY 
MICROPHONE 

YOU  EVER 
CardiciD  ^  WANTED. 


Omnidirectional 

Head 


Powering 

Module 


Mini-Shotgun 

Head. 


SEIMNHEISER 

We  have  taken  the  latest  advances  in 
electret  technology  one  step  further.  By 
combining  them  with  advanced  acoustic 
technology  to  make  professional  condenser 
microphones  more  portable. 

One  common  powering  module  (K2U) 
serves  three  different  compact  heads: 
omnidirectional  (ME20),  cardioid  (ME40) 
and  mini-shotgun  (ME80).  Thus,  for 
most  studio  and  location  situations,  it’s 
no  longer  necessary  to  carry  three 
different  microphones.  Each  head 
contains  its  own  microphone  capsule 
and  “front-end”  electronics,  all  exactly 
matched  to  its  own  precisely-controlled 
acoustical  environment. 

The  Powering  Module  runs  on  a  single 
5.6V  battery,  or  phantom-powered 
directly  from  your  recorder,  preamp  or 
other  auxiliary  equipment.  Best  of  all, 
of  course,  is  the  great  versatility.  In  a 
matter  of  seconds,  you  screw  on 
whichever  head  you  need  and  go! 

Powering  module  and  heads  are 
available  separately. 

Australian  Agent 

fttf'Cutminyfiom 

VIC.:  493-499  Victoria  St  .  West 
Melbourne.  3003  Ph  329  9633 
N.S.W.:  4-8  Waters  Rd  .  Neutral 
Bay.  2089  Ph  909  2388 
W.A.:  256  Stirling  St  .  Perth. 

6000  Ph  28  3655 
QLD.:  L.  E  BOUGHEN  &  CO  . 

Cnr  Milton  &  Baroona  Rds.. 

Milton  4064  Ph  36  1277 
S.A.:  Werner  Electronic 
Industries  Pty.  Ltd.,  Unit  25. 

28  Gray  St..  Kilkenny.  5009 
Ph.:  268  2801 


Telex  Melbourne.  31447 
Sydney.  21707  Brisbane. 
41500  Perth  93244 


RHC  6566 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December.  1976 


47 


Simple  to  make— intriguing  to  use: 


A  telephone  amplifier 


Here's  a  little  gadget  that  will  allow  you  to  listen  to  both  sides  of  a 
normal  telephone  conversation.  While  a  rather  primitive  device  in  some 
ways,  it  does  provide  the  basis  for  a  good  practical  lesson  and  it  may 
also  open  the  way  to  the  construction  of  something  a  little  more 
ambitious. 

by  WALTER  NEVILLE 


The  idea  behind  the  gadget  is  simple 
enough:  we  have  all  had  the  experience 
of  having  to  listen  to  one  side  of  a  phone 
conversation  in  which  we  were  vitally 
interested;  say  with  an  old  friend  or  a  sick 
relative.  After  it's  all  over,  the  person  who 
took  the  call  has  to  try  to  remember  what 
the  other  person  said. 

And  there's  another  situation,  all  too 
familiar  in  the  office:  we  call  someone 
who  is  busy  and  are  asked  to  wait  on, 
which  usually  means  sitting  in  enforced 
idleness,  with  one  hand  holding  the 
phone.  With  a  suitable  listening  aid,  it 
may  be  possible  to  lay  the  handset  down 
until  a  voice  says:  "Putting  you  through 
now.  Sir". 

Or  that  most  frustrating  question: 
"Were  you  waiting  on  somebody?" 


So,  if  a  signal  is  to  be  picked  up  from 
the  phone  for  amplification,  it  has  to  be 
picked  up  inductively  —  that  is,  by  a  suita¬ 
ble  iron-cored  coil,  taped  to  the  handset 
or  to  the  body  of  the  instrument,  where 
it  will  sense  the  tiny  stray  magnetic  fields 
radiated  by  the  telephone's  own  induc¬ 
tors. 

A  decade  ago,  it  was  a  fairly  simple 
operation,  because  the  inductors  in  the 
then-current  instruments  had  quite  a 
strong  stray  field,  relatively  easy  to  inter¬ 
cept.  With  the  more  modern  handsets, 
the  stray  field  is  much  weaker,  calling  for 
a  more  efficient  pick-up  coil,  more  cri¬ 
tical  placement  on  the  phone  and  more 
amplification. 

Unfortunately,  a  pickup  system  with 
increased  sensitivity  is  likely  also  to  be 


Our  version  of  the 
amplifier.At  centre 
top  is  transistor  Q7 
with  Q2  to  the  right 
of  it.  Q3  and  Q4  are 
towards  the  front 
between  the  two 
transformers.  Note 
the  enlarged  holes 
in  front  of  the 
speaker. 


Superficially,  it  would  seem  to  be  quite 
easy  to  dream  up  a  gadget  to  overcome 
such  problems:  Simply  make  a  connec¬ 
tion  to  the  phone  line  and  feed  the  signal 
into  an  amplifier  and  loudspeaker,  so  that 
everything  on  the  line  is  amplified  to 
comfortable  listening  level. 

Unfortunately,  it  isn't  quite  as  easy  as 
that,  because  telephone  authorities  have 
some  very  rigid  rules  about  what  can  be 
connected  to  their  lines,  and  who  by!  In 
any  case,  a  suitable  isolating  transformer 
would  have  to  be  used,  otherwise  direct 
connection  of  an  amplifier,  particularly 
one  linked  to  mains  or  earth,  could  cause 
complications. 


more  sensitive  to  stray  fields  from  the 
50Hz  power  wiring.  Thus,  if  the  signal  in 
the  phone  is  on  the  weak  side,  the  pickup 
coil  and  amplifier  will  produce  mainly 
50Hz  buzz,  with  very  little  voice.  So  the 
amplifier  circuit  has  to  be  tailored  to 
discriminate  as  much  as  possible  against 
"hum"  frequencies,  while  still  leaving 
enough  of  the  voice  frequencies  to 
preserve  intelligibility. 

One  other  point  has  to  be  watched:  If 
the  sensitivity  of  the  loudspeaking  sys¬ 
tem  is  too  high,  it  may  produce  obvious 
acoustic  feedback  into  the  telephone 
microphone;  the  whole  system  will  howl, 
unless  the  gain  is  turned  down,  or  the 


handset  is  moved  further  away  from  the 
loudspeaker. 

If  one  sets  out,  therefore,  to  produce 
a  serious  telephone  amplifier,  it  tends  to 
develop  into  a  fairly  complex  piece  of 
equipment,  taking  account  of  both  elec¬ 
trical  and  functional  requirements.  It 
might  typically  be  mains  operated  to 
save  batteries;  it  might  be  built  into  a 
decorative  phone  stand  to  avoid  having 
an  awkward  thing  like  an  amplifier  on  the 
table  or  shelf;  it  would  have  convenient 
controls  so  that  it  could  be  adjusted  or 
turned  down  as  necessary;  it  might  have 
a  second  cradle  for  the  handset,  while 
awaiting  a  call,  and  so  on. 

By  the  time  one  gets  through  such  an 
exercise,  there  is  a  tendency  to  question 
whether  it  is  warranted  so  that,  in  prac¬ 
tice,  telephone  amplifiers  rarely  emerge 
either  as  a  do-it-yourself  project  or  as  a 
commercial  product. 

That  is,  until  one  looks  through  the 
Tandy  Electronics  catalogue  and  comes 
across  their  Science  Fair  "learn  while  you 
build"  kit  28-116.  Retailing  at  $11.95,  it 
makes  no  attempt  at  being  decorative  or 
functional  but  it  has  one  important  fea¬ 
ture  in  its  favour:  it  exists  and  it  therefore 
provides  the  interested  reader  with  a 
starting  point! 

At  the  time  of  writing,  Tandy  advise 
that  their  stocks  of  this  kit  are  rather 
limited,  so  first  in— first  served.  But  if  you 
miss  out,  there  is  no  reason  why  the  cir¬ 
cuit  cannot  be  built  from  standard  bits 
and  pieces  available  from  most  elec¬ 
tronics  suppliers.  More  about  this  later, 

We  imagine  that  some  readers  will 
build  it  up,  learn  by  so  doing,  play  with 
it  for  a  while,  and  then  strip  it  down  to 
recover  the  components  for  the  spare 
parts  box.  They  may  even  use  the  pickup 
coil  to  feed  telephone  signals  to  a  tape 
recorder  via  the  mic.  socket.  Others  may 
be  inspired  to  rebuild  the  gadget  into  a 
decorative  and  functional  case  deserving 
of  a  more  permanent  place  in  the  home 
or  office. 

This  is  up  to  you. 

As  with  most  others  of  these  little 
Science  Fair  kits,  the  instructions  suggest 
building  the  telephone  amplifier  on  the 
red  plastic  box  in  which  the  parts  are 
packaged.  The  box  is  coded  with  letters 
and  numbers  which  form  the  basis  for  the 
step-by-step  construction  leaflet.  If  the 
uninitiated  constructor  reads  through  the 
leaflet,  follows  each  step  and  checks  it 
off,  a  complete  and  working  telephone 
amplifier  should  result. 

Rather  than  clip  the  component  leads 


48 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


short,  we  would  favour  keeping  them  to 
normal  length,  merely  bending  them 
aside  and  soldering  as  necessary.  If  you 
do  want  to  recover  the  parts,  or  decide 
later  to  assemble  them  in  another 
physical  form,  they  can  be  unsoldered 
and  the  leads  straightened,  ready  for 
re-use.  In  fact,  the  layout  of  a  little 
amplifier  like  this  is  not  at  all  critical  and 
it  can  be  built  up  in  almost  any  form  you 
like,  provided  the  proper  electrical  con¬ 
nections  are  made. 

And,  speaking  of  electrical  connec¬ 
tions,  make  sure  that  you  carefully  iden¬ 
tify  the  emitter,  base  and  collector 
connections  on  the  transistors  from  the 
literature  in  the  kit,  before  actually  install¬ 
ing  them.  The  way  the  leads  go  in  the  pic¬ 
torial  diagram  isn't  quite  as  clear  as  the 
drawing  might  suggest  and  it  is  very  easy 
to  get  them  mixed  up. 

The  other  small  point  we  noticed  is 
that  one  of  the  transformers  is  supposed 
to  be  "painted  red",  to  distinguish  it  from 
its  companion  unit.  In  the  sample  kit,  the 
top  of  the  transformer  had  indeed  been 
hit  with  a  red  mist  from  a  spray  gun,  but 
so  fine  that  we  completely  overlooked 
the  few  tiny  red  droplets  the  first  time 
around! 

Otherwise,  everything  went  together 
as  intended. 

We  did  make  one  deliberate  modifica¬ 
tion,  which  will  be  evident  from  the  pho¬ 
tograph.  The  instructions  suggest  that  the 
loudspeaker  be  mounted  inside  the  red 
plastic  box,  so  that  it  radiates  only 
through  the  tiny  holes  already  provided 
in  the  box.  Guessing  that  the  unit  would 
not  have  any  power  or  sensitivity  to 
spare,  we  drilled  the  holes  in  front  of  the 
speaker  to  3/1 6in  —  before  the  speaker 
was  mounted  of  course! 

The  circuit  used  in  the  28-116  kit  is 
conventional,  and  the  sort  of  thing  that 
was  almost  universal  as  the  audio 
amplifier  in  the  first  generation  of  transis¬ 
torised  portable  radios. 

The  input  signal  —  in  this  case  from  the 
telephone  input  coil  —  is  fed  to  a  5k 
volume  control,  and  thence  via  a  capaci¬ 
tor  to  the  base  of  an  ordinary  general 
purpose  PNP  germanium  transistor.  Its 
emitter  is  connected  directly  to  the 
"earthed"  positive  supply  rail,  while  two 
series  resistors  from  collector  to  emitter 
provide  the  requisite  forward  bias  for  the 
base.  The  collector  itself  is  supplied  from 
the  — 9V  line  through  a  22k  resistor, 
across  which  the  amplified  signal 
appears. 

The  collector  of  the  first  transistor  is 
coupled  directly  to  the  base  of  the 
second,  so  that  it  shares  the  same  signal 
and  the  same  DC  potential.  It  is  bypassed 
to  the  earthy  line  by  a  0.1  uF  capacitor 
which  drastically  reduces  the  response  of 
the  circuit  to  the  higher  audio  frequen¬ 
cies,  minimising  the  unnecessary  noise 
and  distortion  components  from  the 
input  signal,  without  detracting  from 
voice  frequencies. 

Since  the  base  of  the  second  transistor 
operates  at  a  significant  negative  poten¬ 


tial,  it  is  necessary  to  allow  the  emitter 
also  to  move  towards  the  negative 
potential  so  that  the  transistor  will  have 
only  a  modest  effective  forward  bias. 
This  is  accomplished  by  providing  a  fairly 
large  value  of  emitter  resistor,  bypassed 
by  a  capacitor  to  obviate  any  loss  of  gain 
due  to  emitter  feedback.  The  collector  of 
the  transistor  runs  to  the  — 9V  supply 
through  the  primary  winding  of  a  small 
interstage  transformer. 


in  opposite  directions,  they  tend  to  can¬ 
cel  in  their  magnetising  effect  on  the 
transformer  core. 

When  out-of-phase  signals  are  applied 
to  the  bases  of  the  respective  output  tran¬ 
sistors,  the  collector  currents  no  longer 
balance.  Thus,  at  a  particular  instant,  the 
base  of  the  upper  transistor  may  receive 
a  negative-going  half  cycle  of  signal, 
which  will  increase  its  collector  current; 
at  the  same  instant,  the  lower  transistor 


The  circuit  of  the  phone 
amplifier  is  conventional , 
even  if  somewhat  dated. 
The  main  points  to  watch 
during  assembly  are  the 
correct  identification  of 
the  transistor  leads  and 
the  polarity  of  the  elec¬ 
trolytic  capacitors.  A 
largei .  more  efficient 
speaker  will  improve 
results  considerably. 


4.2SBS4  AC122  AC125  AC12# 


As  the  collector  current  through  the 
primary  winding  of  the  transformer 
varies  with  the  signal,  it  induces  signal 
voltage  in  the  secondary  winding,  the  sig¬ 
nals  at  the  two  outer  ends  being  of  equal 
amplitude  but  opposite  phase.  The  sig¬ 
nals  are  fed  to  the  respective  bases  of  the 
two  output  transistors  operating  in  what 
is  known  as  push-pull  class-B. 

In  broad  concept,  the  "push-pull"  part 
of  the  term  signifies  that  the  two  output 
transistors  complement  one  another  in 
supplying  drive  to  the  output  transformer 
and  thence  to  the  loudspeaker. 

If  no  signal  is  present,  a  similar  order 
of  current  flows  from  the  centre-tap  of 
the  output  transformer  to  the  respective 
collectors;  since  the  currents  are  flowing 


will  receive  a  positive-going  signal, 
thereby  decreasing  its  collector  current. 

On  the  next  half-cycle  of  input  signal, 
the  reverse  happens. 

Thus  the  two  transistors  tend  to 
complement  one  another  in  varying  the 
normally  balanced  currents  through  the 
output  transformer  primary,  and  there¬ 
fore  in  modifying  the  magnetic  field  in 
the  transformer  core.  And,  as  the  mag¬ 
netic  field  changes,  current  is  induced  in 
the  secondary  winding  and  passed  to  the 
loudspeaker  voice  coil. 

The  "class-B"  part  of  the  definition 
implies  that  the  transistors  have  only  a 
small  amount  of  forward  bias  —  applied 
through  a  15k  and  a  270  ohm  resistor- 
so  that  they  draw  only  a  very  small  cur- 


Try  this  hum-bucking  trick 


As  mentioned  in  the  body  of  this 
article,  a  problem  with  inductive 
pickup  is  that  of  50Hz  pickup  from  the 
mains.  Just  how  serious  this  is 
depends  on  several  factors;  the  loca¬ 
tion,  the  "tailoring"  of  the  amplifier's 
low  frequency  response,  and  the 
strength  of  the  incoming  signal. 

This  latter  factor  can  vary  over  a  very 
wide  range.  The  strongest  signal  will 
probably  ride  over  most  hum 
problems,  but  the  weakest  ones,  which 
may  still  be  adequate  as  a  telephone 
signal,  can  easily  be  drowned  by 
typical  hum  levels. 

We  considered  various  possible 
solutions.  One  was  to  provide  a 
"notch"  circuit  tuned  to  50Hz;  some¬ 
thing  which  can  be  provided  relatively 
easily  these  days,  using  low  cost  ICs. 
(p  8 1 ,  Electronics  Australia,  November 
1976.) 

Such  an  arrangement  would  un¬ 
doubtedly  provide  considerable 
benefit,  but  it  does  have  one  limitation. 
It  can  only  reject  the  fundamental 
50Hz  signal;  it  can  do  nothing  about 


the  harmonics  (100Hz,  1 50Hz,  etc) 
which,  in  many  cases,  are  quite 
strong. 

Then  we  had  another  idea.  Could  the 
hum  be  cancelled  by  picking  up  an 
equal  but  opposite  signal  containing 
hum  only?  To  cut  a  long  story  short  we 
borrowed  another  pickup  coil  from  our 
friendly  neighbourhood  supplier,  con¬ 
nected  the  two  together  appropri¬ 
ately  —  and  it  worked.  Using  a  "worst 
case"  set-up,  the  hum  dropped  from 
a  nasty  background  to  virtual 
inaudibility. 

To  provide  the  required  phasing  we 
connected  the  two  outer  shields  to¬ 
gether  and  took  the  signal  from  the  two 
active  leads.  The  two  pickup  coils  were 
place  side  by  side  in  the  handle  slot  in 
the  back  of  the  phone,  one  in  the  best 
place  to  pick  up  signal,  and  the  other 
as  far  from  it  as  possible. 

In  theory  this  arrangement  leaves 
the  wiring  unshielded  against  electros¬ 
tatic  pickup.  In  practice,  at  the  rela¬ 
tively  low  impedance  involved,  hum 
from  this  source  was  negligible. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


49 


m  STC:«F.<;  KFCffVER 


TRUE  HI  FIDELITY  THAT 
EVERYONE  CAN  AFFORD! 


589 


Our  normal  Complete  system 
separate  item  price 


•  Realistic  STA-90  AM/FM  stereo  receiver. 

•  Two  Realistic  Nova  6  walnut  veneer 
speakers  with  20.32  cm  (8")  woofer  and  7.62  cm 
(3")  tweeter. 

•  Realistic  BD-1000  manual  heft  drive  turntable. 


THERE’S  A  TANDY 
STORE  NEAR  YOU 


50 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


rent  under  quiescent  (or  no-signal)  con¬ 
ditions.  This  being  so,  most  of  the  change 
in  the  magnetic  status  of  the  core  is 
brought  about  as  the  output  transistors 
in  turn  draw  more  current  on  successive 
half-cycles  of  the  input  signal;  in  this 
case,  where  they  receive  a  negative¬ 
going  signal  pulse. 

While  much  could  be  said  about 
class-B  operation,  it  has  two  particular 
attractions  in  simple,  inexpensive 
amplifiers:  it  minimises  drain  on  the  bat¬ 
tery  and  it  also  minimises  dissipation  in 
the  output  transistors. 

In  fact,  the  kit  supplies  simple  general 
purpose  PNP  germanium  transistors  for 
all  positions.  The  only  concession  is  in 
the  provision  of  "flag"  heat  sinks  for  the 
two  used  in  the  output  stage  -  just  in 
case  they  are  called  on  to  handle  a  con¬ 
tinuous  loud  signal,  sufficient  to  cause 
some  temperature  rise. 

Because  this  general  type  of  amplifier 
was  almost  universal  in  the  first  genera¬ 
tion  of  small  transistor  sets,  it  may  in  fact 
be  possible  to  adapt  the  audio  end  of  a 
discarded  transistor  receiver  as  a 
telephone  amplifier,  feeding  a  pickup 
coil  into  the  volume  control  circuit  in  lieu 
of  the  original  radio  signal  for  the  detec¬ 
tor.  Similar  amplifiers  have  also  been 
used  in  small  intercom  systems  and  it 
would  be  worth  looking  for  a  discarded 
one  of  these. 

So  much  for  the  circuit.  How  does  it 
all  work  out  in  practice? 

Instructions  in  the  kit  suggest  that  the 
pickup  coil,  with  its  suction  cup,  be 


attached  to  the  rear  of  the  handset  just 
behind  the  earpiece.  This  may  be  okay 
with  some  handsets  (presumably 
American)  but  with  local  handsets  more 
pickup  was  evideht  with  the  coil  right  at 
the  end  adjacent  to  the  earphone. 

Picking  up  the  signal  near  the 
earphone  has  an  important  advantage  in 
that  the  amount  of  energy  from  the  local 
microphone  and  the  distant  voice  is  fairly 
well  balanced.  Unfortunately,  however, 
the  signal  is  quite  limited  and  may  not 
be  enough  with  many  handsets  to  drive 
the  amplifier  when  the  distant  voice  is 
weak. 

A  much  larger  signal  is  available,  with 
local  handsets,  from  inside  the  handle 
slot  at  the  rear  of  the  instrument.  Lift  the 
receiver  so  that  the  dialling  tone  is  heard, 
and  you  will  soon  be  able  to  select  the 
point  of  strongest  pickup.  Here,  dialling 
tone,  selector  clicks  and  local  voice  will 
all  be  very  loud  relative  to  the  distant 
voice  but  there  may  be  no  real  choice 
if  the  amplifier  is  to  be  adequately 
driven. 

At  best,  however,  one  of  the  limiting 
factors  in  the  28-116  kit  is  the  tiny  speaker 
and  the  fact  that  the  listening  has  to  be 
done  right  near  the  phone.  The  leaflet 
suggests  that  a  clearer  signal  will  be 
obtained  if  the  amplifier  is  used  with  a 
larger,  more  sensitive  8-ohm  speaker— 
particularly  if  you  place  it  where  you  can 
listen  conveniently.  Then  you  should  be 
able  to  hear  both  sides  of  the  conversa¬ 
tion  with  less  distraction. 


Another  possibility,  which  is  well 
worth  considering,  is  that  of  using  the 
amplifier  with  a  miniature  earplug,  con¬ 
nected  in  lieu  of  the  speaker.  Ordinary 
8-ohm  magnetic  units  appear  to  work 
very  well. 

Earlier  we  suggested  that  components 
should  be  available  from  sources  other 
than  the  Tandy  kit.  Those  worthy  of 
special  mention  are  the  pickup  coil,  the 
transistors,  and  the  transformers. 

The  transistors  are  general  purpose 
PNP  types  and  several  alternative  type 
numbers  are  given  in  the  circuit.  At  least 
one  of  these  types  should  be  readily 
available. 

Pickup  coils  will  probably  be  available 
from  Tandy  as  a  separate  item,  but  we 
found  them  available  in  at  least  two  other 
Sydney  stores:  Radio  Despatch  Service 
and  Dick  Smith  Pty  Ltd.  We  imagine  they 
would  be  as  readily  available  in  other 
states. 

The  same  two  store*  should  also  be 
able  to  supply  transformers.  The  output 
transformer  should  have  a  centre  tapped 
primary  with  an  impedance  of  around 
400  to  500  ohms  and  an  8  ohm  secondary. 
The  driver  transformer  should  have  a 
primary  of  about  2500  to  3000  ohms,  with 
a  similar  secondary,  centre  tapped. 

Construction  should  not  present  any 
serious  problems.  As  we  said  earlier, 
layout  is  not  critical  and  so  it  may  be  built 
in  almost  any  form.  A  piece  of  Veroboard 
would  probably  make  a  good  substitute 
for  the  plastic  box.  $ 


EDUCAL 

AM-FM  STEREO  TUNER  KIT 


THE  KIT  SPECIALISTS 

No.  1  IN  PRICE  WHERE  IT  REALLY  COUNTS 


FEATURES 

•  PRE-ALIGNED  FM  MODULES  (3) 

•  MONO/STEREO 

•  LOCALLY  PRODUCED— 

NOT  IMPORTED 

•  4  PRE-SET  STATIONS  ON  FM 

•  FULL  RANGE  MANUAL 
TUNING  AM-FM 

•  75  or  300 Q  INPUT 

•  A.F.C. 

•  STEREO  BEACON 

•  PROFESSIONAL  FINISH 


SPECIFICATIONS 

TUNING  88-1 08MHz 
BANDWIDTH  300KHz 
I.F.  10.7MHz 
I  F.  REJECTION  65dB 
IMAGE  SUPRESSION  40dB 
A  M.  REJECTION  40dB 
CHANNEL  SEPARATION 
38dB  (min.) 

DIMENSIONS  _ 

13.75"x  10.5" 
x  4.25" 


XMAS  SPECIAL 

CD  I  KIT  CAPACITOR 

W  IX.  DISCHARGE 

(12vNe.  earth)  IGNITION 

FULL  KIT  FULL  CDI 

•  Less  points  wear 

•  Less  plug  wear  a  AO  C /\ 

•  Better  starting 

•  More  m.p.g. 


STEREO-AMP  KIT 

30  WATTS/CHANNEL  RMS  •  FREQUENCY 
RESPONSE  8Hz-30kHz  •  (3dB  down)  20Hz-20KHz 
(FLAT)  •  DISTORTION  0.1%  INTO  8 Q  •  FULL  BASS 
&  TREBLE  CONTROLS  •  LOUDNESS  CONTROL  •  DIN 
SOCKET  PHONES  SOCKET  •  TEAK  VENEER  CASE  • 
MAG.  CARTRIDGE  INPUT  •  AUX.  INPUT  TAPE  INPUT* 


NOTE  ALL  KITS  EX  STOCK  SENT  RETURN  MAIL. 

MAIL  ORDERS  BOX  No.182,  CARLTON  SOUTH,  VIC.  3053. 


$79 


OR  EDUCAL,  21  WELLS  AVENUE, 

BORONIA,  VIC.  31 55  (Tel.  762  5713). 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


51 


Versatile  new  design  offers  several  options: 

Modular  Digital  Clock 


Here  is  our  simplest-ever  digital  clock  project.  In  its  basic  form,  all  that 
is  required  is  a  clock  module,  a  transformer,  two  switches  and  a  case. 

But  if  desired  it  can  be  expanded  to  include  alarm,  snooze,  sleep  and  by  DAVID  EDWARDS 

radio  switching  functions. 


At  the  heart  of  this  new  digital  clock 
is  a  new  clock  module  recently  released 
by  National  Semiconductor.  Designated 
the  MA1002  LED  display  electronic  clock 
module,  it  is  available  in  eight  different 
versions.  Current  retail  price  of  individual 
modules  is  currently  around  the  $14.00 
mark. 

Each  module  consists  of  a  monolithic 
MOS-LSI  integrated  clock  circuit,  four 
digit  13mm  LED  display,  power  supply 
and  other  discrete  components,  all 
mounted  on  a  single  printed  circuit 
board.  Perhaps  the  most  unusual  feature 
of  the  assembly  is  that  both  the  clock 
chip  and  the  display  LEDs  are  mounted 
directly  onto  the  circuit  board,  without 
the  use  of  conventional  1C  packages. 

As  you  can  see  in  the  accompanying 
photographs,  the  clock  chip  is  centrally 
mounted  under  a  blob  of  epoxy.  The 
LEDs  are  mounted  on  the  other  side  of 
the  board,  and  protected  by  a  red  plastic 
lens,  which  also  serves  to  provide  optical 
magnification  for  them. 

There  are  only  fifteen  other  discrete 
components  on  the  board,  and  these  are 
dominated  by  a  power  transistor  and  its 
associated  heat  sink.  The  overall  size  of 
the  complete  module  is  a  tiny  77  x  35  x 
17mm. 

All  that  is  required  to  turn  the  module 
into  a  functioning  clock  is  a  mains  trans¬ 


former  and  switches,  as  well  as  the  usual 
mains  lead  and  mounting  hardware. 
Eight  different  modules  are  available,  and 
these  are  distinguished  by  suffixes  A  to 
H.  Modules  A,  C,  E,  and  G,  are  all 
intended  to  operate  from  60Hz  mains 
supplies,  and  are  not  of  much  interest  to 
us  at  this  stage. 

Modules  B,  D,  F  and  H  are  the  50Hz 
versions.  Types  B  and  F  have  a  12  hour 
display  (with  PM  indication)  while  types 
D  and  H  have  24  hour  displays.  Types  B 
and  F  are  intended  as  dock  radios,  while 
types  D  and  H  are  intended  as  alarm 
clocks. 

All  modules  have  alarm  facilities, 
incorporating  a  nine  minute  ’"snooze" 
delay.  This  turns  off  the  alarm  for  nine 
minutes,  and  then  sounds  it  once  more. 
This  process  can  be  repeated  for  an  hour 
(by  which  time  you  will  be  very  late  for 
work!). 

Provision  is  made  for  varying  the 
display  intensity,  either  manually  or 
automatically  (using  an  LDR  or  similar 
•device).  There  is  also  a  sleep  output 
which  allows  a  radio  or  similar  device  to 
be  turned  off  after  a  programmable  delay 
of  up  to  59  minutes. 

Let  us  consider  first  the  alarm  clock 
versions  (F  and  H).  These  versions  incor¬ 
porate  an  additional  small  signal  transis¬ 
tor,  connected  as  an  oscillator  controlled 


F'G  i  BASIC  CLOCK 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


The  circuitry  shown  at  left  is  all 
that  is  required  to  make  up  the 
clock  in  its  most  basic  form. 
The  basic  clock  module  can 
be  purchased  with  either  a  12 
or  a  24  hour  display. 


by  the  alarm  output  of  the  clock  chip. 
This  oscillator  is  intended  for  use  with  a 
low  cost  earphone  audio  transducer, 
which  must  have  a  resistance  of  500 
ohms  and  an  inductance  of  lOOmhl. 

All  that  is  required  to  build  an  alarm 
clock  .with  snooze  facilities  is  this  ear¬ 
piece,  along  with  the  clock  module, 
transformer,  case  and  switches.  Con¬ 
struction  is  reduced  to  mounting  the 
various  parts  in  the  case,  and  wiring  them 
together. 

Note  that  the  sleep  facility  is  included 
with  the  alarm  clock  versions,  so  that  if 
desired,  a  radio  or  similar  appliance  can 
be  controlled  by  the  clock  as  well.  This 
is  done  in  the  same  way  as  for  the  clock 
radio  versions,  which  will  be  described 
next. 

The  clock  radio  versions  (types  B  and 
F),  differ  from  the  alarm  clock  versions 
only  in  that  the  alarm  oscillator  is  not 
included.  However,  the  alarm  output  is 
still  available,  so  that  this  can  be  used  to 
control  a  separate  alarm  unit. 

The  most  commonly  available  module 
will  be  the  B  type  (12  hour  50Hz  clock 
radio),  so  our  discussions  from  now  on 
will  centre  on  this  type.  The  other  types 
of  module  are  essentially  similar,  so  that 
the  circuits  to  be  presented  can  be  used 
with  them. 

Fig.  1  shows  the  basic  clock  circuit.  A 
transformer  is  required  with  two  secon- 
■  dary  windings,  connected  as  shown.  The 
16V  winding  should  have  a  current  rating 
of  at  least  25mA,  while  the  centre-tapped 
10V  winding  should  be  able  to  supply  up 
to  250mA.  One  end  of  the  16V  winding 
is  connected  to  the  centre  tap  of  the  10V 
winding. 

The  16V  winding  is  used  to  power  the 
clock  chip  itself,  while  the  other  winding 
supplies  the  display  LEDs.  This  reduces 
the  dissipation  in  the  display  drivers.  The 
display  is  driven  directly  (i.e.  it  is  not 
multiplexed),  so  that  radio  interference 
is  reduced. 


y  . ■  ■■  ■  ■  .  .  . 


I 


Fig.  2  (above)  shows  the  location  of  the  various  connection  points  on  the  clock 
module.  Exercise  due  care  when  soldering  to  the  board ,  as  discussed  in  the  text. 


To  implement  the  basic  clock,  only 
two  switches  are  required.  These  should 
be  momentary  contact  types,  and  are 
used  to  set  the  time.  They  are  connected 
as  shown  between  pads  2,  5  and  6  of  the 
module,  with  a  link  connected  also  be¬ 
tween  pads  3  and  4. 

When  power  is  first  applied,  the 
display  will  show  some  random  time,  and 
it  will  be  flashing  at  a  1Hz  rate.  This  is 
the  power  failure  indicator.  When  either 
of  the  time  setting  switches  is  operated, 
the  display  will  remain  steady,  with  the 
colon  flashing  at  one  second  intervals. 
This  shows  that  the  clock  is  counting,  and 
also  gives  some  indication  of  the  passage 
of  seconds. 

PM  indication  is  by  means  of  a  small 
dot  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner  of  the 
display.  When  this  is  illuminated,  the 
clock  is  in  the  PM  phase. 

Fig.  2  shows  the  location  of  the  various 


connection  points  on  the  clock  module. 
If  desired,  this  simple  clock  can  be 
assembled,  either  for  use  as  it  stands  or 
preparatory  to  adding  the  more  exotic 
functions,  such  as  the  alarm  and  radio 
features. 

Turning  now  to  Fig.  3,  we  can  discuss 
the  full  feature  clock.  Switches  SI,  S2,  S3 
and  S4  are  all  momentary  contact  types, 
and  control  respectively  setting  of  the 
time,  setting  of  the  snooze,  and  seconds 
display  facilities.  When  this  latter  switch 
is  operated,  the  display  shows  minutes, 
tens  of  seconds,  and  seconds. 

Switch  S5  is  a  single  pole  toggle  switch, 
and  serves  to  turn  the  alarm  facility  on 
and  off.  When  this  switch  is  in  the  on 
position,  a  small  dot  in  the  right  hand 
bottom  corner  of  the  display  is  illumi¬ 
nated. 

Switch  S6  is  a  three  position  toggle 
switch,  with  a  centre  off  position.  This  is 
used  to  enable  the  time  setting  switches 


PARTS  LIST 

BASIC  CLOCK 

7  National  Semiconductor  MA1002B 
clock  module  (see  text) 

7  transformer ,  240V  to  16V  and 
10VCT  (A  &  B  9827,  j.T.  197  or 
similar) 

2  momentary  contact  switches 

1  case ,  see  text 

2  aluminium  clamps ,  see  text 
Solder ,  hookup  wire ,  machine  screws , 

mains  cord ,  cord  clamp ,  grommet 
terminal  block 

EXTRA  PARTS  FOR  FULL  FEATURE 
CLOCK 

1  printed  circuit  board ,  coded  76cl12, 
measuring  *76  x  50mm 

1  BC54B  NPN  transistor 

2  BC558  PNP  transistors 

1  C106Y1  SCR,  or  BRY39  SCS,  or 
similar 

2  EM 401  silicon  diodes 
1  IN 91 4  silicon  diode 

1  3.6V  400mW  zener  diode 
1  ORP12  light  dependent  resistor 
1  22k  trimpot 

1  10M,  1  100k,  3  10k,  1  6.8k,  1  Ik  'AW 
resistors 

1  470uF  25VW  PCB  mounting  elec¬ 
trolytic  capacitor 

1  IOOuF  10VW  PCB  electrolytic 
capacitor 

3  SPST  miniature  toggle  switches 

1  SPDT  centre-off  miniature  toggle 
switch 

1  alarm  unit,  see  text 
1  radio  unit,  see  text 
Tinned  copper  wire,  rainbow  cable , 
machine  screws 

NOTE:  Resistor  wattage  ratings  and 
capacitor  voltage  ratings  are  those 
used  for  our  prototype.  Com¬ 
ponents  with  high  ratings  may 
generally  be  used  provided  they  are 
physically  compatible. 


to  set  the  alarm  time  and  the  snooze  time 
as  well. 

Automatic  variable  intensity  of  the 
display  can  be  added  quite  simply,  as 
shown.  All  that  is  required  is  a  22k  trim- 
pot,  and  an  ORP12  LDR  (light  dependent 
resistor).  These  are  connected  in  parallel, 
and  inserted  in  the  link  from  pad  3  to  pad 
4. 

The  next  additional  feature  >we  have 
provided  is  a  touch  switch  to  allow  con¬ 
venient  activation  of  the  snooze  facility. 
This  is  based  on  the  Proximity  Switch 
presented  in  the  November  1976  issue  by 
fellow  staff  member  Leo  Simpson.  We 
have  amended  his  circuit  considerably, 
as  our  requirements  were  different,  and 
this  has  reduced  the  component  count. 

Our  circuit  uses  a  silicon  controlled 
rectifier  (SCR),  one  BC558  transistor,  and 
four  resistors.  The  cathode  of  the  SCR  is 
connected  to  one  end  of  the  16V  second¬ 
ary  winding  via  a  6.8k  resistor.  The  anode 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


53 


is  connected  to  pad  2  of  the  clock 
module  via  a  Ik  resistor. 

Pad  2  is  connected  to  pad  E8  by  the 
wiring  on  the  PCB,  so  that  an  AC  wave¬ 
form  is  applied  across  the  SCR.  When  a 
hand  or  similar  object  approaches  the 
touch  plate,  the  increased  capacitance 
triggers  the  SCR,  which  then  conducts  on 
every  alternate  half  cycle. 

The  current  pulses  through  the  SCR 
also  flow  through  the  Ik  resistor,  and 
thus  turn  the  transistor  on.  The  collector 
of  this  transistor  is  connected  to  the 
snooze  input,  pad  8,  and  thus  shorts  this 
pad  to  pad  2. 

Since  the  transistor  is  being  turned  on 
and  off  once  in  every  mains  cycle,  this 
has  the  effect  of  operating  the  snooze 
facility  at  the  same  rate.  This  does  not 
affect  the  snooze  operation,  but  does 


affect  the  display. 

This  is  because  operation  of  the 
snooze  switch  also  changes  the  display 
from  normal  time  to  the  alarm  time,  so 
that  the  display  alternates  between  the 
two  at  a  50Hz  rate.  The  visual  effect  of 
this  is  that  the  two  times  are  combined, 
producing  strange  displays  like  4  :  98 
(from  4  :  46  and  1  :  31). 

However,  as  this  only  occurs  for  the 
short  time  when  one's  hand  is  covering 
the  touch  plate,  we  felt  that  it  was  not 
objectionable,  and  did  not  warrant  extra 
components  to  eliminate  it. 

The  remaining  features  we  have  added 
are  the  alarm  and  radio  drivers.  These 
derive  their  power  supplies  from  the  10V 
winding,  via  two  silicon  diodes  and  a 
470uF  electrolytic  capacitor.  Each  circuit 
uses  a  BC548  transistor,  to  buffer  the  out¬ 


puts  from  the  clock  module. 

The  alarm  circuit  uses  the  transistor  as 
a  switch,  with  the  load  formed  by  the 
alarm  itself  in  the  collector  circuit.  The 
1N914  diode  prevents  the  base-emitter 
junction  from  being  reversed  biased.  The 
alarm  unit  can  be  a  solid-state  buzzer  of 
the  type  available  from  Dick  Smith  Elec¬ 
tronics  Pty  Ltd,  or  a  Sonalert  or  similar 
device.  Alternatively,  a  multivibrator 
could  be  used  to  drive  a  small  speaker. 

The  important  requirements  of  the 
alarm  unit  are  that  it  should  operate  from 
a  6V  DC  supply,  and  that  its  current  drain 
should  be  fairly  ^mall,  in  the  order  of 
20mA  or  so. 

The  radio  circuit  uses  a  switched 
regGlated  power  supply  to  provide  a 
nominal  three  volts  to  the  radio.  This  is 
achieved  by  using  a  3.6V  400mW  zener 


The  photograph  at  left  shows  all  the  components  needed  to 
make  up  the  basic  clock  circuit.  Below  is  the  PC  board  pattern 
for  the  full  feature  clock ,  reproduced  actual  size. 


54 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


diode  to  stabilize  the  base  voltage  of  the 
transis.tor.  If  higher  supply  voltages  are 
required,  a  higher  valued  zener  can  be 
used. 

The  supply  is  switched  on  &nd  off  by 
supplying  the  zener  current  directly  from 
the  sleep  output  of  the  clock  module,  via 
a  10k  resistor.  If  a  manual  switch  is 
required,  this  can  be  added  by  connect¬ 
ing  the  cathode  of  the  zener  diode  to  the 
0V  rail  (pad  E8  or  pad  2),  via  a  suitable 
switch  and  another  10k  resistor. 

If  a  considerably  higher  supply  voltage 
is  required  for  the  radio,  say  9V,  then  it 
will  be  necessary  to  use  the  16V  winding 
for  this.  This  will  require  one  extra  diode 
and  filter  capacitor,  which  must  be  con¬ 
nected  between  pad  E6  and  pad  E8  so 
as  to  produce  a  negative  voltage  with 
respect  to  pad  E8. 

A  10V  zener  would  then  be  required, 
with  the  anode  returned  to  the  new 
negative  rail,  along  with  the  negative 
radio  terminal.  Note  that  the  current 
drain  which  can  be  taken  from  this  wind¬ 
ing  is  reduced  compared  to  that  available 
from  the  10V  winding. 

Note  also  that  as  we  have  drawn  the 
circuit,  the  alarm  and  radio  circuits  are 
quite  distinct.  If  it  is  desired  to  dispense 
with  the  alarm,  and  use  the  radio  as  an 
alarm  as  well,  then  the  alarm  sections  can 
be  left  out,  and  pad  E3  connected  to  the 
10k  resistor  used  for  the  manual  radio 
switch. 

Construction  of  the  clock  is  very  easy, 
and  should  be  within  the  capabilities  of 
most  readers.  We  used  one  of  the  plastic 
cases  from  A  &  R  Soanar,  measuring  140 
x  85  x  130mm.  These  are  of  modular  con¬ 
struction,  and  are  supplied  with  a  plastic 
front  panel  and  a  metal  rear  panel.  They 
are  available  in  a  variety  of  colours. 

As  you  can  see  in  the  photographs,  we 
mounted  the  transformer  and  associated 
components  on  the  rear  panel,  and  the 
clock  module  on  the  front  panel.  This 
was  achieved  by  making  a  rectangular 
cutout  in  the  plastic,  for  the  display  lens, 
and  pushing  the  module  through  from 
the  rear.  It  is  held  in  place  by  two  small 
brackets  clamped  behind  the  two  front 
panel  switches. 

Details  of  the  brackets  are  given  in  a 
diagram  elsewhere  in  the  article.  We 
used  small  pieces  of  foam  rubber  be¬ 
tween  the  clamps  and  the  module,  and 
between  the  module  and  the  panel.  This 
gave  a  firm  mounting,  without  damaging 
the  module. 

For  the  basic  clock,  all  that  remains  to 
be  completed  is  the  wiring  between 
switches,  the  module  and  the  transfor¬ 
mer.  We  used  small  momentary  contact 
pushbutton  switches  for  the  basic  clock, 
and  completed  the  wiring  with  short 
lengths  of  colour  coded  hookup  wire. 

At  this  stage,  it  is  appropriate  to  cau¬ 
tion  readers  that  some  of  the  pads  on  the 
module  are  connected  directly  to  the 
clock  chip,  which  is  a  MOS  device,  so 
that  caution  with  regard  to  static  voltages 
is  required  during  assembly.  The  module 
is  supplied  with  a  conductive  strip  joining 


10M  100k  TOUCH 


FIG  3 

4 


MODULAR  DIGITAL  CLOCK 


The  circuit  diagram  for  the  full  feature  clock.  Note  that  snooze 
if  the  optional  touch  plate  circuitry  is  incorporated. 


7/CL/- 

s witch  S3  is  deleted 


pads  1  to  11,  and  this  should  not  be 
removed  till  the  last  moment. 

Your  soldering  iron  should  be  earthed, 
and  connected  to  the  positive  side  of  the 
IOOuF  electrolytic  capacitor  on  the  rear 
of  the  clock  board.  The  wires  should  be 
joined  to  the  module  by  inserting  their 
stepped  ends  in  the  relevant  holes,  and 
quickly  soldered,  using  a  minimum  of 
heat  and  solder. 

Testing  simply  consists  of  applying 
power  and  checking  that  the  clock 
operates  correctly.  When  power  is  first 
applied,  the  display  should  flash  at  a  one 


second  rate.  This  should  stop  when 
either  of  the  time  setting  switches  is 
operated. 

In  order  to  simplify  construction  of  the 
full  feature  clock,  we  have  designed  a 
small  printed  circuit  board,  coded 
76cl12,  and  measuring  76  x  50mm.  This 
board  accommodates  the  circuitry  for 
the  alarm  and  radio  driver  circuits,  as  well 
as  for  the  touch  switch. 

This  is  mounted  on  the  bottom  of  the 
case,  using  the  four  corner  holes 
provided,  and  connected  up  to  the  trans¬ 
former  and  module  with  colour  coded 


Component  overlay  on  the 
PC  board  for  the  feature 
clock.  Use  circuit  board  pins 
to  facilitate  external  connec¬ 
tions. 


MANUAL  RADIO 


E6  E7  E8  E9 


«H  10**  : 

iok _}■»£ 8  (• 


H — 1+H 


•♦8C548 

,  ♦£  1N®14 

C  £  BSBC548 
r-r A#2  mr  #BC558 

6W>*  s.5  5  «c 

10M  ♦‘I  Ik 

iPOkT*  ♦ 


TOUCH  PLATE  PA°  8 

ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


55 


FLUKE  PROVES  AN  INEXPENSIVE, 
HANDHELD  DMM 
CAN  BE  BUILT  WITHOUT  LEAVING 
EVERYTHING  OUT. 


The  Fluke  8030A  is  a  new  breed  of  digital  multimeter. 

It’s  not  like  earlier  DMM’s  that  were  small,  but  had  nothing 
to  offer.  Instead,  the  8030A  has  all  the  performance,  features, 
accuracy  and  resolution  you  would  expect  from  a  benchtop 
instrument  at  a  much  higher  price. 

It’s  an  inexpensive,  handheld  3!/2-digit  DMM.  But  it’s  also 
built  to  Fluke  standards  and  Fluke  quality.  That  makes  the 
difference. 

\The  8030A  DMM  is  designed  for  use  by  troubleshooters 
and  field  service  technicians.  It  offers  six  measurement  func¬ 
tions  in  26  ranges.  Automatic  polarity  and  automatic  zero 
suppression  are  standard.  Rugged  construction.  Small  size. 
Accuracy  specifications  that  are  guaranteed  for  a  year.  Plenty 
of  accessories.  Even  a  built-in  hood  that  pulls  forward  for 
easier  reading  in  sunlight. 

But  the  most  important  news  about  the  8030 A  is  all  the 
features  we’ve  designed  into  it. 

Measurement 

The  six  measurement  functions  are  ac  volts  (true  rms), 
dc  volts,  ac  current  (true  rms),  dc  current,  resistance,  and 
diode  test.  Each  function  has  five  selectable  ranges,  except 
diode  test  which  has  one. 


distorted  wave  forms.  AC  coupling  rejects  dc  bias  during 
ac  voltage  measurements.  And  dc  coupling  on  ac  current 
ranges  provides  ac  +  dc  capability  for  measuring  power  supply 
and  SCR  regulating  circuitry. 

In-Circuit  Resistance 

In  circuit  resistance  measurements  can  be  made  using  all 
five  resistance  ranges.  Errors  due  to  effects  of  parallel  semi¬ 
conductor  junctions  are  avoided  by  applying  a  maximum 
voltage  of  200  mV  across  the  on-scale  unknown  resistance. 

Diode  Test 

The  diode  test  function  allows  measu  ement  of  diode  and 
transistor  forward-voltage  drops.  A  1  mA  bias  current  is  forced 
through  the  junction,  and  the  resultant  voltage  drop  is  dis¬ 
played  in  millivolts.  This  function  can  be  used  for  in-circuit 
testing  of  transistors  and  diodes  and  will  detect  up  to  three 
junctions  in  series. 

Overload  Protection 

Extensive  overload  protection  is  provided,  and,  in  addi¬ 
tion,  units  have  successfully  withstood  transients  up  to  6,000V 
across  the  input. 


True  RMS 

True  rms  conversion  techniques  provide  ac  measurement 
accuracy  (voltage  and  current)  in  spite  of  noise  levels  and 


Functional  Self-Check 

Each  of  the  six  measurement  functions  can  be  checked 
for  basic  functional  operation  by  using  regular  instrument 
test  conncections.  No  external  test  equipment  is  required. 


EEMEASCO 

Instrument *  Pty.  Ltd. 


P-O.  Box  30  Concord,  N.S.W.  2137 
736-2888 

Melbourne:  233-4044;  Adelaide:  42-6666 
Brisbane:  36-5061 
Perth.  25-3144. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


56 


Right:  actual  size  reproduction 
of  the  front  panel  for  the  basic 
clock. 


/ 


MODULAR  DIGITAL  CLOCK 


SLOW  SET 


.  MODULAR  DIGITAL  CLOCK 

© 

© 

RADIO 

SECONDS 

hookup  wire.  Fourteen  external  .connec¬ 
tions  to  the  board  are  required,  and  these 
are  best  made  with  circuit  board  pins. 

No  difficulties  should  be  experienced 
in  placing  components  on  the  board.  If 
you  are  using  the  BRY39  dual  gate  SCR, 
cut  off  the  anode  gate  (AG)  close  to  the 
device  body,  and  then  treat  it  as  an 
ordinary  SCR. 

If  you  do  not  wish  to  add  all  the  fea¬ 
tures  to  the  clock,  simply  leave  out  those 
components  not  required.  The  LDR  used 
to  control  the  display  intensity  can  be 
glued  underneath  one  of  the  slots  in  the 


0 

© 

SLOW  SET 

FAST  SET 

ALARM 

ALARM  ON 

SET0 

© 

SLEEP 

ALARM  OFF 

top  of  the  case,  with  the  trimpot  soldered 
directly  across  the  leads. 

We  fashioned  a  touch  plate  from  three 
stout  pieces  of  tinned  copper  wire, 
fashioned  into  long  staple-like  shapes. 
These  were  clamped  across  the  case, 
between  the  side  slots  at  the  front  of  the 
case,  and  bent  underneath  to  hold  them 
in  position.  At  one  end,  they  were  bent 
so  as  to  touch,  and  the  lead  to  the  PCB 
soldered  on.  Refer  to  the  accompanying 
photographs  for  more  details. 

We  have  not  shown  any  mounting 
details  for  the  radio,  as  we  felt  that  this 


DIMENSIONS  IN  MILLIMETRES 


Above:  the  metalwork  diagram  for  the 
two  metal  brackets.  Make  two  from 
scrap  aluminium.  Af  left  is  an  actual  size 
reproduction  of  the  rear  panel  labelling 
(feature  clock  only). 


Left:  actual  size  reproduction 
of  the  front  panel  for  the  fea¬ 
ture  clock. 

was  best  left  up  to  the  individual  con¬ 
structor.  One  possibility,  however,  is  to 
simply  mount  the  radio  on  top  of  the 
clock,  so  that  all  controls  are  still  access¬ 
ible. 

We  have  designed  two  front  panels  for 
the  clock,  one  for  use  with  the  basic  ver¬ 
sion,  and  one  for  use  with  the  more 
advanced  version.  Both  these  are 
reproduced  full  size  with  this  article,  and 
they  should  also  be  available  from  the 
usual  metalwork  suppliers  as  well. 

We  have  been  advised  by  National 
Semiconductor  that  some  of  the  latest 
modules  which  have  been  imported  are 
supplied  without  heatsinks  on  the  power 
transistor.  This  is  no  cause  for  alarm 
(sorry!)  however,  as  the  heatsink  is 
apparently  only  required  n  conditions  of 
high  ambient  temperature  and  display 
brightness.  If  desired,  a  small  heatsink 
could  be  fashioned  from  aluminium,  and 
added  to  the  transistor. 

Type  B  clock  modules,  transformers 
and  associated  parts  are  available  from 
Radio  Despatch  Service,  869  George 
Street,  Sydney,  and  from  Techni-Parts, 
Wool  worths  Arcade,  95  Latrobe  Terrace, 
Paddington  (Qld.)  4064.  This  latter  firm 
also  has  type  D,  F  and  H  modules,  in 
small  quantities  only,  and  earphone 
transducers  available.  3 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December,  1976 


57 


University 

Features  of  all  University  Multimeters. 

1 .  Specially  manufactured  to  suit  Australian  conditions. 

2.  Overload  protection  fitted  (double  diode). 

3.  Heavy  duty  double  jewelled  precision  movement. 

4.  Highest  quality  Alnico  permanent  magnet  in  movement. 

5.  Mirror  scale  with  knife  edge  pointer  for  greater  accuracy. 

6 .  Multicolour  scale  for  ease  of  operation . 

7.  Anodised  front  label,  permanent  and  attractive. 

8.  4mm  terminal  sockets. 

9.  "OFF"  switch  position. 

10.  Unbreakable  Polycarbonate  Case. 


MULTIMETERS 
TEST  INSTRUMENTS 

Use  the  BEST-Specify  UNIVERSITY 

PRICE:  .  .  HIGHEST  QUALITY  at  the  LOWEST  PRICE 
GUARANTEE:  90-day,  backed  by  University  after  sales. service 
SERVICE:  .  .  .  24-hour  efficient  repair  service 


r 

■ 

■ 

■ 


An  ideal  Christmas  gift 
for  the  enthusiast 


l 

l 

l 

.J 


Automotive  Analyser  EA77 

A  must  for  the  home  mechanic  to  help 
improve  economy,  performance  and 
efficiency  of  your  vehicle. 

Tacho:  0-1  200  and 0-6000  R.P.M. 

suitable  for  4,  6  and  8  cyl.  engines 
Voltage:  ,  0/3/ 1  5/30  Volt  D.C. 
Resistance:  0-1  OOohm  (3  Kohm  centre  scale) 
Dwell  Angle:  0-45°  for  8  cylinder. 

0-60°  for  6  cylinder. 

0-90°  for  4  cylinder. 

0-90A(Ext.  Shunt  supplied) 
Indication  and  neon  light. 


Price:  $60.00 

Available  also  in  kit  form 


Current: 
Spark  Test: 
Condenser 
Sub: 


0.22  ufd. 


Complete  with  illustrated  service  manual. 


Insulation  Tester 
Model  F602 

Solid  State— Battery  operated 
Constant  Voltages  type  circuit. 
Compact,  sturdy,  lightweight. 
Complete  with  carrying  case. 


Model 

Insulation 

Centre 

Scale 

Continuity 

Voltage 

Price 

F602-500 

0-100MQ 

2MQ 

0-1 00ft 

500V 

$72 

F602-1 000 

0-2000Mfi 

50Mf2 

0-1  OOfi 

1000V 

$84 

Hand  wound  generator  models  are  also  available. 


Clip-on  Volt  Ammeter  Model  MG-27 

Pocket  style  Multirange  Ranges. 


Price  $28 


Volts:  0/300/ 600  Volts  A  C. 

Resistance:  0-300  ohms 
Amperes:  0/5/25/ 100— Model 

MG27/100 
0  / 1 0/50/250— Model 
MG27/250 

Maximum  Cable  size  30mm  dia. 
Complete  with  leads  and  case. 


"De  Luxe" 
MVA-100CN 


100K  ohms  per  volt  D  C. 

DCV:  0  5/2.5/10/50/250/1000V 
AC V:  2.5/10/50/250/1 000V 
DCA:  10uA/500uA/ 5mA/ 50mA/ 
500mA/ 10A 
ACA:  10A 

Res:  Rxl ,  Rxl  0,  Rxlk,  RxlOk,  RxIOOk 
(.'1  ohm  to  100M  ohms) 
db:  -20/0/  +  62  db  (Ref  1  mW  in  600 
ohms)  / 

Dimensions:  1 80x  1 40x80mm 
Weight  :  1.36  Kg. 

Features:  Polarity  Reversing  Switch 

Price:  $37.50 


Digital  Model-HM-35 


DC  Volts:  5  Ranges  to  1  kV 

AC  Volts:  5  Ranges  to  1  kV 

DC  Amps:  5  Ranges  to  1 A 

AC  Amps:  5  Ranges  to  1 A 

Resistance:  6  Ranges  to  20  Mfi 

'Input  Impedance:  1 0  Meg  ohm  all 
ranges 

Frequency  Response:  1 0Hz  to  20kHz 
Automatic  Polarity  Indication, 
Automatic  Zeroing 
Internal  Battery  Check 
Over  Range  Indication 
Compact  &  lighweight  (420  gms) 


Price:  $150 
including  charger 


"Popular  Model' 
CTN500MP 


20K  ohms  per  Volt  D  C. 

DCV:  2.5  / 10/ 50/ 250/ 500/ 5kV 
AC V:  10/50/250/500/1 kV 
db:  —  20/0/ +  (5  ranges) 

DCA:  50uA/ 5mA /50mA /500mA 
Res:  Rxl,  RxlO,  Rxl 00,  Rxlk  ohms 
(1  ohm  to  10M  ohms) 

Size:  150x110x50mm 
Weight  450  gm 

Price:  $17.50 


•  Prices  recommended  trade  price. 

•  Plus  1 5 pc  Sales  Tax  and  $2. 00  packing  and  post  if  applicable. 

•  All  units  are  supplied  with  batteries,  leads  and  instructions. 

•  Leather  cases  are  available  as  an  extra. 


Please  send  to  Mr 


A  comprehensive  range  of  meters  and  test  instruments  may  be  inspected  at  our 
Showroom  and  are  available  either  direct  from  our  Riverwood  office,  any  leading 
Wholesalers,  or  ordered  on  the  enclosed  coupon. 


University  Graham 
Instruments  Pty.  Ltd., 


Qty . Model . 

I  enclose  cheque/Postal  Note  for  above  unitor  send  C  O  D.  Post  to  above. 


EA-12-76 


106  Bel  more  Road ,  RIVERWOOD 
2210.  Phone:  53  0644. 


AUSTRALIA'S  LEADING  MANUFACTURER  &  IMPORTER  OF 
ELECTRICAL  INSTRUMENTS 


58 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Auto  Rhythm  Unit 
For  Electronic  Organs 

In  the  previous  article  in  this  series,  we  gave  details  of  how  to  use  cn\A/Aonc 

the  M252  rhythm  generator  chip.  This  month  we  give  details  of  the  by  DAVID  EDWARDo 

S8890  chip  from  American  Micro-systems,  and  how  to  use  it  with  the 
instrument  generator  board. 


The  S8890  rhythm  generator  is  a 
counter-ROM  specifically  designed  for 
electronic  organs  and  other  electronic 
instruments.  It  is  supplied  in  a  40  pin  DIL 
ceramic  package,  and  contains  an  internal 
oscillator,  a  6  bit  counter,  and  a  ROM  that 
drives  eight  instruments,  as  well  as  a 
seven-segment  sequence  count  display. 

The  S8890  chip  is  obtainable  from 
Cema  Distributors  Pty  Ltd,  21  Chandos 
Street,  Crows  Nest  NSW  2065.  Your  usual 
component  supplier  should  be  able  to 
obtain  it  for  you. 

The  oscillator  frequency  is  determined 
by  an  external  network,  and  requires  the 
addition  of  only  a  PNP  transistor,  two 


capacitors  and  three  resistors.  The  6  bit 
counter  has  inputs  that  allow  the  counter 
to  be  reset  at  any  one  of  five  counts.  The 
64th  count  is  normally  programmed  as 
the  fifth  reset  option. 

The  counter  contains  a  start  input  that 
holds  the  system  in  the  reset  mode  until 
a  start  command  is  impressed.  The  coun¬ 
ter  outputs  drive  a  64  word  ROM,  which 
has  eight  rhythm  instrument  outputs,  a 
downbeat  output,  and  a  rhythm  count 
output. 

The  downbeat  output  is  programmed 
to  provide  an  output  at  the  beginning  of 
each  measure.  The  eight  instrument  out¬ 
puts  each  contain  10  rhythm  patterns 


which  may  be  simultaneously  selected  to 
overlay  multiple  rhythm  patterns. 

The  rhythm  count  outputs  provide  a 
seven  segment  code  that  can  be  used  as 
a  visual  display  of  musical  timing.  We 
have  not  included  this  feature  in  our 
rhythm  generator,  as  we  felt  that  it  was 
not  essential  to  the  production  of 
rhythms.  Information  on  how  to  use  this 
feature  can  be  obtained  from  the  S8890 
data  sheet. 

Turning  now  to  the  circuit  diagram,  we 
can  discuss  the  various  features  of  the  cir¬ 
cuit.  As  before,  a  buffer  is  required  for 
the  power  supply  from  the  instrument 
generator  board.  This  has  been 


implemented  in  an  identical  manner,  and 
need  not  be  discussed  here. 

The  oscillator  is  formed  by  the  second 
PNP  transistor  and  its  associated  com¬ 
ponents.  The  22uF  tantalum  capacitor  is 
charged  via  the  22k  tempo  control  and 
the  associated  Ik  stopper  resistor.  The 
capacitor  voltage  is  monitored  by  pin  16, 
and  when  this  exceeds  an  internal 
threshold,  pin  17  turns  on  the  transistor, 
which  discharges  the  capacitor.  The 
cycle  then  repeats. 

Pin  18  is  connected  to  the  +  30V  rail 
via  the  reset  switch.  This  resets  the  coun¬ 
ter,  which  commences  from  the  start  of 
the  program  when  the  reset  switch  is 
released. 


The  downbeat  output  is  connected 
directly  to  the  downbeat  input  of  the 
instrument  generator  board.  This  must 
be  wired  to  accept  positive  edge  trig¬ 
gering.  The  downbeat  LED  will  then 
operate  at  the  start  of  every  measure. 

The  eight  instrument  outputs  are  also 
connected  directly  to  the  inputs  of  the 
instrument  generator  board.  Since  the 
outputs  consist  of  a  single  transistor  con¬ 
nected  to  the  -I- 30V  rail,  it  is  not  neces¬ 
sary  to  use  the  input  diodes  of  the 
instrument  generator.  These  may  be 
replaced  with  links. 

Pins  21  to  30  are  the  rhythm  select 
inputs.  Pins  10,  11  and  13  must  be  con¬ 
nected  to  pins  25, 26,  27  and  29  as  shown. 
These  latter  pins  are  the  count  reset 
inputs,  and  are  used  to  reset  four  of  the 
rhythms  at  counts  which  are  less  than  the 
maximum  count. 

The  two  diodes  are  necessary  to 
prevent  interactipn  between  the  two 
rhythm  select  inputs  which  are  con¬ 
nected  to  pin  11.  As  stated  earlier,  only 
ten  separate  rhythms  can  be  obtained 
from  the  S8890  device,  but  more  than 
one  of  these  rhythms  may  be  selected  at 
once. 

We  have  used  the  same  switch  as 
specified  in  last  month's  article,  but  have 
re-arranged  the  wiring  to  suit  the  S8890. 
The  ten  individual  rhythms  which  are 
selectable  are  as  follows:  waltz  —  shuffle 
—  jazz  waltz  —  mambo  —  bossa  nova  — 
march  —  swing  —  samba  —  beguine  — 
pop  rock. 

As  before,  the  blank  position  does  not 
produce  any  rhythm  at  all.  The  remaining 
five  switch  positions  have  been  filled  up 
by  combinations  of  the  other  ten 
rhythms.  For  example,  slow  rock  selects 
both  beguine  and  bossa  nova. 

In  this  diagram  we  have  not  shown  the 
output  circuitry  from  the  instrument 
simulator  board,  because  this  is  the  same 
as  shown  in  last  month's  article.  But  to 
aid  construction,  we  have  reproduced  in 
this  article  the  Veroboard  rhythm  chip 
wiring  layout  that  we  used  for  our  proto- 


MUTE  fifsn 


AUTO  RHYTHM 


mmm 


he  completed  prototype  provides  for  some  fifteen  different  rhythms. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


59 


+  30V 


TO  INSTRUMENT  , 
GENERATOR  BOARD  “S 


BASS  DRUM- 
SNARE  DRUM- 
TOM  TOM- 
LOW  BONGO- 
HIGH  BONGO- 
MARACAS- 
SHORT  CYMBAL- 
LONG  CYMBAL- 


^2 


(POSITIVE  EDGE 
TRIGGERING) 


\  + 

*  TANTALUM 


L 

i 

27 

-(Eh.  AUTO  RHYTHM  (S8890  RHYTHM  CHIP) 

y  1/EM/. 


nr 


iO 


RHYTHM 

SELECT 


•  u 


WALTZ/SHUFFLE 


fc4 


JAZZ  WALTZ /MAMBO 


U 


SLOW  ROCK/BOSSA  NOVA 


MARCH/CHA  CHA 


m 


i 


SWING/BAJON 


1 


FOXTROT/SAMBA 


TANGO /BEGUINE 


BLANK/POP  ROCK 


I 


In 

F 


DETAIL  OF  COMMON 
INTERCONNECTIONS 
FOR  ALL  SWITCHES 


type.  This  board  will  be  a  drop-in 
replacement  for  the  Veroboard  used  in 
the  previous  article. 

The  S8890  is  susceptible  to  damage 
from  static  charges,  and  we  recommend 
that  it  be  mounted  ip  a  socket.  All  the 
wiring  to  the  instrument  simulator  board, 
and  the  placing  of  the  components  on 
the  Veroboard  can  be  carried  out  before 
inserting  the  S8890  in  the  socket. 

The  circuit  diagram  shows  a  schematic 
representation  of  the  wiring  for  the 
interlocked  switches.  This  can  be  used  as 
a  guide  for  wiring  the  switches.  First 
make  all  the  connections  to  the  centre 
posts  (shown  on  the  diagram  as  the  com¬ 
mon  connections),  and  then  complete 
the  remaining  wiring  on  the  switches. 
Lastly,  add  the  eleven  wires  connecting 
the  switch  bank  to  the  remainder  of  the 
circuit. 

Readers  are  referred  to  the  previous 
articles  for  details  on  a  suitable  case, 
front  panel,  and  component  layout.  The 
parts  list  included  with  this  article  should 
be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  one 
presented  in  the  October  1976  issue. 

Once  construction  is  complete,  the 
unit  can  be  tested.  Apply  power,  and 
,  check  the  operation  of  all  switches  and 
controls.  It  may  be  necessary  to  adjust 
the  trimpots  on  the  instrument  board  to 
achieve  suitable  sounding  instruments. 
Follow  the  instructions  given  in  the  Octo¬ 


-  BASS  DRUM 
►SNARE  DRUM 
►  TOM  TOM 
-LOW  BONGO 
-HIGH  BONGO 
-MARACAS 
-SHORT  CYMBAL 
-LONG  CYMBAL 
-30  ^ 

-29 
-28 
-27 
-26 
-25 
-24 

-  23 
-22 
-21  . 


TO  8  WAY 
>  INTERLOCKED 
SWITCH 


(The  circuit  diagram  at  top  shows  how  the  S8890  rhythm  chip  is  interfaced  to  the 
player  and  to  the  instrument  simulator  board.  Above  is  a  component  overlay  pattern 
for  making  the  circuit  up  on  a  small  piece  of  Veroboard. 


ber  article  for  this.  ’ 

As  before,  we  found  that  it  was  neces¬ 
sary  to  change  one  resistor  on  the 
instrument  board  to  achieve  a  more 
realistic  sound  balance.  We  altered  the 
1M  resistor  connected  to  the  0.1  uF 
capacitor  at  the  input  of  amplifier  B2  to 


100k.  Note  that  we  did  not  alter  the  feed¬ 
back  resistor,  but  the  resistor  connected 
to  the  FET  source- 

in  order  to  give  an  improved  sound 
when  rapid  tempos  are  used,  we  found 
it  advantageous  to  alter  the  time  con¬ 
stants  of  the  white  noise  derived 


60  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


instruments.  This  can  be  achieved  in 
several  ways. 

The  time  constants  of  each  of  the  final 
R/C  combinations  connected  to  the  FET 
gates  must  be  reduced  in  value  by  a  fac¬ 
tor  of  about  four.  This  is  done  by  reduc¬ 
ing  either  the  resistor  or  capacitor 
values. 

Economically,  the  best  solution  is  to 
reduce  the  capacitors,  from  0.47uF  to 
0.1  uF,  and  from  0.22uF  to  0.047uF. 
However,  if  you  have  already  purchased 
these  capacitors,  then  it  may  be  cheaper 
to  replace  each  of  the  trimpots  with  suit¬ 
ably  lower  values. 


PARTS  LIST 

7  S8890  rhythm  generator  chip 

2  BC558  PNP  transistors 

1  18V  400m  W  zener  diode 

3  IN 91 4  silicon  diodes 

7  22uF  tantalum  electrolytic  capacitor 
7  0.47uF  tantalum  electrolytic 
capacitor 

3  0.1  uF  plastic  capacitors 
1  390  ohm,  7  7k,  7  75k,  7  56k  VaW 
resist  ors 

1  22k  linear  potentiometer 
1  47k  dual  log.  potentiometer 
3  NKK  DPDT  toggle  switches ,  part 
No.  SP2022 

3  NKK  bezels  to  suit ,  black ,  part 
No.  AT -205 

1  Schadow  8-way  4-pole  interlocked 
push  button  switch ,  part  No. 
TS-539 

MISCELLANEOUS 

2  Knobs 

1  case ,  230  x  205  x  68  mm 
1  front  panel  to  suit ,  see  text 
1  PL24/20VA  24V  transformer , 
or  equivalent 

1  piece  Veroboard  (1/10"  spacing) 

1  output  connector 

Solder ,  hookup  wire ,  rainbow  cable , 

shielded  cable ,  PCS  standoffs ,  rubber 

feet 

Note:  resistor  wattage  ratings  and 
capacitor  voltage  ratings  are  those 
used  in  our  prototype.  Components 
with  higher  ratings  may  generally  be 
used  provided  they  are  physically 
compatible.  Components  with  lower 
ratings  may  be  used  in  some  cases , 
providing  ratings  are  not  exceeded. 

Reduce  the  2.2M  trimpots  to  470k,  and 
the  1 M  one  to  220k.  A  third  alternative, 
which  is  cheaper  but  less  desirable,  is  to 
simply  add  extra  resistors  in  parallel  with 
the  existing  trimpots,  on  the  underside  of 
the  board. 

We  have  been  unable  to  present 
details  of  how  to  use  the  S2566/S2567 
combination  rhythm  generator  chips,  as 
we  were  unable  to  obtain  sufficient  data 
about  these  devices  in  time  to  meet  the 
deadline  for  this  article.  The  lack  of  a 
sample  of  the  M253  device  has  also 
prevented  us  from  supplying  details  of 
how  this  device  can  be  used.  $ 


When  hismini'Computer,one  day, 
refused  to  compute,  Alvin  was  in 
strife. .  .THEN  he  remembered ! 


Alvin's  one  of  those  self-styled 
electronic  wizards,  totally 
dedicated  to  his  hobby — his 
array  of  expensive  equipment  . 
assembled  over  the  years  is 
proof  positive.  Fie  knows  that 
electronic  equipment  requires 
dust  and  moisture-free  atmos¬ 
pheric  conditions  for  maximum 
efficiency,  and  so,,  when,  one 
day,  his  pride-and-joy  mini¬ 
computer  refused  to  compute, 
he  knew  what  to  do  . . .  damp 
contacts,  dusty  computer 
heads,  contaminated  points 
. . .  spray  with  CRC  CO 
Contact  Cleaner — lifts,  dis¬ 
solves,  evaporates  completely, 


effectively,  immediately,  all 
residual  contaminants  and 
moisture.  No  disassembly  of 
complicated  units,  no  expen¬ 
sive  parts  to  replace  . . .  just 
a  simple  application  of  an 
incredible  product  like  CRC 
CO  Contact  Cleaner  to 
“dissolve"  the  problem.  If 
you're  a  dedicated  “Alvin"  too, 
you'll  want  to  try  CRC  CO 
Contact  Cleaner  yourself.  Ask 
for  it  at  your  nearest  electrical/ 
electronics  retailer,  or  for 
more  info  about  it  write  to: 
CRC  Chemicals  Australia  Pty 
Ltd,  Centre  Court,  Paul  Street, 
North  Ryde,  NSW,  2113 


THE  SOLUTION  SOLUTION 

CRC  CHEMICALS  AUSTRALIA  PTY.  LTD. 

Centrecourt,  25-27  Paul  St.,  Nth.  Ryde  2113.  Phone:  888-3444 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


61 


A  practical,  down-to-earth  introduction  to 

t 

Op-Amps  without  tears- 1 


Here  is  the  first  of  a  short  series  of  articles  which  provide  a  practical, 
down-to-earth  introduction  to  modern  operational  amplifiers  and  their 
applications.  If  you're  still  not  too  familiar  with  these  powerful  little 

devices,  it  should  make  rewarding  reading.  by  J.  BRIAN  DANCE,  M.SC 


The  operational  amplifier  is  the  most 
important  basic  building  block  of  all 
linear  circuits.  It  has  a  wide  array  of 
applications  in  such  fields  as  audio 
power  amplifiers,  timers,  voltage  regula¬ 
tors,  sensitive  measuring  circuits,  etc. 
This  series  of  articles  will  provide  readers 
with  a  basic  understanding  of  the  opera¬ 
tion  of  these  units  (even  if  they  have  had 
no  previous  experience  whatsoever). 
The  basic  principles  will  be  covered  in 
the  early  parts,  but  the  emphasis  will  be 
on  the  practical  use  of  the  devices  in  cir¬ 
cuits  rather  than  on  the  internal  circuitry 
of  the  devices  used. 

THE  BASIC  AMPLIFIER 

The  term  'operational  amplifier'  was 
originally  applied  to  high  gain  amplifiers 
operating  down  to  zero  frequency  which 
were  used  in  analog  computers  to  per¬ 
form  certain  mathematical  operations 
(including  addition,  subtraction,  integra¬ 
tion,  etc).  These  high  gain  amplifiers  are 
now  used  for  a  wide  variety  of  applica¬ 
tions,  but  the  name  "operational  ampli¬ 
fier"  or  "op  amp"  is  normally  used  even 
though  no  mathematical  operations  are 
involved. 

The  early  operational  amplifiers  em¬ 
ployed  discrete  components,  but  it  is 
now  much  more  convenient  to  employ 
an  integrated  circuit.  Instead  of  making 
up  a  circuit  containing  perhaps  a 
hundred  discrete  components,  one  uses 
a  small  integrated  circuit  together  with 
perhaps  half  a  dozen  external  compon¬ 
ents.  The  integrated  circuit  or  1C  contains 
a  large  number  of  individual  components 
all  formed  on  a  miniature  silicon  chip.  All 
of  the  connections  between  the  internal 
components  are  automatically  made  by 
photographic  techniques  during  the 
manufacture  of  the  1C. 

One  of  the  main  advantages  one 
*  obtains  from  the  use  of  integrated  cir¬ 
cuits  is  the  saving  in  time  wiring  up 
numerous  connections,  but  an  additional 
advantage  is  that  the  internal  connec¬ 
tions  are  much  less  likely  to  fail  during 
use  than  connections  made  by  a  solder¬ 
ing  iron.  One  also  saves  a  great  deal  of 
space  and  weight  by  the  use  of  integra¬ 
ted  circuits  instead  of  discrete  com¬ 
ponents. 

Another  advantage  of  using  integrated 
circuits  is  that  the  cost  of  most  of  the 


commonly  used  devices  is  far  less  than 
the  total  cost  of  the  components  in  an 
equivalent  circuit  using  discrete  com¬ 
ponents.  Indeed,  some  modern  integra¬ 
ted  circuits  containing  many  transistors 
are  priced  at  a  value  only  two  or  three 
times  the  cost  of  a  cheap  transistor. 

A  minor  disadvantage  of  an  integrated 
circuit  is  that  one  cannot  make  any 
changes  to  the  internal  circuit  contained 
in  the  device,  since  the  components  are 
fabricated  on  a  monolithic  silicon  chip 
which  must  be  carefully  sealed  against 
the  moisture  and  other  substances  in  the 
atmosphere. 

Integrated  circuit  operational  ampli¬ 
fiers  are  best  regarded  as  building  blocks 
which  can  be  used  to  assemble  more 
complex  circuits.  These  devices  are  now 
so  convenient  to  use  that  very  few  peo- 


NON  INVERTING 
INPUT 

INVERTING 

INPUT 


FIG  1 


POSITIVE 

SUPPLY 


pie  even  consider  the  construction  of  a 
complete  discrete  amplifier  unless  there 
are  special  circuit  requirements. 

The  circuit  designer  is  not  generally 
interested  in  the  internal  components  of 
an  integrated  circuit,  but  only  in  the  per¬ 
formance  of  the  unit  as  a  whole.  One 
therefore  uses  the  amplifier  symbol  in 
Fig.  1  to  denote  the  amplifier.  It  can  be 
seen  that  there  are  two  inputs,  one  out¬ 
put  and  connections  to  the  positive  and 
negative  supply  lines. 

If  one  makes  the  inverting  input  slightly 
more  positive,  the  output  will  become 
more  negative;  this  is  why  the  name 
'inverting'  is  given  to  this  input.  If,  how¬ 
ever,  the  non-inverting  input  is  made 
more  positive,  the  output  will  also 
become  more  positive. 


THE  741 

We  shall  start  our  discussion  with 
special  reference  to  the  741  device,  since 
it  is  one  of  the  best  known  general  pur¬ 
pose  operational  amplifiers  and  is  readily 
available  from  almost  all  of  the  large 


semiconductor  manufacturers.  If  is  also 
one  of  the  cheapest  of  all  linear  integra¬ 
ted  circuits. 

The  user  meets  only  the  external  cir¬ 
cuit,  so  one  of  the  first  questions  the 
newcomer  to  electronics  will  ask  is 
"What  does  a  741  device  look  like?".  The 
device  is  actually  available  in  a  number 
of  different  packages,  some  of  which  are 
shown  in  Figs.  2  to  4,  with  connections. 

Readers  will  usually  find  the  type  of  741 
shown  in  Fig.  2  the  most  convenient  to 
use;  it  is  also  normally  the  cheapest.  This 
type  of  package  is  known  as  the  8  pin 
dual-in-line,  since  there  are  four  pins  on 
each  side  of  the  body  of  the  device  and, 
when  viewed  from  one  end,  these  pins 
form  two  lines  of  four  pins  per  line. 

The  triangular  symbol  for  an  amplifier 
is  drawn  on  the  body  of  the  device  in  Fig. 
2  for  clarity.  As  in  all  dual-in-line  integra¬ 
ted  circuits,  there  is  either  a  small  notch 
between  pins  1  and  8  or  a  small  circle 
near  to  pin  1  which  identifies  the  end  of 
the  device  near  to  pin  1.  The  user  must 
be  careful  that  the  device  is  used  the  cor¬ 
rect  way  around  and  it  is  only  these  small 
marks  which  provide  this  information. 

An  electrically  similar  741  device  can 
also  be  obtained  in  the  14  pin  dual-in-line 
package  shown  in  Fig.  3.  Yet  a  further 
type  is  in  the  circular  metal  "TO-5" 
transistor-type  package  of  Fig.  4.  Other 
more  expensive  packages  are  available, 


OFFSET  NULL  1| 
INVERTING  INPUT  21 
NON-INVERTING  INPUT  31 

NEGATIVE  SUPPLY  4 1 


FIG  2 

but  the  cheapest  ones  are  usually 
adequate  for  most  of  the  non¬ 
professional  requirements. 

SOCKETS 

One  can  solder  connections  directly  to 
the  741  pins  or  one  may  solder  connec¬ 
tions  to  a  suitable  socket  and  insert  the 
741  in  the  socket.  Dual-in-line  sockets  for 
the  packages  shown  in  Figs.  2  and  3  are 
readily  available,  but  may  cost  even  more 
than  the  device  itself.  Readers  may 
therefore  prefer  not  to  employ  a  socket, 
but  one  should  remember  that  it  is  much 


D>x: 


3  8  NC 

37  POSITIVE  SUPPLY 
6  OUTPUT 
3  5  OFFSET  NULL 


\ 


> 


62 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


NC  1  C 


easier  to  change  a  device  suspected  of 
being  faulty  if  one  has  used  a  socket. 
Sockets  are  probably  more  attractive 
with  more  expensive  devices  than  the 
741.  To  remove  a  device  from  a  socket, 
always  slip  a  screwdriver  blade  under  the 
body  of  the  device. 

EXPERIMENT! 

One  of  the  best  ways  of  learning  about 
any  electronic  device  is  to  experiment 
with  it  in  simple  circuits.  This  is  especially 
true  in  the  case  of  operational  amplifiers. 
The  circuit  of  Fig.  5  can  be  used  to  enable 
the  inexperienced  reader  to  become 
familiar  with  the  741  device. 

It  should  be  noted  that  positive  and 
negative  power  supplies  are  usually  used 


to  pin  4.  The  non-inverting  input  at  pin 
3  is  conventionally  marked  '  +  '  and  the 
inverting  input  at  pin  2  but  these  are 
NOT  the  positive  and  negative  power 
supply  connections.  The  capacitors  Cl 
and  C2  may  be  required  to  prevent 
instability  if  the  power  supply  connec¬ 
tions  are  long,  but  one  can  often  omit 
these  capacitors  without  any  troubles 
arising. 

The  voltmeter  is  connected  to  the  out¬ 
put  so  that  one  can  measure  how  the  out¬ 
put  voltage  from  the  741  varies  as  the 
input  voltages  are  changed.  This  meter 
should  have  a  full  scale  deflection  of 
about  10V,  but  a  centre  reading  meter 
(10V-0-10V)  would  be  ideal.'  One  can,  of 
course,  make  a  suitable  voltmeter  by 
connecting  a  IOOuA  meter  in  series  with 
a  lOOkilohm  resistor  or  a  1mA  meter  in 
series  with  a  lOkilohm  resistor  or  some 
similar  combination. 

OFFSET  NULLING 

The  preset  variable  resistor  VR3  is 
included  so  that  one  can  trim  the  circuit 
so  that  the  output  voltage  is  zero  when 
the  voltage  at  both  of  the  inputs  is  zero. 
This  process  is  known  as  offset ‘null 
adjustment.  Connect  both  pins  2  and  3 
to  ground  and  adjust  VR3  for  zero  output 
voltage.  Note  that  the  adjustment  is  quite 
critical.  As  the  device  warms  up,  the  out¬ 
put  voltage  drifts  off  the  zero,  but  it  can 
be  returned  to  2ero  by  adjusting  VR3 
again. 

This  drift  of  the  output  voltage  with 
temperature  can  be  important  when  one 
is  using  the  amplifier  at  high  gain.  There 
is  no  feedback  in  the  Fig.  5  circuit,  so  the 
amplifier  is  operating  at  maximum  gain 
where  the  drift  with  temperature  is  worst. 
Indeed,  this  drift  is  one  of  the  reasons 


with  the  741.  In  this  circuit  ±9V  supplies 
are  shown,  since  readers  can  easily 
obtain  these  by  using  two  small  batteries. 
The  supplies  may  be  ±15V  if  larger  out¬ 
put  voltages  are  required  but  they  must 
never  exceed  ±18V  with  most  741 
devices. 

The  pin  connections  shown  in  Fig.  5  are 
applicable  only  in  the  case  of  the  8  pin 
dual-in-line  device  of  Fig.  2  or  of  the  cir¬ 
cular  metal  package  of  Fig.  4.  The  con¬ 
nections  for  the  14  pin  dual-in-line 
package  are  quite  different,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  3.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  -t-9V 
supply  is  fed  to  pin  7  and  the  — 9V  supply 


why  operational  amplifiers  are  not  nor¬ 
mally  used  in  this  way. 

GAIN 

The  gain  of  an  operational  amplifier  is 
generally  extremely  high,  but  varies  con¬ 
siderably  from  one  device  to  another.  For 
example,  the  gain  of  the  741  at  zero 
frequency  is  quoted  as  being  typically 
200,000  in  most,  manufacturers'  data 
sheets,  with  a  minimum  for  any  one 
device  of  20,000  or  25,000  and  no 
maximum  value  quoted. 

One  can  make  an  estimate  of  the  zero 
frequency  gain  of  a  741  device  using  the 


LOUDSPEAKER  AND  HORNS 
CAREFULLY  SELECTED  TO  SUIT 
ANY  NEED 


S.P.  SERIES 
15  &  30  Watt  RMS 

•  High  intelligibility  wide  frequency 
response. 

•  Weather  proof  •  Omni  Purpose 

•  All  metal  Bracket 

•  Built  in  driver 


W.A.H. 

•  High  efficiency  •  Wide  dispersion 

angle 

•  Omni  directional  mounting  bracket 

•  Use  vtoith  30  or  40  watt  DR  series 
driver  units. 


MH 

•  High  efficiency  directional  trumpet 

•  Heavy  duty  U.  Bracket  &  Horn 
castings 

•  Low  frequency  cut  off  excellent  for 
speech 

•  Use  with  30  or  40  watt  DR  series 
driver  units. 


HFS2 

•  All  weather  high  fidelity  coaxial 
protector 

•  Frequency  response  150-15,000  Hz 

•  Equipped  with  woofer,  tweeter  and 
crossover  network 

•  Supplied  with  mounting  bracket 

•  15  watts  RMS  output 


FOR  FURTHER  INFORMATION: 

AUDIO  TELEX  COMMUNICATIONS 
PTY.  LTD. 


SYDNEY 

54-56  Alfred  Street, 
Milsons  Point  2061 
Telephone:  929-9848 


MELBOURNE 
828  Glenferrie  Road. 
Hawthorne  3122 
Telephone:  819-2363 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


63 


THIS  CALCULATOR  LEARNS! 

WHAT  IT  DOESN’T  KNOW  ABOUT  FIGURES  . . .  .YOU  CAN  TEACH  IT! 


STEPS 

FEATURING” 

★  AUTOMATIC  BRACKETS 
FOR  SUM  OF  PRODUCT 
AND  PRODUCT  OF  SUM 

★4-LEVEL  REGISTER  STACK 

★  12  MONTH  GUARANTEE 

★  AC  ADAPTOR  POWER 
SUPPLY 

★LOAD  STEP  AND  RUN 
SWITCH 

★DELETE,  SKIP,  HALT, 

START  KEYS 


PRICE 

INCLUDES 

BATTERY 

SAVER 


FULLY  PROGRAMABLE  _ 

SCIENTIFIC  MODE  CALC-  PROGRAMMING  FUNCTIOr 
ULATOR  WITH  20  SINGLE 
STEP  KEYS 


INCLUDING  SINGLE 
SCIENTIFIC  EQUATION 
FUNCTIONS _ 

SIN;  COS;  TAN;  COS-1;  TAN-1;  C/P;  In; 

V"x  ;  PI;  degrees  to  radius,  radians  to 
degrees;  log  natural;  log.  Ex;  Yx;  powers; 
exchange  x  to  y.  Separate  memory 
storage  (Independent  of  programme 
reciprocals). 

DO  THIS  WITH  RE-ENTERING: 

(5  x  x)  (x*  -  8)  x  (6  +  Y) 

N  (5  x  x) 


PLEASE  SUPPLY  ME  WITH 
CALCULATOR(S) 


I 

i 

|  NAME . 

|  ADDRESS.. 

i 


ACT  NOW!  SEND  THIS  COUPON  WITH  PAYMENT^ 
INCLUDING  $2  FOR  POST  &  PACKING.  DONT  MISS  0UT!| 


□ 


PROGRAMMABLE 


The  program  is  loaded  oy  doing 
the  problem  with  the  calculator 
in  the  load  mode  and  then 
switching  to  the  run  mode  to 
to  play  back.  Any  number  of  halt 
points  can  be  inserted  in  the 
programme  to  retrieve  inter¬ 
mediate  information. 

The  programme  can  be  edited 
in  the  step  mode  and  “de-bugged 
1  step  at  a  time  with  the  delete 
key.  Multiple  programmes  can 
be  stored  and  jumped  to  with 
skip  key. 


MAIL 

NOW! 


POSTCODE- 


SHEEN  ELECTRONICS  AUST. 

5  FREIGHT  ROAD,  TULLAMARINE 
MELBOURNE,  VIC.  3043 


64 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December,  1976 


Op-Amps  without  tears 


input  circuit  shown  in  Fig.  5.  The  value 
of  R1  should  be  about  50  kilohm  when 
the  741  has  a  gain  near  to  the  minimum 
value  of  20,000  but  a  value  of  2  megohm 
is  more  suitable  for  741  devices  which 
have  a  high  gain.  When  R1  has  a  value 
of  50  kilohm,  the  potential  at  the  junction 
of  R1  and  R2  will  be  about  400uV;  if  this 
is  amplified  20,000  times,  one  obtains  a 
convenient  reading  of  about  8V  on  the 
output  meter.  If,  however,  R1  has  a  value 
of  2  megohm,  the  junction  of  R1  and  R2 
will  have  a  potential  of  about  9uV;  this 
is  suitable  for  use  with  a  device  of  a  gain 
of  nearly  one  million  to  produce  a  suit¬ 
able  output  voltage  reading. 

A  value  of  about  500  kilohm  may  be 
tried  initially  for  R1.  After  setting  the  off¬ 
set  null  voltage  to  zero  at  the  output, 
leave  the  inverting  input  grounded  and 
move  VR1  so  that  the  non-inverting  input 
is  connected  to  the  potential  at  the  junc¬ 
tion  of  R1  and  R2.  If  the  voltage  reading 
at  the  output  is  too  small  to  be  conven¬ 
iently  read,  decrease  R1,  whilst  if  the 
reading  is  above  7V  R1  should  be 
increased. 

When  a  suitable  value  of  R1  has  been 
found,  note  the  change  in  the  output  vol¬ 
tage  reading  as  the  non-inverting  input 
is  moved  from  ground  potential  to  the 
junction  of  R1  and  R2  by  means  of  VR1, 
VR2  remaining  at  ground  potential 
throughout.  The  voltage  gain  is  equal  to 
this  change  in  output  potential  divided 
by  the  change  in  the  non-inverting  input 
potential,  the  latter  being  approximately 
equal  to  R2/R1  multiplied  by  9V. 

Note  that  as  the  potential  of  the  non¬ 
inverting  input  is  increased  slightly,  the 


output  voltage  increases,  whereas  an 
increase  of  the  inverting  input  potential 
will  result  in  a  decrease  in  the  output  vol¬ 
tage.  If  the  sliders  of  both  VR1  and  VR2 
are  moved  from  the  lowest  (ground) 
potential  to  the  highest  potential  (at  the 
junction  of  R1  and  R2),  the  output  vol¬ 
tage  will  show  little  change,  since  the 
increase  in  potential  of  the  one  input  is 
almost  exactly  balanced  by  the  increase 
in  potential  of  the  other  input.  Thus  the 
circuit  is  essentially  sensitive  to  the  dif¬ 


ference  between  the  potentials  of  the 
two  inputs. 

If  one  keeps  the  ^inverting  input  poten¬ 
tial  at  ground  and  varies  the  non¬ 
inverting  input  voltage  by  VR1,  the 
output  voltage  varies  as  shown  in  Fig.  6. 
It  should  be  noted  that  the  maximum 
possible  swing  of  the  output  voltage  is 
about  IV.Iess  than  the  potential  of  either 
supply  line-hence  the  horizontal  parts  of 
the  graph  of  Fig.  6. 

AC  GAIN 

If  an  audio  signal  generator  and  either 
an  oscilloscope  or  an  AC  voltmeter  is 
available,  the  gain  of  a  741  device  can  be 
measured  at  various  frequencies.  A  suit¬ 
able  circuit  is  shown  in  Fig.  7,  the  offset 
nulling  potentiometer  being  unnecessary 
in  this  application.  The  output  voltage 
can  be  measured  by  means  of  an  oscillo- 


gain  falls  off  in  a  similar  way  with 
frequency  when  the  signal  is  fed  to  the 
inverting  input. 

FEEDBACK 

We  have  seen  that  the  741  device 
offers  a  very  high  gain  at  low  frequencies. 
However,  this  gain  varies  so  much  from 
device  to  device  that  we  could  not  even 
specify  definite  values  of  the  resistor  R1 
in  Figs.  5  and  7.  The  gain  falls  off  above 
about  5Hz  at  approximately  20dB  for 
each  factor  of  ten  increase  in  frequency 
and  the  quiescent  output  voltage  varies 
widely  even  with  small  temperature 
changes. 

The  reader  may  well  question  whether 
a  device  with  so  many  disadvantages  is 
likely  to  be  of  any  practical  use.  We  shall 
see  in  the  next  article  that  the  answer  to 


scope  or  a  suitable  AC  voltmeter,  care 
being  taken  that  the  input  is  not  so  high 
that  the  output  approaches  the  horizon¬ 
tal  parts  of  the  Fig.  6  graph.  The  alternat¬ 
ing  input  voltage  is  best  measured  by 
connecting  the  oscilloscope  or  AC  volt¬ 
meter  across  the  audio  generator  and 
dividing  by  the  ratio  R1/R2. 

Thus  the  gain  of  the  amplifier  can  be 
found  by  simply  dividing  the  alternating 
output  voltage  by  the  alternating  input 
voltage.  It  will  be  found  that  the  gain  of 
a  741  device  falls  off  quite  rapidly  3t 
frequencies  above  about  5Hz;  this  varia¬ 
tion  of  gain  with  frequency  is  shown  in 
Fig.  8  for  a  typical  741  device.  It  may  be 
noted  that  the  gain  falls  to  zero  at  a 
frequency  of  the  order  of  1MHz. 

The  bandwidth  of  the  amplifier  is  nor¬ 
mally  taken  as  the  frequency  at  which  the 
gain  has  fallen  by  3dB.  This  is  the 
frequency  at  which  the  output  voltage 
has  fallen  to  Mil  ox  0.707  of  its  gain  at 
very  low  frequencies.  The  .experiment 
may  be  repeated  with  inputs  2  and  3 
interchanged  in  order  to  check  that  the 


these  problems  lies  in  the  use  of  negative 
feedback.  Such  feedback  does  reduce 
the  gain,  but  it  can  allow  the  gain  to 
become  dependent  only  on  the  values  of 
two  external  resistors,  so  that  variations 
from  device  to  device  have  a  negligible 
effect  on  the  performance.  The  gain  can 
be  made  constant  up  to  much  higher 
frequencies  than  5Hz,  but  it  inevitably 
falls  at  some  value  of  frequency  and  con¬ 
tinues  to  fall  as  the  frequency  is  further 
increased.  The  offset  voltage  still  exists, 
but  with  a  circuit  of  lower  gain  the  drift 
of  the  output  voltage  becomes  tolerable 
for  most  applications. 

Operational  amplifiers  are  rarely  used 
in  practice  without  negative  feedback. 
The  problems  we  have  encountered  are 
just  unacceptable  in  almost  all  applica¬ 
tions.  However,  we  have  not  wasted  our 
time  looking  at  circuits  without  feed¬ 
back,  since  the  understanding  we  have 
gained  will  help  us  when  using  the 
•  devices.  We  are  now  aware  of  many  of 
their  limitations. 

The  gain  we  have  been  measuring  is 
known  as  the  "open  loop"  gain,  since  it 
is  the  gain  measured  with  the  feedback 
loop  "open"  (that  is,  with  no  feedback). 

(To  be  continued.) 


FUNDAMENTALS  OF 
SOLID  STATE 

$3.00  plus  60c  p  &  p 
Electronics  Australia 
Box  163,  Beaconsfield,  NSW  2014 


.  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1  976 


65 


Forum 

Conducted  by  Neville  Williams 


Is  2-chan  net  stereo  the  pure  system? 


As  usually  happens  when  an  audio  subject  is  brought  up,  our  discussion 
in  the  September  issue  about  the  implications  of  the  word  "stereo" 
attracted  more  than  its  share  of  attention.  Some  readers  confessed  that 
they  had  never  thought  it  through  before;  some  couldn't  understand 
what  all  the  fuss  was  about;  some  agreed,  others  disagreed  with  the 
various  points  of  view. 


From  across  the  Tasman  came  a  letter 
from  F.S.  of  Papatoetoe,  New  Zealand, 
who  writes  thus: 

Dear  Sir ; 

Do  you  not  think  that  you  have  been 
rather  harsh  on  R.P.  who  seems  to  ask 
a  reasonable  question  regarding  the 
technical  aspects  of  stereo ?  While  the 
article's  contents  are  of  interest  on  the 
broad  subject ;  it  does  not  seem  to  con¬ 
tradict  or  comment  on  R.P.'s  statement: 
"It  is  fundamental  that  there  be  two 
effective  channels  right  through  the  chain 
for  all  sounds". 

Is  this  statement  correct ? 

In  supporting  the  use  of  multiple  mono 
recordings  to  build  up  a  stereo  record , 
you  imply  that  it  is  not  correct  but  I  think 
readers  are  entitled  to  a  clearer  explana¬ 
tion. 

Have  you  ever  made  a  direct  com¬ 
parison  between  recordings  of,  for 
example,  two  instrumentalists  some  dis¬ 
tance  apart  with  individual  microphones, 
and  two  instrumentalists  together  with  a 
Blumlein  pair ? 

First  let  me  say  that,  if  guilty  of  treating 
R.P.  harshly,  I  am  more  than  ready  to 
apologise.  We  certainly  do  not  seek  to 
take  unkind  advantage  of  readers  who, 
in  all  good  faith,  raise  matters  for  discus¬ 
sion  in  these  columns. 

Of  course,  if  a  correspondent 
obviously  wants  to  "have  a  go",  we  may 
tend  to  reply  in  kind,  but  there  was  no 
such  suggestion  in  R.P's  letter  or,  I  hope, 
in  our  reply. 

However  we— or  l^-clearly  stand 
accused  of  not  being  sufficiently  explicit; 
of  making  the  discussion  so  wide  ranging 
that  the  key  question  was  answered  by 
implication  rather  than  in  so  many  words. 
Rather  than  becoming  involved  in 
semantics,  let  me  spell  out  the  answer 
right  here: 

Most  definitely,  normal  domestic 
stereo  relies  on  signal  information  from 

66 


two  separate  channels  to  position  the 
apparent  sound  sources. 

When  the  signal  from  both  channels  is 
identical  in  amplitude  and  phase,  the  lis¬ 
tener  will  normally  perceive  an  apparent 
sound  source  at  centre  front,  indistin¬ 
guishable  in  itself  from  a  mono  source. 
If  the  relative  balance  between  the  sig¬ 
nals  is  changed,  the  source  will  move  to 
left  or  right,  just  as  if  it  were  being 
reproduced  in  the  new  position  by  a  sin¬ 
gle  loudspeaker.  In  fact  one  of  the  cri¬ 
teria  for  judging  a  stereo  system  is  its 
ability  to  create  "firm"  mono  images 

When  handling  typical  program 
material,  the  balance  between  channels 
varies  subtly  for  each  individual  sound 
source  so  that,  at  the  listening  end,  virtual 
point-source  images  are  spread  across 
the  listening  "sound  stage".  In  other 


Is  this  the  microphone  hifi  purists  should 
really  be  backing— the  tetrahedral  design 
which  is  the  basis  for  the  British 
"Ambisonic"  multi-channel  system? 
(IMF  Products,  G.B.,  Westbourne  St, 
High  Wycombe,  Bucks,  England.) 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


words,  the  two  channels  should  interact 
to  produce  a  multiplicity  of  virtual  sound 
sources,  one  for  each  point  source  in  the 
performing  group,  one  for  each  pipe  in 
a  grand  organ,  and  so  on. 

Superficially,  therefore,  I  agree  with 
R.P's  statement  that  there  must  be  "two 
effective  channels  right  through  the  chain 
for  all  sounds".  It's  a  basic  requirement 
for  any  2-channel  stereo  system.  But  I 
didn't  go  along  with  the  way  he  inter¬ 
preted  the  statement! 

He  spoke  derisively  about  "two- 
channel  mono",  as  if  the  term  itself  car¬ 
ried  its  own  condemnation;  in  fact,  any 
ordinary  stereo  system  relies  ultimately 
on  two  channels,  both  of  them  mono! 

He  criticised,  by  inference,  "an  impres¬ 
sion  of  lateral  dispersion",  which  is 
precisely  what  any  2-channel  stereo  sys¬ 
tem  gives:  not  multiple  sound  sources, 
but  an  impression  of  multiple  sound 
sources! 

In  short,  I  feel  that  R.P.  tended  to  justify 
a  perfectly  legitimate  point  of  view  on 
questionable  grounds.  If  he  had  said  "I 
prefer  an  occasion-orientated,  or  per¬ 
formance-orientated  recording,  made 
with  a  pair  of  microphones  substituting 
for  the  listener's  ears",  there  could  have 
been  little  ground  for  argument.  It  would 
be  a  value  judgment  shared  by  a  very 
large  number  of  people— and  particularly 
those  interested  in  classical  music. 

But  when  he  tried  to  make  capital  out 
of  distinctions  between  stereo  and  2  two- 
channel  mono,  between  stereo  and 
impressions  of  lateral  spread,  and  the 
rewarding  or  wasteful  use  of  two  chan¬ 
nels,  he  was  providing  would-be  oppo¬ 
nents  with  ready-made  ammunition. 

F.S.  asks  whether  I  personally  have  put 
these  theories  to  the  test,  presumably 
with  the  objective  of  arriving  at  an  unam¬ 
biguous  yes-no  kind  of  answer. 

No  I  haven't,  and  I  wouldn't  expect  to 
find  such  an  answer  anyway. 

The  whole  thrust  of  the  September  dis¬ 
cussion  was  towards  the  conclusion  that 
the  way  you  go  about  making  a  recording 
depends  on  partly  what  you  are  trying  to 
achieve,  and  partly  also  on  the  facilities  \ 
you  can  organise  for  the  purpose. 

And  so  we  come  a  to  a  follow-up  letter 
from  the  man  who  started  it  all;  or  should 
we  say  re-started  it  all: 

Dear  Mr.  Williams, 

Thank  you  for  your  interesting  reply  to 
my  letter  on  the  subject  of  stereo  sound. 

It  wound  appear  that  I  have  stimulated 
a  very  sensitive  nerve. 

Firstly,  if  you  care  to  re-read  my  letter, 
at  no  time  did  I  specify  the  form  of 
transducer  to  be  used  to  recover  the 
electronically  recorded  sound;  only  that 
the  said  recording  be  of  such  a  nature 
that,  given  the  requisite  condition,  a  pure 
stereo  signal  would  be  available. 

The  fact  that,  at  the  present  time,  it  is 
not  possible  to  reproduce  it  fully  in  the 
home  environment  is  rather  irrelevant. 
Since  the  earliest  days  of  sound  broad¬ 
casting,  the  vast  majority  of  radio  stations 


have  maintained  a  quality  of  transmission 
far  exceeding  that  of  any  known  method 
of  reproduction  at  the  same  period  of 
time  by  several  orders  of  magnitude.  This 
has,  in  no  way,  deterred  them  from  pur¬ 
suing  this  policy. 

For  exactly  the  same  reasons,  I  consi¬ 
der  it  to  be  wrong  not  to  provide  a 
genuine  stereo  signal  on  any  recording. 
Synthetic  stereo  may  be  desirable  com¬ 
mercially  but  doubtful  technically. 

We  know  it  is  physically  impossible  to 
have  a  full  orchestra  in  the  lounge  room 
and  mentally  dismiss  this,  but  why  must 
we  add  yet  another  paradox:  something 
we  cannot  hear  in  real  life? 

With  improvements  in  speaker  tech¬ 
nology  we  are  getting  closer  to  the  goal 
of  a  really  low  distortion  system.  If  really 
low  overall  distortion  eventuates,  some 
of  today's  artistic  performances  may  be 
compromised  for  posterity,  as  were 
those  of  earlier  times,  due  to  the  physical 
limitations  in  recording. 

You  will  note  that  I  have  not  con¬ 
sidered  the  degree  of  hirsuteness,  nor 
can  I  question  the  undesirability  of  a 
plank  suspended  above  the  conductor 
supporting  an  assortment  of  posteriors. 

The  relevant  merits  of  different  styles 
of  music  were  also  not  raised  by  me,  so 
it  would  be  impossible  to  classify  me  on 
this  point,  unless  we  are  in  agreement 
that  nothing  anyone  can  do  will  make  the 
present  pop  sound  any  worse  than  it 
already  is! 

I  thank  you  for  your  kind  description 
of  me  as  a  hard  liner.  At  least  you  have 
placed  me  on  the  fringe  of  many  distin¬ 
guished  pioneers  of  hifi ,  all  trying  to 
improve  the  quality  of  sound  reproduc¬ 
tion.  After  44  years  of  professional  invol¬ 
vement  in  sound  reproduction,  I  still 
believe  the  right  way  is  still  the  best  way, 
providing  it  complies  with  technical 
requirements. 

R.P.  (Parkdale,  Vic) 

First  let  me  assure  R.P.  that,  if  any  sensi¬ 
tive  nerve  was  affected,  it  wasn't  mine. 

I  hold  no  special  brief  for  the  multi-mic 
technique  or  any  of  the  other  matters 
raised  in  the  September  issue.  As  I 
pointed  out  in  the  particular  issue,  the 
letter  epitomised  arguments  that  have 
been  going  on  for  a  very  long  time  and 
I  sought  to  react  to  the  letter,  not  in  isola¬ 
tion,  but  in  the  context  of  all  those 
decades  of  discussion. 

Nothing  that  R.P.  says  in. this  second 
letter  alters  his  position  as  a  spokesman 
for  a  particular— and  legitimate— point  of 
view.  What  he  is  at  pains  to  stress  is  that 
he  wants  to  rise  above  lesser  things  and 
to  uphold  the  principle  of  making  all 
stereo  recordings  in  the  "right"  way,  for 
the  sake  of  future  generations. 

As  a  grand  principle,  it  sounds  very 
impressive  but  I  really  wonder  whether 
R.P's  "true  stereo"  has  the  intrinsic  tech¬ 
nical  merit  to  live  up  to  it. 

As  a  system,  it  can  capture  only  a  limi¬ 
ted  frontal,  lateral  spread;  it  cannot 
define  elevation  nor  can  it  isolate  and 


FACTUAL  ADVICE  ON 
BUYING  &  RENTING 


The  Australian  Consumers’  Association  has 
prepared  two  further  money-saving  guides  on 
colour  TV.  In  the  November  issue  of  CHOICE, 
there  is  a  comprehensive  report  on  RENTING  TV 
This  issue  will  be  sent  to  you . . . 


. .  if  you  subscribe  to  CHOICE  on  the  coupon 
below.  Your  subscription  will  begin  with  the 
December  issue  which  features  full  findings  of 
tests  on  nineteen  26  in  (63  cm)  COLOUR  TV  sets. 

PLUS 

These  two  issues  contain  reports  and  tests  on: 

m  HOT  PLATES  &  COOK  TOPS 

•  ICE  CREAM  •  FLYSCREEN  KITS 

•  DANGEROUS  TOYS  •  TV  AERIALS 

SUBSCRIBETO  CHOICE  NOW.  .  .and  save! 
1 75,000  other  families  do. 

ACA  is  a  wholly  independent,  non -political,  non¬ 
profit  organisation.  CHOICE  is  not  sold  on  news¬ 
stands.  It  is  available  only  by  subscription  of  $10 
per  year  —  less  than  20c  per  week.  A  printed 
index  of  more  than  1 ,700  earlier  tests  and  reports 
is  available  and  subscribers  have  the  exclusive 
right  to  purchase  back  copies. 


[HOuf 


ACA,  28-30  Queen  St.,  Chippendale,  N.S.W. 
2008.  Phone  698-9200  (Sydney).  I  enclose  $10 
to  receive  CHOICE  for  a  year,  starting  with  the 
December  issue.  Please  send  me  as  a  bonus  the 
November  issue.  L121315 


NAME 
ADDRESS . 


POSTCODE . 


VOICE  OF  THE  AUSTRALIAN  CONSUMER 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1  976 


67 


OB 


RtTCR 

SHAiiey 


OB 


rctcr 
sh  Auey 


OB 


new! 

KRACO 

5 


SPECIAL  BUY 
LIMITED  QUANTITY 

This  exciting  American  style  CB  Transceiver  is  loaded  with  features.  Apart 
from  its  smart  black  all  metal  cabinet  it  has  a  functional  and  attractive 
chrome  control  panel  surround.  Heavy  duty  control  knobs  with  finger  grips. 
Positive  push  button  controls  for  automatic  noise  limiter.  Public  address. 
A  most  useful  map  lite  is  also  incorporated.  Illuminated  channel  indicator, 
variable  squelch  etc.  29  semiconductors  plus  I.C.  dual  conversion. 
Introductory  offer  only  if  you  buy  before  Dec.  30th.  Free  Aerial  valued  at 
$  1 9. 50  with  each  purchase  of  Kraco. 


5040  5 watt  am 

TOKAI 


p  p.  $3.00 


NOVICES  this 'one's  for  you. 
Fully  synthesised  to  give  23 
American  CB  channels  at  the 
flick  of  a  switch  Squelch  & 
meter,  press  to  talk  mike 
complete  with  mounting  cra¬ 


dle  which  can  also  be  used  as 
a  desk  stand  Very  compact 
and  highly  efficient.  Also 
available  as  a  straight  tran- 
ceiver  TC5041  approved  for 
boating  $119  (with  2  sets 


xtals) 

•  32  SEMICONDUCTORS 

•  12  VOLT  DC  •  MINI  SIZE 

•  FULL  WARRANTY  •  PUSH 

•  TO  TALK  MIKE 

•  POST  &  PACK  $2  .00 


UTAC 

5  watt 
am 

Made  by  TOKAI  branded  UTAC 


This  is  a  handsome  chunky  5  watt  made  for  the 
American  CB  market  with  the  full  compliment  of  23 
American  channels  You  couldn  t  buy  the  bits  for  this 
sort  of  money  So  get  one  while  stocks  last 
e  31  Semiconductors  •  Cradle  mounting 

e  All  metal  case  *12  Volt  DC 

•  Fully  synthesised  •  PUB  ADD  FAC 

•  P/T/T  mike  •  P  &  P  $3  00 


SSB-AA 1 
TS  WATT 

PEP. 

TOKAt 


S 229  p-p  S3 


599  p+p  S3 


This  is  the  pride  of  our  range  of  TOKAI  Transceivers  Everyone  wants  to  own 
this,  but  it’s  not  cheap  How  can  it  be  with  81  semiconductors  including 
F.E.T.'s.  A  magnificent  sturdy  metal  case  and  all  the  goodies  in  the  way  of 
controls  and  facilities. 


5  Watt  AM-15W  SSB 

Triple  AM  &  Dual  SSB  Conversion 


•AM  USB  LSB  &  PUB  ADD^ 
•  P  &  P  $3  00 


MOBUi 

sT 

AM 


Fully 


(not  input  to  final) 


Mobile  Transceiver  for  1  2  to  16  Volts  D  C. 
synthesized  on  all  23  U  S  C.B  Channels 
Output:  A  M  4  Watts  ( 

S  S  B  12  Watts  \ 

Dual  Conversion:  P  E  P  Receiver  Power  and  S  Meter. 
Sensitivity:  less  than  .5  uv  for  lOdb  Transistors:  36. 

Thermistor  41  for  C1QQ  D  D 
use  with  Novice  License.  ^  I  P+P  ^  O 


REGULATED 

POWER 

SUPPLIES 

0-15  VOLT 


New  model  Adjustable  Regulated  Power 
^  Supply  Delivers  3  Amps  from  0  to  1  5  Volts 

MeteF  shows  Voltage  and  Amps  On/off 
P  +  P  j9  switch  Perfect  where  flexibility  is  required. 
Ready  to  wire  in 


tyuMcnd  "Plane 

A*tte*utae 


27MC  36 

High  Efficiency  Ground 
Plane  Antenna  for  CB 
base  station  All 
aluminium  construction. 
Accepts  PL  259  connec¬ 
tor  Solid  aluminium 
108  inch  heat  treated 
radials  and  radiator 
Elements  supplied  in.two 
54  inch  lengths  joined  by 
threaded  coupling  nuts. 
Radial  droop  for  50  ohm 
match  Accepts  1  1 4  inch 
tubing  and  PL  259  con¬ 
nector 

Frequency  Range  27 
MHz  Impedance  50 
ohms  VSWR  Less  than 
T51  Weight  45lbs  Wave 
14 

$49.95 

P&P  $5.00 


27MC  GPV  BASE 
LOADED 

A  ruggedly  constructed 
low  cost  high  perfor¬ 
mance  vertically  polar¬ 
ized  omni  directional 
base  station  antenna  It 
develops  transmitting 
gain  of  38dB  through 
pattern  compression  and 
a  lowered  angle  of  radia¬ 
tion  along  with  improve^ 
signal  to  noise  ratio  The 
matching  stub  places  it  at 
DC  ground  potential 
which  substantially 
lowers  the  residual  noise 
ievel  and  results  in  gains 
as  high  as  1  9dB  in  signal 
to  noise  ratio 
Gain  38dB  VSWR  (At 
resonance)  1  25  1  Co- 
Feedline  52  ohms. 


ni  Directional  Pat- 

Overall  Height  212  inch 
Diameter  of  Radiator 
112  inch  to  1/16  inch. 
Mast  Bracket  Accepts  Up 
to  158  inch  Weight 
'-“is.  Full  12  Wave 

$65.00 

P&P 

00 


Base  Station  dual  Voltage  240 V  AC  or  1 2 V.  DC. 

Fully  equipped  with  23  American  C.B.  Channels 
Input  to  final:  A  M.  8  Watts  min.  S.S.B.  25  Watts  P.E.P. 
Dual  conversion:  7  I.F.Tsand  6  I  F.  stages 
Noise  Blanker:  Delta  tune  (Clarifier)  +—  300  Hz. 

Meter  for,  Signal  in,  R.F.  out.  S.W.R. 

Sensitivity:  .5  uv  @  6db  Size:  33  x  13.5  x  24.5  cm. 
Wt.  7%  kg  For  use  with  Novice  License. 


$249^15 


THE  TRANSCEIVERS  ADVERTISED  HERE  ARE  BUILT  TO  AMERI¬ 
CAN  F.C.C.  SPECIFICATIONS.  A  NOVICE  OR  HAM  LICENCE  IS 
REQUIRED  TO  OPERATE  SUCH  EQUIPMENT  IN  THIS  COUN¬ 
TRY. 

See  our  comprehensive  range  of  CB  test  equipment  &  aerials,  SWR 
meters  from  $  1 7.  Power  meters  etc. 

All  mail  enquiries  must  be  accompanied  by  a  self  addressed, 
stamped  envelope. 


PETER  SHALLEY 

“CB  SPECIALISTS-^ 
554  Pacific  Hwy  Killara 
NSW  2071  Tel-4982611 


ffcuu$el°cR">  *'R'Ai 


If  you  buy  any  of  the  above  Transceivers  you  will  be 
eligible  to  buy  one  Guttergrip  or  Roof  Mount  Aerial— 
usually  $19.50— For  only  $9.50.  Offer  lasts  till  30th 
Dec.  1 976  only. 


519-50  p+p  52 


68 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Dear  Sir , 

I  would  like  to  add  my  thoughts  to 
your  article  in  the  September  issue  of  F.A. 

From  my  teenage  days  in  the  late 
1920 's,  I  have  been  dabbling  with  "fi" 
from  very  low  to  reasonably  "hi  and  this 
is  how  I  see  the  scene: 

To  get  the  true  atmosphere  of  any  per¬ 
formance,  whether  orchestral ,  vocal  or 
whatever ,  the  recording  must  be  made 
in  proper  4-channel  stereo-not  the  gim¬ 
micky  4-channel  stuff. 

The  right  "atmosphere"  can  only  be 
obtained  by  a  correctly  balanced  2- 
channel  performance ,  with  centre  phan¬ 
tom  channel ,  in  the  front ,  and  with 
genuine  ambience  effects  coming  from 
two  rear  channels. 

If  the  original  performance  was  before 
a  "live"  audience ,  so  much  the  better , 
because  you  would  get  the  sensation  of 
actually  being  there. 

The  only  true  4-channel  stereo  record¬ 
ing  I  have  heard ,  which  includes  all  the 
ambience  sound ,  is  one  I  made  myself 
featuring  Australia's  leading  military  band. 

Two  good  quality  studio  mics  were 
hung  over  the  band  on  stage  to  give  left 
and  right  frontal  sound ,  the  inputs  being 
carefully  balanced  to  give  a  centre  phan¬ 
tom  channel.  Two  "ambience"  mics 
were  suspended  over  the  audience ,  two- 
thirds  of  the  way  to  the  rear  of  the  hall 
and  10ft  out  from  the  walls. 

The  ambience  mics  not  only  captured 
the  sounds  of  the  band  from  the  walls 


and  rear  of  the  hall  but  also  the  audience 
noise  like  a  baby  crying  and  somebody 
coughing.  And  when  the  audience  clap¬ 
ped  after  each  item ,  it  was  all  around 
you-just  like  being  there.  Maybe  not 
everyone  wants  to  hear  babies  crying 
and  people  coughing ,  but  it  goes  to  show 
that  atmosphere  can  really  be  captured. 

Fortunately ,  /  have  room  to  reproduce 
this  sound  realistically ,  with  a  private 
theatre  in  my  home ,  50ft  long  and  22ft 
wide.  The  4-channel  tape ,  as  well  as 
other  4-channel  discrete  sources ,  is  fed 
into  two  high-power  amplifiers  feeding 
8  speakers:  2  in  front ,  2  at  the  rear ,  and 
2  along  each  wall.  When  played  through 
this  system ,  the  band  recording  is  the 
nearest  thing  to  reality  I  have  yet  heard. 

It  amazes  me  that ,  with  the  advanced 
technology  at  our  disposal ,  we  haven't 
had  much  advance  in  program  sources 
since  the  original  stereo  in  the  1950's.  I 
would  like  to  hear  a  professionally 
recorded  4-channel  stereo  featuring  pro¬ 
per  frontal  sound  with  proper  rear 
ambience.  Why  don't  the  record  com¬ 
panies  get  on  with  true  4-channel  stereo 
tapes?  Look  at  it  this  way: 

Would  anyone  sooner  see  a  film  with 
just  ordinary  frontal  sound ,  or  a  70mm 
print  featuring  6-track  stereo-front 
speakers  and  others  along  each  side  of 
the  theatre?  You  are  really  part  of  the 
action.  Surely  this  is  what  sound  is  all 

about.  - 

Please  carry  on  with  the  good  work. 

I.  D.  (Latrobe,  Tas.) 


define  ambience  information.  There  is  no 
reason  to  believe  that  future  technology 
will  be  able  to  recapture  non-existent 
spatial  information  from  present-day 
stereo,  any  more  than  we  can  capture 
non-existent  directional  information 
from  old-time  mono. 

If  we  are  going  to  strive  for  a  ''right" 
way,  it  should  surely  be  one  which  seeks 
to  record  at  least  some  of  these  added 
qualities,  which  is  why  I  added  the  lines 
at  the  end  of  the  September  article 
and  quite  so  disdainful  of  those  who  are 
trying  to  capture  and  recreate  more 
genuine  around-the-listener  ambience, 
with  the  aid  of  discrete  4-channel". 

Disdainful? 

Yes,  I  used  the  word  quite  deliberately, 
although  not  with  any  intention  of  involv¬ 
ing  R.P. 

But  the  fact  is  that  many  music  lovers 
have  become  completely  conditioned  to 
front-only  sound,  by  decades  of  listening 
to  ordinary  mono  and  stereo  systems. 
When  recording  interests  try  to  capture 
or  reconstitute  the  ambience  of  an  audi¬ 
torium,  they  are  accused  of  "gim¬ 
mickry". 

To  be  sure,  quadraphonic  recording 
and  reproduction  has  contained  a  large 
element  of  gimmickry  and  artificiality  but 
part  of  the  struggle  is  towards  reality,  not 


away  from  it. 

But  you  just  try  to  convince  many 
dyed-in-the-wool  record  buyers  of  that! 

Which  leads  me  to  the  point  that  work 
being  done  in  England  with  the  so-called 
Ambisonic  system,  and  a  4-channel 
Blumlein-style  microphone  cluster  could 
be  heading  towards  the  kind  of  right 
basic  system  that  R.P.  has  in  mind.  The 
only  trouble  is  that  the  idea  Seems  to  be 
spending  an  inordinately  long  period  in 
the  "boffin"  stage. 

And  that  leaves  just  one  thing  to  do: 
to  read  the  letter  in  the  panel  from  j.D. 
Obviously  a  hifi  fan  from  way  back,  he 
manages,  quite  spontaneously,  to  come 
up  with  a  recipe  that  variously  draws 
upon  and  conflicts  with,  many  of  the 
foregoing  sentiments: 

4-channel  stereo-not  the  synthetic 
kjnd_genuine  frontal  sound  with  phan¬ 
tom  centre  channel— dispersed,  not  clus 
ter,  microphones— audience  noise,  even 
to  crying  and  coughing.  Vet  he  admits 
that  many  would  not  want  that  kind  of 
distraction,  he  rejects  the  kind  of  4- 
channel  material  that  companies  have 
found  it  practical  to  release,  and  he  longs 
for  the  kind  of  open-reel  tape  that  the 
buying  public  has  virtually  rejected. 

Is  it  any  wonder  that  hifi  enthusiasts 
never  run  out  of  the  will  to  argue,  or  the 
raw  material  to  keep  them  going!  ® 


trostatic  loudspeaker 
produced  commercially 
and  is  still  the  standard  by  which  ail  otners 
are  judged.  Using  closely  coupled  moving 
elements  some  two  hundred  times  lighter 
than  the  diaphragms  of  moving  coil  loud¬ 
speakers  and  being  entirely  free  of  cabinet 
resonances  and  colouration,  this  loud- 
speaker  overcomes  the  usual  major  prob¬ 
lems  of  loudspeaker  design  and  provides 
remarkably  natural  reproduction  of  sound. 
This  explains  why  the  QUAD  electrostatic 
loudspeaker  is  used  by  broadcasting  and 
recording  organisations  all  over  the  world, 
in  applications  where  quality  is  of  prime 
importance,  and  as  a  standard  of  refer¬ 
ence  by  the  majority  of  loudspeaker 
manufacturers. 

QUAD  for  the  closest  approach  to 
the  original  sound. 

QUAD 

For  details  of  your  nearest  dealer 
write  to  British  Merchandising  Pty 
Ltd.  49  51  York  St.  Sydney  2000.  Or 
telephone  29-1571. 


BK3 


A  direct  conversion 
receiver  for  3.5MHz 


Following  on  from  our  recent  articles  describing  transmitting  gear 
mainly  intended  for  the  new  amateur  Novices,  we  now  present  a  simple 
receiver  for  the  3.5MHz  band.  It  uses  the  "direct  conversion”  principle, 
and  is  in  fact  the  first  such  receiver  we  have  described.  It  offers  qood 
reception  of  CW  and  SSB  signals  using  simple  circuitry. 


by  IAN  POGSON 


Direct  conversion  receivers  have  been 
described  in  overseas  magazines  for  the 
past  ten  years  or  so,  and  possibly  longer, 
but  we  have  not  entered  the  field  until 
now.  Like  most  things,  there  are  argu¬ 
ments  both  for  and  against. 

One  of  the  very  favourable  points 
about  direct  conversion  is  its  relative 
simplicity.  On  the  other  hand,  while  they 
are  quite  good  for  CW  and  SSB  recep¬ 
tion,  they  are  not  the  best  for  AM  recep¬ 
tion.  Also,  as  all  or  nearly  all  of  the  gain 
is  at  audio  frequencies,  problems  of  hum 
and  instability  have  to  be  overcome. 


However  these  problems  are  not 
insurmountable  and  direct  conversion 
receivers  can  give  quite  a  good  account 
of  themselves  despite  the  performance 
limitations. 

Before  we  go  any  further,  I  imagine 
that  there  are  many  readers  who  have  not 
heard  of  the  direct  conversion  principle. 
Basically,  the  wanted  signal  is  first 
selected  by  one  or  more  tuned  circuits, 
and  may  or  may  not  be  amplified  with 
an  RF  amplifier.  The  signal  is  then  fed  into 
a  mixer,  together  with  a  local  oscillator 
signal.  But  in  contrast  with  an  ordinary 


superhet,  where  the  oscillator  frequency 
is  offset  by  the  value  of  the  intermediate 
frequency,  here  the  oscillator  is  on  the 
same  frequency  as  the  signal.  This  gives 
a  direct  audio  beat  instead  of  an  IF. 

Let  us  take  the  concept  a  little  further. 
Suppose  that  we  wish  to  receive  a  CW 
signal.  Any  input  tuned  circuits  will  be 
tuned  to  the  frequency  of  the  wanted  sig¬ 
nal  and  the  local  oscillator  will  also  be 
tuned  to  the  frequency  of  the  signal.  If 
the  local  oscillator  is  set  exactly  to  the 
same  frequency  as  the  carrier,  we  will 
have  a  "zero  beat"  condition,  with  no 


audio  output  from  the  mixer. 

Suppose  now  that  we  offset  the  local 
oscillator  (either  high  or  low)  from  the 
frequency  of  the  wanted  signal  by  1kHz. 
We  will  now  get  a  beat  frequency  of 
1kHz  as  output  from  the  mixer.  This  out¬ 
put  will  be  at  low  level  and  must  be 
amplified  in  an  audio  amplifier  system  to 
drive  a  pair  of  headphones  or  a 
loudspeaker. 

Again,  suppose  that  we  wish  to  receive 
a  single  sideband  signal.  This  time,  we 
must  adjust  the  local  oscillator  frequency 
as  closely  as  possible  to  the  suppressed 


carrier  frequency  of  the  wanted  signal. 
The  sidebands  received  will  now  beat 
with  the  local  oscillator  and  the  mixer 
*  output  will  be  the  recovered  audio  of  the 
signal.  This  needs  to  be  amplified,  as 
explained  before. 

Let  us  take  the  explanation  a  little 
further  and  consider  the  possibility  of 
receiving  AM  signals.  Under  these  condi¬ 
tions,  we  must  set  the  local  oscillator  to 
precisely  the  same  frequency  as  the  car¬ 
rier  of  the  incoming  signal.  This  done,  we 
are  able  to  resolve  the  AM  signal  quite 
well.  Unfortunately,  it  is  very  difficult  to 
meet  this  stringent  requirement.  With  the 
local  oscillator  offset  from  the  incoming 
carrier,  we  get  a  beat  frequency  equal  to 
the  difference  between  the  two.  Also, 
beats  against  the  sidebands  are  confused 
and  the  result  is  somewhat  of  a  mess. 

1  have  ac*ded  the  last  paragraph  on  the 
possibility  of  AM  reception  so  that  there 
is  not  likely  to  be  any  disappointment 
with  the  performance  of  this  type  of 
receiver.  While  capable  of  resolving  CW 
and  SSB  signals  quite  well,  direct- 
conversion  receivers  are  not  as  good  for 
AM  reception. 

A  look  at  the  circuit  will  show  better 
how  the  foregoing  has  been  achieved. 
From  the  aerial,  the  signal  is  fed  into  a 
tuned  circuit,  consisting  of  a  coil  with 
three  windings,  one  of  which  is  tuned  by 
two  variable  capacitance  diodes,  back- 
to-back.  Signals  from  the  tuned  circuit 
are  fed  into  a  double-balanced  ring 
mixer. 

The  mixer  consists  of  two  transformers 
wound  on  TV  "balun"  cores,  with  four 
hot-carrier  diodes.  Output  from  the 
mixer  is  from  the  two  transformer  centre 
taps.  Injection  from  the  local  oscillator  is 
into  the  second  of  the  two  transfor¬ 
mers. 

The  local  oscillator  is  a  Hartley,  with 
a  junction  FET  as  the  active  device.  The 
tapped  coil  is  tuned  with  a  pair  of  vari¬ 
able  capacitance  diodes,  as  for  the  input 
circuit.  A  silicon  diode  between  the  FET 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Front  panel  controls  are  (left  to  right)  mains  on/ off,  tuning  and  volume. 


gate  and  ground  is  to  restrict  the  ampli¬ 
tude  of  oscillation. 

The  tuned  circuits  are  tuned  by  chang¬ 
ing  the  amount  of  reverse  voltage 
applied  to  the  variable  capacitance 
diodes.  This  is  achieved  by  a  potentio¬ 
meter  across  the  regulated  12V  supply, 
the  voltage  from  which  is  fed  to  each  set 
of  diodes  via  an  RF  filter  consisting  of  two 
RF  chokes  and  a  0.1  uF  capacitor.  The 
4.7k  resistor  on  the  tuning  potentiometer 
is  to  assist  in  reducing  cramping  at  the 
low  frequency  end  of  the  dial. 

Output  from  the  mixer  passes  through 
a  low  pass  R-C  filter.  The  bandwidth  of 
this  filter  actually  determines  the  selec¬ 
tivity  of  the  system.  Consistent  with 
simplicity,  the  filter  constants  give  a  fair 
degree  of  selectivity.  The  selectivity 
could  be  narrowed  by  making  a  more 
complex  filter  but  this  was  considered 
not  to  be  necessary. 

The  low  level  signal  from  the  low  pass 
filter  is  amplified  in  a  single  stage  audio 
preamplifier.  A  volume  control  follows, 
the  output  of  which  is  fed  into  a  small 


1C  audio  amplifier,  capable  of  driving  a 
loudspeaker. 

The  power  supply  is  a  dual  arran¬ 
gement,  from  a  small  power  transformer 
with  a  12.6V  CT  secondary  winding.  Four 
silicon  diodes  are  connected  in  a  bridge 
across  the  transformer  secondary.  The 
bridge  output  gives  about  18V  DC,  which 
is  regulated  down  to  12V  with  a  resistor 
and  zener  diode.  Approximately  9V  DC 
is  obtained  from  the  transformer  centre 
tap  to  supply  the  main  audio  amplifier. 

Before  leaving  the  circuit,  you  may  be 
wondering  why  I  have  not  mentioned  the 
220pF  capacitor  and  the  parallel  trap  cir¬ 
cuit  between  the  aerial  terminal  and  the 
first  tuned  circuit.  The  Q  of  the  first  tuned 
circuit  is  rather  low  and  this  lead  to  a 
couple  of  problems.  The  second  har¬ 
monic  of  the  oscillator  could  beat  with 
strong  unwanted  signals  which,  although 
attenuated,  came  through  along  with  the 
wanted  signals.  Of  course,  the  signals 
were  also  at  twice  the  frequency  of  the 
tuning.  As  an  example,  VNG  on  7.5MHz 
could  be  tuned  in  at  3.75MHz  on  the  dial. 


COIL  WINDING  DATA 

Trap: 

50  turns  30B&S  enamel  close  wound 
on  Neosid  7.6mm  x  32mm  former  with 
grade  900  slug. 

Aerial  coil : 

700  turns  30B&S  enamel  close  wound 
on  Neosid  7.6mm  x  58mm  former  with 
grade  900  slug.  Output  winding:  20 
turns  30B&S  enamel  close  wound 
over  earthy  end  of  tuned  winding. 
Aerial  winding:  10  turns  30B&S 
enamel  close  wound  over  output 
winding. 

Oscillator  coil: 

100  turns ,  tapped  20  turns  from  earthy 
end ,  30B&S  enamel  close  wound  on 
Neosid  7.6mm  x  58mm  former  with 
grade  900  slug. 

Mixer  transformers: 

Take  three  lengths  30B&S  enamel  wire 
and  twist  together  to  a  pitch  of  about 
6mm.  Wind  15  turns  and  terminate  as 
shown  in  diagram.  _ 


Australia,  December,  1976  71 


E.D.&E.  (SALES)  PTY.  LTD 


EDUC-8  COMPUTER-COMPLETE  KIT 

(OCT-Nov-DEC  1974)  $402.40  (Plus  Tax) 


OR  INDIVIDUAL  COMPONENTS 
AS  REQUIRED 


MAJOR  STOCKISTS  OF  ALL  GENERAL  RADIO  &  ELECTRONIC  COMPONENT  PARTS  -  YOU 

NAME  IT  -  WE  WILL  QUOTE 

Valves  —  Transistors  —  Zener  &  Power  Diodes  —  Semi-Conductors  —  Diacs  —  Triacs  —  S.C.R.'s  —  1/ C's.  Speakers  —  Microphones 

—  Coils  —  IFT's.  Transformers  —  Inst  Cases  —  Metalwork.  Players  &  Changers  —  Meters  —  Relays  —  Condensers  —  Resistors 

—  Bezels  —  Styli  —  Cartridges  —  Recording  Tape  —  Probes  —  Instruments  —  Potentiometers  —  Crystals  —  Ferrite  Beads  — 
Cores  —  Baiuns  —  Terminals  —  Co-Axial  Plugs  &  Sockets  —  Multi  Connectors  —  Printed  Circuit  Boards  —  Copper  Winding 

—  Wire  —  Etc.  —  Etc.  


POPULAR  KITS  —  TOP  QUALITY  —  LOWEST  PRICES 


AUDIO 

1  Direct  Reading  A  F  Gen 

2  SQ  Wave  Gen-1  OHz-1  MHz 

3  Solid  State  A  F  Gen 

4  Additive  Freq  Meter 

5  A  F  Tone  Burst  Gen 

6  Laboratory  Solid  State  A  F 
Gen 

7  Scaler/ Divider  Unit 

8  Crystal  Freq  Calibrator 

9  Direct  Reading  AF  Meter- 
(0-200KH*  -  1 0MV-2V) 

10  High  Performance  A  F  Gen 

1 1  White  Noise  Gen 

12  - 

13  - 

14  - 


AUTOMOTIVE  UNITS 

1  5  Tacho  &  Dwell  Angle  for  Ser¬ 
vice  Stations 
1 6  Dwell  Extender  Unit 
1  7  Solid  State  -  CDI 
18  All  Electronic  Ignition  System 

1  9  Windscreen  Van-Wiper 

20  Tacho  &  Dwell  Unit 

21  Brake  Light  Warning 

22  Emergency  Flasher 

23  High  Efficiency  Flasher 

24  Solid  State  Volt  Reg 

25  Car  Theft  Alarm  System 

26  Ignition  Analyser  &  Tach¬ 
ometer  Unit 

2  7  Strobe  Adaptor  for  Ignition 

Analyser 

28  Car  Burglar  Alarm 

29  1975.  C.D.I  Unit 


BATTERY  CHARGERS 

30  6  Volt  —  1  Amp 

31  12  Volt  -  1  Amp 

32  Automatic  H/Duty 

33  1-14  Volt  -  4  Amp 

34  1 973  Automatic  Unit 

35  Constant  Current  Unit 

36  - 

37  - 


CONVERTERS  -  INVERTERS 

38  12  VDC  300/ 600V  100W 

39  12  VDC  240  VAC  20W 

40  1 2  VDC  240  VAC  50W 

41  24  VDC  300  VDC  1 40W 

42  24  VDC  800  VDC  160W 

43  - 

44  - 


C.R.O.  UNITS 

45  1 963  3"  Calibrated 

46  1966  3"  C.R  0 

47  1968  3”  Audio  C  R  O 

48  C.R.O  Electronic  Switch 

49  C.R  0  Wideband  P/Amp 

50  C.R.O.  Calibrator 

51  - 

52  - 


INTRUDER  WARNING  SYSTEM 

53  Electronic  Thief  Trap 

54  Infrared  Alarm  System 

55  Simple  Burglar  Alarm 

56  Light  Beam  Relay 

57  Car  Burglar  Alarm 


MULTIMETERS  &  V  O  M 

58  Protected  D  C  Multimeter. 

59  Meterless  Voltmeter 

60  Wide  Range  Voltmeter 

61  F  E  T.  D  C. 

62  1966  V  TV  M 

63  1968  Solid  State  V.O  M 

64  1973  Digital  V  O. M  (1) 

65  1973  Digital  V  O.M.  (2) 

66  High  Linearity  A  C.  Millivolt- 
meter 

67  - 


PHOTOGRAPHIC  UNITS 

69  50  Day  Delay  Timer 

70  Regulated  Enlarger  Line. 

71  Slave  Flash  Unit 

72  Sound  Triggered  Flash 

73  Solid  State  Timer 

74  Auto  Trigger  For  Time  Lapse 
Movies 

75  - 

76  - 


REGULATED  POWER  SUPPLIES 

77  Laboratory  Type  30/1  Unit. 

78  Laboratory  Type  Dual  Power 
Supply 

79  Serviceman  s  Power  Supply 

80  Solid  State  H  V  Unit 

81  1C  Variable  Supply  Unit. 

82  1972IC  Unit  (E/T) 

83  Simple  5V  1A  Unit 

84  Simple  3-6 V  3  5A  Unit 

85  S/C  Proof  0  30  VDC  at  1A 

86  Reg  0-30VDC  at  3A  O/L 
Protected 

87  Variable  Reg  1 2V-05A. 

88  Reg 0/ Load  &S/C  Protection 
60  VDC  at  2A  (1973)  -  EA 

89  - 

90  - 


R.F.  INSTRUMENTS 

91  Solid  State  Test  Osc. 

92  Signal  Injector  &  R/C  Bridge 

93  Solid  State  Dip  Osc 

94  Q'  Meter 

95  Laser  Unit. 

96  Digital  Freq  Meter  200KHz 

97  Digital  Freq  Meter  70MHz 

98  IF  Alignment  Osc 

99  2 7MHz  Field  Strength  Meter 

100  lOOKHz  Crystal  Cal 

101  1MHz  Crystal  Cal 

102  Solid  State  Dip  Osc 

103  VH.F.  Dip  Osc. 

104  V.H  F  Powermatch. 


105  V.H  F  F/S  Detector 

106  S  W  R  Reflectometer  r  f 

107  R  F  Impedance  Bridge- 

108  Signal  Injector 

109  1972  FET  Dipper 

110  Digital  Freq  Meter 

1 1  1  Simple  Logic  Probe 

112  Frequency  Counter  &  DVM 
Adaptor 

1 1 3  Improved  Logic  Probe 

114  Digital  Logic  Trainer 

1 15  Digital  Scaler/Preamp 

1 16  Digital  Pulser  Probe 

1 1  7  Antenna  Noise  Bridge 
118  Solid  State  Signal  Tracer 
1  19  1973  Signal  Injector 
120  Silicon  Diode  Sweep  Gen. 


TRAIN  CONTROL  UNITS 

124  Model  Control  1967 

125  Model  Control  with  Simulated 
Inertia. 

126  Hi-Power  unit  1968 

127  Power  Supply  Unit 

128  SCR-PUT  Unit  1971. 

1 29  SCR-PUT  Unit  with  Simulated 
Inertia  1971. 

130  Electronic  Steam  Whistle 

131  Electronic  Chuffer 


TV  INSTRUMENTS 

1  34  Silicon  Diode  Sweep  Gen 

135  Silicon  Diode  Noise  Gen 

136  Transistor  Pattern  Gen. 

137  TV  Synch  &  Pattern  Gen 

1 38  Cross  Hatch  &  Bar-Gen 


VOLTAGE  CURRENT  CONTROL 
UNITS 

142  Auto  Light  Control 

143  Bright/Dim  Unit  1971 

144  S  C  R  Speed  Controller 

145  Fluorescent  Light  Dimmer 

146  Autodim-Triac  6  Amp 

147  Van-Light  1973 

148  Stage  etc  Autodimmer 2KW 

149  Auto  Dimmer  4  &  6KW 


RECEIVERS  — TRANSMITTERS — 
CONVERTERS 

153  3  Band  2  Valve 

154  3  Band  3  Valve 

155  1967  All  Wave  2. 

156  1967  All  Wave  3 

157  1967  All  Wave  4 

158  1967  All  Wave  5. 

159  1967  All  Wave  6 

160  1967  All  Wave  7. 

161  Solid  State  FET  3  B/C 

162  Solid  State  FET  3  S/W 

163  240  Communications  RX. 

164  27  MHz  Radio  Control  RX 

165  All  Wave  IC2 

166  Fremodyne  4-1970 

167  Fremodyne  4-1 970. 

R  F  Section  Only. 

168  110  Communications  RX. 

169  160  Communications  RX. 


1  70  3  Band  Preselector 

171  Radio  Control  Line  RX 

172  Deltahet  MK2  Solid  State 
Communications  RX 

173  Interstate  1  Transistor  Re¬ 
ceiver 

174  Crystal  Locked  H  F.  RX 

175  E/A  1 30  Receiver 

176  E.A  1 38  Tu nor /Receiver 

177  Ferranti  1C  Receiver 

178  Ferranti  1C  Rec/Amp 

179  7  Transistor  Rec 

180  - 
181  - 


TRANSMITTERS 

182  52MHz  AM 

183  52MHz  Handset 

184  144MHz  Handset 


CONVERTERS 

187  MOSFET  52MHz 

188  2-6MHz 

189  6-19  MHz 

190  V.H  F 

191  Crystal  Locked  HF  &  VHF 


AMPLIFIERS  PREAMPS  &  CON¬ 
TROL  UNITS  MONAURAL 

194  Mullard  3-3. 

195  Modular  5-10  &  25  Watt 


STEREO 

196  1972  PM  129  3  Watt 

197  Philips  Twin  10-10W. 

198  PM  10  +  10W 

199  PM  128-1970 

200  PM  132-1971. 

201  ETI-425  Amp  &  Preamp 

202  ETI-425  Complete  System 

203  ETI-41 6  Amp 

204  PM  136  Amp  1972 

205  PM  137  Amp  1973 
205A  PM  143 

GUITAR  UNITS 

209  P/M  125  50W 

210  E/T  100  100W 

21 1  P/M  134  21W 

212  P/M  138  20W 

213  Modular  200W 

214  Reverb  Unit. 

215  Waa-Waa  Unit 

216  Fuzz  Box. 

217  Sustain  Unit 

PUBLIC  ADDRESS  UNITS 

219  Loud  Hailer  Unit. 

220  P  A.  Amp  &  Mixer 

221  P/M  135  12W 

222  Modular  25W 

223  Modular  50W 


CONTROL  UNITS 

225  P/M  112 

226  P/M  120 

227  P/M  127 


MIXER  UNITS 

229  FET  4  Channel 

230  ETI  Master  Mixer 

231  Simple  3  Channel 


% 


TUNER  UNITS 

232  P/M  122 

233  P/M  123 

234  P/M  138 

235  Simple  B/C 

236  PM  146  AM-FM 


PREAMPLIFIERS 

237  Silicon  Mono 

238  Silicon  Stereo 

239  FET  Mono  > 

240  Dynamic  Mic  Mono 

241  Dynamic  Mic  Stereo 

242  P/M  115  Stereo 

243  - 


MISCELLANEOUS  KITS 

244  Geiger  Counter 

245  Direct  Reading  Impedance 
Meter 

246  - 

247  Electronic  Anemometer 

248  Simple  Proximity  Alarm 

249  Pipe  &  Wiring  Locator 

250  Resonance  Meter 

251  Electric  Fence 

252  Metronome  Ace  Beat 

253  Tiansistor  Test  Set 

254  Electronic  Thermometer. 

255  Flasher  Unit 

256  Lie  Detector 

257  Metal  Locator 

258  Stroboscope  Unit 

259  Electronic  Canary 

260  240 V  Lamp  Flasher 

261  Electronic  Siren 

262  Probe  Capacitance  Meter 

263  Moisture  Alarm 

264  AC  Line  Filter 

265  Proximity  Switch 

266  Silicon  Probe  Electronic  Ther¬ 
mometer 

267  Transistor/ FET  Tester 

268  Touch  Alarm 

269  Intercom  Unit 

270  Light  Operated  Switch 

271  Audio  /Visual  Metronome 

272  Capacitance  Leakage 

273  Audio  Continuity  Checker 

274  Bongo  Drums 

275  Simple  Metal  Locator 

276  Keyless  Organ. 

277  Musicolour 

278  Stereo  H/  Phone  Adaptor 

279  Attack  Decay  Unit 

280  Tape  Recorder  Vox  Relay 

281  Tape  Slide  Synchroniser 

282  Tape  Actuated  Relay 

283  Auto  Drums 

284  1C  Vol  Compressor 

285  Audio  Attenuator 

286  Thermocouple  Meter 

287  Door  Monitor 

288  Earth  '  R”  Meter 

289  Shorted  Turns  Tester 

290  Zenor  Diode  Tester 

291  Morse  Code  Osc 

292  Simple  Electronic  Organ 

293  Pollution  &  Gas  Analyser 

294  Universal  H/ Phone  Adaptor 

295  Super  Stereo  ETI- 4 10 

296  "Q"  Multiplier 

297  Optomin 


PHONE 

662-3506 


En  a.  p  (SALES) 

m  Urn  GL  C.  PTY.  LTD. 

1  18  LONSDALE  STREET,  MELBOURNE  —3000  —  VIC. 


PHONE 

662-3506 


72 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December  1976 


1 


3.5MHz  Direct  Conversion  Receiver 


The  trap  was  added,  tuned  to  7.5MHz, 
and  this  problem  was  solved. 

If  you  happen  to  live  to  close  to  one 
or  more  broadcast  transmitters,  then 
there  may  also  be  trouble  with  them 
breaking  through.  The  220pF  capacitor 
cures  this  one. 

The  problems  just  mentioned  have 
arisen  because  the  design  has  been 
simplified  by  as  much  as  could  be  con¬ 
sidered  practical.  Some  improvements 
could  be  effected  by  introducing  an  FET 
source-follower  between  the  tuned  cir¬ 
cuit  and  the  input  winding  of  the  transfor¬ 
mer  for  the  mixer.  The  low  impedance 
aerial  coil  winding  presently  feeding  into 
the  mixer  would  be  omitted  and  the 
tuned  winding  itself  would  be  connected 
to  the  source-follower,  via  a  blocking 
capacitor. 

By  making  the  above  modification, 
there  should  be  some  increase  in  gain. 
Also,  the  Q  of  the  tuned  circuit  should 
be  improved.  However,  this  is  not  neces¬ 


sary  and  the  unit  as  it  stands  is  capable 
of  quite  a  good  performance. 

Every  effort  has  been  made  to  be  sure 
that  the  components  used  are  readily 
available  on  the  Australian  market. 
However,  to  make  it  somewhat  easier  for 
the  intending  builder,  a  few  comments 
on  some  of  the  components  may  be 
helpful. 

Resistors,  capacitors  and  transistors 
should  present  no  problems.  We  under¬ 
stand  that  there  are  also  ample  stocks  of 
the  TAA300  audio  1C.  Diodes  for  the 
power  supply  may  be  any  brand  equiva¬ 
lent  to  the  type  specified.  The  variable 
capacitance  diodes  are  very  important 
though,  and  the  type  BA102  must  be 

used.  . 

The  hot  carrier  diodes  used  in  the 
mixer  are  ideal  for  this  application  and 
should  be  used  for  best  results. 
However,  they  are  rather  expensive  and 
if  you  wish,  the  gold  bonded  germanium 
type  OA47  may  be  worth  trying.  Even  the 


common  OA90  may  be  satisfactory. 
However,  in  the  latter  case,  it  may  be 
necessary  to  increase  the  value  of  the 
lOOpF  coupling  capacitor  between  the 
oscillator  and  the  mixer. 

The  two  RF  chokes  are  not  critical  and 
any  value  between  about  330uH  and 
ImH  should  be  satisfactory.  Apart  from 
the  coil  former  for  the  trap,  the  other  two 
formers  must  be  the  Neosid  type  speci¬ 
fied,  as  they  must  fit  the  printed  board. 
While  different  types  of  formers  may  be 
satisfactory  for  the  mixer  transformers, 
we  suggest  that  you  use  those  which  are 
normally  intended  for  use  on  TV  baluns. 

The  transformer  which  we  used  is  a 
type  PF2851  made  by  Ferguson.  This  is 
a  readily  available  type,  rated  at  2.5VA. 
However,  there  are  other  similar  types 
available  which  should  be  quite  satisfac¬ 
tory.  These  include  the  newer  line  now 
offered  by  Ferguson,  types  PL12/5VA 
and  PT12/5VA.  If  you  wish  to  use  the  lat 
ter  types  then  special  mounting  arrange¬ 
ments  have  to  be  considered,  as  they  are 
intended  for  use  on  printed  boards. 

The  printed  board  for  the  prototype 
was  supplied  by  RCS  Radio  who  will  be 
making  boards  available,  either  direct  or 


This  diagram  shows  the  wiring  termina¬ 
tions  for  the  two  mixer  transformers. 


through  your  usual  supplier.  Alterna¬ 
tively,  we  imagine  that  other  manufactu- 
rers  will  also  be  making  boards 
available. 

The  dial  arrangement  consists  ot  a 
drive  mechanism  and  a  scale.  The  drive 
is  the  well  known  planetary  type  sold 
under  the  label  brand  and  is  available 
from  Watkin  Wynne  Pty  Ltd,  32  Falcon 
Street,  Crows  Nest  2065,  or  through  your 
local  supplier.  The  scale  is  simply  a  card 
calibrated  and  covered  with  a  piece  ot 
sheet  perspex.  More  will  be  said  about 
the  scale  when  alignment  and  calibration 

are  discussed.  . 

The  case  which  we  used  was  obtained 
from  Radio  Despatch  Service,  869 
George  Street,  Sydney,  2000.  You  may 
obtain  a  similar  case  from  the  above 


The  case  is  a  matter  of  choice  but  we 
strongly  suggest  that  it  be  a  metal  one, 
to  minimise  the  effect  of  body  capaci¬ 
tance.  ..  ,  . 

Construction  of  this  little  receiver  is 
fairly  straightforward.  A  good  place  to 
start  is  with  the  coils.  These  should  be 
wound  according  to  the  information 
given  in  the  table.  The  aerial  and  oscilla¬ 
tor  coils  should  be  terminated  according 
to  the  numbering  given  on  the  circuit,  so 
that  the  windings  match  up  with  the 


_ 


73 


70  BATESFORD  ROAD,  CHADSTONE, 

VICTORIA,  3148,  AUSTRALIA 

CABLES:  ZEPHPROD.  TELEPHONE:  (03)56  8  2  9  2  2 


AGENCIES:- 

ALTEC  LANSING 
AMPEC  ENGINEERING 
AUOITEC 
BRIMAR  VALVES 
C.G.S.  RESISTANCE 
CAMBION 

ELECTRONIC  DEVELOPMENT 
SERVICES 

E&L  INSTRUMENTS 
GARRARD 

HARTLAND  Mfg  ( 

J.B.L. 

KEF. 

L.P.S.  RESEARCH 

MANN  COMPONENTS 

PRIMO 

PIHER 

R.C.F. 

RADFORD 


PRODUCTS 


•  AMPLIERS 

•  AMPLIERS  MODULES 

•  AMPLIERS  POWER  SUPPLIES 

•  ALARM  DEVICES 

•  BREADBOARDING  SYSTEMS 

•  CABLE 

•  CONNECTORS-AUDIO 

•  CONNECTORS-MULTIPIN 

•  DESIGN  SYSTEMS 

•  DRIVER  UNITS  HI-FI  4  P.A. 

•  FUSEHOLDERS 

•  GUIDE  STRIPS 

•  HARDWARE 

•  HORNS  HI-FI  4  P.A. 

•  INHIBITORS 

•  INTEGRATED  CIRCUIT  PACKAGING 

•  INTERFACING  HARDWARE 

•  INSTRUMENT  MODULES 

•  INSTRUMENT  POWER  SUPPLIES 


•  JACKS 

•  LAMP  HOLDERS 

•  KNOBS 

•  MATRIX  BOARD 

•  MICROPHONES 

•  MICRO  PROCESSOR  SYSTEMS 

•  MIXER  P.A. 

»  PLUGS 

•  RACKS  (EQUIP) 

•  RACKS  ACCESSORIES 

►  RESISTORS 

►  SPEAKERS 

►  STANDS  P.A. 

►  SUBCONTRACT 
»  TURNTABLES 

’  TERMINAL  PINS 
WIRE  ENAMEL 
WIRING  FACILITIES 


106A  Hampden  Rd. 
Artarmon,  2064 

Distributors  of  Belling  Lee,  Channel  Master,  E era  ft  Hills  HI  Q  Lab  G  K  m  Phone41 1-2989 

range  of  aerial  equipment  in  Sydney  '  '  K,ngrav‘  Mat^master.  Largest  Television 

equipment  and  accessor.es 


E  CRAFT 

Neosid  Baiun  75/300  uncased 
9  0utside  aerial  balun  (water  proof) 

6. SB  6ft.  Baiun  Fly  Lead 
P  S  B.  Plug  and  Terminal  Baiun 

2.75. T/S  2-way  75  ohm  Transformer  Splitter 

3.75. T/S  3-way  75  ohm  Transformer  Splitter 

k  7kt/c  2*way  ohm  Transformer  Splitter 
b./o.T/S  5-way  75ohm  Transformer  Splitter 
2.3T  2-way  300  ohm  Splitter  box 
3.3T  2-way  300  ohm  Splitter  box 
4.3T  2-way  300  ohm  Splitter  box 
Adjustable  Low  Band  Attenuator  Ch  2 
10"  diameter  degaussing  coil 
Coaxial  Plugs 


Price 

$0.65 
3.81 
3.65 
2.53 
6  74 
8.41 
8.94 
12  66 
4.48 
5.86 
7.12 
5.33 
24.00 
46c 


TELEVISION  AERIALS  FOR  COLOUR 


CHANNELMASTER 

9el  Colour  Crossfire  361  5A 
1.3el  Colour  Crossfire  36 1 4A 
1  7el  Colour  Crossfire  361 3A 
2 1  el  Colour  Crossfire  36 1 2 A 
24el  Colour  Crossfire  361  7A 
28el  Super  Crdssfire  361  7A 
Super  Coloray  the  31 1  1  Ghost  Killing 
Aerial 

2el  Small  Coloray  3110 

HILLS  E.F.C.  RANGE  75  ohm 

E.F.C.  1  75  ohm 
E.F.C.  2  75  ohm 
E.F.C.  3/24  75  ohm 
E.F.C.  4/24  75  ohm 


$39.68 

49.72 

61.98 

71.40 

90.77 

125.73 

38.17 

25.42 


hills  the  new  telray 

All  Australia  V.H.F.  Channels  & 

6el  TL1 

8el  TL2 

.  TL3 

llel  TL4 

HILLS  AERIALS 

2010  Airways 
CA 1 6  Phased  Array 
Extra  Gain  Lift  els  for  CA16 
8el  215 

HILLS  AMPLIFIERS 

05/26  Dist:  26dB  gain 
04/16  Dist:  1  6dB  gain 
MH2/75  Mast  Head  20dB  gain 
75  ohm 

MH 1/300  Mast  Head  20dB 
gain  300  ohm 

FM  AERIALS 

Hills  2EL  FM1 

HILLS  3EL  353 

Hills  3EL  FM3 

Hl-Q  4EL 

Hl-Q  Gutter  clip 
Matchmaster  G2FM 
Austenna  FM3F 


$51.15 
40  33 
4.56 
22.20 

$67.10 

$59.37 

$72.44 

$54.90 

$8.54 
12.71 
16.61 
17.05 
11.55 
17.54 
19  96 


COAXIAL  CABLES 

p  ,  .  Attenuation  per  100ft  at  200MHz 

Belden  9242  Double  screened  with  4  0  hr 

Belden  9248  Duofoil  and  Braid  Aluminium  31  hb 
lj  ^1  ^  Copper  Screened  4  4  dB 


. —  ■''w'u  wppci  OLI C 

Hartland  WH89  Copper  Braid 
Hartland  WH87  Copper  Braid 
Hartland  WH86  Copper  Braid 
300  ohm  Feeder  Cable 
Open  wire  line  300  ohm 
Open  wire  line  300  ohm 

LAB  GEAR  AMPLIFIERS 
VHF 

Mast  head  22  dB  75  ohm 
CM  6014/DA  20  dB 
CM  6034/DA  4  outlets  8  dB  each 
CM  6036/DA  VHF  30dB  UHF 
28dB 

Televerta  (VHF  to  UHF 
frequency  converter) 

kingray  amplifiers 

D15/500  m/V 
D30/500  m/V 
D40/600  m/V 
D1 2/ 1 500  m/V 
MH  20  mast  Head  300-75  ohm 


3.3  dB 
6.0  dB 

6.5  dB 
1.8  dB 

1.5  dB 
1 .5  dB 


Reel  Size 
500  ft 
500  ft 
1 00  metre 
1 00  metre 
1 00  metre 
1 00  metre 
1 00  metre 
100  ft 

300  ft 


Price 
$42.28 
58.61 
30.15 
36.92 
26.65 
19.25 
8.80 
9.90 
29  RO 


telescopic  masts 


Price 

$72.43 

60.25 

54.90 

84.63 

67.48 

Price 
$48.80 
57.95 
79.30 
67.10 
64  63 


20ft 

30ft 

40ft 

50ft 


1 8g  steel  in 
1 0ft  sections 
must  be  guyed. 


$19.30 

$30.81 

42.00 

54.42 


CDE  AR.22  Rotator  $79.00 

Stolle  Aerial  Rotator  with  Thrust 
Bearing  for  heavier  rigs  $101.43 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  * 


3.5MHz  DC  Receiver 


printed  board.  Make  sure  that  the  oscilla¬ 
tor  coil  is  firmly  wound  to  ensure  a  stable 
oscillator  signal.  Pins  4  and  6  should  be 
bridged. 

Winding  the  mixer  transformers  can  be 
a  little  tricky.  Make  sure  that  you  have 
sufficient  length  of  wire,  when  twisted, 
to  wind  15  turns.  One  turn  constitutes  a 
pass  through  both  holes  in  the  former. 
Keep  the  winding  firm,  otherwise  you 
may  have  trouble  getting  on  the  15  turns. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  number  of  turns 
is  not  particularly  critical  and  if  you  have 
space  left,  then  you  may  add  extra  turns 
up  to  about  20  or  so  if  you  wish. 

Having  done  the  windings,  the  ter¬ 
minations  have  to  be  sorted  out  with  a 
multimeter  and  the  terminations  done 
according  to  the  drawing. 

Assembly  of  the  printed  board  is  best 
done  by  fixing  the  small  components 
first.  Resistors  and  diodes  go  first, 
followed  by  capacitors,  transistors,  1C, 
and  finally  the  coils.  Make  sure  that  all 
diodes,  transistors  and  electrolytic 
capacitors  are  connected  with  correct 
polarity. 

Before  fixing  the  aerial  and  oscillator 
coils  to  the  board;  bend  the  can  lugs  over 
so  that  they  interfere  with  the  mounting 
screw  holes.  This  ensures  that  when  you 
screw  the  coil  to,  the  board,  the  can  will 
be  effectively  earthed.  Fixing  the  mixer 
transformers  may  be  effected  by  using 
small  pieces  of  double-sided  adhesive 
tape,  or  simply  by  using  a  suitable  glue, 
such  as  Tarzan's  Grip. 

When  soldering  components  to  the 
board,  always  have  a  good,  clean,  hot 
iron.  Use  a  good  quality  resin  cored  sol¬ 


der  and  avoid  overheating  components. 
But  at  the  same  time,  avoid  "dry"  joints. 

Apart  from  the  external  leads  to  and 
from  the  board,  there  are  two  "jumpers" 
required.  One  is  from  the  centre  tap  of 


the  mixer  input  transformer.  Run  a  piece 
of  hookup  wire  from  the  copper  pad 
under  the  board  to  the  emitter  connec¬ 
tion  of  the  BC549  preamplifier  transistor. 
Another  lead  must  also  be  run  from  the 


PARTS  LIST 

7  Metal  case,  230mm  wide  x  90mm 
\  high  x  210mm  deep 
1  label  planetary  dial  drive,  with 
pointer 
: 2  Knobs 
7  Switch ,  SPDT 

I  7  Printed  board,  78mm  x  184mm, 
code  76R12 

‘  7  Power  transformer,  240V  primary, 
12.6V  CT  secondary,  2.5V A 

1  Terminal  strip,  3-position 
:  1  Speaker  socket,  2-pin 

•  1  Coax  socket 

2  Terminals,  1  red,  1  black 

4  Spacers,  brass,  Vzin  long ,  tapped  /sin 
Whitworth 

4  Silicon  diodes,  EM401  or  similar 
4  Variable  capacitance  diodes, 
BA102 

4  Hot-carrier  diodes,  5082/2811  (see 

text)  . 

7  Silicon  diode,  1N914A  or  similar 


1  Zener  diode,  BZX79  C12 
1  Transistor ,  2N5485  or  similar 
1  Transistor,  BC549,  BC209,  BC109 

1  1C,  TAA300 ,  with  flag  heat  sink 

2  RF  chokes,  820uH 

1  Coil  former,  Neosid  7.6mm  x  32mm 
with  grade  900  slug 

2  Coil  formers,  Neosid  7.6mm  x 
58mm  with  can  and  grade  900  slug 

RESISTORS  (ViW  unless  stated  other- 


wise) 

1  47  ohms 

1  6 80  ohms 

2  Ik 

2  2.2k 
2  4.7k 

1  25k  trimpot 


1  33k 
1  47k 

1  100k  log  pot 
1  100k  linear  pot 
1  390k 
1  3.3M 


CAPACITORS 
1  39pF  NPO  ceramic 

1  47pF  polystyrene 

2  6-60pF  Philips  trimmer 
1  lOOpF  polystyrene 

1  220pF  polystyrene 

2  .01  uF  100V  greencap 


1  0.22uF  100V  greencap 
1  .047uF  25V  ceramic 
4  O.luF  100V  greencap 
1  0.47uF  35VW  tantalum 
1  22uF  16VW  electrolytic 
1  25uF  6.4VW  electrolytic 
1  125uF  10VW  electrolytic 
1  200uF  10VW  electrolytic 
1  320uF  6.4VW  electrolytic 
1  IOOOuF  25V W  electrolytic 
1  2200uF  16VW  electrolytic 

SUNDRIES 

Hookup  wire,  solder,  solder  lugs,  rub¬ 
ber  grommet,  3-core  flex,  3-pin  plug, 
cable  clamp,  screws,  nuts. 

Note:  Resistor  wattage  ratings  and 
capacitor  voltage  ratings  are  those 
used  on  the  prototype.  Components 
with  higher  ratings  may  generally  be 
used,  providing  they  are  physically 
compatible.  Components  with  lower 
ratings  may  also  be  used  in  some 
cases  if  available,  providing  ratings  are 
not  exceeded. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


75 


3.5MHz  DC  Receiver 


+  9V  point  from  the  power  supply,  to  the 
corresponding  point  at  the  audio 
amplifier  output.  Or,  it  may  be  run  to  the 
speaker  socket  terminal. 

Fitting  components  to  the  case  is  sim¬ 
ple  enough  and  the  location  of  the  items 
may  be  seen  in  the  photographs. 
However,  two  points  are  worth  mention¬ 
ing.  It  is  most  important  that  you  use 
metal  spacers  to  fix  the  printed  board  to 
the  case.  If  this  is  not  done  there  is  likely 
to  be  a  hum  problem.  Also,  when  fixing 
the  tuning  potentiometer  to  the  dial 
drive,  we  used  some  long  screws  and  a 
small  metal  plate  to  which  the  poten¬ 
tiometer  is  fixed.  The  spindle  is  cut  to 
length  and  mounting  is  adjusted  so  that 
the  potentiometer  rotates  smoothly. 

Although  the  audio  1C  is  likely  to  be 
run  at  well  below  its  full  output 
capability,  it  would  be  wise  to  fit  a  heat 
sink  to  the  1C.  You  can  either  buy  one 
or  alternatively,  fashion  one  out  of  a 
piece  of  scrap  aluminium.  We  made  one 
from  a  piece  measuring  50mm  x  12mm. 
One  end  was  wound  around  a  5/16in 
diameter  drill  and  the  resulting  loop  was 
adjusted  by  hand  so  that  it  was  a  neat 
fit  over  the  case  of  the  1C. 

With  all  the  items  fixed  to  the  case,  all 
interconnecting  wiring  can  be  done. 
After  terminating  the  mains  lead  in  the 
terminal  strip,  we  ran  the  neutral  lead 
direct  to  the  transformer  and  the  active 
via  the  switch  on  the  front  panel.  The 
mains  earth  was  taken  to  a  lug  under  the 
coax  aerial  socket  mounting  screw.  We 
ran  a  lead  from  the  earth  copper  at  the 
back  of  the  board,  to  the  same  earth  lug. 
The  coax  socket  is  connected  to  the 
other  aerial  terminal  and  the  220pF 
capacitor  is  swung  across  to  the  trap 
coil. 


resistor  is  also  connected  directly  to  the 
tuning  potentiometer. 

Before  making  the  adjustments,  a 
careful  check  should  be  made  to  ensure 
that  all  components  are  in  the  right 
places  and  that  there  have  been  no  errors 
or  omissions. 

Satisfied  that  all  is  well,  turn  the  volume 
control  right  off  and  set  the  trimpot  on 
the  audio  amplifier  to  mid  position.  Lift 
the  lead  from  the  +  9V  supply  point  and 
insert  a  multimeter  with  it  set  to  the  10mA 
range  or  higher.  Switch  on,  and  adjust  the 
trimpot  for  a  reading  of  8mA.  Then 
switch  off  and  resolder  the  lead. 

Although  we  have  not  mentioned  it  so 
far,  a  dial  scale  is  needed  and  we  have 
reproduced  a  full  size  copy  of  the  one 


which  was  used  on  the  prototype.  Due 
to  the  variations  associated  with  varicap 
diode  tuning,  more  than  likely  your  dial 
calibrations  will  not  be  the  same  as  those 
of  the  prototype.  However,  the  re¬ 
produced  scale  can  be  useful  as  a  guide 
as  to  what  to  expect.  Just  how  you  settle 
on  your  dial  scale  will  be  up  to  each 
individual  to  decide. 

Whatever  you  may  decide,  two  points 
on  your  scale  will  correspond  with  those 
on  the  prototype.  They  are  the  3.5MHz 
and  the  4.0MHz  points  and  these  should 
be  marked  before  calibration  and  align¬ 
ment  is  done. 

We  will  assume  that  you  have  access 
to  a  signal  generator  or  some  other 
means  of  identifying  frequencies  within 


‘  to  facilitate 


76  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


the  range  of  interest.  Set  the  generator 
to  3.5MHz  and  set  the  receiver  dial  to  the 
same  point  on  the  dial.  Switch  on  and 
adjust  the  slug  in  the  oscillator  coil  until 
a  signal  is  heard.  Now  adjust  the  slug  in 
the  aerial  coil  for  maximum  response. 

Now  set  both  the  receiver  and  genera¬ 
tor  for  4MHz.  Adjust  the  oscillator  trim¬ 
mer  until  a  signal  is  heard.  Then  adjust 
the  trimmer  on  the  aerial  coil  for 
maximum  response.  In  common  with  all 
alignment  procedures  of  this  nature,  it  is 
now  necessary  to  go  back  and  forth  from 
one  end  of  the  scale  to  the  other,  each 
time  making  a  smaller  adjustment  to  the 
appropriate  slug  or  trimmer  until  both 
end  points  are  accurately  set.  Alignment 
is  then  complete. 

Although  alignment  is  finished,  we  still 
have  to  do  something  about  calibration. 
If  you  have  a  copy  of  the  original  in  place, 
then  by  means  of  the  generator  or  some 
other  source  of  known  marker  frequen¬ 
cies,  check  each  of  the  points  along  the 
scale.  If  you  are  lucky  they  may  be  close 
enough,  and  you  may  elect  to  use  the 
copy  of  the  original  scale.  On  the  other 
hand,  you  may  decide  to  set  your  own 
calibration  points. 

You  will  have  noticed  that  the  scale 


DYNETICS  PTY  LTD 


425  PENNANT  HILLS  ROAD, 

PENNANT  HILLS,  NSW  2120. 

BUS.  848  9055  A/H  654  1127  32 


SEND  SI  . 00  FOR  COMPLETE  CATALOGUE  AND  PRICE  LIST 
OF  MICROPROCESSOR  KITS.  PERIPHALS  ETC..  STATING 
YOUR  APPLICATION. 


A  view  of  the  rear  panel.  The  speaker 
socket  is  at  left ,  with  the  aerial  socket  and 
terminals  to  the  right. 

calibrations  are  not  linear.  This  is  due  to 
the  characteristics  of  the  tuning  diodes 
and  other  constants  relating  to  them  in 
the  tuning  system,  *  and  is  difficult  to 
avoid,  short  of  taking  rather  elaborate 
steps. 

With  your  direct  conversion  receiver 
now  operational,  you  will/ieed  a  good 
aerial  system  for  best  results.  Preferably, 
the  aerial  should  be  one  cut  for  the 
3.5MHz  band,  with  a  properly  matched 
coax  feeder.  Given  this,  the  little  receiver 
should  give  a  good  account  of  itself  on 
signals  from  amateurs,  etc,  operating  on 
CW  and  SSB,  within  the  tuning  range. 

If  you  find  that  you  are  having  trouble 
with  signals  transmitting  in  the  range 
between  7MHz  and  8MHz  breaking 
through  and  being  tuned  along  with  the 
wanted  signals,  then  the  trap  in  the  aerial 
circuit  needs  adjustment.  As  an  example 
you  may  be  receiving  the  standard  time 
and  frequency  station  VNG,  actually  on 
7.5MHz,  on  3.75MHz  on  your  dial.  If  this 
is  the  case,  tune  in  the  unwanted  signal 
and  adjust  the  slug  in  the  trap  for 
minimum  response.  By  adjusting  the  trap 
here  in  the  middle  of  the  band,  it  should 
be  effective  right  across  the  tuning 
range.  w 


AUSTRALIA'S 
FIRST 
BYTE  SHOP 


Imssi  SOSO  Truly  second  generation  Micro¬ 
processor  Mini  Computer. 

Complete  range  of  memory  and 
I/O  modules  available. 

Qrotnetnco  TV  dazzler  •  Byte  saver  •  Cyclops 
camera  •  A-D,  D-A  •  Cromemco 
Z80  mini  computer. 

Processor  Technology  The  Sol  System  Intelligent  Ter- 
minal. 

Wide  range  of  PROM;  RAM; 
Parallel/Serial  I/O;  firmware;  , 
simulator,  text  editor;  video 
display  modules. 

All  the  above  are  available  in  kit  or  assembled  form.  For  further  details 
send  SAE  to  BYTE,  P.O.  Box  1  56,  Carnegie  3163  Victoria,  OR,  for  hands 
on  experience  phone  Melbourne  560  0358  for  appointment. 

TRAINING  COURSES  COVERING  MANY  TYPES  OF 
MICROPROCESSORS  COMMENCING  FEBRUARY  '77. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  77 


The  Serviceman 

-  ac— = 


Handyman  successes— and  failures 

The  do-it-yourself  types  who  attempt  their  own  TV  repairs  experience 
varying  degrees  of  success— ranging  all  the  way  from  doing  a  good 
job  at  a  considerable  cost  saving  to  complete  failure,  plus  unnecessary 
expense  and,  sometimes,  adding  more  damage  to  the  original  fault. 


With  the  advent  of  colour,  and  a  new 
colour  TV  set,  a  lot  of  people  find  them¬ 
selves  with  a  monochrome  receiver  on 
their  hands  earmarked  as  a  second  set 
for  the  rumpus  room  or  children's  den. 

’  If,  or  when,  it  gives  trouble  there  is  a 
strong  temptation  to  "have  a  go"  them¬ 
selves,  on  the  basis  that  it  is  no  longer 
the  main  set,  not  worth  very  much,  and 
that  the  cost  of  a  complete  overhaul  may 
well  be  more  than  it  is  worth.  So,  on  the 
basis  that  there  is  little  to  lose,  they  tackle 
it  themselves. 

The  average  handyman  prides  himself 
on  being  able  to  repair  just  about  any¬ 
thing  around  the  home-from  the  lawn- 
mower  to  the  family  car;  from  the  electric 
iron  cord  to  the  TV  set.  As  readers  can 
well  imagine,  this  last  one  is  often  his 
Waterloo. 

He  usually  tackles  the  TV  set  by  clean¬ 
ing  out  the  accumulated  dust  and  then 
purchasing  new  valves  to  replace  any 
suspect  ones.  The  reasons  for  suspecting 
particular  valves  are  many  and  varied. 

"It  doesn't  light  up  as  bright  as  the 
others." 

"It  looks  crook." 

"It  gets  too  hot." 

And  so  on  . . . 

A  common  trap  is  the  EHT  rectifier. 

"It's  got  to  be  that  one,  'cos  it's  the  only 
one  that  doesn't  light." 

There  are  two  traps  here.  One  is  the 
fact  that  the  design  and/or  location  of 
some  EHT  rectifiers  makes  it  almost 
impossible  to  see  the  filament.  The  other 
is  the  fact  that  this  filament  is  not 
supplied  from  the  normal  heater  line,  but 
from  a  loop  around  the  EHT  trans¬ 
former. 

As  a  result,  any  malfunction  which 
seriously  upsets  the  operation  of  the  line 
output  stage  will  most  likely  show  up  as 
failure  of  the  EHT  rectifier  filament.  But 
try  to  convince  some  customers  of  this. 
On  more  than  one  occasion  I  have  failed 
to  get  this  message  across,  the  customer 
insisting  on  buying  a  new  valve.  Later, 
when  it  has  failed  to  cure  the  trouble,  he 
comes  back,  somewhat  sheepishly/for 
more  assistance. 

78  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  19 


I  was  prompted  in  this  brief  reminis¬ 
cence  by  my  most  recent  do-it-yourself 
type.  He  walked  into  the  shop  on  a  Satur¬ 
day  morning  and  handed  me  a  piece  of 
paper  with  "23FSP4"  written  on  it  and 
asked,  "Have  you  got  one  of  those?" 

He  went  on  to  explain  that  his  TV  set 
had  suffered  from  a  very  dark  picture  for 
some  time,  and  had  now  lost  the  picture 
entirely.  Since  a  friend  had  a  similar  set, 
with  similar  symptoms,  which  had  been 
fixed  by  fitting  a  new  picture  tube,  he 
reasoned  that  his  could  be  fixed  in  the 
same  way. 

Also,  he  had  made  a  careful  study  of 
how  the  tube  was  fitted  in  the  cabinet 
and  felt  quite  sure  that,  if  he  took  care, 
he  wouldn't  have  any  trouble  fitting  the 
new  tube. 

It  so  happened  that  I  did  have  such  a 
tube  in  stock  but,  before  handing  it  over 
I  advised  him  of  the  dangers  associated 
with  careless  handling  of  a  picture  tube, 
the  damage  they  could  cause  if  they 
imploded,  and  the  main  precautions  to 
take  in  handling  them. 

Then,  the  transaction  completed,  he 
loaded  the  tube  into  his  car  and  drove 
off  to  an  interesting  Saturday  afternoon's 
work  fitting  it  in  the  cabinet. 

I  don't  suppose  I  was  really  surprised 
when  he  turned  up  on  the  following 
Monday  morning,  together  with  the  set 
and  the  rather  sheepish  confession  that 
it  still  did  not  work.  Would  I  have  a  look 
at  it  and  give  him  a  report  when  he  called 
back  late  in  the  afternoon? 

My  first  step  was  to  check  his  installa¬ 
tion  of  the  tube.  I  was  agreeably 
surprised  to  find  that  he  had  done 
everything  correctly;  I  could  not  have 
done  a  better  job  myself. 

Next  I  switched  the  set  on  and 
checked  the  EHT,  which  was  exactly 
zero.  This  set  uses  a  6AL3  damper  diode 
with  a  27  ohm  fusible  resistor  in  the  plate 
circuit,  the  latter  intended  to  provide 
protection  in  the  event  of  circuit  mal¬ 
functions,  particularly  any  which  affects 
the  line  drive  to  the  6CM5  line  output 
valve.  This  resistor  was  cooked. 


Leaving  it  for  the  moment  I  checked 
for  bias  on  the  grid  of  the  6CM5.  There 
was  none-a  clear  indication  of  Jack  of 
line  drive  and,  equally,  of  the  failure  of 
the  line  oscillator  stage. 

From  previous  experience  I  knew  that 
the  most  likely  cause  of  such  a  failure  was 
an  open  circuit  horizontal  oscillator  coil. 
Sure  enough,  a  quick  check  with  the 
ohmmeter  confirmed  this. 

It  needed  only  a  few  minutes  to 
replace  the  faulty  coil  and  faulty  resistor, 
after  which  the  set  sprang  into  life.  I 
aligned  the  new  oscillator  coil  and  gave 
all  the  other  controls  and  adjustments  a 
routine  check. 

The  set  was  now  working  reasonably 
well,  but  I  went  over  the  valves  and 
checked  each  one  in  the  tester, 
experience  having  taught  me  that  this 
model  set,  at  this  age,  usually  had  one 
or  two  just  about  ready  to  replace. 

In  this  case  I  found  a  weak  6X9  in  the 
IF  strip  and,  when  this  was  replaced,  the 
old  set  turned  in  a  virtually  new  perform¬ 
ance.  It  was  a  very  happy  customer  who 
picked  up  his  set  late  that  afternoon;  not 
only  because  it  was  working  well,  but 
also  because  it  had  turned  out  to  be  such 
a  simple  fault.  Also,  I  suspect,  because 
of  his  personal  involvement  in  the  job. 

And  did  the  old  picture  tube  really 
need  to  be  replaced?  I  have  no  way  of 
knowing  and  I  felt  it  more  diplomatic  not 
to  raise  the  point.  Doubtless  the  cus¬ 
tomer  had  asked  himself  the  same  ques¬ 
tion  but  would  prefer  not  to  be  reminded 
of  the  possibility  that  he  had  bought  a 
new  tube  unnecessarily.  So,  while  ever 
the  question  remained  unanswered,  he 
could  at  least  console  himself  with  the 
possibility  that  it  was  weak. 

But  I  suspect  he  may  hesitate  in  future 
before  he  makes  such  a  sweeping  diag¬ 
nosis. 

Still  on  the  do-it-yourself  theme,  here 
are  a  couple  of  letters  from  readers 
whose  efforts  have  been  rather  more 
successful.  The  first  is  from  a  Mr  G.  P.  of 
Perth,  WA,  who,  while  only  an  amateur 
in  matters  electronic,  was  still  able  to 
carry  out  a  worthwhile  overhaul  on  an 
old  TV  set.  He  writes: 

"Carried  out  a  satisfying  exercise  on 
our  B&W  TV  set  which  is  some47  years 
old.  Received  a  letter  from  the  main¬ 
tenance  firm  saying  that  they  were  dis¬ 
continuing  the  contract  owing  the 
inability  to  obtain  spare  parts. 

"When  it  duly  failed,  I  took  a  deep 
breath,  and  removed  the  back  panel.  The 
most  impressive  feature  was  the  number 
of  old  paper  capacitors,  many  of  which 
had  shed  their  wax  content  with  the  sum¬ 
mer  heat  here.  Some  were  covered  in 
dust  which  was  arranged  in  a  sort  of 
corona  pattern  built  up  around  the 
capacitor. 

"Needless  to  say,  many  of  the  said 
capacitors  were  functioning  more  as 
resistors.  Tore  the  whole  board  down 
and  replaced  everything  with  modern 
p  astic  equivalents,  plus  new  valves  and 
electrolytics. 


"With  careful  alignment  the  result  was 
quite  startling,  as  it  now  pulls  in  a  country 
TV  station  about  a  hundred  miles  from 
here,  doubtless  due  to  some  freak  recep¬ 
tion  effect." 

Well,  that's  one  enthusiast's  solution  to 
the  problem  of  keeping  an  old  TV  set 
going  for  a  few  more  years.  Whether  it 
is  worthwile  depends  a  good  deal  on 
who  does  the  work.  If  it  is  by  a  profes¬ 
sional  serviceman  the  labour  cost  might 
well  be  far  more  than  the  set  was  worth, 
particularly  if  a  nasty  fault  was  discovered 
half  way  through  the  exercise. 

But  where,  as  in  this  case,  it  can  be 
done  by  the  owner  the  only  tangible 
expense  is  that  for  new  parts.  Not  only 
does  the  labour  not  cost  anything,  the 
person  supplying  it  might  actually  enjoy 
the  exercise,  and  learn  something  into 
the  bargain. 

And  from  another  reader  comes  a  tip 
which  is  worth  remembering.  He  is  Mr 
E.R.,  of  Moorabbin,  Victoria.  He  writes: 

"An  article  by  you  several  years  ago 
referred  to  faulty  valves  caused  by  the 
deposit  of  a  metallised  film  on  the  mica 
separators  inside  the  envelope. 

"My  aged  mantel  receiver  recently  suf¬ 
fered  fluctuating  sensitivity  in  the  front 
end  and  a  VTVM  check  of  the  6BE6  con¬ 
verter  valve  showed  the  grid  to  be 
slightly  positive.  A  resistance  check 
revealed  some  30M  between  the  grid  pin 
and  the  plate  and  screen  pins. 

"I  pushed  a  piece  of  hookup  wire  over 
the  grid  pin  so  that  the  wire  was  in  con¬ 
tact  with  it  and  making  sure  that  the 
insulation  completely  covered  it. 
Another  lead  was  connected  to  the  plate 
and  screen  pins. 

"I  connected  the  plate/screen  lead  to 
a  suitable  chassis  point  on  my  car  and  the 
grid  pin  to  one  of  the  HT  leads  removed 
from  a  spark  plug.  Starting  the  engine  d if1 
the  rest.  An  ohmmeter  check  revealed  no 
readable  conductance  between  the  grid 
and  other  pins.  More  importantly,  the  set 
now  behaved  normally." 

In  lighter  vein,  here  is  a  story  which 
demonstrates  some  kind  of  poetic  jus¬ 
tice.  It  was  related  to  me  by  my  amateur 
friend,  who  found  himself  caught  up  in 
a  typical  TV  interference  problem,  of 
which  he  stood  accused. 

More  specifically,  three  of  his  neigh¬ 
bours  confronted  him  one  morning  with 
the  accusation  that  his  amateur  transmis¬ 
sions  were  causing  interference  to  their 
TV  sets.  One  of  the  three,  who  seemed 
to  have  adopted  the  role  of  spokesman, 
was  particularly  indignant,  demanding 
that  ". . .  something  be  done  about  it!". 

My  friend,  on  the  other  hand,  decided 
to  play  it  cool.  For  one  thing,  he  was 
pretty  well  convinced  that  he  was  not  to 
blame.  As  he  put  it  to  me,  "Whenever 
anyone  experiences  interference  on 
radio  or  TV,  and  there  is  an  amateur  in 
the  district,  he  is  sure  to  cop  the  blame. 
In  fact,  the  amount  of  interference 
caused  by  amateurs  is  minimal  and,  what 
is  more,  is  controllable.  So  I  knew  that, 
one  way  or  another,  I  could  clear 


myself." 

To  them  he  explained  that  he  is 
required,  under  the  terms  of  his  licence, 
to  keep  a  log  of  all  transmissions. 
Therefore,  if  they  would  keep  a  record 
of  all  cases  of  interference  over,  say,  the 
next  week,  this  could  then  be  compared 
with  his  log  and  it  would  be  easy  to  see 
which  of  his  transmissions,  if  any,  was  the 
likely  cause. 

They  agreed  to  this,  though  without 
much  enthusiasm.  But  they  did  turn  up 
the  next  weekend  with  a  list  of  inter¬ 
ference  times.  When  these  were*  com¬ 
pared  with  the  log  book  it  was  obvious 
that  none  of  the  times  coincided  with  the 
transmissions. 

"But",  said  my  friend,  "they  didn't 
believe  me.  While  they  didn't  say  as 
much,  it  was  obvious  that  they  thought 
I  had  faked  the  log  book." 

On  the  other  hand,  there  was  now  no 
doubt  in  his  mind  that  he  was  not 
responsible,  so  he  could  afford  to  be  a 
bit  cocky.  "Well,"  he  told  them,  "since 
it  is  not  being  caused  by  my  transmis¬ 
sions,  there  is  little  more  I  can  do  to  help 
you.  I  suggest  that  you  contact  the  Radio 
Branch  and  ask  for  their  help.  They  are 
well  equipped  to  track  down  such  inter¬ 
ference,  and  will  be  quite  willing  to 
help" 

But,  for  some  reason  best  known  to 
themselves,  they  elected  not  to  take  his 
advice  but  continued  to  complain,  to 
other  people,  about  his  transmissions. 
The  next  thing  that  happened  was  that 
my  friend's  annual  holidays  fell  due,  and 
he  took  off  down  the  coast  for  several 
hundred  miles,  where  he  remained  for 
the  next  three  weeks.  And  during  this 
time  the  interference  continued. 

By  now  the  group  were  forced  to 
admit  ,  rather  reluctantly,  that  ". . .  he 
probably  was  not  to  blame." 

And  that  was  the  last  my  friend  heard 
of  the  matter,  at  least  directly  and  for 
several  months.  Then  the  sequel  filtered 
back  to  him  via  a  friend  of  a  friend,  etc. 

It  seemed  that,  a  few  weeks  after  my 
friend's  holidays,  the  spokesman's  TV  set 
packed  up  and  was  forced  to  call  in  a  ser¬ 
viceman.  The  serviceman  quickly  found 
the  trouble  -  the  technical  details  were 
lost  in  transit  -  and,  as  he  was  fixing  it, 
he  commented,  "This  fault  would  have 
been  causing  interference  on  your  pic¬ 
ture.  Not  only  that,  it  has  probably  been 
causing  interference  to  all  the  sets  in  the 
immediate  vicinity." 

As  I  said  at  the  beginning,  some  kind 
of  poetic  justice.  And,  of  course,  it  also 
explains  why  the  group,  and  the  spokes¬ 
man  in  particular,  suddenly  fell  silent 
after  making  such  a  fuss. 

As  to  the  nature  of  the  fault,  I  can  only 
guess.  The  most  likely  explanation  is  an 
EHT  fault  similar  to  that  which  I 
described  in  the  May  1976  issue.  This  was 
a  dry  joint  in  the  top  cap  of  the  EHT  rec¬ 
tifier,  the  resultant  arc  causing  severe 
interference  in  both  the  set  itself,  and 
also  in  a  neighbouring  set.  w 


LAFAYETTE 

27 MHz  TWO-WAY  RADIO 

FOR  INDUSTRY,  FARM. 
BOATS,  SPORTS,  ETC. 


MICRO  66 

Only  1-15/  16"H  x  5-3/  16"Wx  6  13/  16"D. 

5  WATTS 


6  CHANNELS 


$139.50  (Crystals  Extra) 


The  latest  in  the  famous  LAFAYETTE  Micro  series  the 
MICRO  66  embodies  the  versatility,  reliability  and  perfor¬ 
mance  which  have  made  LAFAYETTE  famous  throughout 
the  world  in  27MHz  communications  With  an  extra  sensi¬ 
tive  receiver  of  better  than  1  uV  for  1 0db  S-to-N  ratio, 
Range-Boost  modulation  circuitry,  a  built-in  speaker 
plus  push-button  selected  external  speaker-microphone 
(supplied),  the  MICRO  66  is  ideal  for  Boats  or  Base  Station 
operation  Operates  from  1 2 V  DC  or  240V  AC  with 
optional  Base  Station  Power  Suoply 


5  WATTS 
12  CHANNELS 

DYNA-COM  12A 

$139.50  (Crystals  Extra) 


A  powerful  5-Watts  input  power  in 
a  hand-held  transceiver!  Excellent 
sensitivity  and  selectivity.  Rug¬ 
gedly  designed  for  extra  reliable 
performance  This  high-power 
walkie-talkie  operates  from  internal 
battferies  (rechargeable  Ni-cad  bat¬ 
teries  available)  or  an  external  12V 
source. 


icS3 


1  WATT  3  CHANNELS 

Model  HA-310 

$73.50  (Incl.  27  240MHz) 


1.000  s  of  LAFAYETTE  HA-310 
walkie-talkies  in  use  m  Australia. 
100.000  s  throughout  the  world 
attest  to  their  superior  qualities  A 
professionally  designed,  sturdily 
constructed,  commercial  quality 
unit  for  top  performance  and  long 
term  reliability  Rechargeable 
Ni-cad  batteries  are  available  to 
suit. 


All  above  transceivers  are  P.M.G. 

Type  Approved  (Licence  Required). 

A  LARGE  RANGE  OF  ACCESSORIES  IS  AVAIL- 
ABLE  ANTENNAS.  CRYSTALS,  CONNECTORS. 
ETC  PLEASE  ENQUIRE  FOR  DETAILS. 


LAFAYETTE 

ELECTRONICS 

div  of  Electron  Tube  Distributors  P/L 

94  ST.  KILDA  RD.  ST.  KILDA 
VIC.,  3182  Phone  94  6036 


ci  crTonMirQ  Australia  December.  1976 


1 


WANT  TO  RECEIVE  A 
)f  CHRISTMAS  PRESENT 
*  YOU  WANT?  FOLLOW 

T  the  instructions  \^y 

^  AT  RIGHT.  IT  MIGHT  WORK! 


To  operate  any  of  these  units  legally 
in  Australia  you  must  hold  an 
amateur  operator's  license. 


SPECIALIZED  COMM.  TECHNIQUES 
FOR  THE  RADIO  AMATEUR  (ARRL) 

Has  intro  to  specialized  communications 
&  individual  chapters  on:  ATV,  SSTV.  FAX. 
RTTY.  Space  Comms,  8  lasers,  digital  comm. 
PCM,  time  div  multiplex,  speech  recog  ccts 
plus  appendix  with  ASCII  &  satellite  data. 

Cat  B-2230  ..  ..  . . . . 54  gg 


MIDLAND:  FAMOUS 

i  the  world  over 

L  FOR  CB  RADIO 


MULTI  2000A  2m  SS8/FM/CW  TRANSCEIVER 

For  the  discerning  amateur  who  wants  the  ultimate 
m  2m  gear.  Transceiver  is  base  or  mobile,  from 
144  8  148  MHz  m  10kHz  steps.  1W  or  10W  PEP 


electronics  for  electrical 

TRADES  (LOWE) 

A  standard  text  for  electrical  trades,  but 
also  invaluable  as  a  reference  for  the 
layman,  hobyist.  Basically  elementary 
with  review  questions  in  each  section:  ’ 
Cat  B-3212 .  cc  qi 


MULTI  7  2m  FM  TRANSCEIVER 

23  channel  transceiver  (comes  with  channel  40 
146.00MHz)  fitted,  allows  great  flexibility  at  low 
cost  -  you  determine  which  channels  you  want. 

If  ordered  with  set.  additional  xtals  S6  per  set. 

Cat  D  3007  . S189.0 


MIDLAND  13-830  AM 

The  transceiver  for  the  budget 
conscious  novice.  The  easiest 
O  way  to  get  on  the  air.  Full  23 
I  channels,  with  noise  filter 
and  S/RF  meter.  Small  size 
allows  unit  to  fit  neatly  under 
dashboard  or  between  seats. 
Cat  D  1430 . S109.50 


FET  PRINCIPLES  EXPERIMENTS  AND 
PROJECTS  (NOLL) 

Starts  with  basic  operation  8t  construct  ms. 
then  has  AC  amplifiers,  audio  amplifiers  & 
oscillators,  HF  amplifiers  8<  oscillators,  rcvr 
circuits,  trans  circuits,  measurement  circuits. 

Cat  B  1261 .  S9.50 


DAIWA  2m  FM  RECEIVER 

Ideal  as  2m  monitor.  146-1 52MHz,  1 1  channels 
plus  VF0  Compact,  reliable  set  has  tuning  LED 
to  assist  difficult  copying.  Squelch  fitted,  too  12V 
Cat  D  2807  . $97.50 


BASIC  ELECTRICITY  &  INTRO  TO 
ELECTRONICS  (Sams) 

Basic,  but  detailed.  Starts  with  fundamentals 
and  ends  with  industrial  electronics.  Has  a 
summary  8»  question  section  at  end  of  chapter 

Cat  B- 1 689  . *  $7  gg 


MIDLAND  13-882C  AM 

A  beautiful  AM  set  .  The  882 
is  probably  Australia's  most  used 
27MHz  transceiver.  23  channels, 
with  effective  ANL,  delta  tune, 
full  5  watts  input.  Comes  with 
mounting  hardware,  as  do  all 
Midland  transceivers. 

Xat  D  1436  .  $149.50 


KENWOOD  QR666  RECEIVER 

Covers  170kHz  to  30MHz  in  6  bands.  Bandspread. 
can  be  used  mobile,  portable  or  base.  ANL  & 
antenna  trimmer.  FET  front  end. 

Cat  0  2866  .  .. . S229.00 


TTL  DATA  BOOK  NATIONAL  SEMICOND. 

De^riptions.  connections  &  specifications  of 
all  54 '74  (garden  variety)  TTL  ICs,  plus 
additional  info  on  other  NS  TTL  devices 

CatB  4021  .  0400 


YAESU  FRG-7  RECEIVER 

Uses  the  famous  Wadiey  Loop  principle  for  superb 
frequency  stability.  550kHz  -  30MHz.  0.25uV 
sens.  (SSB).  A  truly  magnificent  receiver.  12/240V 

Ca,D  2850 . S275.00 


DIGITAL  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS  -Par 
1.  TTL.  (De  Muiderkring) 

Similar  to  the  NS  TTL  book,  but  contains 
cross  references  to  type  numbers,  etc,  plus 
ha$  information  in  4  languages  -  Dutch 
English.  French  81  German 

Cat  B-2070 .  c*  c„ 


MIDLAND  13-892  SSB/AM 

When  you  go  SSB,  you'll  wonder 
where  the  noise  went1  All  the 
punch  you  need  to  get  through 
when  AM  sets  wouldn't  have  a 
chance.  USB  &  LSB  plus  AM, 

5  watts  input.  RF  gain  control. 
Cat  D  1700  . $239.50 


IC0M  IC202  2m  PORTABLE  TRANSCEIVER 

SSB  &  CW  transceiver  designed  mainly  for  portable 
tropo  DX  work  (of  course,  you  can  use  it  for  a  couple 
of  other  uses')  Covers  144  145MHz.  whip  ant.  me. 
Cat  0  3040 .  S183.00 


PHILIPS  GENERAL  CATALOG.  1976. 

Have  you  been  using  a  1975  catalog?  Throw  it 
out'  You  cannot  afford  to  use  out  of  date  data 
Tim  gives  details  of  Philips'  Elect  Comp  81 
Materials  Divn.  Cat  B  4010  $3  45 


INCREDIBLY  CHEAP  MOBILE 

ANTENNAS  FOR  27,  52  8«144 

Latest  design  mobile  whips  for 
27,  52  &  144MHz.  Stainless 
steel  whips,  with  heavy  duty 
'Cycolac'  plastic  base  incorp 
orating  a  PL259  plug  for  easy 
mounting. 


********* 

Tftey'fte  back 


SANYO  HAND  HELD  27MHz  5  WATTERS. 
These  fantastic  transceivers  are  back  in  stock: 

Now  all  the  people  who  were  disappointed  before 
can  grab  one.  Quick.  (They  won't  last  this  time 
?,h?r-  J_Cat  D1142 .  $89.00 


27MHz:  Includes  loading  coil 
in  base,  takes  up  to  50  watts 
input.  Rugged;  VSWR  less 
than  1.5:1.  Ridiculously 
priced,  incredible  value. 

Cat  046 15 . $9.75 


BINDERS  FOR  MAGAZINES 

Keep  your  electronic  magazines  tidy  in 
a  Dick  Smith  Binder  Holds  EA.  ET  or  AR. 
takes  a  full  12  issues.  Easy  to  fit  or  remove. 

Cat  B  4045  . $4.50 


WOW!  LOOK  AT  THIS 


__52MHz:  1/4  wavelength,  1.24m 
high.  VSWR  less  than  1.5:1. 
rugged,  rustproof  design.  Comes 
apart  for  easy  storage.  A 
bargain  and  a  beauty! 

Cat  D  4614 . $9.50 


INCREDIBLE  VALUE  FOR  A  27MHz  TRANSCEIVER! 

k  I've  been  selling  almost  identical  transceivers  for  S1 19 
B  Here  s  one  ,or  onlV  S89.50.  A  fantastic  little  unit,  full  23 
B  channels,  AM,  with  power  output  and  signal  strength 
H  meter,  squelch  controls,  complete  with  mounting  hardware 
■  and  instruction  book.  All  you  do  is  add  power  and  an 
antenna  and  you're  on  the  air.  Performance  is  equal  to  man^ 
of  the  higher  priced  rigs  on  the  market.  Save  a  bundle  now' 

^  0  1149 . 


3  colour  Great  Circle  Map  of  the  World,  printed 
on  deluxe  art  paper.  A  must  for  every  ham  shack! 
Designed  with  Sydney  at  the  centre  ,  works  as  well 
for  Brisbane.  Melbourne,  Adelaide  &  Hobart.  Lists 
Q  code,  amateur  prefixes,  amateui  frequencies. 
Mount  a  rotator  indicator  through  the  centre  & 
have  direct  bearing  readout'  Supplied  free  to 
Radio  Clubs  (limit  one)  simply  apply  on 
letterhead.  Cat  D  5402  .  S3  00 


144MHz:  1/4  wavelength  (just 
47.5cm  high!)  SWR  1.5:1,  52 
ohms.  Short  on  length  8<  price. 

Cat  D-4610 . $6.75 

144MHz  5/8  wavelength  (1.19m 
high)  will  take  a  whopping  200W 
input'  High  power,  low  price. 

Cat  04611 . S9.75 


HOW  DO  YOU  KEEP  THJ 
ANTENA  UP? 

Use  a  base:  this  deluxe 
gutter  grip  is  sturdy. 
easy  to  fit.  Non  *|ig 

corroding  alloy.  ffv: 

Cat  0-4625  .  .  S6.9G^M 


FANTASTIC  150  IN  1  -  THE  ULTIMATE' 

A  magnificent  educational  kit.  Probably  the 
only  two  things  you  can’t  make  with  this  set 
are  a  television  set  and  an  atom  bomb  No 
soldering  required  (safe')  and  eveiyth.ng  is 
supplied  in  a  sturdy  wooden  case  The  kit 

ab0U*  everVlhing  you  could  want. 
Wl  ,,1.°  y.  . S36.95. 


BUILD  A  100  * 

TRANSISTOR  } 

RADIO  s12.50  * 


IS  THERE  A  BUDOING  EINSTEIN  IN  THE  HOUSE? 

Find  out  with  these  fantastic  constructors  kits.  Both 
^  offer  absolutely  incredible  value  for  money  (just  look 
jJ.  at  how  many  thmgs  you  can  build')  Both  are  101  , 
t  safe  And  both  are  ideal  Christmas  gifts  for  anyone 
^  who  would  like  to  dabble  with  electronics 
* 

±  SR3A  DELUXE  105  IN  I  KIT 

J  105  d',,erenl  circuits  to  build,  all  in  a  120  page  instructior 
manual  Includes  solar  cell,  microphone.  2  speakers,  morse 


CENTRE  LOADED  MINI  WHIP! 
FOR  27MHz. 

You  asked  for '’em  so  we  got'em. 
Gutter  grippei  or  magnetic  base, 
both  centre  loaded,  just  550mm 
high.  Easy  to  store  adjustable 
for  precise  SWR 

Gutter  Gripper  Cat  0441 1  ..  SI 7.50 
Magnetic  Base  Cat  0  4412  ..  S19.50 


Trunk  lip  mount: 

■  Semi  fixed  (no  hole) 

’  mount  on  boot  or 
bonnet  lid,  or  can  be 
used  through  roof  with 
small  hole.  Economical! 
Cat  0  4619  ..  ..  S3. 75 


Or  a  magnetic  base: 

Incredibly  powerful 
magnet.  No  need  to 
drill  ANY  holes.  Easy 
to  remove  &  stow  / 

away.  With  nylon  I 

gasket  to  prevent  *  * 
scratching. 

Cat  04623  ..  ..  $9.75 


lYOU  CAN  BUILD  THIS  EVEN  IF 
•YOU'VE  NEVER  SEEN  A  RESISTOR! 

A  transistor  radio  kit  containing  2  integrated 
circuits  which  themselves  contain  the  equiv 
alent  of  over  50  transistors  each.  It's  a  great 
way  to  learn'  A  beginner  can  put  this  kit 
together  in  an  evening  and  you  don't  end 
up  with  a  piece  of  |unk.  It's  a  working  radio. 
Cat  K  1032 . $19  5Q 


RING  WANTED  ITEMS  IN  RED!  fe* 


FOR  THE  HANDYMAN 

WANT  TO  IMPROVE  COMMUNICATIONS 
IN  YOUR  HOUSEHOLD 

Instal  an  intercom*  Or  two.  Dick  has  an 
intercom  to  suit  every  need.  From  a  simple 
2  station  (e.g.  house  to  shed)  up  to  a  multi 
station  master  system.  See  them  today  and 
save  your  voice  for  shouting  at  Christmas. 

Cat  F  1020  $J 


* 


1200 
350 


IF  YOU'RE  READING  THIS  AD 
YOU  PROBABLY  HAVE  AN  IRON 

Soldering  iron,  that  is.  But  chances  are. 
you've  been  using  the  same  iron  as 
you  do  the  guttering  with  If  so. 
try  this  iron  for  all  general  electronic 
work,  the  Weller  SP250  Runs  from 
mains,  but  is  lightweight,  has 
stainless  steel  barrel.  Ideal  for 
learning  to  solder  with,  too* 

Cat  T  1030  S9.75 


KM  THE  AUTO  ENTHUSIAST 


S9f! 


MONO  &  STEREO  RADIOS 

inOK  ALMOST 


WHEN  YOU  INSTALL  YOUR 
NEW  INTERCOM  . 

(The  one  you  just  got  above*) 
You  don't  want  to  leave  cables 
dangling  all  over  the  place,  do 
vou7  Staple  them  to  the  wall 
with  our  cable  stapler*  Of 
course,  you  could  also  use  it 
for  your  new  speaker  leads. 

.  for  the  new  burglar  alarm 
wiring,  etc  etc.  Takes  standard 
staples,  tensions  the  cable  as 
you  go.  Makes  the  job  a  dream 
Cat  T  5615  .  S3.50 


ARE  YOU  A  CONSTRUCTIVE  HANDYMAN7 

If  so.  you  might  like  a  drill  speed  control.  There’s  only  one  catch 
You  have  to  build  it  yourself  (and  save  lots  of  bickies  doing  so*) 
But  it’s  m  easy  kit  to  build.  So  don't  panic.  When  finished  (!)  it 
will  control  the  speed  ol  your  hand  drill  from  practically  zero-up 
to  nearly  full  (normal)  RPM.  while  maintaining  useable  torque 
(no  reference  to  ABC  TV).  Suitable  tor  drills  up  to  3A. 

Cat  K  3080  .  559.75 


DONT  BLOW  A  FUSE  OR  YOUR 
COOL:  You  know  what  it’s  like 
trying  to  find  fuse  wire  in  the  dark* 
Replace  fuses  with  these  fantastic 
little  plug-tn  circuit  breakers.  All 
you  do  is  press  to  re  set.  So  simple  - 
anyone  can  install  them  in  just  a 
couple  of  seconds.  Tremendous 
time  saver*  Cat  S  5508  (8  AMP) 
or  CatS  5515  (15  AMP)  ..  S7.95 


You  know  what's  wrong  with  most  car  cassettes7 
They’re  made  down  to  a  price:  cheap  &  nasty 
Dick  looked  at  these  and  rejected  them,  then 
T  went  overseas  to  find  a  good  one.  He  found  this 
quality  unit  using  the  famous  Belgian  Starr 
mechanism.  It  also  has  a  fast  forward  button 
,  something  many  of  the  cheaper  units  miss  out 
on.  If  you  want  quality,  this  is  the  cassette  yqu 
need  Cat  A  6485  . $79.00 


AM/FM  STEREO  CAR  RADIO  ^ 

You  can  now  receive  STEREO  ^ 
in  your  car  with  this  brand  new 
import  .  A  handsome  unit  which  jA. 
features  full  FM  (MPX)  stereo  ^ 
reception  and  a  massive  12  watts 
output  (2  x  6W).  Has  tone  and  jL. 
balance  controls,  too.  Push 
button  tuning,  too.  It  will  pick 


AM/FM  CAR  RADIO 

There's  just  no  point  in  buying 
an  AM  only  car  radio  when  for 
so  little  extra  you  can  be  enjoy 
mg  the  fine  music  and-high 
fidelity  of  the  new  FM  stations. 

Pushbutton  type,  high  power 

output  (6W)  and  in-dash  mount  up  normal  AM  beautifully, 
add  up  to  one  thing:  VALUE.  Speakers  extra  for  both  radios! 
Cat  A  5982  .  . . $69.00  Cat  A  5983  . $89.00 


'9.15/ 


WHAT  A  BRIGHT  IDEA. 

Give  him  a  fluoro  lamp  to  put  in 
the  car,  boat  or  van.  Clean,  white 
light,  uses  standard  replaceable 
tube.  Can  be  mounted  m  |ust  about 
any  position;  requires  12V  @*  8W 
Cat  X  1082  .  S9.75 


CREATE  YOUR  OWN  MOOD  BY 
MOOOLIGHTING 

Sure  you  can  make  one  but  for 
this  price7  It's  neat,  compact  and 
functional  You  would  be  hard 
pressed  to  make  one  as  good  as  this! 
The  'Moonglo'  light  dimmer  will 
handle  incandescent  or  fluoro 
lamps  up  to  a  total  o<  500VA. 
and  RFI  suppression  is  fitted. 
Installation  is  simple  (but  should 
be  done  by  an  electrician) 

Cat  X  1112 . S6.90 

This  fantastic  dimmer  is  much/ 
much  more  than  JUST  a  dimmer* 

It  will  automatically  turn  youi 
lights  on  to  a  pre  determined  level 
as  night  advances.  Imagine  the 
advantages  of  returning  home  to 
a  house  which  looks  occupied 
Think  of  the  security  applications. 
Then  look  at  the  puce.  UNDER 
S10.00.  Incredible  is  hardly  the  word** 
Cat  X  1113 . S9.95 


★★★★★★★★★★★★ 

S 


DICK  SMITH  HAS  THE  MA1002  ALARM  CLOCK  KIT 
DOLLARS  CHEAPER  THAN  HIS  COMPETITORS 

The  very  latest  'clock  on  a  chip'  <i  4  digit  alaim  clock 
built  onto  the  one  1C  chip  including  the  display!  T!ie 
chip  is  pre  assembled  on  a  PCB  (you  don’t  have  to 
worry  about  soldering  the  1C).  All  you  need  add  is  a 
set  ol  switches  U  control  time  setting,  etc.  Simple! 


V- 

SEE  EA  OEC76 


^YOU  CAN  SAVE  MONEY  WITH  THE 
8-  DICK  SMITH  KIT!  If  purchased  separately 
from  our  competitors,  parts  would  cost  around  S21.00 
,C  A  Dick's  kit  S 18  50*  A  bargain.  And  we  supply  the 

module.  6  miniature  push  buttons,  alarm  on' off  slider 
switch  special  transformer  and  full  data  sheets. 

Cat  K  3434  . S18.50 

If  you  only  want  the  module,  we  have  that  for  just 
S1 1.50.  (Picture  shown  at  top)  The  board  contains 
all  the  parts.  See  E.A\  December  for  circuit  details. 

Cat  X  1052  . S1 1.50 

A  transformer  to  suit  this  chip  8i  circuit. 

Cat  M  2822  . S3.75 


powfr  pius!  roue  yoursflf 


DO  YOU  LIKE  MUSIC  IN  YOUR  CAR? 

How  about  LOUD  music?  Fan  tastic.  We  have 
something  for  you  a  car  stereo  power  booster  It's 
a  sad  fact  of  life  that  most  car  stereos  have  just  a 
couple  of  watts  output.  And  that's  barely  enough  to 
get  above  road  noise,  let  alone  sound  like  hi-fi. 

The  stereo  power  booster  is  simply  installed  in  your 
speaker  leads  (powered  by  car  battery)  And  instead 
of  your  measly  couple  of  watts,  you  get  a  full  10  watts 
per  channel.  That's  as  much  as  many  home  stereos! 

Easy  installation  (instructions  supplied)  just  a  few 
minutes  work  and  you  can  be  driving  around  the  bend  (7) 
Cat  A  6612 . . S27.50 


HOME  MECHANICS:  HAVE  WE  GOT  A  CHRISTMAS  FOR  YOU!  ; 

You  don't  need  to  be  told  how  much  \ 
your  car  is  costing  these  days.  You 
want  to  save  some  money,  right? 

Solution:  Do  your  own  tuning! 

It’s  easier  than  you  might  think. 

Especially  with  a  tune  up  analyser 
such  as  this -little  beauty.  In 
conjunction  with  a  timing  light, 
you  can  do  all  electrical  tuning 
and  carburettor  adjustment  in 
just  a  couple  of  hours.  You’ll  have 
paid  for  the  units  after  just  a 
couple  of  tunes  in  saved  petrol 
alone.  Checks  RPM.  dwell. 
points,  volts,  current,  etc.  5/1 

And  a  timing  light:  Not  your  average 
neon  types  that  have  trouble  lighting 
up  a  pinhead,  these  are  powered 
xenon  (white  flash)  types  with  pistol 
grip.  Invaluable  tuning  aid. 

TUNE  UP  ANALYZER 
COMPLETE  WITH  LEAOS 
Cat  A  8512 . $29.50 

XENON  TIMING  LIGHT 
Cat  A  8505  . S19.75 


tO  WATTS 

HE  CONSTRUCTOR 

The  ULTIMATE  TV  Game  Kit : 

with  sound  and  full  digital  scoring! 

suns. 


There  are  TV  Games  and  there  are  TV  games  ...  but  there  is  only  one 
SELECTA  GAME* 

This  game  conforms  exactly  to  the  original  ET  design  and  specifications 
there  have  been  no  cost-cutting  corners  or  inferior  substitutes. 

There  are  six  selectable  games,  selectable  bat  sizes,  selectable  ball  size; 
selectable  angles,  and  you  get  both  sound  and  full  scoring.  The  kit  is 
easy  to  build;  it  is  complete  to  the  last  detail  (inc.  front  panel). 

Demand  is  great;  stocks  are  limited.  All  orders  filled  in  strict  priority  of  receipt. 

You  COULD  be  playing  TV  games  tonight.  (The  ratings  periods  are  over  for  a  few  months 
so  the  programs  are  pretty  lousy.  Show  your  disgust  by  playing  TV  games  instead1) 


SEE  ETI  NOV  76 

CONTROL  UNIT  ONLY  SHOWN. 

SEPARATE  ARMCHAIR  CONTROLS  SUPPLIED 


S0PCR8  PLAYMASTBR  TW/R25 

8950* 


SEE  EA  SEPT  76 


SPECIFICATIONS 
Powei: 

25  ♦  25W  RMS  (8  ohms) 

Freq.  response. 

30Hz  20kHz  (IdB.  RIAA) 
Channel  Separation: 

46dB  (»  1kHz,  33dB  @>  10kHz 
Input  Sensitivity: 

Phono  at  1kHz:  2mV,  56k 
Overload  at  1kHz  120mV. 
High  level  150mV.  36k. 

Hum  &  Noise 
70d8  unweighted 
THD: 

less  than  0.2% 
typically  less  than  0.05"- 

GIVE  YOURSELF  TWO  CHRISTMAS  PRESENTS!  If  you  huild  the  Damping  Factor 

Playmastet  Twin  25,  you  will  save  at  least  one  hundred  dollars  (or 
more)  on  a  commercial  amplifier  with  similar  specifications  So  you 
would  get  two  Christmas  presents  a  superb  new  25W  per  channel 
amplifier  AND  the  S100  in  your  pocket  that  you  saved* 


MVSKMOWUt 

r.  . . 


Cat K  3140 


TOY  ORGAN 


WITH  DICK'S  EXCLUSIVE 
CONSTRUCTION  MANUAL 


greater  than  60  @  1kHz 
greater  t!  an  30@30Hz 
Stability 
Unconditional 


HAVE  THE  WILDEST  CHRISTMAS  PARTY 
ON  THE  BLOCK! 

Don't  just  have  coloured  lights,  hava  wild,  with  it 
modulated  lights  just  like  the  discos  have.  How 
do  they  do  it7  with  a  colour  organ  like  the 
Musicolour  It  takes  an  audio  signal  (e.g.  from 
youi  speaker  terminals)  and  converts  it  to  a  drive 
for  jrdinary  coloured  lights.  You  can  have  3 
different  colours  1  for  each  of  the  channels  for 
high,  medium  and  low  frequencies.  Unreal! 

By  the  way  -  did  you  know  that  you  can  use  a 
Musicoloui  to  modulate  ordinary  240V  Christmas 
tree  lights  -  just  connect  them  to  the  Musicolour 
middle'  channel  and  connect  to  your  hi-fi.  Youi 
Christmas  tree  will  then  light  up  to  your  music 


SEE  ETI  AUG  76 

LIBERACE  -  EAT  YOUR  HEART  OUT! 

If  you've  always  wanted  to  play  a  musical  instrument,  here's 
youi  big  chance  AFTER  you've  built  it*  And  we  don’t 
really  know  what  is  easier  building  or  playing*  Anyone  who 
can  use  a  soldering  iron  can  make  this  mini-organ.  And  anyone 
can  play  it  -  all  you  do  is  touch  your  finger  on  the  special  keys 
and  presto!  You  can  play  tunes  instantly.  The  kit  is  complete 
excepi  for  the  wooden  case  we  thought  you  would  like  to 
please  yourself  there.  Happy  playing  Cat.  K  3430  ..  ..  S24.75 


iS2150 


DICK  SMITH  ELECTRONICS  GROUP 

HEAD  OFFICE:  Phone  439  5311.  Telex  AA20036.  Cable  ‘Diksmit’  Sydney 
MAIL  ORDERS:  P.O.  Bok  747,  Crow*  Nest,  N.S.W.  2065 
N.S.W.  BRANCHES:  GORE  HILL-162  Pacific  Hwy,  439  5311 
SYDNEY-  125  York  St,  29  1126  BANKSTOWff-361  Hume  Hwy.,  709  6600 
OLD— 166  Logan  Rd.,  Buranda  391  6233 
INTERSTATE  BRANCHES:  y|£ — 656  Bridge  Rd.,  Richmond  42  1614 


SEE  ETI 
AUG  75 
WANT  TO  FIX  YOUR 
OWN  COLOUR  TV? 

Many  hobbyists  have  the 
knowledge  to  fix  their 
own  colour  TVs,  but 
most  lack  the  gear.  Here's 
one  item  that  won't  break 
the  bank  a  crosshatch  81 
dot  generator,  essential 
for  convergence  81  purity 
adjustment  And  it's 
simple  to  make. 

Cat  K  3290  .  ..  $21.50 


DICK  SMITH  DEALERS: 
x  Aero  Electronics,  Hobart  (34  8232) 

A  Veneman  &  Wyatt,  Darwin  (81  3491) 
ft-  \  Wills  &  Co.,  Launceston  (31  5688) 

I  Hunts  Electronics.  Toowoomba(32  6944) 
A.E.  Cooling,  Elizabeth  South(255  2249) 
fUf  The  Record  Centre,  Griffith  (621  577) 
r?  Altronics  Parts,  105  Stirling  St, 

Perth  W.A.  6000  Ph  28  1599  , 

Dealers  prices  mav  be  higher  due  to  transport  costs. 


f  +  +  + 


(IILO  RE  DAS 


»  FOR  THE  HI  FI'ER 


* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 


A  fantastic  'start  up' deck  to  begin  your 
hi-fi  system  —  or  a  great  'dubbing'  deck 
for  serious  audiophiles. 


WATTMASTER 

STEREO  CASSETTE  DECK  WITH  AUTO  STOP 

^  This  real  beaut  deck  has  slider  level  controls,  three  neat 
switches  (tape  select  normal  or  Cr02,  noise  cut  to 
J  eliminate  hiss;  and  power  on/off).  Has  piano  key  operat- 
'on  with  auto  stop  feature.  Microphone  inputs  (mics 
y*  supplied)  or  phono  jack  inputs.  Stereo  headphone  outlet. 

J  r  fa2t2iC,deCk  ,or  ,he  price  ~  limi,ed  quantities  only! 

*  Cat  A  3682  . . .  $99  90 

*  BASF  HOBBY  BOXES 


Cat  A  3682 


WHATEVER  HAPPENED 
TO  INFLATION.  ITS  DEAD! 


LAST  YEAR  I  SOLO  SIMILAR 
DECKS  FOR  $139.95.  LOOK 
AT  THE  PRICE  NOW' 


ARGO  Dl  KIS  AN  TAH  OHO  HO  * 


\p  Fantastic  Speaker  Kit  hi  h  changer 

^Hk  Hnw  nn  vnu  ninnc  a  cocn/cm  _ _ _  _ 


If  you  own  a  tape  recorder  or  cassette  deck,  you'll  need  to  v-' 

splice  tapes.  Don't  try  to  do  it  with  a  razor  blade  and  sticky 
tape  -  join  the  professionals.  Use  a  BASF  hobby  box. 


Don't  forget  Dick's  full  range  of  tapes  &  accessories  for  that 
last  minute  Christmas  gift  that  you  forgot  to  buy' 

FOR  THE  LISTEHER - — 


J  CASSETTE  HOBBY  BOX  s1215 

^  Contains  all  you'll  need  to  properly 
^  look  after  your  valuable  cassettes' 

With  splicing  template,  non  magnetic 
.  scissors  &  tweezers  (very  important  for 
~  noise-free  splices)  Philips  &  flat  screw 
drivers,  spicing  tape  &  dispenser,  10m 
w  of  leader  tape,  clips,  pressure  pads  and 

*  spare  screws.  Ideal  for  making  party 
yL  tapes,  sound  effects  or  special  effects' 

^  Cat  C  3500  . $12.15 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

- 

.  VALUE  PLUS!  PACKSON'  AM/FM 
**  ...  WITH  CASSETTE  RECORDER 

You  can  record  direct  from  ^ 
%.  the  radio  -  no  leads  or 

••se  the  inbuilt  condenser 

Cat  A  4016 


REEL  TO  REEL  HOBBY  BOX  $^75 

Similar  to  the  cassette  hobby  box,  but  has  gear  just  for 
the  reel  to- reel  set.  Like  a  marking  pencil,  splicer,  tape, 
red,  green  &  white  leader  tape,  stop  foil,  spool  labels, 
tape  clips,  etc.  The  complete  editing  kit! 

Cat.  C-3502  .  jj  75 


AM-FM  AC 


LATEST  LOOK  AM/FM  RADIO 

You  can  play  it  on  the  beach,  you  can  play  it 
in  the  home.  Dual  power  for  economy  (240V 
mains  or  internal  batteries)  and  dual  band  for 
versatmty.  AM  for  normal  DJ  &  news  stations 
FM  for  fine  music  stations.  Absolutely  mad 
give  away  price  for  such  a  fine  looker  &  good 
performer.  It  sounds  as  good  as  it  looks! 

C>t  A4320 . . .  $19.95 


*4 


HOW  DO  YOU  JUDGE  A  SPEAKER? 

The  ultimate  test  of  any  speaker  is  how  it  sounds  to  you 
After  all,  you're  the  one  who  has  to  live  with  it. 

These  sound  great  with  just  about  any  speaker. 

But  there  are  other  considerations.  Like  how  much  room 
they  will  take  up.  Can  they  be  fitted  into  a  small  space’ 

These  are  small. 

How  do  they  look.  Will  they  tone  in  to  the  rest  of  my  room? 
They  look  great.  (You  can  change  the  colour  of  the  baffle) 
And  are  they  expensive.’  It's  one  thing  to  buy  a  good  speaker 
another  to  pay  a  month's  wages  for  it! 

These  are  very  reasonable. 

Some  kits  are  hard  to  put  together.  Do  you  have  to  have  a 
degree  to  put  them  together? 

These  are  dead  easy. 

Okay.  I'm  convinced.  Where  do  I  see  these  fabulous  speakers? 

Where  else  but  a  Dick  Smith  store  or  dealer. 

You  can  please  yourself  what  speaker 
you  put  in  this  box  . . .  But  Dick  has 
a  couple  which  would  be  ideal' 

Cat  C-2100:  28Hz  -  20kHz  response, 
30  watts  rating.  Dual  impedance,  4  or 
8  ohms.  Huge  16oz  magnet'  Twin 
cone  for  optimum  performance. 

CatC  2012:  Famous  C8MX  .  10W 
<£  /  K||  (fros)  8  ohms,  dual  cone.  Resp. 

*  «.vTV  approx  30Hz  18kHz.  Recommended. 


IS  YOUR  OLD  PLAYER  CLAPPED  OUT? 


Did  you  know  that  it's  easy  to  change  to  a 
brand  new  Garrard.  Your  records  will  love 
you  for  it! 

These  fully  automatic  turntables  can  stack 
up  to  6  records, they  have  a  sapphire  stylus 
in  their  ceramic  cartridge,  and  have  a  cueing 
lift.  Why  put  up  with  a  worn-out  player 
any  longer.  Get  one  of  these  mighty  Garrards 
today 1  r~ 

Cat  A  3036  . .  ..  $17.50  ^ 


Don't  forget  Dick's  full  range  of  4^ 
1  record  accessories  and  equipment 
for  that  last-minute  Christmas  gift 


SANTA  SMITH  81  STAFF  WOULD 
LIKE  TO  WISH  ALL  CUSTOMERS 
AND  FRIENDS  A  MERRY 
CHRISTMAS  AND  A  SAFE  AND 
PROSPEROUS  NEW  YEAR. 


*  Specialty 
designed  for  Australia 

*  Opens  dew  listening 

realms  *  Complete 

PUP  coverage 

VHF  all  band  communicator. 

Covers  bands  below,  AC/DC. 
compact  portable.  LEQ  light 
for  tuning.  Earphone  socket. 

NOW  ONLY 


*44.90  % 


SPECIAL 


135- 


DICK  SMITH  ELECTRONICS  GROUP 

™OOOffiCG :  Phone  439  5311.  Telex  AA20036.  Coble  Diksmit  Sydney. 
Moil  Orders:  R  O.  Box  747.  Crows  Nest.  N.S.  W..  2065. 

N.S.W.  Brooches  .GORE  HILL-162  Pocifk  Highwoy.439  5311. ‘g* 
SYDNEY- 125  Y0,k  St.  2?  1124.  BANKSTOWN  -  361  Hume  Hwy..  709  6600. 

Interstate  Branches- QL0 ' ,46  Lo9on  Rd  Bu,°"d°  391  «33. 

VIC. -656  Bridge  Rd..  Richmond.  42  1614. 


Cat.  D  2833 

EXCLUSIVE  VJLE  STATION 
GUIDE  OUCt  ROMOS 

530  -  1600kHz:  Normal  AM  broadcast  band.  All 

your  normal  local  broadcast  stations. 

54  -  88MHz  TV,  Fire  brigade.  Ambulance,  Police, 

Business  Radios,  etc. 

88  -  108MHz:  New  FM  broadcast  band. 

108  -  136MHz:  AIR  band  all  aircraft  (tiger  moths  to 
jumbos,  tower,  etc) 

217MHz:  Amateurs,  marine  VHF,  harbour  control. 

Taxis,  Police,  Road  Patrols,  etc  etc; 


LUXTONi  AM/VHF 
RECEIVER 

Same  band  coverage  as  above  receiver, 
incredible  value  for  such  wide  range. 

‘Luxtone'  AM  FM-VHF  receiver 
operates  on  AC/batteries,  smart 
appearnace  and  comes  complete  with 
earphone  and  batteries.  All  solid 
state,  robust  construction. 

Cat  0-2840 . $29.90 

$29. 90 


LOOKS  WORKS  BETTER 
THAN  RABBITS  EARS: 

Deluxe  TV  antenna  for  indoor  use  in 
primary  reception  areas  Ideal  for  colour 
or  BSW  use,  standard  connector 

Cat  L-4012 .  $8.90 


VHF  AIRCRAFT 
RADIO  WITH 
AM  BAHD 
$12.50 


Handy  pocket  radio 
allowes  you  to  listen 
international  air- 
band  (110-136 
MHz).  You  can  hear 
the  control  tower, 
automatic  weather  S 
landing  information, 
aircraft  approach  and 
departure  instructions, 
aircraft  to  aircraft  etc. 
Ideal  for  flying  stude- 


FOR  THE  TECHHICIAH 

* 


INCREDIBLY  HANDY  LITTLE  DC  VOLTMETER 
DIGITAL  READOUT  IN  END  OF  PROBE  •  •  • 

Ideal  for  service,  developmental  work  etc,  this 
fantastic  little  DC  voltmeter  has  a  3  digit  readout 
in  the  end.  Ideal  for  working  in  close  when  you 
can't  afford  to  take  your  eyes  off  the  circuit  - 
one  flash  and  you're  ash! 

3  range*.  20V,  200V  S 1000V .  Battery  powered. 

Cat  Q  1445 . ......  ..  ..  $89.50 


* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 


SAVE  33%% 


50 

Uo* 


HIGH  SPEED  STEEL  MINIATURE  DRILLS 
FOR  PC  BOARDS: 

Just  right  for  component  leads,  no.  60  (,04in) 
won't  be  too  sloppy  or  too  tight. 

Cat  T4820 ..  .  $0.50 

Or  a  little  smaller:  A  no.  65  (,033in)  ideal  for 
small  leads  (especially  1C  pins). 

Cat  T  4825  . $0.50 


SIGNAL  INJECTOR 


YOU  CAN  SERVICE  ON  THE  CHEAP! 

Very  economic  service  signal  injector  puts 
out  harmonics  way  up  into  the  RF  region. 

An  invaluable  service  tool  (at  twice  the  price!) 
J^atQ-1270 .  $4.75 


DICK  SMITH  DEALERS 

A.E.  Cooling,  Elizabeth  South.  S.A.  Ph  255  2249 
Veneman  &  Wyatt,  Stuart  Park,  N  T.  Ph  81-3491 
Aero  Electronics.  Hobart,  Tas.  Ph  34-8232 
Wills  &  Co,  Launceston,  Tas.  Ph  31  5688 
Hunts  Electronics,  Toowoomba,  Qld.  Ph  32-6944 
The  Record  Centre,  Griffith,  N.S.W.  Ph  62  1577 
Altronics  Parts,  Perth.  W.A.  Ph  28  1599.  •  I 

Dealers  prices  may  be  slightly  higher 
due  to  transport  costs.  I 


J_T>«n«Ullen:  M«llo  r»«d«r».  h.r,’,  .  to  Qicll  i,  sinli.  Ho  Mo  Mo,  ■ 


POSTAL  CHARGES 

cunBunilBP  ORDER  VALUE  CHARGE 

Mon -Fri:  9  to  5.30  !o°  $2499  $1.50  pac^ng^NO^HandluTg  CHARGE ^ 

Sat •'  9  to  12.  0  JJJ-JJ  jfK  is  si  00.  we  despatch  -freight- 

$50  to  $99.99  $3.50  ON’  AND  YOU  PAY  WHEN  YOU 

GM— $100  Of  more  $5.00  RECEIVE  THE  GOODS 

hnnUrnrrl  1  F0R  C  °  0  SEN0  $T4°  EXTRA  PLUS  S3  00  DEPOSIT. 

ocinHcorcJ  j  minimum  mail  order  amount  is  $sv 


★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★★ k 


Circuit  &  Design  Ideas 


Conducted  by  Ian  Pogson 


Interesting  circuit  ideas  and  design  notes.  MtocMd  I™"***  **  ^ 


laboratory.  ™s^nabili^cannotbeaccepted  Your  contributions  are  welcome,  and  will  be  paid  for  if  used. 


Designing  optimum-Q  and  small  inductors 


Optimum  Q  is  achieved  in  an  inductor 
when  its  length  and  diameter  are  equal. 
This  table  will  serve  as  a  guide  when 
designing  high-Q  inductors  for  RF  cir¬ 
cuits.  It  gives  maximum  turns  and  induc¬ 
tance  for  various  wire  gauges  when 
close-wound  in  a  single  layer. 

Higher  Qs  will  be  obtained  if  the  turns 

Wire  Diameter  &  Length  (inches) 
AWG  1/8  1/4  3/8 


are  spaced  at  one  wire  diameter.  This 
results  in  half  the  turns  and  one  quarter 
of  the  inductance  listed  in  the  table. 
Should  an  intermediate  inductance  or 
number  of  turns  be  desired,  the  factor, 
K,  at  the  bottom  of  each  column  can  be 
used  for  calculation  from  the  formula 
L=  KT. 


16 

18 

20 

22 

24 

26 

28 

30 


T 

L* 

T 

L* 

T 

L# 

T 

L* 

T 

L* 

T 

L* 

T 

L* 

T 

L* 


.108 


.233 


.414 


1/2 

8 

.552 

10% 

.950 


5/8 


3/4 


3 

6% 

10 

13 

.0194 

.182 

.647 

1.46 

4 

8 

12 

16% 

.0345 

.276 

.931 

2.35 

5 

10 

15 

20% 

.0539 

.431 

1.46 

3.62 

6% 

13 

19% 

25% 

.091 

.728 

2.46 

5.61 

8 

16 

24 

32 

.138 

1.10 

3.72 

8.83 

10 

20 

30 

40 

.215 

1.72 

5.82 

13.8 

.00215 

.00431 

.00647 

.001 

10 

12 

16 

1.08 

1.86 

4.41 

13 

15% 

21 

1.82 

3.11 

7.60 

16% 

19% 

26 

2.93 

4.92 

11.7 

20 

24% 

33 

4.31 

7.76 

18.8 

25 

30% 

41 

6.74 

12.0 

29.0 

32% 

38%  * 

51 

11.4 

19.2 

44.8 

40 

48 

64 

17.2 

29.8 

70.6 

50 

60 

80 

27.0 

46.5 

110 

.0108 

.0129 

.01 

When  small  inductors  are  needed,  for 
RF  chokes  or  HF  filter  networks,  it  is 
frequently  convenient  to  wind  them  on 
composition  (carbon)  resistors.  The  table 
shows  inductances  for  various  wire  sizes 
when  close-wound  on  common  resistor 
bodies.  The  resistor  value  should  be 
above  4.7k  for  the  low  value  inductances 
and  above  47k  for  the  higher  values, 
unless  low  Q  is  desired. 

The  number  of  turns  listed  leaves  a  lit¬ 
tle  space  at  the  end  of  the  resistor  body 
to  file  small  notches  in  order  to  guide  the 
coil  wire  down  to  the  resistor  lead  while 
not  allowing  the  coil  turns  to  fall  off  the 


•Inductance.  L.  is  in  microhenries. 


Shunt  stabilised  power  supply 


(By 

R.  E. 

Martin, 

in  "Popular. 

Elec- 

tronics 

Wire 

Resister 

Size 

AWG 

%W 

%w 

1W 

2W 

T 

3 

7 

11 

14 

20 

L* 

.013 

.097 

.32 

.63 

T 

4 

8 

13 

17 

22 

L* 

.023 

.13 

.45 

.92 

T 

5 

10 

17 

22 

24 

L* 

.036 

.20 

.76 

1.5 

T 

6 

12 

21 

27 

26 

L# 

.051 

.29 

1.2 

2.3 

T 

8 

15 

26 

33 

28 

L* 

.092 

.45 

1.8 

3.5 

T 

9 

19 

32 

41 

30 

L# 

.12 

.72 

2.7 

5.4 

T 

11 

22 

39 

50 

32 

L* 

.17 

.96 

4.0 

8.0 

T 

14 

28 

49 

62 

34 

L* 

.28 

1.6 

6.3 

12 

T 

18 

34 

60 

77 

36 

L* 

.46 

2.3 

9.5 

19 

This  circuit  offers  an  improved  power 
handling  capacity  over  a  simple  zener 
stabilised  circuit.  It  is  short-circuit  proof 
and  less  likely  to  damage  delicate  loads 
in  the  event  of  a  fault  in  the  supply.  In 
many  cases  less  power  will  be  dissipated, 
by  the  regulating  transistor,  than  in  con¬ 
ventional  series  stabilisers.  In  the  circuit 
shown,  a  feedback  amplifier  has  been 
added  to  compare  the  output  and  zener 


voltages.  The  regulating  transistor  carries 
current  equal  to  the  difference  between 
maximum  and  instantaneous  currents. 
Therefore,  if  the  load  normally  takes 
close  to  maximum  current,  the  power 
dissipation  will  be  low  and  a  cheaper 
transistor  may  be  used,  particularly  if  the 
unregulated  input  voltage  is  very  much 
larger  than  the  required  output  voltage. 


(By  J.  Suter,  in  "Wireless  World".) 

ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


•Inductance,  L,  is  in  microhenries. 

TTL  decade  counter 
divides  by  any  integer 

In  many  applications  a  pulse  train  must 
be  divided  by  a  fixed  integer.  For  exam¬ 
ple,  digital  clocks  often  divide  the  line 
frequency  by  50  to  obtain  a  1  Hz  output, 
and  time-base  generators  divide  a  crystal 
oscillator  frequency  down  to  several  sta¬ 
ble  low  frequency  outputs.  If  the  integer 
is  10  or  less,  just  one  7490  TTL  decade 
counter  can  handle  the  division. 

Usually  frequency  division  in  TTL  cir¬ 
cuits  is  accomplished  by  using  binary 
counters  and  logic  gates.  To  divide  by 

83 


I 


DIGITAL  AUTO  CLOCK 


KIT  51-  SO 

ONLY 


Let  your  car.  van,  boat,  caravan,  truck,  aircraft  or  any  other  vehicle  join  the  Digital 
Revolution  with  our  new  Digital  Auto  Clock 

FEATURES 

y4ZTLSpSCrprPERnAr  *  TWO-WIRE  NON-POLARIZED  POWER  INPUT  •  BRIGHT 
.27  RED  LED  DISPLAY  .  DISPLAY  BLANKS  WHEN  IGNITION  TURNED  OFF  .  12  OR  24 
HOUR  TIME  DISPLAY  •  QUARTZ  CRYSTAL  ACCURACY  TO  WITHIN  .002%  (ADJUSTABLE)  • 
HIGH-TEMP  ABS  PLASTIC  CASE  WITH  MOUNTING  BRACKET  •  CAN  BE  MOUNTED  ON  OR  UNDER 
VEHICLE  DASH  •  BATTERY  BACK-UP  FOR  POWER  FAILURE  OR  MOVING  FROM  HOUSE  TO  CAR 
ETC  •  EASY  TIME  SETTING  VIA  HIDDEN  SWITCHES  IN  FRONT  OF  CASE  •  VOLTAGE  SPIKE  AND 
NOISE  SUPPRESSING  CIRCUITRY 

Complete  kit  includes  all  parts,  displays,  etched  and  drilled  PC  Boards.  Case  and  mounting  bracket  (less  9V 
transistor  battery). 

ALSO  AVAILABLE  WITH  36  '  DISPLAYS:  KIT  SI-204  . $33.95  ,w  „  abo„. / 


ALPHA  MODEL  DMM-1ER 

DIGITAL  MULTIMETER  KIT 


4-DIGIT  DECADE  COUNTER 


The  Decade  Counter  is  a  basis  for  a  wide  variety  of 
instruments. 

•  On-chip  internal  oscillator  for  scanning  speed 

•  Overflow  and  count-ex  tend  outputs 

•  Transfer,  reset,  count,  blanking  and  true  compliment 
control  inputs 

•  Circuit  board  can  be  cascaded  to  8  12  16  digits 

•  Kit  includes  all  components.  PCB’s.  LED  displays 
(you  select  the  size)  and  complete  instructions 

KIT  SI  12A  (with  0.27"  displays)  .  .  .  S23.95 
KIT  SI-12B  (with  0.50"  displays)  .  S27.95 


Plus  $2.95  Airmail 
post/registration 


Measures: 

AC  VOLTAGE 
DC  VOLTAGE 
AC  CURRENT 
DC  CURRENT 
RESISTANCE 


specifications 


>  40 

oll\  Ih-Iwiy-ii  100  .Hill 
t  5  volls  In'tWITIi 


AC  VOLTAGE 

t  mtlliviili  III  300  voii\  III  thill'  laiuprs 
Input  mi|iedance  10  mii',h,i„„s  Accu 
racy  1  Frequency  Response  0 

In  lull  scale 

100  H/  0  in 
10  000  H,  _  ... 

10  Kli/  ui„|  &0  Mi/ 

RESISTANCE 

1  olinr  lit  6  megohms  Accuracy  (J 
CURRENT 

DC  current  I  imcroamii  in  7 
Accuracy  t  AC  current  t 
.imp  in  300  milliamps  Accuracy 
AC  Frequency  Response  Same  .i 
AC  vnl|ai|i' 


DC  VOLTAGE 

I  millivolt  600  volts  in  linn  Mina-s 
Input  Impedance  10  megohms  Accu 
racy  0  t  in  300V  t  hi  600V 
RESOLUTION 


I  ohm 


Tfst  IE  Ads  ANO  BATTERIES  NOT  INCLUDED 


GENERAL 
Readout  3  ihqil  I  E  0  Power  Source 
linn  AA  i|M'iilii|ht i  si/i*  trailer  ics  iNi 
C.iil  alkaline  m  carl  x  mi  /inti  Over  range 
Indication  display  flashes  when  m|nTt 
i'klivm h  valor  nl  ranqe  selected  Polarity 
Indication  aqtumatic  'neqalivi-  voltaqr 
.mil  t.iirrenl  indicated  tty  display  I  Si/e 
1  »  3  4  a  16  Weight  8  n/ 

Case  IihiIi  impact  Cyculac  Color  Red 


FM  WIRELESS  MIC. 


Kit  SI -36  is  a  completely  new  design  in 
FM  wireless  transmitters.  A  unique  PC 
foil  layout  eliminates 'the  need  for  a 
wire-wound  coil.  Use  with  any  dynamic 
type  microphone  to  broadcast  over  the 
FM  band.  Use  as  an  Intercom,  Baby 
Alert,  Magic  Shows,  School  Science 
Project  etc  Transmitting  frequency 
adjustable  via  a  trimmer  cap. 

Battery  and  microphone  nut  included 


Frequency  Range  50  MH/  to  200  MH/ 
Output  Power  100  milliwatt  with  9  volt 
Max  Output  Power  •  1  watt  with  50  volt 
Current  Consumption  10  mA  to  50  mA  max 
Input  Impedance  Maximum  22  K  ohms. 


Size  1  5  in. 
•Intermittent 


c  2  0  m 


KIT  SI-3B 


$395 


DISPLAY  LED'! 


w  * 


FND  70 
FND  357 
F  NO  503 
FND  510 
FND  800 
FND  810 
DL33MMB 
DL  747 
XAN  654 
XAN  664 


1  20  ea 
1  50  ea 
1  60  ea 
3  95  ea. 
3  95  ea 

1  4b  ea 

2  95  ea 
2.95  ea. 
2  75  ea 


5  S  3  95 
5  S  565 
5  S  6  95 
5  S  755 
5  S18  75 
5  S18  75 
5  S  6  75 
5  SI4  25 
5  S14  25 
5  Si?  95 


CRYSTAL  TIME  BASE 

BO  HZ  OUTPUT 

Here's  the  ideal  kit  for  converting  your  AC  powered  digital 
clock  to  DC  operation.  This  unit  has  a  60Hz  output,  but  is 
ideal  for  use  with  clock  chips  such  as  the  MM5314.  MM5316. 

CT7001  and  others  which  have  both  50  and  60Hz  inputs 
Features  include  Low  power  consumption  (5mA  typ),  5-15  VDC 
operation,  small  size  (1"x2").  adjustable  accuracy  to  .005%. 

Kit  includes  all  components.  PCB  and  easy  assembly  and  hookup 
instructions  to  interface  with  most  MOS  clock  chips. 


DISCRETE  LED's 


Description 

Sohmim  Red 
Stihmim  Green 
Mini  Red 
Mini  Green 
Jiimlro  Red 
JnmlK)  Orange 
Jumlro  Yellow 
Jumtio  Green 


100 
1000 
1(J00 
1000 
13.50 
1350 
22  00 
22  00 
21  00 


’  Denotes  device  has  no  decimal  iioint 
C  C  Common  Cathqde  CA  Common  Amnle 


CLOCK  CHIPS 


LINEAR  1C*! 

Micro  Power  Op  Amp 
2  Watt  Audio  Amp 
Timer 

Phase  Locked  Loop 
PLL  Tone  Decoder 
Voltage  Regulator 
Op  Amp 
Op  Amp 

5V/1A  V  Regulator 
5V  Regulator  TO-220 
12V  Regulator  T0-220 
15V  Regulator  T0-3 
24V  Regulator  TO  3 
IK  Static  RAM 


10/S  9.0(0 
10/S  9.00 
10/S  5  50 
1Q/S16  00 
10/S12  70 
10/S  4  95 
10/S  2.25 
10/S  2  25 
10/S  9  50 
10/S  9  00 
10/S  9.00 
10/S1 1  50 
10/S1 1.50 
10/S21.50 


9-DIGIT  DISPLAY 

OH  spec  devices  the  only  fault  we  found  ,vith  them  is  that  some 
digits  m.jy  |»e  slightly  dimmer  than  others  All  segments  light  At 
1 1  cents  a  digit  you  can't  lose  Ideal  foi  a  mini  digital  clock,  stop 
watch  oi  calculator  COM. CATHODE 

SPECIAL  —  SO. 99  each . 


3  for  $2.60 


LED  DRIVER  ICs 


Ah 


75491  Quad  Segment  Driver 

75492  Hex  Digit  Driver 


SO  39 
SO  49 


MM5314 

MM5316 


6 -digit.  12  24  Hr  .  50  60H/.  Multiplexed 
?4-pin  dip. 

4  6  digit.  12'24Hi  .  50  60H/.  Alarm.  Sn/ . 
40-pm  dip. 

6 -digit  Alarm.  Sn/  .  12  Hr  60H/. 

24  Hr  50H/.  28  pin 
4 -diqit  direct  LED  drive.  Alarm.  Sn/ . 

Radio  timer,  non-multiplex,  40-pin 
PCB  for  MK50252.  etched  and  drilled 
PCB  for  MK50381.  etched  and  drilled, 

..  also  accommodates  4  x  FND 70 

All  clock  chips  supplied  with  data  sheets 


MK  50252 
M  K  5038 1 


S695 
S3  95 


SPECIAL  CIRCUITS 


MK5002  4  -digit  decade  counter  'latch/decoder.  7-seg  and 
BDC  outputs.  28-pin  dip  with  data 
MK5005  4 -digit  decade  counter  latdh /decoder .  7-segment 
output  curtly.  24-pin  dip.  with  data 
MK5007  4  digit  decade  'counter  /latch  /decoder  with  BCD 

outputs  only.  16-pin  dip  with  data 


OOPB!  WE  RAN  OUT  OF  SPACE _ 

to  list  many  other  kits  and  components  No  worry,  they  are  all 
in  our  flyers  which  absent  with  every  order  However  if  you  want 
the  flyers  only,  send  two  International  Reply  Coupons  and  we  ll  rush 
them  to  you  via  Airmail  * 


prices  are  listed  m  Australian  dollars  Please  add  postage  where  shown  We  pay  Airmail  postage  on  all  other  items 

Money  Order  in  which  case  original  receipt  should  he  enclosed  with  order 

NOTE  DUTY  MAY  BE  PAYABLE  ON  GOODS  IMPORTED 


r  by  International  Postal 


MINIMUM  ORDER  AS5  00  PLEASE 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


sabtronics 


PO  BOX  64683  DALLAS.  TX  75206,  US. A. 
TELEPHONE  (214)  369  7309 


CIRCUIT  ft  DESIGN  IDEAS 


/*'~*'*  .Mfeftfcar-- 


OPERATION  OF  7490  1C  AS  A  DIVIDE-BY-N  COUNTER 


DIVISOR 

N 

INPUT 

PIN  No. 

OUTPUT 
PIN  No. 

EXTERNAL  CONNECTIO 

14 

12 

PIN  2  OR  3  LOW 

2 

PIN  8  TO  PIN  2 

3 

1 

8 

PIN  9  TO  PIN  3 

4 

1 

8 

PIN  1  1  TO  PINS  2  AND  3 

5 

1 

11 

PIN  2  OR  3  LOW 

14 

8 

PIN  12  TO  PIN  1 

PIN  9  TO  PIN  2 

6 

PIN  8  TO  PIN  3 

1 

12 

PIN  1  1  TO  PIN  14 

PIN  12  TO  PIN  2 

7 

PIN  9  TO  PIN  3 

PIN  12  TO  PINS  1 

8 

14 

8 

PIN  1  1  TO  PINS  2  AND  3 
PIN  12  TO  PINS  1  AND  2 

9 

14 

1  1 

PIN  1 1  TO  PIN  3 

1  1 

PIN  12  TO  PIN  1 

10 

14 

PIN  2  OR  3  LOW 

Double-pole  battery  time  switch 


Designed  to  switch  off  battery- 
operated  equipment  automatically  after 
about  seven  minutes,  this  circuit  per¬ 
forms  its  function  with  a  very  low  current 
drain  on  the  battery.  It  was  made  up  for 
use  in  the  Solid  State  Multimeter 
described  in  the  April,  1976  issue. 

With  a  current  drain  of  its  own  of  only 
350uA,  it  can  switch  at  least  20mA  to  the 
equipment  which  it  controls.  When  it 
switches  off,  the  standby  current  it  uses, 
less  than  2uA,  has  a  negligible  effect  on 
battery  life. 

Referring  to  the  circuit,  TR5  and  TR6 
perform  the  switching  function.  They 
receive  their  drive  from  the  TR1,  ikz 
Darlington  pair  through  the  common 


collector  load  resistor.  When  the  push¬ 
button  is  pressed,  Cl  charges  via  R9  and 
the  base-emitter  junctions  of  TR5  and 
TR6  turn  on.  As  the  charge  across  Cl 
increases,  TR1,  TR2  turn  on  by  current 
through  R4. 

When  the  push-button  is  released,  the 
charge  across  Cl  slowly  leak®  a way 
through  R4  and  continues  to  hold  TR1, 
TR2  on,  and  in  turn,  hold  TR5  and  TR6 
on.  All  this  time,  TR3,  TR4  are  biased  off 
by  the  effects  of  R5  and  the  saturated 
TR1,  TR2  pair.  These  conditions  remain 
uhtil  the  potential  across  Cl  falls  to  about 
1.5V. 

(By  Mr  C.  Christensen,  17  Centaur 
Street,  Redcliffe,  Qld  4020.) 


BATTERY  +9V 


N-i.e.,  to  get  one  output  pulse  for  every 
N  input  pulses— the  logic  gates  are  con¬ 
nected  so  that  the  counter  is  reset  when 
the  Nth  pulse  is  counted.  The  most  sig¬ 
nificant  bit  is  used  as  the  output,  because 
it  makes  the  high-to-low  clocking  transi¬ 
tion  only  once  for  every  N  input  pulses. 

If  it  is  necessary  to  have  an  output  pulse 
of  a  specific  length,  then  a  monostable 
may  be  triggered  when  the  Nth  pulse  is 
detected. 

The  disadvantage  of  this  division  tech¬ 
nique  is  that  even  for  divisors  less  than 
10  two  l^s  are  required,  a  binary  counter 
and  a  gate.  But  a  pulse  train  can  be 
divided  by  any  integer  between  2  and  10 
by  use  of  just  one  7490  TTL  decade  coun¬ 
ter  1C,  owing  partly  to  its  divide-by-2  and 
divide-by-5  stages  and  partly  to  its  inter¬ 
nal  ANDed  reset,  which  lets  it  reset  only 
when  both  pin  2  and  pin  3  are  high. 

The  counter  can  be  made  to  reset  on 
any  count  from  2  to  10  by  appropriate 
connections  of,  the  pins.  The  necessary 
interconnections  for  each  value  of  N  are 
shown  in  the  table.  For  example,  if 
division  by  7  is  desired,  the  7490  is  wired 
as  shown  in  the  figure.  The  input  and  out¬ 
put  pulse  trains  for  this  configuration  are 
also  shown.  If  a  larger  division  is 
required,  it  is  only  necessary  to  cascade 
several  stages  together,  provided  the 
divisor  has  factors  that  are  all  less  than 
10. 

(By  T.  Durgavich  and  D.  Abrams,  in 
"  Electronics"). 


BATTERY  0V 


O  G  (SEE  TEXT) 


BATTERY  -9V 


FREE  OFFER!!! 


Free  offer  of  5  new  branded  BC548  transistors  For  every 
order  over  $10,  This  month  only.  Take  advantage  of 
this  free  offer  now!  Don't  delay!  special  purchase  of 
fresh  stock  switches  and  electrolytics.  We  can  sell  these 
at  a  fraction  of  L.st  Pr.ces.  Look!!!  electrolytic  super  bar¬ 
gain:  2.2uf/50v  Single  Ended.  Top  aual.ty-20  for ■  $  1 
(S.E.)  is  single  ended  type.  (P)  is  pigtail  type.  1 00uf  /  10v 
S.E.  -10  for  $1.  220uf/25v  (S.E.)— 10  for  H.90. 
47uf/63v  (S.E.)— 10  for  $1.60.  33uf/16v  (S.E.)— 10  for 
$  1 . 47uf  / 50v  (S.E.)— 10  for  $  1 .40,  luf /25v §.E->-1° 
for  60c.  2.2uf  /  25v  (S.E.)-IO  focr  C6v5c'  2#20u^395e.V 
(SE)-10  for  $2.  1000uf/25v  (S.E.)-6  for  $2.25. 
470uf/25v  (S.E.)— 10  for  $2.50.  47uf/350v  (P)— 6  for 
$3.  22uf/350v  (P)-8for  $3.  lOuf /350v  (P)— 1 0  for  $3. 

2  2uf/350v  (P) —  1 0  for  $2.25.  1uf/350v  (P)— 10  for 
$1.75,  1 0Ouf / 50v  (S.E.)— 10  for  $2  25'  47J,/50v 
-(P)  —  1 0  for  $1.50.  22uf/50v  (P)-10  for  $K20. 
640uf/16v  (S.E.)— 10  for  $3.  1 0Ouf /63v  (S.E.)-IO  for 
$2  40  Special  bulk  price;  2.2uf/50v  (S.E.)— 200  for 
$8  Just  arrived,  new  switches,  fantastic  sale  of 
switches.  These  are  top  quality  switches. Many  minia¬ 
ture  types  at  incredible  pr.ces.  We  brought  a  certain  quan- 
tity  so  remember,  once  they  are  sold  out  i thes®  pr,^eSc 
you've  missed  out.  ST103A  Toggle  switch  SPST-40c 
ea  MSPB206R  Push  button  DPDT— 60c  ea  MSP106D 
Push  button  SPOT— 50c  ea..  MST206N  Miniature  Toflflle 
DPDT-85C  ea..  MSL203N-5  Rocker  switch  DPDT-65C 
ea  MSH203N  Rocker  Toggle  switch  DPDT— 65c  ea  . 
MSP103C  Push  button  S  P  —  30c  ea..  MSP406N  Minia¬ 
ture  Toggle  4PDT-$1  ea..  MR3-3  Miniature  Rotary 
switch- $  1  50  New  panel  meters  at  bargain  pr.ces.  Top 
quality  "sew"  brand.  SD830  Range  DC  50mv  size 
3V4"x4V4"  with  blank  scale  to  suit  various  projects.  Ideal 
for  making  up  your  own  scale,  sensitive  movement 
rugged  construction,  only  $3.95  ea.  A  bargain  not  to 
be  missed!  Hurry  for  the  above  specials  as  these  are 
Limited  quantity  specials  Once  they 
you've  missed  out!  Post  your  order  today!  Money  beck 
if  not  satisfied!  Post  and  Pack  is  60c.  Please  add  extra 
for  large  orders.  _ 


MICRONICS 

P.0.  Box  175,  Randwick.  2031 


GETTING  INTO  MICROPROCESSORS! 


The  Mostek  F8 


Our  survey  of  microprocessors  continues  this  month  with  a  detailed 
look  at  the  Mostek  F8  chip  set,  and  the  Mostek  Evaluation  Kit.  This 
comes  either  as  a  fully  assembled  printed  circuit  board,  or  as  a  kit  of 
parts. 

by  DAVID  EDWARDS 


The  Mostek  Corporation  is  second 
sourcing  the  Fairchild  F8  microprocessor 
chip  set,  which  was  featured  in  last 
month's  article.  As  noted  in  that  article, 
the  F8  microprocessor  set  is  significantly 
different  from  other  8  bit  designs  we 
have  considered.  It  is  manufactured 
using  N-channel  Isoplanar  MOS  tech¬ 
nology. 

The  F8  system  is  designed  primarily  for 
high-volume  dedicated-use  applications, 
and  does  not  lend  itself  quite  as  readily 
as  some  other  systems  to  one-off 
designs.  However,  this  system  can  func¬ 
tion  with  only  two  chips  as  a  complete, 
fully  viable  microcomputer  system,  with 
Ik  bytes  of  ROM  program  storage,  64 
bytes  of  RAM,  inbuilt  clock  and  program¬ 
mable  timer,  and  32  bits  of  program¬ 
mable  I/O. 

The  two  chips  which  form  the  heart  of 
the  F8  system  are  the  3850,  designated 
the  CPU  or  central  processing  unit,  and 
the  3851,  program  storage  unit  or  PSU. 
In  terms  of  chip  area  the  latter  device  is 
primarily  a  mask-programmed  ROM, 
organised  as  Ik  bytes,  which  stores  the 
program  to  run  the  system. 

Conventional  bus  addressing  has  been 
avoided  by  moving  all  the  memory 
address  registers  out  of  the  CPU  and  into 
the  PSU.  The  extra  chip  area  so  gained 


on  the  CPU  chip  has  been  used  to  incor¬ 
porate  a  64  byte  scratchpad  RAM  and 
two  bidirectional  I/O  ports. 

On  the  other  hand  the  mating  3851 
PSU  device  contains  a  number  of  things 
which  one  doesn't  find  in  a  normal  ROM, 
such  as  a  program  counter,  a  stack  regis¬ 
ter,  a  data  counter  or  indirect  memory 
addressing  register,  and  interrupt  control 
logic.  Quite  apart  from  these  it  also 
provides  two  further  8-bit  bidirectional 
I/O  ports,  and  a  programmable  timer. 

Fig.  1  shows  how  the  basic  two-chip 
F8  system  is  implemented.  Fig.  2  shows 
a  more  advanced  system,  which  has 
further  features  such  as  direct  memory 
addressing  (DMA).  This  allows 
peripheral  devices,  such  as  data  inputs 
and  outputs,  direct  access  to  the  com¬ 
puter  memory.  This  is  achieved  without 
any  degradation  in  system  performance, 
and  has  the  advantage  of  using  fewer 
machine  cycles  than  would  otherwise  be 
the  case. 

There  are  only  three  programmable 
registers  in  the  F8  CPU  chip,  apart  from 
the  64-byte  scratchpad.  The  three  regis¬ 
ters  comprise  an  8-bit  primary  accumula¬ 
tor,  a  6-bit  register  used  for  indirect 
addressing  of  the  scratchpad  (called  the 
ISAR),  and  a  5-bit  status  register. 


MINIMUM  SYSTEM  F8  DEVICE  FAMILY 

%  2  "  sh°™  ’  -ore 


pad  acts  like  a  bank  of  64  secondary  8-bit 
accumulators.  The  first  11  scratchpad 
bytes  are  directly  addressable  via  some 
of  the  F8  instructions,  while  the  rest  are 
accessible  through  implied  addressing 
via  the  ISAR  register.  However,  scratch¬ 
pad  addresses  9-15  inclusive  (decimal) 
are  dedicated  as  buffers  for  the  PSU 
addressing  registers,  so  these  will  not 
usually  be  available  for  other  purposes. 

On  the  software  side,  the  F8  has  a 
repertoire  of  some  76  instruction,  more 
than  half  of  which  use  a  single  byte.  Of 
the  rest  only  three  use  3  bytes,  and  the 
remainder  2  bytes.  This  allows  some 
programs  to  be  surprisingly  short. 

The  F8  designers  have  achieved  this 
economy  by  relying  fairly  heavily  on 
implied  addressing,  where  the  data  to  be 
used  in  executing  an  instruction  is  not 
specified  either  directly  or  indirectly  via 
an  instruction  operand,  but  is  simply 
implied  by  the  type  of  instruction. 

In  all  there  are  some  15  accumulator 
instructions,  12  branch  instructions,  8 
memory  reference  instructions,  13 
address  register  instructions  (including 
jump  to  subroutine  and  return),  15 
scratchpad  register  instructions,  and  13 
miscellaneous  instructions. 

Included  in  the  F8  instruction  set  are 
a  number  of  powerful  immediate  instruc¬ 
tions,  including  ADD,  AND,  COMPARE 
(2's  complement  subtraction),  EX-OR, 
LOAD  and  OR,  together  with  a  "call  to 
subroutine  immediate"  and  a  "load  data 
counter  immediate".  There  is  also  a 
"short"  LOAD  immediate  instruction, 
which  is  only  a  single  byte  long,  and  used 
to  load  the  accumulator  with  4-bit  data. 

Readers  interested  in  learning  more 
about  the  F8  chip-set  are  referred  to  the 
previous  article  in  this  series,  which 
appeared  in  the  November  1976  issue. 

The  Mostek  F8  Evaluation  Kit  is  avail¬ 
able  in  Australia  from  Namco  Electronics. 
Like  the  other  evaluation  kits  we  have 
looked  at,  it  is  intended  to  allow  potential 
users  to  gain  practical  experience  and 
undertake  simple  program  development 
at  low  cost. 

The  kit  comes  well  packaged  in  a 
strong  cardboard  box,  and  comprises  a 
ring  binder  containing  device  specifica¬ 
tions  and  programming  manuals.  The 
binder  also  includes  the  completed  cir¬ 
cuit  board,  stapled  inside  a  conductive 
package.  A  separate  additional  program¬ 
mer's  guide  is  also  included. 

The  PCB,  which  can  be  plugged  into 
an  edge  connector,  contains  the  CPU, 
PSU  and  SMI  (static  memory  interface) 


86 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


GETTING  INTO  MICROPROCESSORS 


chips,  as  well  as  Ik  of  RAM,  and  a  full 
duplex  20mA  loop  teleprinter  interface. 
A2MHz  crystal  is  included,  so  no  adjust¬ 
ments  are  required  prior  to  switch-on. 
Power  requirements  are  12VDC  at 
120mA  and  5VDC  at  750mA. 

The  Mostek  debug  program,  called  the 
Designers  Development  Tool  (DDT-1)  is 
resident  in  the  PSU,  and  occupies  the  first 
Ik  of  memory  space.  The  Ik  of  RAM 
appears  in  the  second  Ik  of  memory 
space,  which  because  of  simplified 
addressing  logic  also  becomes  duplica¬ 
ted  in  the  succeeding  1  k  bytes. 

DDT-1  provides  basic  facilities  for 
development  of  user  programs,  as  well 
as  routines  for  teleprinter  IOT  servicing. 
DDT-1  allows  the  operator  to  insert  a 
breakpoint  in  his  or  her  program,  copy 
a  block  of  memory  into  another  area, 
dump  memory  into  and  load  from  paper 
tape,  execute  a  program  starting  at  any 
desired  memory  address,  carry  out 
hexadecimal  arithmetic,  examine  and 
alter  memory  locations,  examine  and 
modify  the  I/O  ports,  and  to  type  out  a 
block  of  memory. 

Namco  Electronics  kindly  made  avail¬ 
able  to  us  a  sample  evaluation  kit,  which 
we  were  able  to  "fire  up"  and  try  using 
a  Lear  Siegler  ADM-3  Video  Terminal, 
which  was  also  on  hand  at  the  time  for 
review. 

DDT-1  proved  to  be  quite  easy  to  use, 
although,  in  common  with  most  other 
simple  debug  programs,  it  uses  a  carriage 
return  as  a  command  terminator.  This 
caused  no  problems  on  the  video¬ 
terminal,  but  it  does  tend  to  cause  a  tele¬ 
printer  to  consume  a  large  amount  of 
paper.  Our  only  real  criticism  is  that 
DDT-1  does  not  seem  to  be  protected 


This  is  the  Mostek  F8  evaluation  kit ,  comprising  PCB,  a  binder  with  user  manuals , 
and  a  programmer's  guide.  The  CPU  clock  is  crystal  controlled. 


against  erroneous  keyboard  entries. 

For  example,  accidental  type-in  of  the 
letter  O  instead  of  a  zero  when  feeding 
in  a  hexadecimal  address  appears  to 
produce  unpredictable  results.  Some¬ 
times  part  of  the  user's  program  can  be 
altered,  which  can  be  rather  annoying!  It 
would  be  desirable  for  DDT-1  to  be 
modified  so  that  it  checks  for  valid 
hexadecimal  characters  in  the  keyboard 


ANSWER -BACK  PROGRAM  FOR  MOSTEK  F8  EVALUATION  KIT 
D.  EDWARDS,  ELECTRONICS  AUSTRALIA  19/10/76 


0400  20  FF  INIT.LI 

0402  0B  LR 

0403  54  LR 

0404  34  DS 

0405  56  LR 

0406  71  LIS 

0407  B6  OUTS 

0408  IB  El 

0409  2 o  03  F3  START, PI 

040C  4C  LR 

040D  25  OD  Cl 

040F  84  06  BZ 

0411  28  03  5D  PI 

0414  90  F4  BR 

0416  2A  04  23  MESSAGE, DCI 
0419  70  ANSWER, CLR 


041A  88 
041 B  84  ED 
041D  5C 
041E  28  03  5D 
0421  90  F7 
0423  0D  47  4F 
0426  20  41  57 
0429  41  59  2C 
042C  20  49  27 
043F  4D  20  42 
0432  55  53  59 
0435  21  OD  00 


AM 

BZ 

LR 

PI 

BR 


FF  /LOAD  AC  WITH  FF 

IS, A  /INITIALIZE  ISAR  TO  3F 

4,  A  /COPY  AC  INTO  REG  4 

4  /DECREMENT  REG  4  TO  FE 

6, A  /COPY  AC  INTO  REG  6 

H ' 1 '  /LOAD  AC  WITH  01 

6  /TRANSFER  AC  TO  TIMER  PORT  TO  ENABLE  EXT  INT 

/ENABLE  I/O  ROUTINES 
03F3  /CALL  TTYIN  SUBROUTINE 

AS  /COPY  tHAR  INTO  AC  FROM  RS 

'0D'  /COMPARE  WITH  CR 

'MESSAGE'  /JUMP  TO  MESSAGE  IF  CR 
035D  /SEND  CHAR  TO  TTYOUT  SUBROUTINE 

START  /LOOP  BACK  TO  START 

0423  /LOAD  DC  WITH  MESSAGE  ADDRESS 

/n  vat)  a n 

/ADD  CHAR  TO  AC  AND  INC  DC 
START  /LOOP  BACK  TO  START 

5, A  /COPY  CHAR  INTO  RS 

035D  /SEND  CHAR  TO  TTYOUT  SUBROUTINE 

ANSWER  /LOOP  BACK  TO  ANSWER 

/START  OF  ANSWER  BUFFER 


/ANSWER  MUST  END  WITH  A  ZERO  BYTE 


Here  is  the  author's  version  of  our  "answer-back"  program,  re-written  for  the  Mostek 
evaluation  kit  and  the  DDT-1  teleprinter  subroutines. 


input,  and  throws  out  invalid  characters 
with  a  query. 

Getting  to  grips  with  programming 
proved  to  be  quite  straightforward,  as 
Mostek  have  provided  a  fully  explained 
sample  program.  For  comparison  with 
other  systems,  I  have  written  a  version  of 
Jim  Rowe's  "answer-back"  program, 
which  is  reproduced  on  these  pages. 

The  first  point  of  interest  about  this 
program  is  the  amount  of  initialization 
that  is  required  at  the  start,  mainly  to  use 
the  IOT  routines  resident  in  DDT-1.  Note 
also  the  use  of  the  auto-incrementing 
ADD  BINARY  (AM)  instruction  together 
with  the  branch-on-zero  (BZ)  instruction 
in  the  ANSWER  loop,  to  provide  exit 
from  the  loop  at  the  end  without  the 
need  for  a  separate  pointer. 

Since  the  DDT-1  teleprinter  output 
routine  always  responds  with  a  line  feed 
as  well  as  a  carriage  return  when  a  car¬ 
riage  return  is  sent,  no  line  feeds  are 
needed  in  the  answer. 

Overall,  we  found  the  Mostek  F8  Kit 
to  be  easy  to  use,  and  would  recommend 
it  to  those  interested  in  using  the  F8  sys¬ 
tem.  It  is  suitable  as  either  an  evaluation 
system,  or  as  a  low  cost  development 
tool. 

The  D.I.Y.  kit  is  available  for  $248.34 
plus  tax,  while  the  completely  assembled 
version  sells  for  $300.00  plus  tax. 
Enquiries  should  be  directed  to  Namco 
Electronics,  239  Bay  Street,  North 
Brighton,  Victoria  3186,  or  to  Namco 
Electronics,  69  Archer  Street,  Chatswood, 
NSW  2067.  ® 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


7 Mcbniwiinf  sa^a  gf 

Microprocessors -  QmA 

other  etedwalc 


Thf  story  Sofaxf :  Clancy  of  the  overflow  was  in  a 
bif  of  a  binary-  The  chips  wire  form-- pins  up*  That 
nice  piece  <#sof tware,  _fign  &>,  scud  she  wanted  fv 
shift  She  hadfytfh  him  Ike  jump.  Ocwof  faithfe 
Mtd\  section  needed  de^iMnp  but  his  di^osKc 
rp&int  was  ruffled-  Maube  h\s  firmware  was  oeyynn^ 
h$  ^  ar^  hi  hfi  I#!  bis  efectifa  adduct*.  It  was 
Oi  fagM^Zci'w#'  praUg^yi  dn2  ^ly  fkc  i/dfy  raster  cooO 
M  rift  rtcd<n&.  UhM  Ocmcy  mia  iut  Us,  fact 
M  Mien  mitructims,  rr  wt«9  «ie  «et  <m  Ms  MiukmIC 
(M  turn  iMv  a  tnui  eyto^rt  ?  AAw  -ferret  Ike  art  rod  jm  -- 

(SAM1  PM kihUfe:: 


vVg,  can  help-  With  a  rwft,-/forn  4>bif  w*rd  efof* 

T°  lb' bib  doda  Words.  Motorola -Mustek. We  can 
jw/ice-' cheapest,  smallest  t  most  effic  tent- 

Cbo  l  f*  Cvshm,  cost  or perfoc**nct?) 
bepenis.  for  traffic  Hjhts  you 

need  -b  cut  cost  for  film 
processing  yoo  need  performance. 
hJhcdf  your  line1. 


Th£/mh  j 
f£4v\ 
total  | 


fvfmaropftcesscri 
thi  btcodeisToTAL. 
Tfoce  jf  and  r'in<i  us 

Wfall  rea1o<4‘ 


Stocks?  Quickly? 


TO  T A I 


TOTAL  tl£CtU>NICi  .  A  VISION  Of 
oVtzseAs  cofijntKVOM(AtJfttAUty  ljp. 
23 9  SAY  ST-  /Y7R  e,ei6HroN,  VIC.  3169  1 
03  96Z3?\ 

i/ftwe/:  439  6722  R=fc7K  :  2)  7Qb\ 

BR(ftAMt:22.pi422  At>£tAiK:26?2$ll  , 
^encash*.--  tyi&Ki(ANt>e&t<.%(&\  | 


88 


'  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


GETTING  INTO  MICROPROCESSORS 


The  Sphere  system 


Of  the  many  microcomputer  systems  based  on  the  Motorola  6800 
microprocessor  chip  family,  perhaps  those  which  have  aroused  the  most 
interest  are  the  systems  produced  in  the  US  by  the  Sphere  Corporation. 
No  doubt  this  is  because  Sphere  has  integrated  their  basic  system  with 
a  video  display  and  keyboard,  and  is  selling  the  resultant  package  for 
little  more  than  the  cost  of  a  basic  video  terminal. 


In  appearance,  a  basic  Sphere  system 
is  very  similar  to  a  conventional  video 
terminal.  It  has  a  video  screen  and  a  full 
ASCII-type  keyboard,  mounted  in  a  well- 
styled  and  solid  terminal  case.  But  inside 
the  case  is  a  complete  microcomputer  as 
well  as  the  display  and  keyboard. 

The  Sphere  320  system  comprises  a 
total  of  four  modules:  a  CPU  module,  a 
CRT  interface  module  with  video  moni¬ 
tor  assembly,  a  keyboard  module 
complete  with  keyboard,  and  serial  inter¬ 
face  module. 

The  CPU  module  provides  a  complete 
6800  microcomputer  system,  on  a  single 
PCB  measuring  200  x  250mm.  It  includes 
Ik  bytes  of  PROM  with  a  resident  debug 
and  monitor  program,  4k  bytes  of  RAM 
for  user  programs,  a  bidirectional  8-bit 
I/O  port,  2  interrupt  lines,  serial  interface 
port,  and  fully  buffered  system  bus. 

The  CRT  interface  module  is  on  a  sin¬ 
gle  PCB  of  the  same  size  as  the  CPU.  It 
is  designed  to  provide  a  display  of  16 
lines,  each  32  characters  long,  using  a 
standard  5x7  dot  matrix  character  set. 
The  module  includes  its  own  512-byte 
RAM  for  refresh  servicing,  so  that  the 
CPU  can  operate  at  full  speed. 

The  CRT  module  has  both  video  and 
modulated  RF  outputs.  Its  output  is  nor¬ 
mally  fed  directly  to  the  inbuilt  video 
monitor,  but  can  be  directed  to  an  exter¬ 
nal  monitor  or  TV  receiver  if  desired.  Up 
to  8  CRT  modules  can  be  operated  in  a 
system  if  desired. 

The  keyboard  module  has  a  full  ASCII 
keyboard,  together  with  the  appropriate 
encoding  logic. 

Finally  the  serial  interface  module  or 
"SIM"  provides  flexible  serial  interfacing 
facilities,  to  allow  the  system  to  com¬ 
municate  with  a  variety  of  serial 
peripheral  devices.  These  include  single 
and  dual  tape  cassettes,  a  modem,  or  a 
cassette  and  modem  combination. 

All  of  these  fit  into  the  basic  Sphere 
case,  measuring  460  x  320  x  485mm.  The 
only  external  item  is  the  power  supply, 
which  is  also  supplied. 

For  those  wanting  a  more  powerful 

Apart  from  the  power  supply,  the  Sphere 

320  is  fully  self-contained 


system  than  the  320,  Sphere  also  markets 
the  model  340.  This  provides  all  of  the 
facilities  of  the  320,  together  with  two 
further  modules:  a  memory  board  with 
16k  of  additional  memory,  and  a  parallel 
I/O  module. 

The  340  memory  board  is  the  same 
size  as  the  CPU  and  CRT  modules.  It  has 
provision  for  a  total  of  16k  of  dynamic 
RAM  devices,- and  in  the  340  system  it 
comes  fully  populated.  Ftowever  further 
modules  are  also  available,  populated  in 
any  desired  4k  increment  from  4k  to  16k. 

The  parallel  I/O  module  comes  again 
on  a  PCB  measuring  200  x  250mm.  It  has 
four  PIA  devices,  providing  a  total  of  64 
bits  of  parallel  I/O  interfacing,  together 
with  handshaking  logic  for  interfacing  to 
peripheral  devices  such  as  a  line  printer 
and  floppy  disc  drive. 

To  mate  with  the  more  powerful  340 
system,  Sphere  market  both  a  line  printer 
unit  and  a  dual  floppy  disc  drive.  The  line 


printer  is  a  bidirectional  impact  printing 
mosaic  type,  operating  at  a  rate  of  110 
chars/sec  and  65  lines/minute.  It  uses 
tractor-fed  paper,  and  prints  in  80 
columns. 

The  dual  floppy  disc  unit  uses  IBM- 
type  initialised  diskettes,  and  provides 
storage  of  256,256  bytes  per  diskette. 

Software  available  for  the  340  system 
includes  extended  BA$IC,  and  a  disc 
operating  system. 

Literature  supplied  with  the  Sphere  320 
and  340  systems  is  at  present  rather 
sparse,  consisting  mainly  of  basic  infor¬ 
mation  on  the  6800  microprocessor  sys¬ 
tem.  There  is  very  little  in  the  way  of 
operating  or  programming  information 
on  the  Sphere  systems  as  supplied; 
however  we  understand  that  this 
deficiency  will  be  rectified  in  the  very 
near  future. 

In  view  of  their  availability  as  compact, 
fully  assembled  systems  which  are  easily 
expanded  as  required,  both  the  320  and 
340  Sphere  systems  seem  likely  to  be  of 
considerable  interest  in  Australia. 

The  sole  distributors  for  Sphere  in  this 
country  are  Paradio  Electronics  Pty  Ltd, 
of  7A  Burton  St,  Darlinghurst,  NSW,  2010, 
who  currently  have  320  systems  in  stock. 

(JR) 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December,  1976 


89 


< 

GETTING  INTO  MICROPROCESSORS 


Software/Firmware  developments — 1 

SC/MP  gets  Tiny-BASIC 


If  you've  tended  to  scorn  microcomputer  systems  because  of  the  need 
to  program  in  machine  or  assembly  language,  think  again.  National 
Semiconductor  is  releasing  shortly  a  Tiny-BASIC  interpreter  for  its 
SC/MP  systems.  It  will  be  sold  resident  in  4k-bytes  of  PROM,  on  a 
PC  card.  Plug  in  the  card,  and  you  can  have  programs  runninq  in  Tinv- 
BASIC  within  the  hour! 

by  JAMIESON  ROWE 


Although  microcomputers  haven't 
been  around  for  very  long  as  yet,  already 
many  of  the  people  using  them  have 
begun  to  show  interest  in  the  possibility 
of  programming  in  one  of  the  problem- 
orientated  or  "higher"  languages  like 
FORTRAN  or  BASIC  No  doubt  these 
thoughts  tend  to  be  generated  most 
often  when  one  is  slogging  through  a 
program  written  in  hexadecimal  code! 

Of  course  in  order  to  be  able  to  run 
programs  written  in  a  problem- 
orientated  language,  one  needs  to  have 
them  translated  into  language  which  the 
computer  can  understand.  At  present  this 
must  be  done  in  one  of  two  ways. 

One  is  to  use  a  compiler,  which  is  itself 
a  computer  program.  When  fed  into  the 
machine,  the  compiler  will  take  your 
"source  code"  program  as  written,  and 
produce  from  it  an  "object  code" 
equivalent  in  machine  language.  It  is  this 
version  which  you  then  feed  into  the 
machine  to  get  your  program  running. 

The  other  way  is  td  use  an  interpreter, 


which  again  is  also  a  computer  program. 
But  unlike  a  compiler,  an  interpreter 
doesn't  produce  a  separate  object  code 
version  of  your  program.  Instead  it  must 
be  put  in  the  machine  alongside  your 
program,  which  it  interprets  into 
machine  language  and  executes  all  at  the 
same  time. 

Which  approach  is  used  depends 
mainly  on  whether  you  have  a  compiler 
or  an  interpreter  program  available, 
although  an  interpreter  tends  to  be  a  little 
more  convenient  because  it  allows  faster 
program  development. 

The  problem  with  either  approach  is 
that  both  compilers  and  interpreters  tend 
to  be  rather  long.  They  are  rather  tricky 
and  tedious  to  write,  and  when  written 
they  need  quite  a  deal  of  computer 
memory.  The  latter  is  especially  true  with 
interpreters,  which  are  loaded  into 
memory  along  with  the  source 
program. 

Because  of  the  requirement  for  a  fairly 
large  memory,  until  recently  languages 


This  is  the  pre¬ 
release  version  of 
NIBL,  which  was  in 
only  3k  bytes  of 
PROM.  The  final 
version  is  in  4k 
bytes ,  with  the  PCB 
having  eight  of  the 
PROMs  instead  of 
six. 


like  FORTRAN  and  BASIC  have  mainly 
been  available  only  on  larger  com- 
puters. 

In  the  last  couple  of  years,  however, 
a  number  of  people  working  with  various 
microcomputer  systems  have  come  up 
with  interpreters  capable  of  fitting  into 
small  systems,  and  which  provide  a  lim¬ 
ited  sub-set  of  the  full  original  BASIC  lan¬ 
guage.  Naturally  enough  the  language 
provided  by  these  interpreters  has 
quickly  become  known  as  "Tinv- 
BASIC". 

Now  National  Semiconductor  has 
announced  that  a  Tiny-BASIC  interpreter 
will  very  shortly  become  available  for  its 
SC/MP  microprocessor  systems. 
National's  Australian  subsidiary,  NS  Elec¬ 
tronics,  expects  to  have  it  available  by 
late  January.  It  will  be  sold  as  a  product 
package  which  comprises  the  interpreter 
itself  resident  in  4k  of  PROM  on  a  plug-in 
PC  card,  a  2k  static  RAM  card  for  the 
user's  source  program,  and  a  user's 
manual.  The  complete  package  should 
sell  for  around  $305  plus  tax,  where 
applicable.  Those  who  already  have 
SC/MP  systems  with  at  least  2k  of  RAM 
may  also  be  able  to  buy  just  the 
interpreter  and  the  manual,  if  they  wish, 
by  quoting  the  serial  number  of  their 
existing  RAM  board. 

National  has  called  its  version  of  Tiny- 
BASIC  "NIBL",  which  stands  for  National 
Industrial  BASIC  Language.  This  is  meant 
to  emphasise  that  they  see  its  applica¬ 
tions  not  only  in  educational  and  hobby 
computing,  but  also  and  perhaps  more 
importantly  in  industrial  control  situa¬ 
tions. 

Like  most  other  Tiny-BASIC 
interpreters,  NIBL  is  not  fast.  A  program 
written  in  NIBL  executes  somewhere 
between  1000  and  2000  times  more 
slowly  than  an  equivalent  program  writ¬ 
ten  in  machine  or  assembly  language.  But 
this  can  still  be  fast  enough  for  most 
human  interfaces,  and  for  slow  real-time 
control  applications. 

And  the  point  is  that  NIBL  lets  you 
write  programs  and  get  them  running 
very  much  more  easily  and  quickly.  It 
also  provides  "instant"  error  messages 
during  program  execution,  to  help  you 
in  debugging.  And  it  lets  you  execute  sin¬ 
gle  instructions  in  real-time  conversa¬ 
tional  mode,  if  you  wish.. 

Naturally  enough,  NIBL  doesn't 
provide  all  of  the  facilities  of  full  BASIC- 
after  all,  it  has  to  fit  into  only  4k  bytes 
of  memory.  But  it  does  provide  a  very 


90 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


GETTING  INTO  MICROPROCESSORS  ■—BI" ' 


10  PRINT  "HI*  I  WORK  OUT  FACTORIALS.” 

20  PRINT  "WHAT  NUMBER  WOULD  YOU  LIKE"; 

30  INPUT  N 
40  LET  F* 1 

50  IF  N<»1  THEN  GOTO  90 
60  LET  F=F*N 
70  LET  N=N -  1 
80  GO  TO  50 

90  PRINT  "ITS  FACTORIAL  I  S"*  F 

91  PRINT  "DO  YOU  WANT  TO  WORK  OUT  ANOTHER  <1=YES*0=N0>  > 

92  INPUT  A 

93  IF  A=1  THEN  GO  TO  20 
100  END 

>  RUN 

HI*  I  WORK  OUT  FACTORIALS. 

WHAT  NUMBER  WOULD  YOU  LIKE?  6 
ITS  FACTORIAL  IS  720 

DO  YOU  WANT  TO  WORK  OUT  ANOTHER  (  1=YES*  0=N  0 ) ?  1 

WHAT  NUMBER  WOULD  YOU  LIKE?  7 
ITS  FACTORIAL  IS  5040 

DO  YOU  WANT  TO  WORK  OUT  ANOTHER  C  1=YES*  0=N0>?  0 

Here  are  the  two  simple  Tiny-BASIC  programs  which  the 
author  wrote  to  try  out  the  pre-release  version  of  NIBL.  One 
works  out  factorials ,  the  other  is  a  number  game. 

useful  subset.  Here's  a  summary  of  what 
you  get: 

Valid  statement  forms  include  INPUT 
(for  numbers  only),  LET,  GO  TO,  GO 
SUB  and  RETURN,  IF  THEN,  and  PRINT. 

There  is  also  a  CALL  statement,  to  allow 
calling  machine-language  subroutines. 

The  latter  facility  is  very  valuable,  of 
course,  because  it  will  allow  NIBL  to  be 
expanded. 

The  final  version  of  NIBL  may  also  have 
the  ability  to  interpret  DO  . . .  UNTIL  sta¬ 
tements,  if  PROM  space  permits. 

Program  control  statements  provided 
are  LIST,  RUN,  END,  and  CLEAR.  The  first 
of  these  may  be  used  to  list  either  the 
whole  program,  or  alternatively  a  single 
line.  An  inbuilt  editor  allows  lines  to  be 
replaced,  and  also  additional  lines  added 
as  required.  All  that  is  necessary  for  cor¬ 
rect  execution  is  that  lines  are  numbered 
consecutively  between  1  and  32,  767. 

If  statement  lines  begin  with  a  number, 

NIBL  stores  them  away  as  a  program  for 
deferred  execution.  If  a  statement  is  not 
numbered,  NIBL  executes  it  immediately 
upon  entry  (following  the  user  terminat¬ 
ing  the  line  with  a  carriage  return). 

NIBL  is  only  capable  of  performing 
integer  arithmetic,  on  numbers  within  the 
range  from  —32,768  to  +32,767.  It 
provides  the  four  basic  arithmetic  func¬ 
tions,  represented  by  the  symbols  +  ,-,* 
and  /,  together  with  the  logic  operators 
AND,  OR  and  NOT,  and  a  16-bit  random 
number  generator  function  called  by  the 
label  RND.  Constants  may  be  expressed 
in  either  decimal  or  hexadecimal. 

Up  to  26  variables  may  be  used  in  a 
NIBL  program,  using  single  alphabetic 
characters  as  labels  (A-Z  inclusive). 

Parenthesis  is  permitted,  and  subroutines 
may  be  nested  to  16  levels. 

All  of  the  normal  relational  operators 
are  provided,  including  equals,  greater 
than,  less  than,  greater  than  or  equals, 
less  than  or  equals,  and  not  equal  to. 

NIBL  also  provides  an  operator  of 
indirection,  symbolised  by  the  "at"  or 


10  PRINT  "HI  !  I  WILL  THINK  OF  A  NUMBER  BETWEEN  0  AND  255* 

20  PRINT  "WHEN  I  HAVE*  TRY  TO  GUESS  ITS  VALUE.  (I  WILL  HELP)" 
30  LET  B= 1 
40  LET  A=  §B 

50  PRINT  "OK*  I  HAVE  A  NUMBER" 

60  PRINT  "WHAT  IS  YOUR  GUESS"; 

70  INPUT  C 

80  IF  C= A  THEN  GOTO  140 
90  IF  C> A  THEN  GOTO  120 
100  PRINT  "TOO  SMALL.  NEXT  GUESS"; 

1 10  GO  TO  70  • 

120  PRINT  "TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS"; 

130  GO  TO  70 

140  PRINT  "YOU  GUESSED  IT!!!  LET'S  PLAY  AGAIN. 

150  LET  B=B+ 1 
160  GO  TO  40 
170  END 

>  RUN 

HI!  I  WILL  THINK  OF  A  NUMBER  BETWEEN  0  AND  255. 

WHEN  I  HAVE*  TRY  TO  GUESS  ITS  VALUE.  (I  WILL  HELP) 

OK*  I  HAVE  A  NUMBER 

WHAT  IS  YOUR  GUESS?  200 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  180 

TOO  SMALL.  NEXT  GUESS?  196 

YOU  GUESSED  IT!!!  LET'S  PLAY  AGAIN. 

OK*  I  HAVE  A  NUMBER 

WHAT  IS  YOUR  GUESS?  128 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  64 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  32 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  0 

TOO  SMALL.  NEXT  GUESS?  16 

YOU  GUESSED  IT!!!  LET'S  PLAY  AGAIN. 

OK*  I  HAVE  A  NUMBER 

WHAT  IS  YOUR  GUESS?  128 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  0 

TOO  SMALL.  NEXT  GUESS?  64 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  32 

TOO  SMALL.  NEXT  GUESS?  45 

TOO  SMALL.  NEXT  GUESS?  56 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  60 

TOO  BIG.  NEXT  GUESS?  50 

TOO  SMALL.  NEXT  GUESS?  54 

YOU  GUESSED  IT!!!  LET'S  PLAY  AGAIN. 

OK*  I  HAVE  A  NUMBER 
WHAT  IS  YOUR  GUESS? 

!  7  AT  70 


sign.  When  placed  immediately 
preceding  a  variable  this  causes  the  varia¬ 
ble  to  be  interpreted  as  a  decimal 
address  in  SC/MP  memory  space.  If  A  is 
a  variable  with  value  256,  the  statement 
LET  B  =  @A  gives  variable  B  the  value 
equal  to  the  data  byte  in  decimal 
memory  location  256. 

What  is  NIBL  like  in  practice?  Well,  at 
the  time  of  writing  the  final  version  was 
not  yet  available  in  Australia,  but  thanks 
to  NS  Electronics  I  was  able  to  try  an 
earlier  pre-release  version.  This  was  in 
only  3k  of  PROMs,  and  didn't  have  some 
of  the  features  which  will  be  in  the  full 
4k  version-like  the  RND  function  or  the 
logic  functions,  or  the  CALL  statement. 

However  it  was  certainly  very  interes¬ 
ting  to  try  the  smaller  version  out,  with 
one  of  the  SC/MP  LCDS  systems.  Even 
though  its  facilities  were  rather  limited, 
it  was  still  very  nice  to  be  programming 
at  a  higher  level  of  abstraction  and  be 
able  to  make  corrections  on-line. 

In  fact  after  having  got  a  couple  of  sim¬ 
ple  programs  up  and  running,  it  was  with 
surprise  that  I  noticed  the  time:  less  than 
an  hour  after  the  NIBL  card  had  been 
plugged  in  and  the  system  turned  on! 

As  the  two  programs  might  be  of 
interest  to  readers,  I  have  reproduced 
them  on  these  pages.  In  each  case  the 
program  itself  is  listed  first,  followed  by 
a  sample  of  the  execution. 

As  you  can  see,  the  first  program  is  a 
very  simple  one  which  calculates  the  fac¬ 
torial  of  a  number  fed  in  from  the 


keyboard.  It  prompts  the  user  for  a  num¬ 
ber,  prints  out  the  answer  and  then  asks 
if  the  user  wishes  to  work  out  another. 
A  negative  reply  causes  it  to  halt. 

Incidentally,  this  little  program  soon 
comes  up  against  the  inability  of  NIBL  to 
cope  with  numbers  greater  than  32,767. 
In  fact  the  largest  number  it  can  find  the 
factorial  for  is  7;  8  causes  overflow. 

The  longer  program  is  a  simple  num¬ 
ber  guessing  game.  As  the  pre-release 
version  of  NIBL  didn't  have  the  RND 
function,  I  had  to  use  the  indirect  opera¬ 
tor  to  generate  pseudo-random  numbers 
by  fetching  instruction  bytes  from  NIBL's 
own  PROMs!  As  you  can  see,  this 
worked  fairly  well. 

The  program  can  be  quite  good  fun, 
giving  you  a  taste  of  the  appeal  in  com¬ 
puter  games. 

Of  course  with  the  final  version  of 
NIBL,  it  will  be  possible  to  run  games  like 
this  which  will  be  rather  more  satisfying, 
using  the  RND  function  to  generate  less 
predictable  numbers.  In  fact  quite  a  few 
games  have  been  written  in  Tiny-BASIC, 
and  should  be  capable  of  being  run  with 
NIBL. 

In  short,  NIBL  seems  to  be  very  good 
news  for  SC/MP  users. 

You'll  be  able  to  order  NIBL  from  NS 
distributors  throughout  Australia.  For 
further  information,  contact  NS  Elec¬ 
tronics  at  either  Cnr.  Stud  Road  and 
Mountain  Hwy,  Bayswater,  Victoria  3153, 
or  2-4  William  Street,  Brookvale,  NSW 
2100.  ® 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


91 


GETTING  INTO  MICROPROCESSORS 


Software/ Firmware  development — 2 


A  Text  Editor  for  SC/M  P 


Here  is  a  symbolic  text  editor  program  which  the  author  has  written 
for  National  Semiconductors  SC/MP  low  cost  development  system. 
It  provides  all  the  basic  text  editing  functions  to  let  you  prepare 
programs  for  assemblers,  compilers,  etc.  You  will  be  able  to  buy  it 
resident  in  1  k  bytes  of  PROM  and  ready  to  go,  or,  alternatively,  it  can 
be  fed  into  your  system  via  tape  or  cassette,  and  run  in  RAM. 

by  JAMIESON  ROWE 


If  you've  ever  tried  punching  up  a 
paper  tape  of  a  program  in  assembly  or 
problem-orientated  language  using  a 
teleprinter  on  "local",  you'll  know  just 
how  frustrating  it  can  be.  Even  if  you  are 
extremely  careful  it  seems  to  be  impos¬ 
sible  not  to  make  a  few  errors,  and 
Murphy's  Law  always  seems  to  ensure 
that  you  rarely  discover  these  until  you 
have  typed  in  at  least  three  more  lines! 

Of  course  if  you  realise  that  you  made 
an  error  immediately  after  having  done 
it,  you  can  use  the  back-space  facility  and 
delete  the  wrong  character(s)  with  the 
rubout  key.  But  if  you  don't  discover  an 
error  until  later  on,  you  are  forced  to 
either  perform  cut-and-paste  surgery  on 
the  tape,  or  try  stop-and-go  editing  of  the 
tape  while  punching  a  new  "clean"  ver¬ 
sion. 

Preparing  long  problems  in  this  way 
can  be  very  tedious  and  time  consuming. 
Small  wonder,  then,  that  the  people 
working  on  minicomputers  and  larger 
machines  have  for  years  been  using  the 


computer  itself  to  make  the  job  easier 
and  faster.  This  is  done  by  using  a  soft¬ 
ware  utility  program  known  as  a  sym¬ 
bolic  text  editor. 

Using  such  a  program,  you  type  your 
own  program  text  into  a  section  of  the 
computer's  memory  which  is  set  aside  as 
the  "buffer".  Then  with  the  text  in  the 
buffer,  the  editor  lets  you  change  lines, 
delete  lines,  insert  extra  lines  at  any 
desired  point,  inspect  lines  or  groups  of 
lines,  and  finally  either  type  out  a  listing 
or  punch  out  a  clean  tape  (or  both). 

In  short,  a  text  editor  program  can  be 
a  very  useful  item  of  software,  and  it  is 
well  worth  having  one  even  on  small 
microcomputer  systems.  The  only 
trouble  is  that  not  too  many  microcom¬ 
puters  have  been  provided  with  editor 
programs  as  yet,  particularly  the  systems 
based  on  the  more  recent  microproces¬ 
sor  chips. 

To  help  alleviate  this  situation,  I  have 
written  a  text  editor  program  for  the 
National  Semiconductor  SC/MP  lowcost 


development  system,  as  described  in  our 
October  issue.  I  chose  this  system 
because  at  present  the  SC/MP  chip  and 
its  systems  appear  to  be  growing  fastest 
in  popularity,  particularly  in  the  hobby 
area. 

The  editor  program  itself  is  written  in 
SC/MP  machine  language,  and  occupies 
864  byte$  of  memory.  It  uses  the  256-byte 
RAM  in  the  LCDS  system  base  as  a  stack 
and  line  address  buffer,  but  can  use  RAM 
memory  at  any  other  location  in  SC/MP 
memory  space  for  its  text  buffer.  The  lar¬ 
ger  the  available  RAM,  the  more  text  the 
editor  can  handle  at  one  time. 

I  have  arranged  for  the  editor  to  be 
available  from  NS  Electronics  distribu¬ 
tors,  written  into  a  pair  of  MM5204 
512-byte  PROMs.  With  the  PROMs  plug¬ 
ged  into  the  correct  locations  on  a 
.SC/MP  ROM  card  which  is  programmed 
for  the  appropriate  address  range  (hex. 
3000-3FFF),  you  will  then  have  the  editor 
permanently  resident  in  your  system,  and 
available  at  any  time  merely  by  calling  it 
at  its  starting  address  (hex.  3C00). 

Alternatively,  you  can  run  the  editor  in 
RAM  memory,  loading  it  in  each  time  you 
need  it  by  means  of  a  punched  paper 
tape  or  cassette.  I  am  reproducing  a  full 
hexadecimal  listing  of  the  program  on 
these  pages,  to  allow  you  to  do  this  if  you 
wish.  The  four-digit  numbers  at  the  start 
of  each  line  are  addresses;  as  you  can  see 
the  program  runs  from  3C00  to  3F5F, 
inclusive. 


SC/MP  SYMBOLIC  EDITOR  PROGRAM. 

WRITTEN  BY  J.ROWE*  ELECTRONICS  AUSTRALIA 
FOR  SC/MP  L.C.D.  S.  SYSTEMS 

BASIC  COMMANDS  AND  THEIR  FUNCTIONS: 

(THE  CLOSING  BRACKET  ”)”  SYMBOLISES  A  CARRIAGE  RETURN) 


COMMAND 


FUNCTION 


A) 
R) 
L) 

MC) 
MI  ) 

MD) 
K) 
P) 

B) 


ML)  *  Mj 
>  M*  N  C) 


NL) 


APPEND  LINES  TO  BUFFER 
READ  TAPE  INTO  BUFFER 

LIST  ALL  LINES*  OR  LINE  M*  OR  LINES  M-N 
CHANGE  LINE  M*  OR  LINES  M-N 
INSERT  LINE  OR  LINES  BEFORE  LINE  M 
DELETE  LI^JE  M*  OR  LINES  M-N 
KILL  TEXT  IN  BUFFER 

PUNCH  ALL  LINES*  LINE  M*  OR  LINES  M-N 
AS  FOR  PUNCH*  BUT  PUNCHES  A  BELL  CHAR 
AT  END  OF  TEXT 

EDITOR  PRINTS  NUMBER  OF  LINES  CURRENTLY 
HELD  IN  TEXT  BUFFER*  IN  DECIMAL 
WHEN  IN  TEXT  MODE*  RETURNS  EDITOR  TO 
COMMAND  MODE 
<M  AND , N  REPRESENT  DECIMAL  LINE  NUMBERS) 


*  M*ND) 

MP) 

MB) 


M*NP) 
M*  NB) 


/ 


BELL 


thKi baSIC  command  set  of  the  editor ,  showing  the  various  command  lexers 
acts ^as^ backspace^ ^  ^  ^  functions‘  ln  text  mode'  a  Percent  sign 


iNoie  tnat  it  you  do  elect  to  run  the  edi¬ 
tor  in  RAM,  you  will  need  at  least  one 
2k-byte  RAM  card.  This  will  give  you  Ik 
of  RAM  left  for  the  text  buffer— enough 
for  small  text  slabs,  but  barely  good 
enough  for  serious  work.  With  the  editor 
in  PROMs,  even  a  single  RAM  card  gives 
you  a  full  2k  for  the  text  buffer,  which 
is  very  much  more  practical. 

When  the  editor  is  called,  it  announces 
itself  and  then  asks  you  to  give  the  avail¬ 
able  text  buffer  range  in  memory.  This 
must  be  supplied  as  two  hexadecimal 
numbers,  separated  by  a  non-hex 
character  such  as  a  space  or  hyphen. 
Leading  zeroes  are  not  required,  but  the 
second  number  must  end  with  a  carriage 
return. 

The  editor  then  enters  its  command 
mode,  signalling  this  by  ringing  the  bell. 
The  user  may  then  type  in  a  command 
letter,  followed  by  a  carriage  return.  If 
text  is  to  be  fed  in  via  the  keyboard,  the 
command  letter  "A"  is  appropriate,  while 
"R"  tells  the  editor  to  read  in  a  previously 
punched  tape  via  the  reader. 


92 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Intersil 


ICL8211 

ICL8212 


3C00  04  C4  77  36  C4  FF  32  C4  7B  37  C4  16  33  3F  3F  07 

3C10  C4  4F  33  3F  C6  01  CA  FI  C6  01  CA  EF  3F  C6  01  CA 

3C20  EF  C6  01  CA  ED  C4  00  CA  F9  C2  F0  CA  F8  C2  EF  CA 

3C30  F7  C4  7 A  37  C4  El  33  C4  07  3F  C4  0D  3F  C4  0A  3F 

3C40  C4  00  CA  F 4  CA  F3  CA  F2  C4  7A  37  C4  90  CA  F 1  33 

3C50  3F  D4  7F  01  C4  3F  35  C4  2B  31  C5  03  98  3B  60  9C 

3C60  F9  Cl  FE  CA  F6  Cl  FF  31  C2  F6  35  C2  F9  03  FA  F3 

3C70  94  02  90  12  C2  F9  03  FA  F2  94  02  90  09  C2  F2  98 

3C80  10  03  FA  F3  94  0B  C4  7A  37  C4  El  33  C4  3F  3F  90 

3C90  A9  3F  D4  7F  E4  0D  9C  EE  3D  40  D4  70  E4  30  98  19 

3CA0  40  E4  2F  9C  09  C4  3E  35  C4  B2  31  3D  90  8C  40  E4 

3CB0  2C  9C  D3  C4  01  CA  F4  90  8F  40  D4  0F  CA  F5  C2  F4 

3CC0  9C  04  C2  F3  90  02  C2  F2  02  01  40  70  01  70  70  01 

3CD0  40  70  F2  F5  01  C2  F4  9C  05  40  CA  F3  90  D9  40  CA 

3CE0  F2  90  D4  35  CA  F6  31  CA  F5  C2  F7  CA  E9  C2  F8  CA 

3CF0  EA  C2  FI  E4  84  98  09  C4  7A  37  C4  El  33  C4  0A  3F 

3D00  C4  7 A  37  C2  FI  33  C2  EE  02  F4  01  EJ2  F8  98  53  C2 

3D  1 0  F8  35  C2  F7  31  3F  D4  7F  01  40  E4  0A  98  ID  40  E4 

3D20  07  98  3F  40  E4  25  9C  04  C5  FF  90  0F  40  98  0C  E4 

• 3D30  7F  98  08  40  E4  0D  98  01  40  CD  01  C4  77  35  CA  F8 

3D40  C2  F3  02  F2  F3  31  CA  F7  40  E4  0D  9C  B6  C2  E9  C9 

3D50  00  C2  EA  C9  01  C2  F9  E4  74  98  07  C2  F6  35  C2  F5 

3D60  31  3D  C4  3C  35  C4  30  31  C4  90  CA  FI  3D  08  08  08 

3D70  C4  80  90  02  C4  01  CA  F 1  C2  F3  9C  0A  C4  01  CA  F3 

3D80  C2  F9  CA  F2  90  08  C2  F2  9C  04  C2  F3  CA  F2  C4  El 

3D90  33  C4  0A  3F  C2  FI  98  15  C4  7A  37  C4  88  33  3F  C4 

3DA0  El  33  C4  C0  CA  F6  C4  00  3F  AA  F6  9C  F9  C4  77  35 

3DB0  C2  F3  02  F2  F3  31  Cl  00  CA  F6  Cl  01  35  C2  F6  31 

3DC0  C5  0  1  98  03  3F  90  F9  C4  0D  3F  C4  0A  3F  C2’  F3  E2 

3DD0  F2  98  04  AA  F3  90  D6  C2  FI  98  1A  94  03  C4  07  3F 
3DE0  C4  C0  CA  F6  C4  00  3F  AA  F6  9C  F9  C4  7A  37  C4  88 

3DF0  33  3F  C4  El  33  C4  3C  35  C4  39  31  3D  08  08  08  08 

3E00  C2  F2  9C  06  C2  F3  98  35  CA  F2  BA  F3  C2  F2  E2  F9 

3E10  98  20  AA  F3  AA  F2  C4  77  35  C2  F2  02  F2  F2  31  C4 

3E20  77  37  C2  F3  02  F2  F3  33  Cl  00  CB  00  Cl  01  CB  01 

3E30  90  DA  C2  F3  CA  F9  C4  3C  35  C4  30  31  3D  C4  3C  35 

3E40  C4  83  31  3D  C2  F3  98  F5  C2  F2  9C  FI  C4  77  35  C2 

3E50  F3  e(2  F2  F3  31  Cl  00  CA  EB  C 1  0  1  CA  EC  C4  3C  35 

3E60  C4  E2  31  3D  C2  F9  CA  F2  AA  F9  C4  77  35  C2  F2  02 

3E70  F2  F2  31  Cl  00  C9  02  Cl  01  C9  03  C2  F2  E2  F3  98 

3E80  04  BA  F2  90  E5  C2  EB  C9  02  C2  EC  C9  03  AA  F3  90 

3E90  BB  C2  F2  9C  06  C2  F3  98  A4  CA  F2  C4  3C  35  C4  E2 

3EA0  31  3D  C2  F3  E2  F2  98  04  AA  F3  90  EF  C4  3C  35  C4 

3EB0  30  31  3D  C4  00  CA  F6  CA  F5  CA  F4  C2  F9  02  F4  9C 

3EC0  94  05  C2  F9  01  90  03  01  AA  F6  40  02  F4  F6  94  02 

3ED0  90  05  01  AA  F5  90  F3  40  02  F4  FF  94  02  90  05  01 

3EE0  AA  F4  90  F3  C4  7A  37  C4  El  33  C4  3D  3F  C2  F6  98 

3EF0  03  C4  31  3F  C2  F5  98  03  DC  30  3F  C2  F4  DC  30  3F 

3F00  C4  3C  35  C4  39  31  3D  0D  0A  45  44  49  54  4F  52  20 

3F10  52  45  41  44  59  2E  0D  0A  47  49  56  45  20  42  55  46 

3F20  46  45  52  20  52  41  4E  47  45  3A  00  4 1  3F  4A  52  3F 

3F30  46  4C  3D  75  43  3E  90  49  3E  43  44  3D  FF  4B  3C  24 

3F40  50  3D  73  42  3D  6F  00  C4  84  90  02  C4  90  CA  FI  C2 

3F50  F9  CA  F3  AA  F3  C4  3C  35  C4  E2  31  3D  AA  F9  90  EF 

Use  this  complete  hexadecimal  listing  of  the  program  if  you 
wish  to  prepare  a  paper  tape  or  cassette  to  run  the  editor  in 
RAM ,  or  if  you  are  able  to  burn  your  own  PROMs . 

Once  the  text  is  in  the  buffer,  you  can  edit  it  using  the  com¬ 
mands  shown  in  the  table.  Note  that  the  L,  C,  I,  D,  P  and  B 
commands  may  all  have  arguments,  to  specify  individual  lines 
or  a  group  of  lines.  In  fact  the  I  command  must  have  one 
argument,  to  indicate  where  the  insertion  is  to  take  place. 

The  argument  number  pr  numbers  must  precede  the  com¬ 
mand  letter.  Thus  to  list  lines  12  to  15,  for  example,  you  simply 
type  12,  15L  followed  by  a  carriage  return. 

To  change  a  line,  say  line  34,  you  simply  type  34C,  a  carriage 
return,  and  then  type  in  the  new  line  text.  Similarly  to  insert 
a  new  line  or  lines  before  an  existing  line,  say  line  17,  type 
171  followed  by  a  carriage  return  and  then  type  in  the  extra 
lines.  To  delete  lines,  say  lines  20,  21  and  22,  type  20,  22D 
and  then  a  carriage  return. 

A  single  argument  implies  that  the  command  should  affect 
only  the  one  line.  Two  arguments  imply  that  the  command 
should  affect  all  lines  between  the  two  corresponding  lines, 
inclusively.  Thus  15,  20C  implies  that  six  new  lines  are  to  be 
fed  in,  replacing  the  existing  lines  15, 16, 17, 18, 19  and  20. 


'  (Continued  on  page  133) 


1 


MICROPOWER  VOLTAGE  DETECTOR/ 
INDICATOR/VOLTAGE  REGULATOR/ 
PROGRAMMABLE  ZENER 

FEATURES 

•  High  accuracy  voltage  sensing  and  generation:  internal 
reference  1.15  volts  typical 

•  Low  sensitivity  to  supply  voltage  and  temperature  varia¬ 
tions 

•  Wide  supply  voltage  range:  Typ.  1 .8  to  30  volts 

•  Essentially  constant  supply  current  over  full  supply 
voltage  range 

•  Easy  to  set  hysteresis  voltage  range 

•  Defined  output  current  limit  -  ICL8211 
High  output  current  capability  -  ICL8212 

•  Innumerable  useful  applications  including: 

1 .  Low  voltage  sensor/indicator 

2.  High  voltage  sensor/indicator 

3.  Non  volatile  out-of-voltage  range  sensor/indicator 

4.  Programmable  voltage  reference  or  zener  diode 

5.  Series  or  shunt  power  supply  regulatoi 

6.  Fixed  value  constant  current  source 

•  Low  cost 


CONNECTION  DIAGRAM 


N/C  [T 
HYSTERIS1S  |T 
THRESHOLD [T 
OUTPUT  [T 


~8~1  V* 

T)  N/C 

T|  N/C 

T|  v. 


8  LEAD  PLASTIC  MINI  DIP 


HYSTERESIS 


Available  from 


R  &  D  ELECTRONICS  PTY.  LTD. 

23  Burwood  Road.  Burwood.  Vic. 

Tel.  288  8262,  288  8232. 


MELBOURNE 

Total  Electronics. 

239  Bay  Street 
NTH  BRIGHTON  VIC 
Phone  96  2891 


SYDNEY 

Total  Electronics. 

35  Aitchmson  St. 

ST  LEONARDS  NSW 
Phone  439  6722 


BRISBANE 

Total  Electronics. 
Kingsford  Smith  Dr. 
EAGLE  FARM  OLD 
Phone:  268  5766 


ADELAIDE 

Total  Electronics. 
709  Port  Road. 
WOODVILL  SA 
Phone:  45  1129 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December,  1976 


93 


SPECIAL  PURCHASE-new  garrard 

RECORD  CHANGERS  AT  A  FRACTION  OF  LIST  PRICE 

GARRARD  ZERO  100 

TRANSCRIPTION  CHANGER 

$80.00 

(Normal  lecommended  retail  price  $198.00). 

Supplied  with  Pickering  Magnetic  Cartridges 
with  Diamond  Stylus. 

Post  &  Packing  (Reg.  post)  N  S  W.  $5.50,  Vic.  S.A. 

&  Qld.  $6.75,  Tas.  $6.50,  W.A.  &  N  T.  $8.75. 

GARRARD  M.82  $57.00 
TRANSCRIPTION  CHANGER 

Recommended  retail  price  $120.00 

Supplied  with  Pickering  Magnetic  Cartridge  with 
Diamond  Stylus.  Post  &  packing  (Reg.  post) 

N  S  W.  $3.60,  Vic.,  S.A.,  Qld.  $4.74,  Tas.  $5.50 
W.A.  &  N  T.  $6.75. 

GARRARD  SL  95B 
TRANSCRIPTION  CHANGER 

$69.00 

Recommended  retail  price  $175. 

Supplied  with  Pickering  Magnetic  Cartridge  with 
Diamond  Stylus.  Post  &  packaging  same  as  Zero 
100. 

GARRARD  6-400 
CHANGER 

$28.50 

Recommended  retail  price  $48.00 

Supplied  with  high  quality  Garrard /Sonatone 
Ceramic  Cartridge  with  Diamond  Stylus.  (Post  & 
Packing  same  as  M82 

GARRARD  CC10A 
RECORD  CHANGER 

$14.75 

Fitted  with  a  Sonatone  Garrard  Ceramic  Car¬ 
tridge  Sapphire  Stylus  supplied  with  template 
&  instructions.  Post  &  packing  N.S.W.  $2.50. 

Int  $3.50. 

*  _ 

GARRARD— SRP20 
RECORD  PLAYER 
CARTRIDGE  AND 

POST  CHARGES  AS.CC10A 

$9.50 

BASE  &  PERSPEX  COVERS  AVAILABLE  IN  TEAK  &  WALNUT  FINISH 

FOR  ILLUSTRATIONS  &  SPECIFICATIONS  OF  GARRARD  CHANGERS  SEE  OCT  OR  NOV  ISSUE  OF  ELECTRONICS  AUSTRAI IA 

GENESOIMICS 10 

SOLID  STATE 
PORTABLE 

Thissensitive  &  selective  pocket  radio  using  6  transis- 
tors  &  4  diodes  is  suitable  for  most  local  &  country 
areas.  Fitted  with  a  2V*"  speaker  &  supplied  in  attrac- 
tive  &  durable  plastic  cabinet.  Earphone  supplied . 
Operates  on  2  1 .5V  pen  cells.  Were  $6.95,  Reduced 

to  $4.50p&P  $1 .00 extra. 

c 

N  E W  A .  M .  TU  N  E  R  8i  M  A N T E  L 

i  ^'X  trans'stor  A  M.  tuner  with  a  variable  output  suitable 

1  for  USe  Wlth  any  amP|ifier  or  tape  recorder.  Inbuilt  audio 
v  '  '.  o  amplifier  &  speaker  enable  this  unit  to  be  converted  to 

a  mantel  radio  at  a  flick  of  a  switch.  Supplied  in  attrac¬ 
tive  wood  grain  finished  cabinet.  240v  A.C.  operation. 
Suitable  for  local  stations  only. 

WERE  $22.50  REDUCED  TO  $  1  2.50 

NEW  IMPORTED  HOKUTONE  HI  FI 

SPEAKER  SYSTEMS  45  WATTS 

A  three  way  Speaker  System  with  a 
frequency  response  of  30  to  20.000  £-70  aa 

cycles.  A  12"  bass  unit  hfw-302,  mid  ^  /O.UU 

range  dome  6"  hm-24  and  ht-60  dome  Post  &  Packin9 

tweeter.  Three  way  crossover  network.  wafr fretahT  ™' 

speaker  silk,  innabond  &  cabinet  design 
supplied  (Cabinet  enclosure  60  litre). 

NEW  MAGNAVOX  —  MV50— 

50  WATT  SPEAKER  SYSTEMS 

/As  featured  in  Feb.  1976  issue  of  Electronics  Today 

Complete  kit  of  parts  (less  cabinet)  $79  00 
comprising  Magnavox  10-40  10"  bass  p 
unit.  625  mid  range  6"  two  XJ3  dome  fr!Lht  extra 

tweeters,  crossover  network,  innabond,  per  rail  or  a, r  freight 

speaker  silk  and  plans  of  cabinet.  Cabinet  &vaMab|e. 

PLAYM ASTER  —  MAGNAVOX  HI  FI 
SPEAKER  SYSTEMS  3  WAY 

3— 45— L  AS  featured  in  ELECTRONICS  AUST.  nn 

APRIL  '75. 

Complete  kit  of  parts  for  above  system  in- 
eluding  speakers.  Magnavox  8-30  Bass 

Unit.  6J  Mid  Range  Philips  AD0160/T8 

Dome  Tweeter,  crossover  components,  6" 

&  3"  tubes,  speaker  silk  &  innabond  (Less 

Cabinet). 

3— 41— L  AS  FEATURED  IN  ELECTRONICS  AUST.  nfl 

JUNE  '76. 

As  above  but  using  the  new  Magnavox 

6-25  midrange  in  place  of  the  6J  with  addi¬ 
tional  crossover  components. 

Freight  &  packing  extra  per  pass,  rail  or  air 
freight. 

SPECIAL  PRICE  ROLA  TWIN  8" 

SPEAKER  KITS 

Each  kit  comprises  two  Rola  C8mx  twin  coned  $  1  8.00 

speakers,  speaker  silk,  innabond,  vent  tube  &  p  PER  K,T 

cabinet  plans,  (speakers  wired  in  parallel  for  NSW ^40 

8ohm.  speaker  impedance).  Interstate  $3.60 

New  C800  STEREO  AMPLIFIER 

BY  CLASSIC 

•  Elegant  and  functional  design 

•Microphone  input  with  separate  con- 

^ol-  •  Power  output  25  watts  per  channel 

•  Provision  for  simulated  4-channel  .RMS  Total  output  50  watts  RMS  8 

stereo.  0hms. 

•Cabinet  in  teak  or  walnut  oiled  finish  •  Frequency  response  20  cycles  to 
with  matching  metal  trim.  30,000  =  IdB 

Full  specifications  Oct.  or  Nov.  76.  Electronics  Aust. 

CLASSIC  RADIO 

245  PARRAMATTA  RD,  HABERFIELD  2045 

PHONES  798  7145,  798  6507 

94 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Classical 

Recordings 

Reviewed  by  Julian  Russell 


Wagner — Tristan  and  Iso/da:  "glorious” 


WAGNER-Tristan  and  Isolda. 
Complete  Music  Drama.  Wolfgang 
Windgassen  (Tristan);  Martti  Talvela 
(King  Mark);  Birgit  Nillson  Isolda; 
Eberhard  Waechter  (Kurvenal); 
Claude  Heater  (Melot);  Christa 
Ludwig  (Brangane);  Erwin  Wohlfahrt 
(Shepherd)  and  others  with  the 
Chorus  and  Orchestra  of  the 
Bayreuther  Festspiele  conducted  by 
Karl  Bohm.  DGG  Stereo  2720  057. 

This  was  the  third  of  the  three  great 
Tristan  recordings  issued  during  the 
middle  1960s.  The  conductors  of  the 
other  two  were  Furtwangler  (HMV)  and 
Solti  (DECCA).  The  singers  and  orches¬ 
tras  varied,  though  it  would  be  profitless 
in  the  space  available  to  compare  the  pro¬ 
ductions  singer  by  singer  and  note  by  note 
except  in  rare,  significant  instances. 

But  let  me  say  at  the  outset  that  I  have 
had— and  loved  despite  their  differ¬ 
ences— the  other  two  for  many  years,  and 
that  I  acquired  the  Bohm  only  last  month 
when  I  listened  to  it  for  the  first  time.  I 
confess  right  away  that  I  fell  for  it  hook, 
line  and  sinker— as  the  saying  goes. 

true  there  are  slight  details  in  the  per¬ 
formances  of  the  other  two  that  I  prefer, 
but  judging  Bohm's  production  as  a 
whole  I  consider  it  the  best.  It  was 
recorded  live  at  the  1966  Bayreuth  Fes¬ 
tival  where  the  inspired  placing  of  the 
microphones  recapture,  in  all  but  a  few 
bars,  the  glorious  acoustics  of  the 
Bayreuth  Festspielhau?  to  give  us  a 
peerless  balance  between  voices  and 
orchestra.  It  may  be  recalled  that  in  the 
Furtwangler,  in  which  the  superb  Flag- 
stand  was  the  Isolda,  it  was  necessary  for 
Schwartzkopf  to  stand  by  to  take  high 
notes  that  were  then  outside  the  aging 
Flagstad's  range. 

In  Bohm's  recording  the  Isolda  is  Birgit 
Nillson  who  fills  the  role  in  &  perform¬ 
ance  that  will  live  long  in  glory.  I  have 
heard  her  in  the  part  many,  many  times, 
both  live  and  on  disc,  but  in  this  perform¬ 
ance  she  surpasses  anything  she  has  ever 
done  before.  Apart  from  the  splendour 
of  her  voice  she  is  the  living  embodiment 
of  the  character,  mature  yet  reckless  in 
her  anger,  meltingly  beautiful  in  her  love 
scenes,  yet  at  all  times  refined  in  her  sen¬ 
suality.  The  same  might  be  said  of 
Bohm's  control  over  the  whole  produc¬ 
tion. 

Despite  the  live  recording  there  is  a 
micro-minimum  of  extraneous  stage 


sounds  and  the  audience  behaves  with 
unsurpassable  decorum.  I  couldn't  even 
hear  the  softest  cough.  Except  for  the 
perfection  of  the  sound,  which  wears 
amazingly  well,  the  performance  might 
have  been  recorded  in  an  empty  hall. 

I  could  go  on  for  pages  describing 
Bohm's  total  commitment  to  the  won¬ 
derful  score,  not  the  least  feature  of 
which  is  his  respect  for  the  short  silences. 

If  Nillson  starts  a  trifle  unsteadily  it  takes 
her  practically  no  time  at  all  to  recover 
and  give  a  performance  which  I  consider 
quite  peerless  by  present  day  standards. 
The  same  might  be  said  of  Christa 
Ludwig's  Brangane,  though  here  you 
have  to  wait  till  the  second  act  to  hear 
her  at  her  best.  This  is  not  to  say  that  she 
hasn't  some  transcendentally  lovely 
moments  in  the  first  act,  too. 

Wolfgang  Windgassen  is  a  noble  Tris¬ 
tan,  his  full,  rich  tenor  entirely  free  from 
any  hint  of  a  Bayreuth  "bark."  His 
demeanour,  even  when  discovered  in 
guilt,  remains  courtly,  his  passion  in  the 
tumultuous  love  scenes  ardent  without 
any  forcing  of  his  voice. 

Eberhart  Waechter's  Kurvenall  is  not 
the  boisterous  soldier  depicted  in  so 
many  other  readings  of  this  important 
part.  Waechter's  is  dominated  by  his  love 
and  respect  for  his  master  for  whom  he 
willingly  lays  down  his  life  and  takes 
purely  human  revenge  on  Melot,  his 
master's  betrayer.  You  feel  that  he  thinks 
that  Tristan  at  his  most  guilty  in  his 
betrayal  of  King  Mark  can  do  no  wrong 
and  that  there  only  remains  Kurvenal's 
loving  protection  to  prevent  his  being 
found  out. 

Then  among  the  chief  characters  is 
Martti  Talvela's  knightly  King  Mark,  his 
bass  so  enchanting  to  hear  that  all  sense 
of  boredom  with  his  moralising  in  Act  2 
is  completely  forgotten.  Special  mention 
must  be  made  of  Erwin  Wohlfahrt's 
Shepherd.  And  in  his  contribution  I  might 
mention  that  in  Act  3  Bohm  uses  the 
Bayreuth  alpenhorn,  instead  of  the 
previously  used  cor  anglais,  to  express  by 
the  clarion  jubilation  of  its  tone  Isolda's 
return  to  her  dying  Tristan. 

While  it  is  true,  from  a  realistic  point 
of  view,  that  it  would  have  been 
extremely  unlikely  that  the  Shepherd 
would  have  had  two  different  instru¬ 
ments  to  express  the  difference  between 
despair  at  the  sight  of  an  empty  sea  and 


joy  at  the  appearance  of  Isolda's  ship, 
one  is  never  concerned  with  realism  in 
Wagner's  wholly  engrossing  score.  I  per¬ 
sonally  consider  it  to  be  one  of  the  grea¬ 
test  achievements  of  the  human  mind. 

Bohm's  reading  is  at  once  miraculously 
sympathetic  to  the  singers  but  utterly 
authoritative  in  his  command  of  his 
splendid  cast.  To  me  the  Bayreuth 
Orchestra  has  never  sounded  better, 
though  I  must  mention  that  the  only 
disappointment  I  felt  was  in  the  recor¬ 
ding  (a  little  too  faint)  of  the  hunting 
horns,  played  out  of  sight  at  the  opening 
of  Act  2.  There  are  also  one  or  two 
moments  when  the  voices  have  a  slight 
tendency  to  dominate  the  ensemble  in 
a  way  not  uncharacteristic  of  DGG's 
operatic  recordings.  But  these  are  details 
I  feel  churlish  about  pointing  out  ,  so 
great  was  my  enjoyment  of  the  whole 
production.  Parts  of  the  final  liebestod 
provide  readily  available  instances  to 
check  on  this  favouring  of  the  voice. 

One  other  point  of  interest.  In  the  Solti 
version  one  side  is  given  to  the  conduc¬ 
tor  rehearsing  the  performers.  The  same 
occurs  in  the  Bohm  recording  but  here 
the  conductor's  German  remarks  are 
translated  -  or  rather  summarised  into 
English  so  that  anyone  can  follow  Bohm's 
remarks  with  the  greatest  ease.  All  three 
sets  I  have  mentioned  in  this  review  are 
superb,  but  to  me  the  Bohm  is  the  finest 
of  all. 


*  *  * 

WAGNER  -  Tristan  and  Isolda  excerpts 
by  the  same  cast  as  above.  DGG  Dol- 
byed  Stereo  Cassette  3306  001. 

This  cassette  is  a  neatly  cobbled 
collection  of  excerpts  from  the  complete 
set  reviewed  above.  During  its  51 
minutes  of  playing  time  it  gets  in  the 
Prelude  to  Act  1  and  part  of  the  second 
act  love  duet  starting  with  the  relaxed 
sequence  and  finishing  at  a  spot  that 
doesn't  spill  too  much  blood  during  the 
surgery.  These  are  on  the  first  side. 

Side  Two  continues  the  Love  Duet  and 
runs  it  complete  till  the  entrance  of  King 
Mark  and  the  restatement  of  the  Hunting 
Horn  theme.  Then  comes  the  Prelude  to 
Act  3,  and  then  the  Shepherd's  long  cor 
anglais  solo,  followed  by  Tristan's  last 
outburst  when  Isolda's  ship  is  sighted. 
The  cassette  finishes  with  the  Liebestod 
which  ends  the  opera. 

The  Dolbyed  sound  is  excellent,  so 
good  that  only  the  keenest  ear  might  tell 
the  difference  between  it  and  a  disc  if  the 
equipment  were  out  of  sight  —  even  then, 
most  would  not  be  prepared  to  bet  on 
it.  The  whole  cassette  might  be  regarded 
as  an  aperitif  that  would  send  the  average 
Tristan  lover  rushing  to  the  nearest  music 
store  to  get  a  complete  set.  I  have  only 
one  tiny  quibble  -  the  brief  annotations 
are  in  untranslated  German  which  might 
cause  some  inconvenience  to  those 
unfamiliar  with  both  the  language  and 
the  whole  work. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


95 


CONVERT  YOUR  VIDEO  GAME  TO 

FULL 
COLOUR 


M  E 


EA  VIDEO  BALL  GAME  76  V  G5  AND  ETI  804  and  all  other  Video  Games  using  AY-3-8500  1C 

When  you  see  your  Video  Game  in  colour  with  green  playing  field,  red  and  blue  men, 
yellow  boundaries  and  score,  and  white  ball,  you  have  your  game  in  a  new  dimension. 

FULL  ASSEMBLY  AND  CONVERSION  INSTRUCTIONS  MAKE  THIS  KIT  EASY. 

APPOLLO  COLOUR  CONVERTER  $34.50  incl.  P&P 

IMPROVED  RIFLE  KIT  FOR  ETI  804  and  other  games  using  AY-3-8500  1C. 

Includes  all  hardware  and  gun  to  play  the  other  two  ^ames  available  from  this  1C 
APPOLLO  RIFLE  KIT  $25.00  incl.  P&P. 


APPOLLO  VIDEO  GAME  Using  the  Gl  AY-3-8500  1C  makes  tremendous  fun  for  the 
whole  family. 


•  Separate  hand  controls 

•  On  screen  auto  scoring 

•  Selectable  bat  size 

•  Selectable  angles 

•  Fully  defined  side  lines  &  net 

•  Colour  conversion  &  rifle  kit  available  as  extras. 

•  Individual  serve  buttons 


•  Selectable  ball  speed 

•  T.V.  Speaker  Sound  .  .  .  modulated 

•  Includes  brushed  and  printed  anodised  front 
panel  with  cut  outs  pre-punched. 

FULL  ASSEMBLY'INSTRUCTIONS  MAKE  THIS  EASY 

BLACK  &  WHITE  $49.50  COLOUR  $79.50 

incl.  P&P 


APPOLLO 
VIDEO  GAMES 

P-O.  BOX  301,  HORNSBY  2077 

(A  division  of 

Paramount  Colour  Eng.  Pty.  Ltd.) 
Factory  &  Service  Dept. 

99  Smith  St.,  Summer  Hill  2130 
Ph.  798  5823  —  476  4105 


enclose  $ 


For  Q  Appollo  Video  Game  B&W 
["I  Appollo  Video  Game  Colour 
□  Appollo  Rifle  Kit 
I  I  Appollo  Colour  Converter 


Name  ... 
Address . 


Postcode.. 


EA  1 2.76 ■ 


96 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


SAINT-SAENS  -  Symphony  No.  3  in  C 
Minor  (Organ  Symphony)  with  Gas¬ 
ton  Litaize  at  the  organ  and  the 
Chicago  Symphony  Orchestra  con¬ 
ducted  by  Daniel  Barenboim.  DGG 
Stereo  Dolbyed  Cassette  3300  619. 

The  folder  on  this  cassette  contains  a 
bit  more  information  that  is  usual  for 
similar  productions.  Most  of  this  is  his¬ 
torical  rather  than  analytical,  but  does 
include  the  fact  that  the  organ  part, 
played  by  Gaston  Litaize  on  the  Chartres 
Cathedral  updated  instrument,  was 
superimposed  on  the  orchestral  record¬ 
ing.  This  has  been  done  sa  skilfully  that 
without  pre-knowledge  few  would  guess 
the  tape  had  been  manipulated.  Indeed 
it  makes  for  better  balance  between 
organ  and  orchestra  than  might  other¬ 
wise  have  been  achieved,  however  much 
purists  might  decry  such  "faking." 

The  sound  is  superbly  spacious  with  a 
copious  amount  of  detail  and  a  wide 
range  of  dynamics  used  by  Barenboim  to 
produce  highly  sensitive  inflections.  His 
tempos  are  to  me  just  right,  without  any 
of  the  freakishness  in  which  he  some¬ 
times  indulges  elsewhere.  His  reading 
lends  the  work  more  stature  then  it 
usually  receives.  Moreover  the  Chicago's 
a  grand  orchestra  nowadays  and  this 
performance— and  recording— might  well 
provide  a  thrill  even  for  those  who  follow 
the  fashionable  trend  to  disparage 
everything  Saint-Saens  ever  wrote.  True 
some  of  his  large  output  might  well  be 
disregarded,  but  by  no  means  all.  The 
very  enthusiastic  support  he  received 
from  his  contemporary  Gounod  might 
explain  today's  prejudices  among  the 
illuminati. 

There  is  commendable  restraint  in  the 
spirited  first  movement,  a  virile  Scherzo 
beautifully  pointed  by  the  orchestra,  and 
a  Finale  full  of  splendidly  controlled  dif¬ 
fering  moods.  The  range  of  frequencies 
is  more  than  satisfactory.  In  the  last  bar 
of  the  Finale  the  organ  continues  to  linger 
in  the  air  for  a  moment  after  the  orchestra 
stops  but  whether  this  is  intentional  or 
not  I  do  not  know.  In  any  case  I  found 
the  whole  production  most  enjoyable. 


STRAVINSKY  -  Le  Sacre  du  Printemps. 
Complete  ballet.  The  London 
Symphony  Orchestra  conducted  by 
Colin  Davis.  Philips  Dolbyed  Stereo 
Cassette  7317  119. 

This  is  another  10-year-old  original 
sucessfully  transferred  to  a  Dolbyed  cas¬ 
sette.  Yet  the  sound  remains  good  and 
the  amount  of  detail  that  emerges  from 
the  complex  score  most  commendable. 

Although  there  have  since  been  better 
recordings,  at  any  rate  on  disc,  than  this 
reissue  there  are  two  features  of  Davis' 
interpretation  that  can  immediately  be 
appreciated.  The  first  is  Davis'  obvious 
pagan  delight  in  the  work's  stamping 
primitive  rhythms;  the  other  his  lyrical 
treatment  of  much  quieter  reaches  of  the 
score,  for  example  the  openings  to 


Scenes  1  and  2,  though  they  do  lack  a 
sense  of  mystery.  And  if  he  spares  us 
some  of  the  more  brutal  aspects  of  the 
work  his  contrasting  lyricism  is  quite 
without  sentimentality.  To  put  it  another 
way,  the  women  are  unmistakably 
women,  albeit  primitive  ones,  and  the 
men  their  warriors  and  masters. 

From  this  you  might  well  gather  that 
Davis'  is  a  pretty  straightforward  reading 
eminently  suitable  for  an  accom¬ 
paniment  to  a  stage  spectacle,  especially 
as  choreographed  by  the  fabled  Nijinsky. 
And  it  must  be  remembered  that  the 
work  was  designed  by  Stravinsky  for  the 
theatre,  though  nowadays  it  is  more 
often  heard  at  a  symphony  concert  than 
combined  with  dancing. 

Like  most  of  the  great  Stravinsky 
ballets  it  loses  nothing  as  a  piece  of  music 
—  and  a  very  influential  piece  at  that.  Lis¬ 
tening  to  it  I  had  the  feeling  that  Davis 
was  basing  his  reading  on  those  recorded 
by  Stravinsky  himself,  except  that  Davis' 
is  better.  The  composer  was  never  one 
to  indulge  himself  or  his  audiences  in 
extravagant  espressimos. 

Davis  is  slightly  more  relenting  though 
never  exaggeratedly  so.  He  remains  con¬ 
sistently  exuberant.  Le  Sacre  obviously 
excites  Davis  very  much,  and  this  he 
communicates  to  the  listener  without 
chasing  too  much  subtlety.  I  think  that  if 
an  entrepreneur  had  the  idea  of  reviving 
the  work  in  its  original  ballet  form,  Davis 
is  the  conductor  he  should  choose.  His 
reading  is  fresh  and  youthful  and,  even 
though  he  is  now  a  little  more  than  ten 
years  older  than  he  was  when  he  made 
the  original  recording,  I  imagine  it  would 
remain  so.  As  to  acquiring  it,  my  advice 
is  to  wait  until  some  more  alternatives 
appear  on  the  market,  though  this  is  not 
to  say  that  you  might  not  even  then 
prefer  the  Davis  interpretation. 


RIMSKY-KORSAKOV  -  May  Night. 
Complete  Opera.  Alexei  Krivchenja 
(Mayor);  Konstantin  Lisovsky 
(Levko);  Ljudmilla  Sapegena  (Hanna); 
Anna  Matjushina  (Sister-in-law);  with 
the  Chorus  and  Orchestra  of  the  Mos¬ 
cow  Radio  conducted  by  Valdimir 
Fedoseyev.  DGG  Stereo  SLP 
2709  063. 

So  far  as  I  can  trace,  this  is  the  first 
complete  recording  of  Rimsky's  early  but 
tuneful  opera.  Although  the  material 
sounds  a  trifle  thin  when  compared  to 
such  more  mature  compositions  as  Le 
Coq  d'Or,  and  lacks  some  of  the  latter's 
exquisite  glitter,  it  nevertheless  displays 
all  the  early  brilliance  of  Rimsky's  scor¬ 
ing.  Like  most  Russian  operas  it  contains 
many  genuine  folk  songs  and  other 
melodies  that  sound  very  much  like 
them. 

One  has  come  to  always  expect 
superb  chorus  work  in  Russian  Operas 
and  you  have  it  here,  too.  The  orchestra 
is  also  in  top  form  and  immediately 
responsive  to  the  conductor. 


Levko,  tenor  Konstantin  Lisovsky,  is  a 
reliable  performer,  a  little  throaty  at  times 
but  always  secure  in-pitch  throughout  his 
range.  Balance  between  the  singers  and 
orchestra  is  never  a  problem.  And 
Lisovsky,  despite  his  very  forward 
characteristically  Russian  production, 
can  still  make  his  voice  very  expressive 
in  lyrical  passages.  All  the  other  men  are 
good. 

But  as  in  most  Eastern  European 
productions  the  women  are  awfully  shrill 
in  voice,  in  quality  and  with  a  wobble  that 
Fred  Astaire  might  easily  fit  a  step  dance 
to.  Another  oddity  -  the  libretto  is  by 
Rimsky  himself  and  contains,  at  any  rate 
in  translation,  such  poetic  gems  as  "The 
water  is  lapping  in  the  lake  as  quietly  as 
a  child  in  its  cradle."  And  although  the 
diction  is  clear  it  is  difficult  to  follow  the 
translation. 

Because  May  Night  is  a  comparatively 
early  work,  it  is  not  surprising  to  find 
influences  of  the  styles  of  previous 
operatic  composers.  There  is,  for 
instance,  more  than  a  hint  at  times  of 
Weber's  Oberon  and  some  tunes  of 
Rimsky's  own  that  he  himself  used  in 
later  works.  Indeed  some  of  them  will 
tantalise  you  to  identify.  But  in  its  favour, 
the  work,  though  early,  has  a  very  profes¬ 
sional  polish,  the  sound  is  fine,  and  the 
chorus  sings  as  well  as  one  has  come  to 
expect  from  that  part  of  the  world.  The 
action  is  a  fairy  story  that  tells  of  a  spring 
nightin  the  Ukraine  -  during  the  last  cen¬ 
tury,  of  course.  ® 


SAY  THANK YOU 
AUSTRALIA 


NOMIS.  One  of  Australia's  oldest  sound  specialists 
knew  ASTATIC  Microphones  were  good,  but  the 
acceptance  in  Australia  has  been  fantastic-further 
shipment  arriving  soon  — avoid  disappointment, 
ORDER  NOW! 

NOMIS  ELECTRONICS  PTY.  LTD. 

689  SOUTH  ROAD. 

BLACK  FOREST.  S.A  (08)  293  4896 
And  these  Suppliers 

N  S.W.  Martin  de  Launay.  Sydney— 29  5834. 
Newcastle-2  4741,  Wagga-21  4644; 
Wollongong-28  6020.  OLD.  Martin  de  Launay, 
Brisbane-52  8467.  S.A.  Neil  Muller 
Adelaide  —  7 4  1  1  62.  Mt.  Gambler,  SES8 
Services  —  2 5  5970  W.A.  Atkins  Carlyle. 
Perth— 22  01  91.  N.T.  Veneman  &  Wyatt, 
Darwin— 8 1  349 1  VIC.  JES  Electronic  Components. 
Melbourne— 88  5282. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December.  1976 


97 


Noil  rated! 


In  US  by  “Consumer  _ 

Report”  m 

00IKVU5 

Thoroughly  recommended 
in  Australia  by  a  major 
electronics  publication. 
Electronic  Concepts  Pty.  Ltd. 
is  proud  to  introduce 
the  exclusive  Corvus  500. 

Wtih  MOSTEK*  single  chip  technology,  the 
new  Corvus  500  is  the  first  non-Hewlett- 
Packard  calculator  with  Reverse  Polish 
Notation.  10  addressable  memories,  4  level 
roll  down  stack  to  be  introduced.  If  you 
compare  the  Corvus  500  feature  by  feature 
with  the  HP45,  you  will  find  striking 
similarities.  There  are  also  some  important 
differences. 

'MOSTEK  is  one  of  America’s  advanced  LSI 
(Large  Scale  Integration)  chip  manufacturers. 

Corvus  HP 
500  45 

RPN  (Reverse  Polish  Notation)  Yes  Yes 

Memory  Store  and  Recall  10  Registers  Yes  Yes 

4  Level  Stack.  Rotate  Stack  Yes  Yps 

IO  MEMORY  EXCHANGE  WITH  X  Yes  No 

Log.  LN  Yes  Yes 

Trig  (Sine.  Cosine.  Tangent.  INV)  Yes  Yes 

HYPERBOLIC  (SINK  COSINH 
TANH.  INV)  yes  No 

HYPERBOLIC  RECTANGULAR  Yes  No 

y .  e.  10.  V“x7 1/x.  x!.  x«— y. 

it.  CHS  Yes  Yes 

Vy  through  INVERSE  Yes  No 

GRADIANS  mo  Y~ 

DEGREE 'RADIAN  CONVERSION  Yes  No 

Degree  Radian  Mode  Selection  Yes  Yes 

DEC  DEG  MIN  SEC  No  Y« 

Polar  to  Rectangular  Conversion  Yes  Yes 

Recall  Last  X  Yes  Yes 

Scientific  Notation.  Fixed  and  Floating  Yes  Yes 

Fixed  Decimal  Point  Option  (0  9)  Yes  Yes 

DIGIT  ACCURACY  J2  10 

DISPLAY  OF  DIGITS  t o  io 

%.  A  S  Yes  Yes 

GROSS  PROFIT  MARGIN  %  Yes  No 

Mean  and  Standard  Deviation  Yes  Yes 

1  +.  2-  Yes  Yes 

Product  Memories  Yes  Yes 

C  F  DIRECT  CONVERSION  Yes  No 

F.C  DIRECT  CONVERSION  Y«  No 

UT  GAL  DIRECT  CONVERSION  Yes  No 

KG  LB.  DIRECT  CONVERSION  Yes  No 

GAL-LIT.  DIRECT  CONVERSION  Y«  No  - 

LB-KG.  DIRECT  CONVERSION  yS  No 

CM  INCH  DIRECT  CONVERSION  Y«  No 

INCH-CM  DIRECT  CONVERSION  Y«  No 

As  you  can  see,  the  Corvus  500  is  a  lot  more 
calculator  for  $95. 

Price  $95.00 

Mail  charge  $2.50 

Sales  Tax  exempt  $85.00 

For  sales  tax  exempt  purchases,  please  supply 
number  or  certificate. 

We  have  listed  some  of  the  many  features,  but 
let  s  amplify  on  some  highlights: 

1.  RPN  (Reverse  Polish  Notation) 

“COMPUTER  LOGIC”  and  4  LEVEL  STACK. 


■■■■■■■■■■■■ 


■■■■■■■■aaaaaaaaa 


^eLECCTOfliC  concept  PCV  LCD 

Ground  floor,  Cambridge  House, 

52-58  Clarence  St.,  Sydney  NSW  2000 
(02)  29  3753  4-5 

■■«■■■■■ iai»iiillllvllaiaaiaaaB|Baaa|| 


Your  problem  is  solved  the  way  it  is 
written,  left  to  right  sequence,  eliminating 
restructuring,  unnecessary  keystrokes,  and 
the  handicap  of  having  to  write  down 
intermediate  solutions.  And  all  information  is 
at  your  disposal  —  just  roll  the  stack  (R)  to  any  ' 
intermediate  information  desired.  You  arrive 
at  your  solution  faster,  more  simply  and, 
therefore,  more  accurately. 

Perhaps  at  this  point  we  should  address 
ourselves  to  the  controversy  between 
algebraic  entry  and  RPN.  One  question  we 
must  ask  is  why  proponents  of  algebraic  entry 
always  use  an  example  of  sum  of  products 
and  never  an  example  of  product  of  sums: 

(2+3)  x  (4+5)  = 

Algebraic2  +  3  =  MS5  +  4  =  XMR  = 

TOTAL  12  keystrokes  (SR51,  add  2  more 
keystrokes) 

RPN:  2Enter3  +  4Enter5+x 
TOTAL  9  keystrokes 

2.  THE  CORVUS  500  and  HP-45  HAVE  10 
ADDRESSABLE  MEMORY  REGISTERS  4 
LEVEL  OPERATIONAL  STACK,  and  a 
‘‘LAST  X"  REGISTER  (10th  Mem.  Reg. ). 

With  10  addressable  memories,  you  have 
access  to  more  entries,  or  intermediate 
solutions;  less  remembering,  or  writing  down, 

YOU  have  to  do.  And  less  chance  for  error. 

The  stack  design  also  permits  X  and  Y  register 
exchange,  and  roll-down  to  any  entry  to  the 
display  for  review  or  other  operation. 

The  "lastx”  register  permits  error  correction 
or  multiple  operations  when  a  function  is 
performed,  the  last  input  argument  of  the 
calculation  is  automatically  stored  in  the  ‘‘last 
.  . . . . . 

Yes!  I'd  like  to  try  the  Corvus  500  for  7  days 

CASH  payment:  Cheque  or  money  order 

enclosed.  $95  plus  $2.50  postage. 

NAME . 


ADDRESS . 

. POST  CODE . 

■  ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■auiBaaBBBaaaaaaa||| 


98 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


x  register,  which  can  be  quickly  recalled  to 
comect  an  error,  or  to  perform  another 
operation  using  the  same  number. 

3.  DIRECT  HYPERBOLIC  and 
HYPERBOLIC  RECTANGULAR  to  POLAR, 
and  INVERSE.  For  thpse  of  you  electronic 
and  computer  science  engineers  who  require 
access  to  this  specialised  application,  the 
Corvus  500  solves  "your”  problems. 

4.  A  WORD  ABOUT  CORVUS  500 12- 
DIGIT  DISPLAY  AND  ACCURACY.  Finally 
you  have  displayed  12  digit  accuracy  in k 
business  format  and  10  +  2  in  scientific 
notation.  LED  is  manufactured  by  Hewlett 
Packard. 

FOR  THE  FIRST  TIME  you  can  raise  the 
number  10  to  199th  power  or  calculate 
Factorial  (x!)  of  up  to  120.  Unbelievable! 

5.  DIRECT  FROM  AND  TO  METRIC 
CONVERSION  SAVES  VALUABLE 
KEYSTROKES. 

WHAT  ABOUT  CONSTRUCTION?  With  so 
many  features,  the  next  most  obvious 
question  must  be  in  regard  to  the  quality  of 
the  unit  itself.  We  are  proud  to  report  the 
Corvus  500  to  be  double  injected  moulded, 
with  “tactile”  feedback  keyboard.  The 
compact,  contoured  case  is  5  Vi"  long  by  3" 
wide  by  1  lA"  high  and  weighs  just  8  02. 

The  COMPLETE  CORVUS  500  for  $95.00 
includes: 

•  Rechargeable  and  replaceable  Nickel 
Cadmium  batteries.  Optional  3AA  batteries. 

•  Adaptor/Charger. 

•  Owner’s  Handbook. 

•  Soft  canying  case. 

The  Corvus  500  is  warranted  by  the 
manufacturer  against  defects  in  materials  and 
workmanship  for  one  year  from  date  of 
delivery. 

For  those  of  you  who  have  the  HP-2-1  or  45  or 
any  other  advanced  calculator  on  order, 
aren  t  you  glad  you  still  have  the  opportunity 
to  take  advantage  for  the  release  of  the 
Corvus  500  for  $95. 00?  Hurry!  Order  yours 
today. 

AN  INVITATION: 

Electronic  Concepts  is  proud  to  offer  this 
exciting  Corvus  500  as  well  as  other  Mostek 
based  calculators  and  digital  watches  as 
exclusive  importer  of  Corvus  Brand  products 
for  Australia. 

You,  our  discerning  reader  will  no  doubt 
recognise  the  tremendous  price/  performance 
value  on  offer.  By  mailing  the  order  coupon 

today  we  can  assure  you  of  early  delivery _ 

and  should  you  not  be  satisfied,  you  may 
return  the  unit  to  us  with  full  money  back 
guarantee  within  seven  (7)  days. 

Or  better,  convince  yourself  of  the  real  quality 
and  value  of  our  Corvus  range,  just  visit  our 
conveniently  located  showroom  in 
Cambridge  House,  Clarence  Street,  just 
™™do^ynyard  exit  (York  Street),  or  phone 
U2-29-3755  for  more  information. 

Other  Corvus  models  on  offer: 

Corvus  600  Financial  Genius  $80.00 
Corvus  615  Business 
Statistician  $25.00 

Corvus  Digital  Watches  —  but  more 
about  these  in  our  next  advertisement. 

ft  t'me  offered  for  yQur 

:  convenience  BANK  CARD 
mail  order  facility.  Please  complete 

Q  Please  charge  my  bankcard. 

BANKCARD  NO . 

EXPIRY  DATE . 

SIGNATURE . 


Lighter  Side 

‘Reviews  of  other  recordings 


Devotional  Records 

HIS  HAND  IN  MINE.  Elvis  Presley  with 
the  Jordonaires.  Stereo,  RCA  AN  LI  — 
1319. 

Unless  my  memory  is  playing  tricks,  I 
reviewed  this  album  many  years  ago,  the 
jacket  adorned  with  a  picture  of  Elvis, 
complete  with  angelic  expression  and 
lace  cuffs!  A  placid  and  still  youthful  pic¬ 
ture  gazes  out  from  this  re-release  but 
the  cuffs  are  gone. 

The  program  is  a  mix  of  gently  swing¬ 
ing  Gospel  songs  intermixed  with  a 
sprinkling  of  up-tempo  numbers,  with 
Elvis  swapping  the  lead  periodically  with 
that  excellent  backing  group,  the  Jor¬ 
donaires.  The  titles: 

His  Hand  In  Mine  —  I'm  Gonna  Walk 
Dem  Golden  Stairs  —  In  My  Father's 
House  —  Milky  White  Way  —  Known 
Only  To  Him  -  I  Believe  In  The  Man  In 
The  Sky  —  Joshua  Fit  The  Battle  —  He 
Knows  Just  What  I  Need  —  Swing  Down 
Sweet  Chariot  —  Mansion  Over  The  Hill¬ 
top  —  If  We  Never  Meet  Again  —  Work¬ 
ing  On  The  Building. 

I  imagine  that  many  of  Elvis'  fans  from 
way  back  will  have  this  one  in  their 
collection  already  but,  if  not,  here  it  is 
again.  For  those  who  don't  know  quite 
what  to  expect,  it's  typical  Gospel  plat¬ 
form  entertainment,  even  conservative 
by  today's  standards,  but  smooth  and 
well  produced.  I  noted  a  trace  of  inter- 
modutation  here  and  there  but,  overall, 
the  quality  is  okay.  (W.N.W.) 

*  *  * 

FAMILY  VOLUMt  5.  Stereo,  M7, 
MLF-136.  Cassette  FM7C7-136. 

If  any  verification  is  necessary  of  the 
popularity  of  the  Australian  group 
"Family",  it  should  follow  from  the  fact 
that  this  is  their  fifth  album.  The  jacket 
picture  shows  three  cheerful  young  men 
in  the  old  tram  in  Sydney's  "Old  Spag¬ 
hetti  Factory"  restaurant,  but  who  they 
are,  what  instruments  they  play,  and  who 
else  is  involved,  is  left  to  the  listener's 
imagination.  But  it's  an  excellent  program 
o^  rock  Gospel  sound,  tailor  made  for 
church  youth  group  listening.  The  titles 
are  new  to  me  but  here  they  are: 

Welcome/My  Kind  Of  People  -  He 
Ain't  Heavy,  He's  My  Brother  -  Remem¬ 
ber  Whose  Child  You  Are  —  Front  Seat, 


Back  Seat  -  Thank  You  Lord,  This  House 
Runs  On  Sunshine  -  Little  Country 
Church  -  Oh  Boy!  Have  I  Been  Stupid! 
-  I  Wouldn't  Be  Much  Of  A  Friend  - 
Song  For  Susan  Louise  —  I  Love  You. 

Diction  is  not  one  of  the  Family's 
strong  points  but  their  harmony  is  first 
rate,  as  also  is  the  instrumental  backing. 
And  there's  a  lot  of  imagination,  too, 
behind  the  planning  and  arrangement 
of  the  numbers  and  variations,  even  to 
the  simulation  of  old-time  sound  quality 
for  "Oh  Boy!  Have  I  Been  Stupid". 
Elsewhere,  it's  normal. 

Not  everyone's  choice  of  Gospel 
music  but  it  should  go  over  well  with 
those  who  like  the  mod.  sound. 
(W.N.W.) 


SUPERSTAR  BRASS.  The  Band  of 
Yorkshire  Imperial  Metals  Top  Brass 
Series  GGS  1508.  Astor  release. 
Records  of  brass  music  such  as  this 
must  surely  dispel  any  image  of  the  old 
style  'band-in-the-park'  image  with  nine 
titles  ranging  from  Rossini  to  Rock  as  they 
say  on  the  sleeve  notes. 

The  titles  are  Florentiner  March  -  El 
Cumbanchero  -  Holiday  for  Trombones 
—  Summertime  —  The  Silken  Ladder  — 
Procession  Of  The  Sardar  -  The 
Typewriter  —  Largo  Al  Factotum  — 
Godspell  -  Jesus  Christ  Superstar 
Medley. 

The  quality  is  excellent,  recorded  in  a 
large  studio  if  one  can  take  notice  of  the 
echo  on  some  tracks.  Sleeve  notes  list 
nearly  thirty  musicians  and  the  conductor 
is  the  well  known  Trevor  Walmsley 
D.F.C.  It  is  good  to  hear  a  group  of 
musicians  like  this  who  obviously  enjoy 
what  they  are  doing.  (N.J.M.) 

*  *  * 

101  STRINGS,  20's  STYLE  Astor  Gold  Star 
Series  S-5331  ( M usicassette 
BCT5354). 

The  101  Strings  Orchestra  does  a 
delightful  job  in  re-creating  the  sound 
and  style  of  popular  dance  music  of  fifty 
years  ago,  with  favourites  like:  Stardust 


RICHARD  &  PATTI,  vocal,  with  orches¬ 
tra  and  chorus.  Stereo,.  Light 
LS-5673-LP.  (From  Sacred  Productions 
Aust,  181  Clarence  St,  Sydney  and 
other  capital.) 

I  would  gather  that  Richard  and  Patti 
are  well  known  on  the  American  Gospel 
scene,  such  that  surnames  are  redundant. 
I'm  afraid  that,  at  this  remote  distance, 
"Richard"  and  "Patti"  must  suffice. 

The  first  number  is  an  up-tempo  item: 
"Get  All  Excited"  but  the  remaining 
tracks  on  side  1  are  much  more  re¬ 
strained,  done  with  piano,  chorus  and 
gently  swinging  orchestral  backing:  Take 
A  Little  Time  -  For  Those  Tears  I  Died 
-  King  Of  Kings  -  Lord  Of  Lords. 

Side  2  is  rather  similar,  opening  with 
a  lively  "Greater  Is  He"  followed  by 
quieter  selections:  He  Giveth  More 
Grace  —  Holy,  Holy,  Holy/ Holy,  Holy  — 
The  Lord's  Prayer.  The  final  track  "The 
Church  Triumphant"  is  half-way  between 
a  song  and  a  sermon! 

With  orchestral  accompaniments 
arranged  and  conducted  by  Larry  Dalton, 
featuring  Larry  Dalton  on  piano,  and  with 
vocal  backing  by  the  World  Action  Sing¬ 
ers,  it's  ax  very  professional  performance, 
well  recorded.  Good  middle-of-the-road 
family  Gospel  sound,  although  that  final 
track  may  come  on  a  bit  strong  for  Aus¬ 
tralian  ears!  (W.N.W.) 


—  Limehouse  Blues  —  Tea  For  Two  — 
Someone  To  Watch  Over  Me  —  Who'll 
Buy  My  Violets  —  Speakeasy  Blues  —  3 
O'clock  In  The  Morning  —  Manhattan  — 
Rhapsody  In  Blue  —  Violence. 

The  style  is  mainly  gentle,  ideal  for  a 
background  sound  for  a  pleasant  social 
evening  with  friends.  The  exception  is  the 
last  track.  "Violence",  which  opens  with 
a  burst  of  sub-machine  gun  fire,  in  stereo 
no  less.  There  seems  to  be  a  boom  in 
music  from  the  earlier  decades  of  this 
century  and  music  such  as  on  this  record 
can  surely  show  the  reason  why. 

The  quality  was  a  little  edgy  on  the 
review  copy.  (N.J.M.) 

*  ¥  * 

THE  BAND  OF  THE  LIFE  GUARDS.  Sol¬ 
diers  Of  The  Queen.  This  Record  Co 
Ltd  L25266.  Festival  Release. 

Some  of  the  best  known  brass  band 
favourites,  some  of  them  well  known  as 
TV  themes,  make  up  the  dozen  tracks  on 
this  disc.  The  quality  is  about  the  best  I 
can  recall  for  some  time.  Many  of  the 
brass  band  recordings  I  have  heard  suffer 
in  some  way,  either  lacking  in  highs  or 
from  excessive  harshness.  The  band  is 
directed  by  Major  Anthony  J.  Richards, 
who,  judging  by  the  string  of  letters  after 
his  name,  must  be  well  well  up  in  the 
band  business. 

The  titles  are:  Soldiers  Of  The  Queen 
-  Rise  And  Shine  -  Soldiers  In  The  Park 


Reviews  in  this  section  are  by  Neville  Williams  (W.N.W  .).  J.  Rowe  (J.R.).  Leo  Simpson  (L.D.S.) 
Norman  Marks  (N.J.M.)  David  Edwards  (D.W.E.).  and  Greg  Swam  (G.S.) 


Instrumental,  Vocal  and  Humour 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


99 


LIGHTER  SIDE — continued 


—  The  Whitehall  Warrior  —  Sovereign's 
Escort  —  Theme  from  'The  Regiment'  — 
The  British  Grenadiers  -  Royal  Standard 

-  Lilliburlero  -  Sarie  Marais  -  Colches¬ 
ter  Castle  —  There's  Something  About  A 
Soldier  —  The  Boys  Of  The  Old  Brigade. 
The  sleeve  notes  give  a  brief  background 
to  the  tunes.  (N.J.M.) 

*  *  * 

THE  ROARING  20's  16  GREATEST  HITS 
Enoch  Light  &  The  Charleston  City 
All-Stars  ABCS-746  RCA  Release. 

I  don't  claim  to  remember  the  roaring 
twenties  but  I  can  certainly  remember 
these  tunes  being  popular  in  my 
childhood.  And  Enoch  Light  and  his  crew 
have  done  a  splendid  job  of  creating  the 
carefree  sounds  of  dance  music  of  the 
era. 

As  usual  with  most  of  Enoch  Light's 
efforts,  the  technical  aspects  of  the 
recording  are  beyond  any  reasonable 
reproach. 

The  titles  are:  Last  Night  On  The  Back 
Porch  —  I  Wonder  What's  Become  Of 
Sally  —  Rain  —  That's  My  Weakness  Now 

—  Sonny  Boy  —  Rose  Of  Washington 
Square  -  California  Here  I  Come  - 
Somebody  Loves  Me  -  The  Sheik  Of 
Araby  -  Singing  In  The  Rain  -  Sleepy 
Time  Gal  —  Margie  —  Ma  He's  Making 
Eyes  At  Me  —  Baby  Face  —  April  Showers 

-  I'm  Sitting  On  Top  Of  The  World. 
(N.J.M.) 


GOLDEN  HOUR  PRESENTS  WARM 
STRINGS  GH  612  Astor  Release. 

If  you  are  seeking  a  pleasant  record  as 
a  background  for  a  quiet  social  evening 
at  home  this  would  be  a  good  choice, 
with  twenty  favourites  played  by  an 
orchestra  with  plenty  of  lush  strings  to  set 
the  mood.  A  few  of  the  tracks  to  illus¬ 
trate:  Memories  Of  You  -  Slow  Boat  To 
China  -  Beautiful  Dreamer  —  Singing  In 
The  Rain  -  On  Dream  Street  -  Night  And 
Day  -  All  The  Things  You  Are  -  Yester¬ 
day  —  Smoke  Gets  In  Your  Eyes  —  Three 
Coins  In  The  Fountain. 

The  quality  varies  somewhat,  no  doubt 
due  to  putting  thirty  minutes  playing  time 
on  each  side  but,  in  the  context  of 
background  music,  this  can  be  forgiven. 
(N.J.M.) 

+  *  * 

HARMONICA  MAGIC.  Lubomir  Oleva 
with  the  Ostrava  Radio  Orchestra, 
conducted  by  Pavel  Stanek.  Stereo, 
Astor  GGS-1494. 

To  the  short  list  of  harmonica  vir¬ 
tuosos,  headed  by  Larry  Adler,  it  would 
certainly  be  appropriate  to  add  the  name 
of  Czech  born  Lubomir  Oleva.  Although 
the  jacket  notes  stress  that  he  is  a 
physical  education  instructor  by  profes¬ 
sion,  with  music  only  as  a  hobby,  you 
would  never  guess  as  much  from  listen¬ 
ing  to  this  recording.  His  technique  is  as 
sensitive  as  it  is  flawless,  as  befitting  one 


BRIGHT  STAR  CRYSTALS  PTY  LTD 

35  EILEEN  ROAD.  CLAYTON,  VICTORIA  546  5076 


MAY  WE  REMIND  YOU 

THAT  BRIGHT  STAR  CRYSTALS 
HAVE  MORE  THAN  36  YEARS 
EXPERIENCE  IN  (CRYSTALS) 

n 


; ;  •  v-  • 


■ 


AND  WE  RE  WHOLLY  AUSTRALIAN 

HOSE  &  EQUIPMENT  CO.  PTY.  LTD 
SYDNEY.  PHONE  666-8144 


COMMUNICATION  SYSTEMS 
PERTH.  PHONE  76  2566 

FbED  HOE  &  SONS  PTY.  LTD. 
BRISBANE.  PHONE  47  431 1 


ROGERS  ELECTRONICS 
ADELAIDE.  PHONE  42  6666 

DILMOND  INSTRUMENTS 
HOBART  PHONE  47  9077 


100 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


whose  early  training  was  on  violin. 

Side  1  carries  a  half  dozen  tracks,  all 
modern  transcriptions  of  light  classics; 
Ciocirlia  -  Danza  Espanola  -  Clair  De 
Lune  -  Hora  Staccato  -  Air  On  A  G 
String  —  Sabre  Dance.  These  give  way  to 
a  new  and  different  arrangement  of 
modern  standards  on  side  2:  La  Mer  - 
Mexican  Dance  -  Lonely  Night  Rider  - 
Stardust  —  Isn't  It  Romantic?  —  Le  Grisbi 
—  Make  Love  To  Me. 

If  you  have  an  interest  in  the  har¬ 
monica,  you'll  throroughly  enjoy  this 
one.  Even  if  you  don't,  you  could  still  find 
it  pleasant,  because  the  harmonica  is 
merged  so  skilfully  with  the  Ostrava 
Orchestra.  Apart  a  slight  touch  of 
"stringiness"  in  the  strings,  here  and 
there,  the  overall  quality  and  stereo 
spread  is  good.  (W.N.W.) 

*  *  *  . 

WOODY  HERMAN.  Vol  2  With  Charlie 
Byrd  and  Tito  Puente.  Astor  Gold  Star 
GGS  1503. 

Originally  recorded  in  1958,  this  album 
has  been  remastered  from  78's.  Con¬ 
sidering  this,  the  quality  is  fairly  good. 

Side  one  carries  the  lengthy  'Summer 
Sequence'  followed  by  Latin  Flight-New 
Cha  Cha  and  Mambo  Herd.  Side  two 
consists  of  Tito  Meets  Woody-Cha  Cha 
Chick— Carioca— Blue  Station— Pillar  To 
Post. 

The  theme  is  mainly  Latin  as  can  be 
seen  from  the  titles  and  I  get  the  feeling 
that  there  has  been  no  attempt  to 
"rechannel  for  Stereo",  as  switching  from 
mono  to  stereo  showed  no  noticeable 
difference.  I  remember  most  of  these 
tracks  being  released  on  a  'World  Record 
Club'  disc  some  years  ago;  it  would 
present  Woody  at  his  peak.  (N.J.M.) 

★  ★  ★ 

FAREWELL  MY  LOVELY.  United  Artists 
L35734.  Festival  release. 

This  is  another  of  those  sound-track 
records  that  hold  little  interest  unless  you 
have  seen  and  enjoyed  the  movie  so 
much  that  you  want  to  re-live  it  by  way 
of  the  music. 

The  film  stars  Robert  Mitchum  -and 
Charlotte  Rampling  amongst  others,  in 
what  must  be  another  'Marlowe'  detec¬ 
tive  story.  The  titles  are:  Marlowe's 
Theme  —  Velma  —  Mrs  Grayles  Theme 

-  Amthor's  Place  —  Mrs  Florian  Takes  the 
Full  Count  —  Marlowe's  Trip  —  Convales¬ 
cent  Montage  -  Take  Me  To  Your  Lido 

-  Three  Mile  Limited  -  Moose  Finds  His 
Velma  -  End  Title. 

The  music  tends  to  be  a  mixture  of 
styles  and  the  quality  is  good.  (N.J.M.) 

★  ★  ★ 

BING  CROSBY.  AT  MY  TIME  OF  LIFE. 
United  Artists  L  35889.  Festival 
release. 

With  the  release  of  this  record,  Bing 
Crosby  celebrates  fifty  years  of  show 
business,  and  demonstrates  that  he  has 
lost  little  of  the  vocal  skill  that  has  made 
him  a  household  word  throughout  the 
world.  The  titles  range  from  a  gentle: 
"How  Are  Things  In  Glocca  Morra?"  to 
an  uptempo  "I  Got  Rhythm".  Other 


Matching  Pair 

Performance  and  Appearance 


What  comes  out  of  a  tuner  and  amplifier  is 
only  as  good  as  what  goes  into  them. 

And  we’ve  put  a  lot  into  both. 

Both  specially  matched  for  the  finest  and  most 
authentic  music  reproduction. 

First  the  ST7200  Tuner  allows  you  to 
enjoy  FM/AM  Radio  that  is  second  to  none. 

Pin  point  accuracy  is  assured  by  the 
full  sized  dial  and  signal/Tuner  meter. 


As  for  our  SU7200  amplifier,  we  list  a  full  22 
watts  RMS  per  channel,  41  click  stop  volume 
control,  low  distortion  circuit,  loudness 
switch,  tape  monitor  switch,  and  a  power 
bandwidth  of  5-100  KHz. 

Impressive  features? 

Any  way  you  want  to  look  at  it,  you  11  agree 
this  matched  pair  from  Technics  would  be 
hard  to  beat. 


WARRANTY 
AND  SERVICE 
BYHACO 


For  a  National  Technics  Catalogue  please  write  to: 

National  Technics  Advisory  Service.  P.O.  Box  49  Kensington,  NSW  2033 
(Specifications  subject  to  change  without  notice.) 


^  Technics 

hi-fi 

WT.GD122T 


Why  the  cannon  on  your  1812  Overture 
sounds  more  like  a  popgun. 


A  rather  unfortunate  situation 
occurs  during  a  recording  session. 

Because  the  dynamic  range  of 
most  recording  equipment  doesn’t 
equal  the  dynamic  range  of  live  per¬ 
formances,  the  loudest  sounds  end 
up  being  very  much  compressed, 
while  the  softer  sounds  have  to  be 
lifted  above  tape  noise. 

So  no  matter  how  good  your 
equipment  is,  it  will  never  ever  give 
a  true  performance. 

Introducing  dbx. 

Fortunately  for  the  home  hi-fi  buff 
there ’s  now  an  extremely  effective 
solution  available. 

The  dbx  117. 

Basically  it’s  a  dynamic  range 
enhancer  that  works  on  the  signal’s 
voltage  level  without  changing  the 
frequency  response.  (Unlike  other 
systems  that  are  designed  merely  to 


filter  out  high  frequencies.) 

And  attached  to  any  good  system  it 
will  noticeably  increase  the  entire 
dynamic  range  of  any  signal  put  into 
it.  While  at  the  same  time  reducing 
surface  noise. 

So  now  your  softs  become  even 
softer.  While  your  louds,  especially 
your  crescendo’s,  become  much 
more  dramatic  when  they  finally 
reach  the  top. 

Consequently  giving  the  recorded 
performance  both  more  body  and 
definition. 

dbx  will  also  improve  the  sound 
of  your  older  records.  So  there’s 
less  need  for  you  to  have  to  replace 
them.  (The  dbx  1 1 7  will  also  help 
reduce  hiss  from  FM  broadcasts  as 
well  as  your  tapes.) 

In  fact  should  you  desire  to  test 
the  dbx  before  purchase,  we  then 


suggest  you  contact  one  of  our 
dealers  listed  opposite  and  politely 
ask  him  to  play  you  a  copy  of  the 
1812  Overture. 

Should  you  still  have  a  few 
reservations  then  all  we  have  to 
say  is  that  perhaps  the  1 8 1 2 
Overture  was  recorded  featuring 
a  popgun. 

Or  your  ears  aren’t  as  good  as 
you  thought  they  were. 


AUR19 


Where  to  hear 

the  1812  Overture  with 

cannon,  not  corks. 

N.S.W. 

SYDNEY  CITY 

Douglas  Hi  Fi.  Kent  Hi  Fi. 

D.ME.  Hi  Fi.  Instrol  Hi  Fi. 

EASTERN  SUBURBS: 

Woolloomooloo— Convoy  Sound. 

NORTH  SHORE: 

Chatswood— Autel  Systems. 

Crows  Nest— Allied  Hi  Fi. 

Gladesville— Hi  Fi  Hat. 

Chatswood— Milversons. 

Brookvale— Riverina  Hi  Fi. 

WESTERN  SUBURBS: 

Fairfield— Bing  Lee  Electronics. 

Summer  Hill— Fidela  Sound. 

Parramatta  &  Westfield— Grammophone  Shop. 
Parramatta— Milversons. 

Parramatta  &  Bankstown— Miranda  Hi  Fi. 
Concord— Sonata  Music. 

SOUTH 

St.  Peters— Dyna  Stereo. 

Miranda  Fair— Miranda  Hi  Fi. 

LIVERPOOL:  Miranda  Hi  Fi. 

WOLLONGONG:  Sonata  Hi  Fi. 

GOSFORD :  Miranda  Hi  Fi. 

NEWCASTLE :  Ron  Chapman  Hi  Fi. 

Newcastle  Hi  Fi. 

MAITLAND :  Hunter  Valley  Electronics. 

TAREE:  Godwins  Hi  Fi. 

LISMORE:  Lismore  Hi  Fi. 

A.C.T.: 

Pacific  Stereo.  Duratone  Hi  Fi 

VICTORIA: 

MELBOURNE  CITY: 

Douglas  Trading.  Nat.  Sound. 

Allens  Music.  Southern  Sound. 

Instrol  Hi  Fi. 

MELBOURNE  SUBURBS: 

Hawthorn— Tivoli  Hi  Fi. 

Nth.  Caulfield— Soundcraftsman. 

Moorabbin— Southern  Sound 
Mordialloc— Mordialloc  Hi  Fi. 

—Denman  Audio. 

Belmont— Belmont  Stereo. 

Warnambool— A.  G.  Smith. 

QUEENSLAND: 

BRISBANE  CITY : 

Reg  Mills  Stereo.  Tel  Air  Electronics. 
Stereo  Supplies. 

BRISBANE  SUBURBS: 

Redcliffe-Hi  Fi  Sales  (O’ Id.)  Pty.  Ltd. 
Ashgrove— Living  Sound  Centre. 

Tingalpa— Todd  Hi  Fi. 

Ipswich— Ipswich  Hi  Fi. 

SOUTH  AUSTRALIA: 

ADELAIDE  CITY: 

Allans  Music.  Hi  Fi  Acoustics. 

Challenge  Hi  Fi. 

ADELAIDE  SUBURBS  : 

Blackwood— Blackwood  Sound. 

St.  Peters— Sound  Dynamics. 

TASMANIA: 

HOBART: 

Quantum.  United  Electronics. 

SUBURBS: 

Burnie— Audio  Services 

WEST.  AUSTRALIA 

•  PERTH: 

Alberts  Hi  Fi. 

Leslie  Leonards. 

Audio  Centre. 

Japan  Hi  Fi. 

Or  write  to  Auriema  (A/asia)  Pty.  Ltd. 

P.O.  Box  604,  Brookvale,  N.S.W.  2J00 
Telephone  939  1900  AUR19 


LIGHTER  SIDE 


tracks  are:  At  My  Time  Of  Life  -  Cabaret 

-  Something  To  Remember  You  By  - 
Heat  Wave  —  My  Heart  Stood  Still  —  Raz- 
zle  Dazzle  -  Hello  Dolly  -  Looking  At 
You  -  I'll  Never  Fall  In  Love  Again  - 
Thou  Swell  -  With  A  Song  In  My  Heart 

-  Great  Day. 

With  the  exception  of  the  title  track 
which  was  recorded  in  Los  Angeles,  the 
album  was  made  in  England  with  the 
backing  of  the  Pete  Moore  Orchestra. 

The  original  lyrics  range  from  1927  to 
1976  so  the  time  span  is  certainly  indica¬ 
tive  of  Crosby's  influence  on  the  music 
scene.  (N.j.M.) 

★  ★  ★ 

MUSIC  FROM  THE  GREEK  ISLANDS 
Volume  2.  The  Trio  Orfeo.  RCA  Cam¬ 
den  stereo  VCL1— 0036. 

Here  is  a  talented  trio  who  produce 
music  that  is  often  almost  Latin-American 
in  flavour,  while  still  maintaining  its 
Greek  overtones.  Even  those  who  do  not 
enjoy  most  Greek  music  should  sample 
this  disc.  Recording  quality  is  very  good. 
Recommended. 

Track  titles  are:  Imittos  —  Boy  On  A 
Dolphin  -  Moustafa  -  O  Sklavos  Sou 
Ime  (I  Am  Your  Slave)  -  Siko  Horepse 
Syrtaki  (Get  Up  And  Dance  The  Syrtaki) 

-  Bepe's  Solo  -  Anihe  Apopse  Ourania 
(The  Skies  Open  Up)  -  The  Pearl  Fisher¬ 
man  -  Ego  Ke  To  Gaidouraki  Mou  (Me 
And  My  Donkey)  -  Stin  Kaliva  Ti  Diki 
Mou  (In  My  Small  Hut)  -  Isos  Na 
Methimate  (She  May  Remember  Me)  - 
Sou  Topa  Mia  Ke  Dio,  Ke  Tris  (I  Told  You 
Once,  Twice,  Thrice).  (L.D.S.) 

*  *  ¥ 

LOOK  MY  WAY.  Rosemary  Clooney. 
United  Artists  L35924.  Festival 
Release. 

It  is  a  long  time  since  I've  heard  a  song 
from  Rosemary  Clooney  and  this  album 
only  points  up  what  we've  been  missing. 
Back  ih  the  fifties,  you  could  always  hear 
one  of  her  latest  hits,  like  'Botch- A  Me' 
and  Come  On-A  My  House'  on  steam 
radio  and  this  collection  of  mainly  new 
hits  is  very  welcome.  Some  of  the  titles 
are:  Half  As  Much  -  When  Will  I  Be 
Loved  -  Storms  Never  Last  -  Look  My 
Way  -  I'm  Not  Lisa  -  Singing  The  Blues 
-  When  You  Got  Love  -  The  Very 
Thought  Of  Losing  You. 

The  recording  was  made  in  RCA's 
Nashville  Studios,  a  virtual  guarantee  of 
high  recording  quality  and  the  sleeve 
notes  list  all  the  supporting  artists,  inclu¬ 
ding  the  Jordanaires.  (N.).M.) 

*  *  * 

THE  ARTISTRY  OF  NELSON  EDDY. 
Everest,  Astor  Release  GGS  1499. 
Anyone  with  a  touch  of  grey  around 
the  temples  will  remember  the  MGM 
musicals  starring  Jeannette  McDonald 
and  Nelson  Eddy.  This  record  will  bring 


back  the  sound  of  one  of  those  voices 
in  vocal  settings  of  favourite  classical 
excerpts. 

Most  of  the  tunes  will  be  remembered 
as  hits  of  the  early  post-war  period,  titles 
like:  Tonight  We  Love,  based  on 
Tchaikovsky's  piano  concerto  in  B  flat 
minor  and  'Story  Of  A  Starry  Night'  from 
the  same  composer's  Sixth  Symphony. 
Others  are:  The  Lamp  Is  Low  —  My 
Reverie  -  Till  The  End  Of  Time  -  Strange 
Music  -  Full  Moon  And  Empty  Arms  - 
Love  Serendade  -  Stranger  In  Paradise 

—  As  The  Years  Go  By  -  If  You  Are  But 
A  Dream. 

The  orchestral  backing  by  Skitch  Hen¬ 
derson  suits  the  romantic  mood  set  by 
the  songs  to  make  up  a  most  enjoyable 
record  with  excellent  quality.  (N.J.M.) 

★  ★  ★ 

THE  KINKS'  GREATEST:  CELLULOID 
HEROES.  The  Kinks.  RCA  Victor 
APL1-1743. 

While  Ray  and  the  other  Kinks  have 
not  renewed  their  contract  with  RCA  Vic¬ 
tor,  it  appears  that  their  existing  tracks  are 
still  going  to  be  pushed.  This  record  is 
mainly  filled  with  material  from  the  1972 
era.  In  fact,  quite  a  lot  of  the  tracks 
appear  to  have  been  lifted  from  the 
"Everybody's  In  Show-biz,  Everybody's 
A  Star"  album  of  that  year. 

Tracks  featured  are:  Everybody's  A  Star 
(Starmaker)  —  Sitting  In  My  Hotel  —  Here 
Comes  Yet  Another  Day  (live)  —  Holiday 
(live)  —  Muswell  Hillbilly  —  Celluloid 
Heroes  -  20th  Century  Man  -  Sitting  In 
The  Midday  Sun  —  One  Of  The  Survivors 

—  Alcohol  (live)  —  Skin  And  Bone  (live) 

—  A  Face  In  The  Crowd. 

If  you  are  a  devout  Kinks  fan  like  me, 
then  you  will  appreciate  this  album,  as 
some  of  the  tracks  are  different  from  the 
more  widely  known  versions.  And  Reg 
Livermore  fans  will  recognise  the  last 
track  on  the  first  side  (Celluloid  Heroes), 
which  is  possibly  the  best  Kinks'  track  of 
all  time. 

As  is  usual  with  releases  on  this  label, 
the  quality  of  the  recording  is  excellent, 
with  very  little  surface  noise,  and  only 
slight  traces  of  distortion.  (D.W.E.) 

*  *  * 

TURNSTILES.  Billy  Joel.  Stereo.  CBS 
Records  SBP  234797. 

After  his  success  with  "Piano  Man",  I 
was  expecting  a  lot  from  this  album  and, 
happily,  I  was  not  disappointed.  From  the 
opening  track  to  the  closing  one,  this 
record  is  one  long  enjoyable  experience. 
Aided  by  capable  session  men,  and  with 
his  own  excellent  keyboard  work  to  back 
him  up,  Billy  gets  into  his  stride  in  the  first 
track,  and  never  looks  back  from  there. 

All  the  lyrics  are  provided  on  the  inner 
sleeve  of  the  album  cover,  so  it  is  pos¬ 
sible  to  gain  an  insight  into  the  songs 
without  having  to  strain  the  ears.  But,  in 
any  case,  Billy  has  excellent  diction. 

I  won't  attempt  to  analyse  the  album, 
but  I  will  give  you  my  thoughts  on  the 
last  track.  This  is  entitled  "Miami  2017 
(Seen  The  Lights  Go  Out  On  Broad- 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


SPECIAL  PURCHASE 

TRANSISTORS-CAPACITORS-RESISTORS 

We  have  purchased  from  a  manufacturer  who  has  ceased  the  production  of  radio  equipment 
due  to  the  tariff  reductions,  their  current  stock  of  capacitors  and  transistors  which  we 
can  offer  at  a  fraction  of  original  cost. 

rnrr  AEECD  No.  4  Pack  of  100  condensers  (value  $3.50)  with  all  orders 
rntt  Urittl  of  $  1  5.00  or  over. 

FOR  DEC.  PLUS 

o  j  AM  No.  3  pack  of  40  Transistors  &  10  Diodes  (value  $3.30)  will 

oc  wJAAiv.  be  jnc|ucjecj  free  wjtb  a||  orders  of  $25.00  or  over. 

All  Transistors,  Capacitors  and  Resistors  are  New  &  Branded 

TRANSISTORS:  12-2N3055-1  power  transistors  24  BC108  general  purpose  audio,  6 

BC1 09C  low  noise  audio.  6  TT770  NPN  low  level  amp,  1 2  EM404  silicon  rectifiers  400 
volt  1  amp.  Plus  20  mixed  silicon  transistors. 

68  TRANSISTORS  FOR  $9.00  No  1  PACK 

PLUS  12  DIODES  P  &  P  $  1  00 

Mounting  kits  for  2N3055  (mica  washers  &  bushes  9c  ea.). 

TRANSISTORS.  24  BC108  general  purpose  audio.  6  BC109C  low  noise  audio.  6  TT770 
low  level  amp  NPN.  12EM404  silicon  rectifiers  400  volt  1  amp.  PLUS  20  mixed  silicon 
transistors. 

56  TRANSISTORS  FOR  $4. 80  A lo.  2  PA  CK 

PLUS  12  DIODES  P8t  PS  1.00 

40  TRANSISTORS  FOR  $3.30  No.  3  PACK 

PLUS10DIODES  P&PS1.00 

TRANSISTORS.  10-BC108  general  purpose  audio.  10-TT770  NPN  low  level  amp  10- 
EM404  silicon  rectifiers  400  volt  1  amp.  Plus  20  mixed  silicon  transistors 

100  CAPACITORS  FOR  $3.50  No.  4  PACK 

Post  $  1 .00 

CAPACITORS.  100  comprising  approx  equal  quantities  of  Philips  tubular  polyester  (315 
series)  Polyester  film  greencaps'  &  Styroseal  in  standard  values  to  .47  mfd  with  a  list 
price  of  over  $  1 8  00. 

100  RESISTORS  FOR  $1.00  No.  5  PACK 

RESISTORS.  100  mixed  16  and  1  watt  Morganite,  Ducon,  P  A  P  $  1  0(1 

and  IRH.  15  different  standard  values. 

700  RESISTORS  FOR  $2.80  No. 6  PACK 

P&P  $1.00 

These  Marganite  &  I  R  C.  resistors  are  mostly  16  watt  10%.  Approx  30  different  standard 
values.  (The  leads  on  these  resistors  have  been  cut  &  formed  for  printed  circuit  board 
mounting.) 

2 N 30 5 5  TRANSISTORS  No.  7  PACK 

Pack  of  1 2  standard  2N3055  transistors  $  7.20  P&P  $  1 .00 

3 AMP  600  VOLT  RECTIFIERS  '  No.8  PACK 

P&P  $1.00 

Pack  of  12  for  $3  60.  I  T  T  3  amp  600  volt  metal  rectifiers  type  IN4723  (can  be  used 
for  higher  current  if  used  with  heatsink) 

POSTAGE  $1.50  COVERS  POSTAGE  &  PACKING  ON  ANY  3  PACKS 

METROPOLITAN  RADIO  SUPPLIES. 

2  WATTLE  STREET,  HABERFIELD. 

POSTAL  ADDRESS:  BOX  105  P.O.  HABERFIELD  2045. 

LIGHTER  SIDE 


way)",  and  it  is  really  superb.  It  is  a 
science  fiction  fantasy,  and  it  evoked 
quite  fantastic  imagery  in  my  mind.  If  you 
sample  any  tracks  at  all,  sample  this 
one. 

Overall,  I  can  definitely  recommend 
this  album,  both  technically  and  aurally! 
(D.W.E.) 

*  *  ¥ 

ELECTRIC  WARRIOR.  T.  REX.  Cube 

Records  Hifly  6.  RCA  release. 

Marc  Bolan  and  T.  Rex  have  been 
around  the  scene  for  quite  a  while  now, 
and  they  have  been  quite  successful  to 
date.  This  record  appears  to  be  a  reissue 
of  an  earlier  (about  1971)  album,  and  as 
such  is  only  of  interest  to  collectors  and 
those  who  missed  out  the  first  time 
around. 

Tracks  featured  are:  Mambo  Sun  - 
Cosmic  Dancer  -  Jeepster  -  Monolith  - 
Lean  Woman  Blues  -  Get  It  On  -  Planet 
Queen  —  Girl  —  The  Motivator  —  Life's 
A  Gas  —  Rip-Off.  Recording  quality  is 
adequate  only;  there  are  traces  of  both 
background  noise  and  distortion. 
(D.W.E.) 

★  ★  ★ 

SECOND  CHILDHOOD.  Phoebe  Snow. 

Stereo.  CBS  SBP  234799. 

This  is  Phoebe  Snow's  second  album, 
and  although  I  have  not  heard  her  first 
one,  judging  by  this  effort  it  must  have 
been  fairly  good.  Phoebe  has  a  pleasant, 
melodious  voice,  which  she  uses  to  full 
advantage.  Her  exact  style  is  difficult  to 
categorise,  but  has  some  resemblance  to 
that  of  Rita  Coolidge. 

Tracks  featured  are:  Two  Fisted  Love 

—  Cash  In  —Inspired  Insanity  —  No 
Regrets  -  Sweet  Disposition  -  All  Over 

—  Isn't  It  A  Shame  —  Goin'  Down  For  The 
Third  Time  —  Pre-Dawn  Imagination  — 
There's  A  Boat  That's  Leavin'  Soon  For 
New  York.  Technically,  the  record  is 
good,  with  a  very  clean  sound.  (D.W.E.) 

*  *  * 

CONEY  ISLAND  BABY.  Lou  Reed.  RCA 
Victor  APL1-0915. 


AEGIS  PTY.  LTD. 


347  Darebin  Rd,  Thornbury, 
Vic.  3071.  Phone49-1017 


Manufacturers  of  Wound  Components  for  Electronic  Applications 

★  Miniature  Aerial,  RF, 

Oscillator  Coils  and  IF 
Transformers  for  T ransistor 
Receivers 

★  Replacement  Coils  and  IF 
T ransformers  for  Valve 
Receivers 

★  Radio  Frequency  Chokes  and 
Video  Peaking  Chokes 

★  Ceramic  Insulators 


★  Coil  Formers,  Bobbins,  Cans, 
Cores,  etc. 

★  Interference  Suppression 
Units: 

— Aerial  Filters 
—Mains  Filters 

★  Crossover  Network 
Inductances 

★  Wide  Range  of  Instrument 
Knobs 


Stocked  by  all  leading  electronics  suppliers 


Lou  has  gone  back  to  basics  for  this 
album.  It  is  a  mixture  of  hard  and  soft 
rock,  with  his  unique  "talk/sing"  vocal 
style  still  dominant.  The  songs  on  this 
album  seem  to  veer  away  from  his  more 
usual  depressing  subjects,  and  at  times 
become  even  slightly  humorous. 

The  eight  tracks  are  as  follows:  Crazy 
Feeling  -  Charley's  Girl  -  She's  My  Best 
Friend  —  Kicks  —  A  Gift  —  ooohhh  Baby 
—  Nobody's  Business  —  Coney  Island 
Baby.  The  tracks  I  was  impressed  with 
were  "She's  My  Best  Friend"  and  "Coney 
Island  Baby".  The  first  track  on  the 
second  side  is  sure  to  meet  with  a  mixed 
reception  from  the  fairer  sex. 

Record  quality  is  average,  with  some 
background  noise,  although  this  is  not 
obtrusive.  (D.W.E.) 


102 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Popular  cassettes: 

MOTORING  MUSIC  5.  The  Floyd  Harris  Orchestra.  Dolby 
stereo  cassette,  Contata  A-109.  (From  Goldring  Sales  &  Ser- 
vice.) 

I  seem  to  have  remarked  before  that  the  Contata  cassettes 
impress  most  with  programs  that  have  been  specifically 
chosen  for  drive-time  listening.  The  sound  is  varied  from  track 
to  track,  in  this  case  by  the  introduction  of  Abert  Lizzio  and 
the  Solisten,  and  Otto  Weiss  with  the  Seinem  Ensemble.  So 
you  get  a  mix  of  orchestral,  organ,  and  chorus,  with  an  evident 
continental  flavour.  The  tracks: 

Dance  Of  Time  -  Younger  Day  -  Party  Snake  -  Narcissus 
-  Hello  Smarty  -  Bianca  -  Pajaro  Serrano  -  Viens,  Viens  - 
Danny  Boy  -  Red  Beans  -  Tie  A  Yellow  Ribbon  - 
Guaguqnco. 

The  overall  quality  is  about  average  for  pre-recorded  cas¬ 
settes  but,  as  I  said,  the  program  content  would  be  excellent 
for  drive  time  listening  or  as  background  in  the  home.  Remem¬ 
ber  that  it's  Dolbyised,  so  throw  the  Dolby  switch  or  turn  down 
the  treble  a  notch.  (W.N.W.) 

LOVE  IS  A  MANY  SPLENDOURED  THING.  Ray  Conniff,  his 
Orchestra  and  Chorus.  Stereo,  cassette,  Harmony  (CBS) 
HC-1136. 

Ray  Conniff  and  his  tuneful  orchestra  and  chorus  set  an 
amorous  mood  with  "Love  Is  A  Many  Splendoured  Thing" 
followed  immediately  by  "Lover,  Come  Back  To  Me".  But,  if 
the  listener  was  in  any  danger  of  embarking  on  a  sentimental 
journey,  an  up-tempo  "Blue  Moon"  could  pull  them  up  short. 
It's  followed  by  "Love  Has  No  Rules"  and  "just  Kiddin 
Around". 

Side  2  offers:  "Moscow  Nights",  "Early  Evening",  "Yellow 
Rose"  and  "Just  One  Of  Those  Things"-the  whole  adding  up 
to  something  over  20  minutes  of  average  middle-of-the-road 
program.  Quality  is  also  average,  not  really  hifi  fare  but  quite 
okay  for  casual  or  drive-time  listening.  (W.N.W.) 

I'M  NOT  IN  LOVE.  Tony  Christie.  Stereo  Musicassette,  MCA 
(Astor  ACT  2664). 

A  typical  popular  vocalist,  Tony  Christie  is  at  great  pains  to 
make  the  point  as  per  the  title  track,  with  twelve  numbers: 
Queen  Of  The  Mardi  Gras  -  Like  Sister  And  Brother  -  Love 
Hurts  -  I'm  Not  In  Love  -  Feelings  -  Part  Time  I  Love  - 
Nobody  Cried  —  No  Other  Love  —  Wall  Of  Silence  —  The 
Way  We  Were  -  Drive  Safely  Darlin'  -  Somewhere  In  The 
Night. 

With  accompaniments  ranging  from  pensive  piano  and  sen¬ 
timental  strings  to  rhythm  and  rock,  it's  a  wide  ranging 
program  that  should  please  those  that  like  the  Tony  Christie 
style.  The  sound  quality  is  okay.  (W.N.W.) 

THE  BEST  FROM  BERT  KAMPFERT.  Played  by  the  Sid  Sidney 
Orchestra  Stereo  Dolby  cassette,  Contata  A-118.  (From 
Goldring  Sales  &  Service.) 

Despite  the  promise  of  the  title,  the  TDK  tape  and  the  Dolby 
processing,  I  found  this  cassette  to  be  anything  but  "the  best  . 
The  Sid  Sidney  Orchestra  is  okay  but  quality  is  suspect  from 
the  very  beginning  where  the  lower  level  orchestral  ambient 
seems  to  be  surging,  maybe  suggesting  that  the  Dolby  circuitry 
was  acting  up.  And,  elsewhere,  string  tone  is  often  noticeably 
coarse. 

A  pity,  because  there  are  plenty  of  popular  numbers:  Stran¬ 
gers  In  The  Night  -  3  O'clock  In  The  Morning  -  African  Beat 

—  That  Happy  Feeling  —  Michaela  —  The  World  We  Know 

-  Meeting  Again  -  Spanish  Eyes  -  Swinging  Safari  -  Thank 
You  -  Hold  Me  -  Red  Roses  For  A  Blue  Lady  -  Wonderful 
By  Night  -  Down  By  The  Riverside. 

You  want  it  mainly  for  drive  time  listening?  Yes,  it  would 
be  okay  for  that  but  not  for  the  hifi  situation.  (W.N.W.) 


SELECTED  POPULAR.  CLASSICAL  RECORDS: 
1976/77  YEAR  B00K-N0W  ON  SALE 


G-H-E 

PRECISION  _  ■  -  ^ 

parabolic 

Cartridge 

•  PRECISION  POLISHED  NATURAL 
DIAMOND  STYLUS  ENGINEERED 
IN  WEST  GERMANY 

•  GREATER  CLARITY  AND 
DEFINITION 

•  REDUCED  SURFACE  NOISE 

•  INCREASED  STYLUS  AND 
RECORD  LIFE 


After  hundreds  of  hours  of  laboratory  testing,  G.H.E. 
in  conjunction  with  the  parabolic  specialists,  have 
selected  this  cartridge  as  that  which  most 
compliments  the  features  of  the  precision  parabolic 
stylus.  In  A/B  testing  with  high  quality  cartridges 
costing  over  the  one  hundred  dollar  mark  we  believe 
that  it  parallels  and  exceeds  their  performance  in 
subjective  listening  tests.  Come  in  and  compare  for 
yourself  with  the  G.H.E.  multi-cartridge  comparator. 

G.H.E.  Precision  PARABOLIC 
_ SPECIFICATIONS 

t  Freq.  Response  —  15  HZto25,000KHZ 
•  OUTPUT  -  7Mv  •  TRACKING 
ANGLE  -  15°  •  CHANNEL  BALANCE 
—  within  1.5dBt  Tracking  Force  —  1  to 

2  grams.  Price  $53 


SPECIAL  RELEASE  OFFER!!!!!! 

Free  post  and  packing  Australia  wide— 

ENCLOSED  IS  CHEQUE  FOR  $ . 

NAME . 


ADDRESS.. 


G.H.E. 

966-968  HIGH  ST,  ARMADALE, 
MELBOURNE,  VIC,  3143. 

TEL  509  0374,  509  972£ 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


103 


An  Introduction  to  Digital  Electronics — 1 1 


Encoding  &  Decoding 


Information  is  usually  handled  within  digital  systems  in  coded  form, 
as  this  tends  to  be  more  economical  of  circuitry.  At  the  interface  between 
humans  and  systems,  it  therefore  becomes  necessary  to  perform  encod¬ 
ing  and  decoding.  This  chapter  looks  at  the  basic  ways  in  which  these 
operations  are  performed. 

by  JAMIESON  ROWE 


As  we  have  seen  in  earlier  chapters, 
digital  circuits  and  systems  are  often  used 
to  convey,  process  or  acquire  information. 
The  information  may  consist  of  either 
numerical  data  or  messages,  or  a  mixture 
of  both,  but  whatever  its  content  it  is  nor¬ 
mally  capable  of  being  expressed  in 
human  language  using  alphanumeric 
symbols. 

While  the  information  is  normally  in 
human  language  form  when  it  ultimately 
emerges  from  a  digital  system,  and  also 
before  it  may  be  fed  into  a  system,  within 
such  a  system  it  generally  exists  as  an 
electrical,  magnetic  or  perhaps  even  an 
optical  representation.  And  typically  this 
representation  consists  of  suitable  com¬ 
binations  of  two  discrete  values  of  vol¬ 
tage,  current,  or  magnetic  or  optical  flux. 

Although  the  representation  may  be  a 
direct  one— for  example,  using  26  dif¬ 
ferent  digital  signals  to  represent  the  26 
alphabetic  characters,  this  is  rather  inef¬ 


ficient  and  is  not  usually  done.  Instead  the 
information  is  usually  handled  in  encoded 
form,  as  we  have  seen,  using  each  of  the 
various  unique  truth-value  combinations 
of  a  group  of  binary  digits  or  "bits"  to 
represent  one  of  the  usual  human  lan¬ 
guage  symbols. 

Encoding  gives  a  considerable  increase 
in  information-carrying  efficiency, 
because  the  truth-value  combinations 
provided  by  a  group  of  bits  rises  exponen¬ 
tially  with  group  size.  If  there  are  N  bits 
in  the  group,  the  number  of  unique  truth- 
value  combinations  available  for  encoding 
is  equal  to  the  Nth  power  of  2. 

Four  bits  accordingly  provide  1  6  truth- 
value  combinations,  enough  to  encode 
the  1 0  decimal  digit  symbols  with  6  com¬ 
binations  to  spare.  And  as  we  saw  in  chap¬ 
ter  7,  seven  bits  provide  no  less  than  1  28 
truth-value  combinations,  sufficient  to 
encode  all  of  the  alphanumeric  and  con¬ 
trol  characters  of  the  ASCII  code. 


When  information  is  to  be  fed  into  a 
digital  circuit  or  system  then,  it  is 
generally  first  processed  by  a  type  of  cir¬ 
cuit  known  as  an  encoder.  Conversely 
when  information  is  to  emerge  from  a 
digital  circuit  or  system,  it  is  generally 
processed  by  a  complementary  type  of  cir¬ 
cuit  known  as  a  decoder.  In  the  remainder 
of  this  chapter  we  will  look  at  the  way  in 
which  these  encoder  and  decoder  circuits 
operate. 

As  the  name  itself  implies,  the  function 
of  an  encoder  circuit  is  to  accept  any  one 
of  a  number  of  different  input  signals,  and 
generate  in  response  to  each  one  a  code 
"word"  or  group  of  bits  having  a  pre¬ 
assigned  unique  combination  of  truth 
values.  As  we  have  seen,  the  number  of 
bits  in  the  generated  code  word  will 
depend  upon  the  number  of  different 
input  signals  the  encoder  is  required  to 
handle. 

In  its  most  basic  form,  an  encoder  con¬ 
sists  of  a  set  of  multi-input  OR  gates,  with 
one  gate  for  each  of  the  code  bits. 

A  simple  3-bit  encoder  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1 .  Here  there  are  seven  inputs  to  the  en¬ 
coder,  provided  by  a  set  of  pushbutton 
switches,  and  the  encoder  is  designed  to 
provide  output  code  words  which  are  sim¬ 
ply  the  binary  equivalents  of  the  digits 
1-7.  This  is  shown  in  the  truth  table. 


104  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


The  actual  encoding  is  done  by  con¬ 
necting  each  input  line  to  an  input  of  those 
gates  required  to  produce  a  logic  1  output 
for  the  appropriate  output  code.  Thus  the 
"1"  input  line  connects  only  to  an  input 
of  the  B1  gate,  while  the  "3"  input  con¬ 
nects  to  input  of  both  the  B2  and  B1 
gates.  Similarly  the  "7"  input  connects 
to  inputs  of  all  three  gates. 

Note  that  when  none  of  the  input  but¬ 
tons  is  pressed,  all  three  gates  will  be  dis¬ 
abled,  and  the  output  lines  will  all  be  at 
the  0  logic  level.  This  corresponds  to  the 
eighth  possible  truth-value  combination 
provided  by  three  bits,  and  is  therefore 
shown  in  the  truth  table  for  completeness. 
However  with  this  simple  circuit  it  would 
not  be  possible  to  have  a  "0"  input  but¬ 
ton,  because  it  would  not  be  connected 
to  the  gates  and  would  therefore  be 
ineffective. 

If  all  of  the  possible  truth-value  combi¬ 
nations  of  an  encoder  are  to  be  utilised 
for  coding,  it  is  necessary  to  modify  the 
basic  encoder  circuit  by  adding  a  further 
multi-input  OR  gate,  with  one  input  con¬ 


FIG.  3  :  INTEGRATED  4  BIT  BINARY 
(HEXADECIMAL)  ENCODER 

nected  to  all  input  lines.  This  then 
produces  a  logic  1  output  whenever  any 
of  the  keys  are  pressed,  allowing  even  the 
"all  zeros"  truth-value  combination  to  be 
used  for  coding. 

This  is  shown  in  Fig.  2,  where  as  .you 
can  see  the  10-input  gate  at  the  bottom 


INPUT 

OUTPUTS 

01 

02 

03 

04 

KP 

(NONE) 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

1 

2 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

3 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

4 

0 

0 

1 

0 

1 

5 

1 

0 

1 

0 

1 

6 

0 

1 

1 

0 

1 

7 

1 

1 

1 

0 

1 

8 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

9 

1 

0 

0 

1 

1 

10(A) 

0 

1 

0 

1 

1 

11(B) 

1 

1 

0 

1 

1 

12(C) 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

13(D) 

1 

0 

1 

1 

1 

14(E) 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

15(F) 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

of  the  diagram  is  used  to  generate  the 
required  "key  pressed"  signal.  This  can 
be  used  by  subsequent  circuitry  to  trigger 
processing  of  the  generated  code  word. 

The  decoder  shown  in  Fig.  2  generates 
four  code  bits,  and  is  arranged  to  perform 
encoding  of  1 0  inputs  into  the  842 1  BCD 
code.  You  may  care  to  draw  up  a  truth 
table  based  on  the  circuit  connections,  to 
verify  that  this  is  the  case. 

Although  encoder  circuits  may  be 
produced  by  connecting  up  discrete  gates 
along  the  lines  of  Figs.  1  and  2,  integrated 
circuit  manufacturers  have  largely  made 
this  unnecessary  by  producing  pre¬ 
packaged  encoder  circuits.  These  may  be 
treated  as  functional  "black  boxes",  with 
a  set  of  inputs  and  output  whose  rela¬ 
tionships  are  given  by  a  truth  table. 

This  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  3,  which  shows 
the  logic  diagram  and  truth  table  for  an 
integrated  4-bit  binary  encoder  which 
provides  encoding  for  all  1 6  possible 
inputs,  in  addition  to  a  "key  pressed"  or 
KP  output.  Such  an  encoder  could  be 
used  to  handle  numerical  information  in 
either  hexadecimal  form,  as  shown,  or  in 
normal  decimal  form  by  simply  ignoring 
inputs  110-11  5. 

Simple  encoders  of  this  type  are 
typically*  used  to  accept  information  from 
small  input  keyboards,  and  prepare 
equivalent  code  words  for  use  in  a  com¬ 
puter,  calculator  or  other  digital  system. 

Where  a  large  number  of  input  keys  are 
to  be  encoded,  in  theory  it  is  possible  to 
expand  the  basic  OR-gate  encoding 
scheme  to  provide  the  required  number 
of  code  bits  and  input  lines.  However,  in 
practice  this  can  become  rather  clumsy, 
involving  numerous  connections  and 
gates  with  large  numbers  of  inputs. 

As  a  result  designers  of  large  keyboard 
encoders  tend  to  use  one  of  a  number  of 
modified  encoding  schemes.  Mostly  such 
schemes  involve  connection  of  the  keys 
into  a  two-dimensional  array  or  "matrix", 
and  augmenting  the  basic  OR  gate  system 
with  some  sort  of  sequential  scanning. 
This  will  be  discussed  in  chapter  12. 

For  the  present,  there  is  one  further 
type  of  simple  encoder  circuit  which 
should  be  discussed.  This  is  the  so:called 
priority  encoder. 

A  priority  encoder  is  not  generally  used 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


105 


27  MHz  Novice,  Amateur  and 


arine  CB  Transceivers 

at  a  budget  price  from  Bail  Electronic  Services 


CB555 

Delux  AM  23  channel 
transceiver  with  N.B.  Features 
RF  gain  control,  AF  gain, 
switchable  automatic  Noise 
Limiter/Noise  Blanker,  and 
Modulation/On  Air  indicator. 
$119. 


GTX-3325 

Delux  SSB/AM  23  channel 
transceiver  featuring  built-in 
Range  Boost  Modulation,  FET 
RF  amplifier  for  high  receiver 
sensitivity,  Noise  Blanker,  RF 
gain  control  and  large  S-meter. 
15  watts  PEP  SSB,  5  watts  AM. 
$219. 


In-Dash  mounted  6  channel 
27MHz  5  watt  transceiver/AM 
broadcast/FM  broadcast  plus 
scanning.  Features  Tx,  Scan 
and  Rx  indicators.  Scan 
control  allowing  the  set  to 
monitor  all  6-27MHz  channels 
while  you  are  listening  to  your 
favourite  programme.  $159. 


606CB 

The  Ultimate 
Communications/ 
Entertainment  Centre. 


In-Dash  combination,  AM  23 
channel  27MHz  5  watt  trans¬ 
ceiver/AM  BC  receiver/FM  MPx 
receiver/stereo  cassette  player. 
Switch  on  the  606CB’s  unique 
Stand-By  control  while  you 
play  your  favourite  cassettes  or 


listen,  to  regular  AM  or  FM 
Stereo  broadcasts.  The  606CB 
will  then  monitor  27  MHz  for 
you,  interupt  your  programme 
for  27  MHz  transmissions,  and 
resume  programme  play 
afterwards.  $272. 


Also  available  from  BAILS  — a  large  range  of  Antennas  and  Accessories.  Above 
90  day  warranty.  Prices  and  specifications  subject  to  change. 


prices  include  S.T.  Freight  and  Insurance  is  extra. 

Note  all  transmitting  Equipment  Requires  a  Licence. 


bai 


ELECTRONIC 

SERVICES 


60  Shannon  St.,  Box  Hill  North,  Vic.,  3129.  Phone  89  2213 
Distributors  in  Old.,  NSW,  S.A.,  W.A. 


Electronic  Tool  Kit 
$19.75 


mm 

flP| 


Tweezers 

File 

Soldering  Iron 
Solder 

Philips  S/ Driver 
2  Screw  Drivers 
Long  Nose  Pliers 
Flat  Nose  Pliers 
End  Cutters 
Vinyl  Zip  Case 


TRANSISTOR 
RADIO  CHASSIS 


As  in  most  small  radids.  Some  AM-FM 
types.  Complete  with  all  components, 
except  speakers.  Most  in  working  order. 
Priced  at  only  75c  m. 


All  prices  plus  P  &  P 


WILLIS  TRADING  CO.  PTY.  LTD. 

PERTH  GP 0  Box  No  X2217  W  A  6001  429  MURRAY  ST  PERTH.  W.A  21  7609  21  7600 


1  Watt  3  channel 
C.B  tranacaivar 

•  With  call  system 

•  External  aerial 

Provision  for  exter¬ 
nal  speaker,  aerial . 
and  power  supply. 
$50.00 
Post  $1  extra. 

And  other 
types  available. 

NC310  1  WATT 
TRANSCEIVER 


tjta 


MULTIMETER 

KIT 

Build  your  own 

meter— complete  with  PC  board 
and  full  instructions.  1 6  ranges. 
$16.95  ea. 


FRG-7 


SYNTHESIZED  RECEIVER 


' - 

'jb  "" 

y.ML:  ■  1  •  \  .  *•  i/\ 

•  !•  :: 

.  *M  * 

*  ^ 

*»■  jem**?  %  r;  X  0  Wk 

VHF 

CONVERTER 

TUNER 

110-136  MHz 
couples  to 
broadcast 
receiver, 

$7.95ea. 


FM  Monitor  Receiver  1 2  Chan¬ 
nel  available  for  either  Low  or 
High  Band.  $110.00  plus  Crys¬ 
tals. 


The  TS-520  is  the  final  word  in  SSB 
transceivers,  a  superb  creation  from 
Kenwood,  designed  and  built  for 
serious  enthusiasts  around  the  world 
It  features  solid  state  circuit  through¬ 
out  except  for  the  final  and  drive 
stages 


Drake  General  ^  Receiver 

to  30mH*  Ba 


oioHz  t 
>299.00  Plus  P  &  P 


106 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1  976 


for  decoding  information  from  a  key¬ 
board, -fbut  for  responding  to  logic  signals 
generated  by  preceding  digital  circuits. 
Like  X\\e  simple  encoder  of  Figs.  1 ,  2  and 
3  it  produces  a  unique  output  code  word 
for  each  input,  but  there  is  an  important 
difference.  The  various  inputs  are  arran¬ 
ged  inrJ'order  of  priority ",  so  that  if  two 
or  mork»input  signals  are  applied  at  the 
same  time,  the  encoder  generates  the  out¬ 
put  code  corresponding  to  the  input  with 
the  highest  priority,  effectively  ignoring 
the  others. 

Why  do  this?  Well,  there  are  quite  im¬ 
portant  applications  in  digital  circuitry 
where  a  system— such  as  a  computer  or 
controller— must  respond  to  a  number  of 
signals,  but  some  of  the  signals  must  be 
regarded  as  more  'important''  or  more 
"urgent"  than  others. 

An  example  of  this  is  the  "interrupt" 
facility  on  many  computers.  Here  the  con¬ 
trol  circuitry  of  the  computer  is  provided 
with  a  means  whereby  it  can  be  forced  to 
"drop  what  it  is  doing",  and  handle  an 
urgent  data  input  or  other  transaction. 
There  are  often  a  number  of  interrupt 
sources,  and  it  is  generally  necessary  to 
give  them  an  order  of  priority— so  that  the 
most  important  transaction  cannot  be 
interrupted  by  less  important  ones,  and  so 
on.  A  priority  encoder  is  generally  used 
at  the  interrupt  inputs,  to  both  provide  an 
encoded  identification  for  the  interrupt 
signal  source,  and  to  ensure  that  the 
source  with  the  highest  priority  takes 
precedence. 

A  three-bit  priority  encoder  is  shown  in 
Fig.  4.  As  you  can  see,  it  has  a  set  of  AND 
gates  ahead  of  the  actual  encoding  OR 
gates,  to  establish  the  priority  order  of  the 
signal  inputs. 

If  you  trace  through  the  logic,  you  will 
find  that  input  7  takes  priority  over  all  of 
the  other  signal  inputs.  Then  if  input  7  is 
clt  logic  0,  input  6  takes  priority  over  the 
remaining  inputs,  and  so  on. 

The  encoder  also  has  an  enable  input 
and  output,  to  allow  a  number  of  similar 
circuits  to  be  cascaded  if  a  larger  priority 
encoder  is  required.  The  encoder  only 
works  if  the  enable  input  is  at  logic  1 ,  and 
only  produces  a  logic  1  level  at  its  own 
enable  output  if  (a)  the  enable  input  is  at 


logic  1 ,  and  (b)  none  of  its  own  inputs  are 
at  logic  1 . 

The  enable  input  would  normally  be 
driven  by  the  enable  output  of  a  "higher 
priority"  encoder,  while  the  enable  output 
could  be  used  to  drive  the  enable  input 
of  a  "lower  priority"  encoder.  The  enable 
input  would  otherwise  be  connected  to 
logic  1,  if  the  encoder  were  being  used 
alone  or  was  the  one  in  a  group  with  the 
highest  priority.  Similarly  the  enable  out¬ 
put  could  be  ignored  if  the  encoder  were 
used  alone,  or  was  the  one  in  a  group  with 
the  lowest  priority.  Alternatively  it  could 
be  used  as  an  active-low  "signal  present" 
output,  equivalent  to  the  "key  pressed" 
output  of  Figs  2  and  3. 

Having  looked  briefly  at  basic  encoder 
circuits,  let  us  now  turn  to  the  circuits 
which  perform  the  complementary  logic 
function:  decoding. 

Essentially,  a  decoder  circuit  is  one 
which  accepts  information  in  encoded 
form,  and  regenerates  signals  corre¬ 
sponding  to  the  original  information 
before  it  was  encoded. 

Practical  decoders  do  this  by  having  an 
array  of  AND  gates,  each  of  which  is 
arranged  to  respond  to  a  particular  unique 
combination  of  truth-values  on  the  incom¬ 
ing  code  bit  lines.  Normally  there  is  a  gate 
provided  to  respond  to  every  possible 
truth-value  combination  of  the  code  bits, 
so  that  all  combinations  may  be  decoded. 

A  basic  3-bit  binary  encoder  is  shown 
in  Fig.  5.  As  you  can  see,  it  has  eight  AND 
gates,  each  arranged  to  respond  to  one 


of  the  eight  truth-value  combinations  pos¬ 
sible  with  3  bits.  Apart  from  the  AND 
gates  there  are  three  inverters,  used  to 
provide  complementary  versions  of  the 
incoming  code  signals  to  those  gates 
which  need  them. 

Thus  to  respond  to  the  code  combina¬ 
tion  101,  corresponding  to  octal  5,  the 
appropriate  AND  gate  must  be  fed  with 
B1 ,  B3  and  the  complement  of  B2.  Simi¬ 
larly  to  respond  to  01  1 ,  corresponding  to 
octal  6,  the  next  AND  gate  must  be  fed 
with  B2,  B3  and  the  complement  of  B1 . 

Note  that  only  one  output  of  the  de¬ 
coder  can  be  at  logic  1  level  at  any  one 
time,  because  each  gate  responds  to  a 
unique  truth-value  combination  of  the 
code  bits,  and  there  is  a  gate  for  all  pos¬ 
sible  combinations. 

The  simple  binary  decoding  system  of 
Fig.  5  can  easily  be  expanded,  by  adding 
further  gates.  Fig.  6  shows  a  4-bit  binary 
decoder,  which  as  you  can  see  is  similar 
to  the  3-bit  decoder  except  that  the  decod¬ 
ing  gates  here  have  4  inputs  each,  and 
four  inverters  are  required.  This  decoder 
could  be  used  for  decoding  hexadecimal 
information,  or  for  decoding  information 
in  one  of  the  BCD  codes  if  outputs  A-F 
were  ignored. 

It  may  seem  wasteful  to  suggest  that 
one  would  use  a  decoder  like  that  of  Fig. 
6  to  decode  BCD  information,  by  ignoring 
6  of  the  outputs,  but  the  fact  is  that 
nowadays  this  is  very  often  the  cheapest 
way  of  doing  the  job— thanks  to  modern 
1C  technology.  Full  4-bit  binary  encoders 


FIG  6  4  BIT  BINARY  (HEXADECIMAL)  DECODER 

/ 

ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  107 


TECHNICIANS! 

Special  Prices  on  Test  Equipment 


YF-20K 
High-Sensitivity 
Multitester 

20,000  Ohms  Per  Volt  DC, 

1 0,000  Ohms  Per  Volt  AC 
V.DC:  0—5—25—125—500  & 
2.5k  Volts. 

VAC:  0—10—50—250—1000 
Volts. 

DC  Current:  0-50uA— 250mA 
Resistance:  0— R  x  10— R  x  IK 
Ohms. 


YF-330 

High-Sensitivity 
Multitester 

V.DC:  0.3V  3V  1  2V  30V  1 20V 
300V  60V  1 ,2kV  6kV  (20kV). 
V.AC:  6V  30V  1 20V  300V 
1.2kV  (8k  /V) 

DC  Current:  0.6mA  3mA  30mA 
300mA  1 2A  (300mV)  Ohms: 
Range  —  x  1  x  1 00  x  1  k  x  1 0k 
Midscale— 25  2.5k  25k  250k 
Maximum  —  5k  500k  5M  50M 


FOR  INFORMATION  AND  PRICES  TELEPHONE 


AUSTRALIAN  TIME  EQUIPMENT  PTY  LTD 

192  Princes  Highway,  Arncliffe,  N  S  W  2205 
Phone:  59  0291 


For  fine  detail  work 


— a  hands  free 
magnifier 


The  Magna-Sighter  is  a  precision 
3-D  binocular  magnifier  that  leaves 
your  hands  completely  free  for  work. 
It  has  hundreds  of  applications, 
and  is  invaluable  for  scientists, 
technicians,  craftsmen,  toolmakers, 
hobbyists,  etc.  Slips  easily  over  the 
head -over  glasses,  too.  Proved 
and  used  by  many  U.S.  universities, 
space  research  bureaux,  govern¬ 
ment  departments  and  major 
industrial  organisations.  Available 
in  3  different  magnifications. 

Price  $21.00 

STC  846 


l\/WGNA-9GHIER 

For  further  information  send  this  coupon  today: 

STOTT  TECHNICAL  SERVICES  mea  12  7”  i 

(Division  of  Stott  s  I 

Technical  Correspondence  College  Pty.  Ltd.) 

159  Flinders  Lane,  Melbourne,  Vic.,  3000 

Please  send  me  full  information  on  the  3-D  Magna-Sighter  ! 
I  understand  that  no  Sales  Representative  will  call. 

Name . 

. i 

Address . 1 

. Postcode . i 


are  available  as  single  integrated  circuits, 
at  a  price  considerably  lower  than  if  a  10- 
output  BCD  decoder  were  built  up  from 
separate  gates. 

Of  course  before  integrated  decoders 
became  available,  designers  had  to 
produce  their  own  decoders  using 
separate  gates,  and  there  was  a  strong 
incentive  to  be  as  economical  as  possible. 
This  being  the  case,  they  found  all  sorts 
of  ways  of  reducing  the  number  of  gates 
required  — particularly  where  only  BCD 
decoding  was  required. 

It  was  soon  realised,  for  example,  that 
if  a  decoder  was  only  going  to  be  used 
to  decode  BCD  information  it  didn't  really 
need  to  sense  every  code  bit  for  the  decod¬ 
ing  of  each  and  every  truth-value  com¬ 
bination.  With  some  combinations,  it 
became  sufficient  to  sense  only  some  of 
the  bits,  because  these  were  adequate  to 
distinguish  that  combination  from  the 
others. 

This  concept  of  "sufficient  definition" 
was  used  to  produce  minimal  logic  BCD 
decoders,  like  that  shown  in  Fig.  7.  This 
is  a  decoder  for  8421  BCD  code,  and  as 
you  can  see  it  is  somewhat  simpler  than 
if  full  decoding  were  used  for  each  of  the 
10  outputs.  Only  the  "0"  and  "1"  out¬ 
puts  are  fully  decoded,  while  the  "8"  and 
"9"  outputs  have  very  simple  decoding 
using  2-input  gates.  The  remaining  out¬ 
puts  use  3-input  gates,  which  are  still 
simpler  than  the  4-input  gates  which 
would  be  used  for  full  decoding. 

Yet  if  you  trace  through  the  logic,  you 
will  find  that  this  decoder  is  quite 
adequate  to  decode  8421  BCD  code. 
Each  of  the  ten  truth-value  combinations 
which  are  "legal''  in  this  code  will 
produce  a  single  and  corresponding  out¬ 
put. 

Of  course  the  problem  with  this  sort  of 
decoder  is  that  if  a  code  word  becomes 
changed  somehow  into  one  of  the  truth- 
value  combinations  which  are  "illegal"  in 
the  code  being  used,  the  decoder  will  not 
handle  it  correctly.  Most  likely  two  out¬ 
puts  will  respond  at  once,  which  can 
cause  all  sorts  of  trouble  in  following 
circuitry. 

Because  of  this  problem,  minimal  logic 
decoders  like  that  shown  in  Fig.  7  are  not 
often  used  nowadays.  There  are  10- 
output  decoders  made  for  BCD  encoding, 
but  these  generally  use  full  decoding  for 
all  of  the  outputs  to  prevent  decoding 
errors.  In  effect  they  are  simply  truncated 
versions  of  the  full  4-bit  binary  decoder 
of  Fig.  6,  with  only  10  outputs  in  place 
of  the  full  1  6. 

Incidentally  although  the  decoders  in 
Figs.  5,  6  and  7  are  all  shown  having 
"true"  outputs,  which  go  to  logic  1  when 
selected,  this  is  not  essential.  Many  prac¬ 
tical  decoders  are  made  to  have  "false" 
or  "active-low"  outputs,  which  go  to  the 
logic  0  level  when  selected.  This  is  done 
simply  by  using  NAND  gates  for  the 
decoding,  instead  of  AND  gates. 

Decoders  of  both  types  are  made  and 
used,  as  each  has  advantages  in  certain 
applications.  It  depends  largely  upon  the 


108 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1  976 


decoder  at  all,  but  a  code  translator. 

Both  7-segment  translator  circuits  tend 
to  be  grouped  in  with  true  decoder  circuits 
because  they  are  used  in  similar  applica¬ 
tions. 

Finally,  it  should  be  noted  that  in  addi¬ 
tion  to  providing  basic  decoding  circuits 
of  the  type  shown  in  Figs.  5,  6  and  7, 
some  manufacturers  also  provide  inte¬ 
grated  circuits  which  combine  a  decoding 
circuit  with  a  set  of  flipflop  latches,  cap¬ 
able  of  performing  storage. 

Such  "latch-decoders"  may  have  the 
storage  latches  either  before  or  after  the 
decoding  circuitry,  although  it  is  more 
common  for  the  latches  to  be  on  the  input 
side  as  this  requires  fewer  flipflops.  But 
both  types  of  latch-decoder  have  their 
uses,  as  many  decoding  applications  also 
call  for  the  decoded  information  to  be 
stored  for  some  finite  time. 


INPUT  CODE 

DECIMAL 

SEGMENTS  DRIVEW 

1 

B1 

B2 

B3 

B4 

a 

b 

c 

d 

e 

♦ 

9 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

2 

1 

1 

0 

1 

1 

0 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

4 

0 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

0 

1 

0 

5 

1 

0 

1 

1 

0 

1 

1 

0 

1 

1 

0 

6 

0 

0 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

- r 

1 

0 

7 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

8 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0 

.  0 

1 

9 

1 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

1 

FIG.  8  :  INTEGRATED  8421  BCD  TO  7  SEGMENT  DECODER- 
WITH  DRIVERS  AND  DISPLAY 


circuitry  or  devices  which  are  to  accept  the 
decoded  information  —  whether  it  can 
most  easily  cope  with  the  information  in 
"active  high"  or  "active  low"  form. 

Before  we  leave  the  subject  of  decoders 
for  the  present,  there  is  a  further  type  of 
circuit  which  should  perhaps  be 
described.  This  is  not  really  a  decoder  at 
all,  although  the  circuits  concerned  are 
usually  described  as  such  for  con¬ 
venience.  There  are  only  two  common 
varieties,  described  respectively  as  the 
"BCD  to  7-segment  decoder"  and  the 
"hexadecimal  to  7-segment  decoder". 

As  the  names  suggest,  these  circuits  are 
used  to  accept  either  BCD  or  hexadecimal 
information  encoded  in  4-bit  form,  and 
produce  signals  capable  of  driving  one  of 
the  various  types  of.  7-segment  display 
device.  We  will  look  at  display  devices  in 
the  next  chapter,  and  it  would  not  be 
appropriate  to  describe  7-segment 
displays  here  in  detail.  For  the  moment  it 
should  be  sufficient  to  visualise  them  as 
having  seven  display  segments  arranged 
in  a  "squared-8"  pattern,  so  that  by 
activating  the  appropriate  segments  a 
variety  of  symbols  may  be  displayed. 

Fig.  8  shows  how  a  "BCD  to  7- 
segment"  decoder  is  used  to  drive  such 
a  7-segment  display  device  from  incom¬ 
ing  information  in  8421  BCD  code.  As 
you  can  see  from  the  truth  table,  the 
"decoder"'  takes  each  incoming  BCD 
code  combination  and  produces  signals 
on  the  seven  outputs  a-g,  to  produce  the 
appropriate  display.  For  example  when 
the  input  code  is  1010,  the  circuit  pro¬ 
duces  a  logic  1  at  outputs  a,c,d,f  and  g, 
to  display  a  5. 

Of  course  what  the  circuit  of  Fig.  8 
actually  performs  is  not  decoding,  but 
code  translation— it  takes  information  in 
4-bit  BCD  code  and  translates  it  into  the 
special  7-bit  code  required  to  drive  the 
display.  The  final  decoding  of  the  informa¬ 


tion  into  human-readable  form  takes  place 
in  the  7-segment  display  itself. 

Similarly  a  "hexadecimal  to  7-segment 
decoder"'  takes  incoming  4-bit  binary 
code,  and  generates  the  appropriate  com¬ 
binations  of  output  truth  values  to 
produce  the  1  6  appropriate  hexadecimal 
display  symbols— in  slightly  modified 
form.  Apart  from  the  familiar  decimal 
symbols  0-9,  the  additional  hexadecimal 
symbols  are  displayed  as  "A",  "b",  "C", 
"d"  and  "E"— the  two  lower-case  sym¬ 
bols  being  used  to  avoid  confusion  with 
the  numerals  8  and  0. 

In  short,  then,  a  "hexadecimal  to  7- 
segment  decoder"  is  again  not  really  a 


An  example  is  in  frequency  counters, 
where  the  BCD  output  of  each  decade 
counter  is  normally  fed  via  a  latch-decoder 
to  the  display  device.  The  storage  pro¬ 
vided  by  the  latches  allows  each  count  to 
'  be  displayed  while  the  next  count  is  taking 
place,  so  that  each  reading  is  stable  and 
readable  until  it  is  replaced  by  the  next. 

In  early  counters  which  used  a  plain 
decoder  without  latches,  each  reading 
only  lasted  a  short  time  before  the  display 
"rolled  again",  as  the  counter  began  the 
next  counting.  This  made  the  early  instru¬ 
ments  quite  difficult  to  read  at  times,  com¬ 
pared  with  modern  instruments  having 
latch-decoders. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


109 


UN  IT  REX  world-wide  marketing  and  technology 
produce  two  “breakthroughs”  in  electronic 
products!  A  highly  advanced  scientific  calculator 
and  a  pocket  slide  rule— both  under  $15! 


UNITREX  95  SL 
POCKET 

SLIDE  RULE  WITH  FULL  MEMORY 


/ 


K 


$9.95 


plus$2.50  for 
postage  &  handling 


The  perfect  solution  for  the 
student  or  technician  who  needs  big 
capability  in  a  low-priced  calculator! 

The  Unitrex  95  SL  is  simple  to  use,  yet  has  the 
ability  to  solve  a  wide  variety  of  complex 
problems  in  the  office,  laboratory  or 
classroom. 

•  Eight-digit  LED  red  display  with 
floating  decimal  point. 

•  Five-key  memory  (M  +  ,  M— ,  MR,  MC, 

MEX)  separately  stores  and 
accumulates  in  separate  register. 

•  Adds,  subtracts,  divides  and  multiplies. 

•  Percentage  key  with  discount  and 
mark-up  capability. 

•  Automatic  constant  in  all  four 
basic  functions. 

•  Does  chain  and  mixed  calculations 

•  One-touch  square  root  key. 

•  Uses  algebraic  logic.  Calculates 
reciprocals,  squares,  raises 
numbers  to  a  higher  power. 

•  Credit  balance,  overflow  and 
memory-in-  use  indicators.  Clear 
entry  key. 

•  9-volt  battery  for  long-term 
DC  operation,  85  cents  extra. 

MONEY  BACK  IF  NOT  DELIGHTED. 

❖Refunds  will  only  be  payable  if  the  goods 

are  returned  within  21  days  of  delivery,  subject  to  any  overriding  State  or  Federal  law. 


o 


ELECTRONICS  Australia  December.  1976 


CALCULATOR  OFHR! 


UNITREX  95  SC 
ADVANCED  SCIENTIFIC 
POCKET  CALCULATOR 


J 


i 


plus  $2.50  for 
postage  &  handling 


Th  i  calculator  that  solves  the  one 
remaining  problem  that  you  had  with 
scientific  calculators— price! 


The  Unitrex  95  SC  is  a  highly-advanced, 
precision  electronic  calculator  that 
performs  25  functions— yet  costs  no  more 
than  calculators  with  half  the  capability! 
Eight-digit  LED  red  display  witlt  5-digit 
mantiss.  2-digit  exponent  and  two 
signs  when  the  answer  is  in  scientific 
notation  (from  10"  to  —10"). 

Algebraic  logic  with  two  levels  of 
parenthesis. 

Advanced  memory  function  that  select¬ 
ively  stores  and  accumulates  in  separate 
register  (M  +  ,  memory  store,  memory  recall). 
Automatically  calculates  sine,  cosine, 
tangent,  arc  sine,  arc  cosine,  arc  tangent, 
common  logarithms,  natural  logarithms,  a 
to  e  power,  10  to  a  power,  reciprocals, 
squares,  roots  and  powers. 

Special  battery-saver  circuit  fades  out 
display  when  keyboard  not  used  for  30  secs. 

Clear/clear  entry  key.  Full  floating  decimal 
point,  automatic  error  detection  and  display. 
9-volt  battery  for 

long-term  DC  operation,  85  cents  extra. 

HOW  TO  ORDER:  Fill  in  both  sections  of  the  coupon.  In  each  section  print  your  name  and  full  postal  address  in  block  letters.  Cut  the  entire  coupon  out 
around  the  dotted  line.  Send  it  with  your  money  order  or  crossed  cheque  to  this  Magazine’s  Special  Offer  (Calculator):  P.O.  Box  93,  Beaconsfield,  N.S.W. 
2014.  Cheque  should  be  endorsed  on  the  back  with  sender’s  name  and  address  and  made  payable  to  this  Magazine.  This  offer  is  open  to  readers  in 
Australia  only.  Please  allow  four  weeks  for  delivery. 


Name . 

Address  . 


State  . Postcode. 


This  Magazine’s  Unitrex  Calculator  Offer  84/76 

Name . . . - . 

Address . 

. State . Postcode. 

Please  send  me  □  Calculator/s  95SL  +  □  Battery/s 
(state  quantity)  □  Calculator/s  95SC  +  □  Battery /s 
I  enclose  cheque,  Postal/Money  order  to  the  value  of  $  ... 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December.  1976 


Books  & 
Literature 


LANTHUR 

ELECTRONICS 

69  Buchanan  Avenue.  North  Balwyn, 

Vic.  3104  P.0  Box  162.  Ph.  854061 

AUDIOLARM 

Type  VL-150-RM  as  used  in  E.A.  audible  revers¬ 
ing  alarm.  Can  give  continuous  2900  hz.  tone  or 
beep-beep  signal.  Voltage  and  current  required 
5-16  vdc.  @  17.7-69.4  ma. Diode  protected. 
$12.50. 

Price  includes  postage. 

SANKEN 

Hybrid  audio  modules.  50  watts  RMS  output  into 

8  ohms.  Supply  voltage— 66  @1.1  amp.  Max. 
harmonic  distortion— .5%. 

Freq.  range— 20hz.  to  lOOkhz. 

Price  including  postage.  $28.50 

2  for  $55.00 

10,20  and  30  watt  size  also  avail. 

Price— $7.95,  $15.50  &  $  1  9.75  respect. 

RESISTORS 

10  watt  ceramic  case.  Values  from  1  ohm  to  1.5k 
ohm. 

May  be  assorted—  4  for  $2.00 

10  for  $4.50 

Prices  include  postage. 

RESISTORS 

20  watt,  20  ohm  adjustable. 

Few  only  to  clear.  0.60  each 

6  for  $3.00 

Price  includes  postage. 

CERAMIC  CAPACITORS 

50  volt  working. 

Values  from  Ipf.  to  .1  mfd. 

May  be  assorted— 20  for  $2.00 

Price  includes  postage. 

POLYESTER  FILM  CAPACITORS 

Values  from  .001  mfd.  to  .01  mfd. 

20  for  $2.00 

Values  from  .01 5  mfd.  to  .  1  mfd. 

20  for  $3.00 

Above  may  be  assorted. 

Prices  include  postage. 

SILICON  DIODES 

25  amp.  200  piv.  stud  mount  type.  Forward  or 
reverse.  Suitable  automotive  or  battery  charger 
use.  $2.00  each 

4  for  $7.60 

Price  includes  postage. 

SEMICONDUCTOR  BARGAIN 

Pack  of  10  each  genuine  metal  cased  BC  108 
transistors  and  1  amp.  400  piv.  miniature 
diodes. 

Price  including  postage.  $3.50 

Solid  state  colour  TV 

SOLID  STATE  COLOUR  TELEVISION 
CIRCUITS  by  C.R.  Wilding.  Newnes- 
Butterworths,  London,  1976.  Hard 
covers,  195  pages,  234  x  154mm,  illus¬ 
trated  by  numerous  circuit  diagrams. 
Suggested  price  in  Australia,  $12.50. 
For  those  struggling  to  make  the  transi¬ 
tion  from  valves  to  solid  state  and,  almost 
simultaneously,  from  monochrome  to 
colour,  this  book  could  be  a  most  valu¬ 
able  reference. 

Its  most  useful  role  would  seem  to  be 
to  provide  a  bridge  between  the 
student's  purely  theoretical  studies,  and 
the  details  of  practical  receiver  design. 

The  first  chapter  — Devices  and 
Principles— is  worthy  of  particular  men¬ 
tion.  It  occupies  28  pages  and  is  almost 
a  condensed  course  in  solid  state  in  its 
own  right.  The  first  16  pages  are  devoted 
to  bipolar  transistors  followed  by  FETs, 
zener  diodes,  varicap  diodes,  NTC  resis¬ 
tors,  PTC  resistors,  thyristors,  diacs  and 
triacs.  All  these  devices  are  described 
with  a  nice  balance  between  basic  princi¬ 
ples  and  practical  uses  and  circuitry. 

The  rest  of  the  book  is  devoted  to 
specific  sections  of  the  colour  TV 
receiver,  as  indicated  by  the  chapter 
headings:  Power  supplies,  Timebase  Cir¬ 
cuits,  Sync  Separators,  Convergance  and 
Degaussing,  Tuners  and  IF  Amplifiers, 
Luminance  Circuits,  Chrominance  Cir¬ 
cuits,  Burst  Gates  and  Reference  Oscilla¬ 
tors,  Demodulator  and  PAL  Switch 
Circuitry,  Signal  Amplifying  and  Output 
Stages,  Beam  Limiters. 

While  it  is  not  possible  to  summarise 
all  these  chapters,  one,  in  particular, 
impressed  me.  This  is  the  "Tuners  and  IF 


Amplifiers"  section  which,  among  other 
things,  deals  with  the  latest  varicap  tuned 
and  touch  control  type  tuners— types 
which  have  only  recently  appeared  on 
the  Australian  market.  Apart  from  any¬ 
thing  else,  it  suggests  that  the  book  is 
right  up  to  date. 

In  all  the.  chapters  the  author  strikes  a 
nice  balance  between  basic  principles, 
using  explanatory  circuits,  and  the  prac¬ 
tical  application,  using  portions  of  typical 
commercial  circuits.  As  with  any  such 
book,  it  will  be  most  beneficial  when 
studied  in  a  situation  where  the  reader 
has  access  to  sets  employing  at  least 
some  of  the  circuits  described. 

All  in  all,  a  book  well  worth  consider¬ 
ing  by  anyone  making  an  in-depth  study 
of  current  colour  TV  receiver  design 
trends. 

Our  copy  from  Butterworths  Pty  Ltd, 
586  Pacific  Highway,  Chatswood,  NSW, 
2067.  (P.G.W.) 

Equivalents  guide 

TRANSISTOR  EQUIVALENTS.  9th  Edi- 
tion.  Published  in  the  Netherlands  by 
De  Muiderkring  B.V.,  1974.  Stiff  paper 
covers,  300  (approx)  pages  175  mm  x 
125  mm,  mainly  tabulated  data.  Price 
in  Australia  $5.50. 

The  problem  of  reviewing  this  book 
lies  largely  in  the  fact  that  the  above 
description  contains  most  of  the  things 
that  need  be  said  about  it.  It  is,  in  fact, 
a  listing  of  equivalents,  with  little  other 
information  on  the  individual  types  than 
silicon/germanium,  NPN  or  PNP.  It  is 
intended  to  be  used  in  conjunction  with 
other  books  giving  detailed  characteris¬ 
tics. 

My  guess  is  that  about  10,000  transis- 


This  new  DECCA  Record  Cleaner  removes  dust  and  grit  as  your  record  spins  on  1 
turntable.  It  consists  of  an  arm  carrying  a  brush  made  from  a  newly-develop 
man-made  fibre.  Its  "bristles"  are  incredibly  fine,  incredibly  soft  yet  strong,  and  c 
also  electrically  conductive  to  remove  static  as  well  as  dust.  The  result  -Tmprov 
sound  quality,  reduced  record  wear. 

*$13.95  at  hi-fi  stores  and  record  bars. 

Australian  agent:  British  Merchandising  Pty.  Ltd., 

49-51  York  Street,  Sydney.  Telephone  29  1571. 

•Recommended  retail  price. 


GM3E] 

Record  Cleaner 

WORKS  AS  YOU  PLAY... 


112 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


tors  are  included  in  the  basic  list,  each 
followed  by  simple  classification,  as 
above,  and  up  to  about  a  half-dozen 
approximate  equivalents  from  European, 
American  and  Japanese  sources.  The  last 
50  pages,  printed  on  distinctive  blue 
paper,  presumably  represent  a  supple¬ 
ment  containing  newly  added  types. 

The  book  was  first  published  in  1967 
but  the  fact  that  this  is  now  the  ninth  edi¬ 
tion  is  testimony  enough  to  its  usefulness. 
Our  copy  came  from  Dick  Smith  Elec¬ 
tronics  (Cat  No  B2066),  162  Pacific  High¬ 
way,  Gore  Hill,  NSW.  Mail  orders  to  P.O. 
Box  747,  Crows  Nest  2065.  (W.N.W.) 


Video  terminals 

TV  TYPEWRITER  COOKBOOK,  by  Don 
Lancaster.  Published  by  Howard  W. 
Sams,  Inc.,  Indianapolis,  1976.  Soft 
covers,  214  x  135mm,  256pp,  many 
illustrations.  Recommended  retail 
price  $11.95. 

Written  primarily  for  the  micropro¬ 
cessor  enthusiast,  this  latest  book  by 
well-known  US  technical  writer  Don  Lan¬ 
caster  deals  with  video  terminals  and 
other  peripherals.  It  is  both  an  introduc¬ 
tion  to  their  operation  and  a  practical 
design  guide,  and  provides  quite  a  lot  of 
useful  information  on  standards  and 
established  techniques. 

Not  all  of  the  material  would  be 
directly  applicable  here,  because  of  the 
differing  TV  standards,  etc.  Also  some  of 
the  sections  are  rather  sketchy  to  my 
mind,  and  gloss  over  quite  significant 
problems.  An  example  is  the  section  on 
ASCII-Baudot  conversion,  which  makes 
no  mention  of  the  complications  caused 
by  the  110/50  baud  speed  difference. 
Nor  does  the  section  on  cassette  tape 
interfacing  deal  with  serial  data  interface 
to  systems— much  harder  than  a  parallel 
interface  as  given. 

Still,  a  very  useful  reference  for  those 
dabbling  in  microprocessors. 

The  review  copy  came  from  Prentice- 
Hall  of  Australia.  (J.R.) 


PC  boards 

GUIDE  TO  PRINTED  CIRCUITS,  by  Gor- 
don  J.  King.  Published  by  Fountain 
Press,  London,  1971.  Hard  covers,  144 
x  223  mm,  140pp,  many  illustrations. 
Recommended  retail  price  $9.00. 
Well-known  UK  technical  author  Gor¬ 
don  King  has  aimed  this  book  at  the  ama¬ 
teur  enthusiast,  service  technician  and 
student.  It  is  a  basic  introduction  to  PC 
boards  and  their  use,  with  a  strong 
emphasis  on  the  practical  side.  There  are 
chapters  on  basic  PCB  technology  and 
fabrication,  together  with  practical  sec¬ 
tions  on  home  etching  and  servicing 
techniques.  The  text  is  clearly  written  and 
well  served  by  illustrations. 

In  short,  a  worthwhile  reference.  The 
review  copy  came  from  Thomas  C. 
Lothian  Pty  Ltd,  publishers'  agents.  (J.R.) 


NEW  BOOKS 


JUST  A  FEW  OF  THE  THOUSANDS  ALWAYS  IN  STOCK  CALL  IN  OR  WRITE.  PRICES  SUBJECT  TO  FLUCTU¬ 
ATION.  CORRECT  AT  TIME  OF  GOING  TO  PRESS 


1976  ANNUALS 


WORLD  RADIO  &  TV  HANDBOOK  INCLUDING 
HOW  TO  LISTEN  TO  THE  WORLD— Combined 
1976  Ed  $10.80 

A.R.R  L.  RADIO  AMATEURS'  HANDBOOK 
1976— American  Radio  Relay  League  $9.95 


TV  &  TV  SERVICING 


BASIC  TELEVISION  PRINCIPLES  &  SER¬ 
VICING— B  Grob  New  1975  edition  just 
received  $14.45 

BASIC  TELEVISION,  Schure,  6  volumes  combined 
in  one.  Simiplified  text  with  hundreds  of  easy  to 
understand  illustrations.  The  ideal  basic  training 
course.  $28.95 

COLOUR  TV  PICTURE  FAULTS-Bohlman.  Quick 
location  and  repair  by  means  of  picture  fault 
examples  in  colour  $9.30 

COLOUR  TV  THEORY-Hutson  $12.00 

MONOCHROME  JAPANESE  TV  SERVICE 
MANUAL,  TAB  $5.95 

PAL  COLOUR  TELEVISION  FOR  SERVICEMEN  — 
W.  C.  Cook  A  new  book  by  an  Australian  $  1 5.00 
PIN  POINT  TV  TROUBLES  IN  10  MINUTES  $7.70 
SMALL-SCREEN  TV  SERVICING  MANUAL  with 
circuits  including  Japanese  &  U.S.  brands, 
TAB  $8.50 

TELEVISION  BROADCASTING-Tape  and  Disk 
Recording  Systems— Harold  E.  Ennes  $20,.35 
TRANSISTOR  TV  SERVICING  MADE  EASY-Darr 

$6.35 

TV  SERVICING  GUIDE  arranged  by  Trouble 
Symptoms— Deane  &  Young  (Our  best  seller) 
_  $4.75 

SPECIAL  OFFER! 
£JAr40~  $12.00 

PAL  RECEIVER  SERVICING. by  Seal 
Scoop  purchase  of  this  outstanding  Colour  T  V.  Ser¬ 
vice  book  enables  us  to  make  this  offer. 

While  Stocks  Last!!! 

Add  Post  &  Pack 
Vic  $  1 .00 
Interstate 
$1.80 


ANTENNA  HANDBOOK-A.R.R.L  $5.10 

AMATEUR  RADIO  TECHNIQUES-Hawker.  RSGB 

$7.40 

AMATEUR  RADIO  THEORY  COURSE-Ameco 

$7.00 

BEAM  ANTENNA  HANDBOOK-Orr  $7.00 

CUBICAL  QUAD  ANTENNAS-Orr  $5.70 

HAM  NOTEBOOK-Volume  1  $4.20 

HAM  HANDBOOK-Volume  2  $5.30 

JAPANESE  RADIO.  RECORDER  TAPE  PLAYER 
SCHEMATIC  SERVICING  MANUAL  $7.25 
From  Ham  Radio  Magazine 
PIN-POINT  TRANSISTOR  TROUBLES  IN  12 
MINUTES  $9.65 

RADIO  &  ELECTRONIC  LABORATORY 
H AN DBOOK  — Scroggie  New  8th  edition 
$15.70 

RADIO  HANDBOOK,  New  20th  edition  $23.45 
RADIO  VALVE  AND  SEMICONDUCTOR  DATA- 
A.  M.  Ball  10  Ed  $5.10 

RADIO  AMATEURS  VHF  MANUAL— A. RR.L. 

$5.10 

SIMPLE  LOW  COST  WIRE  ANTENNAS  FOR  RADIO 
AMATEURS-Orr  $6.40 

TELEPRINTER  HANDBOOK,  An  RSGB  Publica¬ 
tion.  $20.80 

TEST  EQUIPMENT  FOR  THE  RADIO  AMATEUR- 
Gibson— An  RSGB  publication  $6.65 

73  VERTICAL.  BEAM  &  TRIANGLE  ANTENNAS— 
Noll  $6.35 

VERTICAL  ANTENNA  HANDBOOK— Paul  Lee.  CQ 
Series  $7.10 

VHF-UHF  MANUAL.  Evans  &  Jessop.  An  RSGB 
Publication.  Revised  3rd  Ed  enlarged  $18.20 


HI  FI  &  SOUND 


ELECTRIC  GUITAR  AMPLIFIER  HANDBOOK 

$8  90 

HI  FI  DESIGNS  (WIRELESS  W0RLD)-tape.  disc. 

radio,  amplifiers,  speakers,  headphones  $3.00 
HI  FI  LOUDSPEAKERS  AND  ENCLOSURES- 
Revised  2nd  Edition— Cohen  $8.25 

HOW  TO  BUILD  SPEAKER  ENCLOSURES- 
Badmaieff  &  Davis  $5.70 


ELECTRONIC 


DIGITAL  1C  EQUIVALENTS  WITH  PIN  CON¬ 
FIGURATIONS  De  Muiderkring  $11.95 

DIODES  EQUIVALENTS-De  Muiderkring 
European.  American,  Japanese  types.  A  com¬ 
panion  to  Transistor  Equivalents  $5.95 

DIRECT  TRANSISTOR  SUBSTITUTION  HAND¬ 
BOOK  Direct  graded  substitutes  for  nearly 
1 2,000  transistors  $4.95 

ELECTRONICS  ENGINEERS  REFERENCE  BOOK, 
Turner.  Completely  new  undated  4th  Ed.  of  this 
major  reference  work,  should  be  in  the  library  of 
every  serious  student  and  engineer  $61.70 
GUIDE  TO  VIDEO  TAPE  RECORDING,  by  Editors 
of  Photographic  Magazine  $3.30 

1C  OP-AMP  COOKBOOK.  Jung,  $15.55 

INTERNATIONAL  TRANSISTOR  SELECTOR. 
Towers.  Over  10,000  U  S.,  Japanese,  British  & 
European  Transistors  with  substitutes  TAB 

$5.95 

IT'S  EASY  TO  USE  ELECTRONIC  TEST  EQUIP¬ 
MENT,  Klein  &  Gilmore  $6.75 

110  COSMOS  DIGITAL  1C  PROJECTS  FOR  THE 
HOME  CONSTRUCTOR.  Marston.  $6.75 

PRACTICAL  OSCILLOSCOPE  HANDBOOK.  Vols.  1 
&  2  R.P.  Turner  $10  95 

PRACTICAL  PA  GUIDE  BOOK.  Crowhurst.  How  to 
Install,  Operate  &  Service  PA  systems  $6.75 
SECURITY  ELECTRONICS-Cunningham  $5.75 
SEMICONDUCTOR  HANDBOOK-De  Muiderkring 
Characteristics.  Specifications,  etc 
Part  1 —Transistors  $8.95 

Part  2— Diodes  &  Thyristors  $7.95 

THE  WORLD  TRANSISTOR  CROSS-REFERENCE 
GUIDE  $10.85 

TRANSISTOR  ELECTRONIC  ORGANS  FOR  THE 
AMATEUR,  3rd  edition,  Douglas  $15.00 

TRANSISTOR  EQU  I V A L E  N TS - E uropea n . 
American  and  Japanese.  9000  types  and  5600 
substitutes.  8th  edition  $5.95 

TTL  DIGITAL  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS — with 
equivalents.  De  Muiderkring 
Part  1  -Sene  740Q-741  32  $8.95 

Part  2-Serie  74141-74298  $10.95 

UNDERSTANDING  AND  USING  THE  OSCILLOS¬ 
COPE  C.  Hallmark  $6.40 

WORKING  WITH  THE  OSCILLOSCOPE.  Saunders 

$5  95 


MANUFACTURERS  MANUALS 


FAIRCHILD  SEMICONDUCTOR  — Full  Line  Con¬ 
densed  Catalog  $5.00 

FAIRCHILD  SEMICONDUCTOR  CMOS  DATA 
BOOK  $5.00 

GENERAL  ELECTRIC  SCR  MANUAL  INCLUDING 
TRIACS  &  OTHER  THYRISTORS  $5.40 

GENERAL  ELECTRIC  SEMICONDUCTOR  DATA 
handbook— 1482  pages  $8.00 

GENERAL  ELECTRIC  TRANSISTOR  MANUAL 

$4.00 

MOTOROLA  SEMICONDUCTOR  PRODUCTS 
LIBRARY-3  VOLUMES  &  MASTER  INDEX- 
DISCRETE  PRODUCTS,  Series  A  $20.00 

Further  volumes  sold  separately— 

VOLUME  4-MECL  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS. 

Series  A  $6.70 

VOLUME  5-McMOS  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS, 
Series  A  $5.85 

VOLUME  6— LINEAR  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS. 

Series  A  $6.70 

National  Data  Books  And  Catalogues 
CMOS  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS  $5.70 

DIGITAL  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS  $4. 35 

INTERFACE  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS  $7.60 
LINEAR  APPLICATIONS.  Vol.  1  $7.60 

LINEAR  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS  $7.60 

MOS  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS  $5.70 

TRANSISTORS  SMALL  SIGNAL  FIELD  EFFECT 
POWER  $3.25 

TTL  DATA  BOOK  $7.60 

RCA  SOLID-STATE  DEVICES  MANUAL  (Replaces 
Transistor  Manual)  $7.95 

RCA  SOLID-STATE  SERVICING  $5.75 

RCA  LINEAR  INTEGRATED  CIRCUITS  $3.75 

Texas  Instruments 

THE  POWER  DATA  BOOK  $6.90 

THE  TRANSISTOR  &  DIODE  DATA  BOOK— Vol.  1 

$6  90 

THE  TRANSISTOR  &  DIODE  DATA  BOOK— Vol.  2 

$6.90 

THE  TTL  DATA  BOOK  $6  90 

SUPPLEMENT  TO  THE  TTL  DATA  BOOK  $6.90 


MAIL  ORDERS  BY  RETURN  PLEASE  ADD  90c  per  parcel  postage  (Vic)  $1.70 
per  parcel  interstate 

TECHNICAL  BOOK  &  MAGAZINE  CO 

295-299  Swanston  St..  MELBOURNE  3000  Ph.  663  3951 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


113 


New  Products 


New  Nipper  48  colour  TV  performs  well 

Nipper  33,  Nipper  43  and  Nipper  48  are  three  new  solid-state  colour 
television  receivers  which  will  feature  in  the  HMV  range  for  the  new 
year.  We  review  here  the  largest  of  the  three,  Nipper  48,  having  a  48 
cm  (or  20in)  diagonal  screen  measurement. 


The  picture  tube  would  appear  to  be  a 
90-degree  type  to  judge  by  the  overall 
depth  of  the  cabinet  (462mm)  but  the 
smaller  angle  does  tend  to  minimise 
power  consumption  (90W  total)  and  to 
be  less  exacting  on  the  deflection  cir¬ 
cuitry. 

Although  I  could  find  no  hint  of  the  fact 
in  the  literature,  the  receiver  is  manufac¬ 
tured  overseas  to  EMI  requirements, 
conforming  completely  with  local  prac¬ 
tice:  isolating  mains  transformer,  X-Ray 
protection  circuitry,  aerial  isolating  cap¬ 
acitors  and  flame  retardant  cabinet  back. 
Electrically,  the  design  conforms  to 
recommendations  of  the  Australian 
Broadcasting  Control  Board,  employs  full 
Pal-D  circuitry,  and  is  set  for  the  local 
standard  white  point  of  6500  degrees  K. 

Channel  selection  for  VHF  is  by 
ordinary  rotary  switch,  with  a  concentric 


In  introducing  the  new  models,  the 
EMI  Group  stresses  that  they  should 
build  up  an  even  higher  reputation  for 
simplicity  of  installation  and  reliability 
than  even  the  popular  18-inch  HMV 
"Braddon"  reviewed  in  these  pages  in 
November  last  year.  Since  that  time,  the 
Company's  warranty  on  colour  sets  has 
been  extended  to  12  months  on  parts 
and  labour,  and  the  base  cost  of  sub¬ 
sequent  insurance  has  tumbled  to  about 
one  third  —  a  most  attractive  proposi¬ 
tion. 

To  emphasise  the  relative  freedom 
from  installation  problems,  EMI  simply 
delivered  one  of  the  new  Nipper  48s  into 
a  typical  suburban  home  situation,  no 
carton,  and  carried  in  by  one  not-very- 
large  man.  (At  29kg,  it  can  be  man¬ 
handled  without  too  much  effort).  The 
rather  puzzled  company  representative 
was  told  merely  to  deliver  the  set  and 
literature,  obtain  the  necessary  signature 
and  take  his  leave.  The  'householder" 
would  be  the  person  to  connect  it  up  and 
switch  it  on. 

Which  I  did,  in  due  course,  standing 
it  alongside  another  colour  set  of  known 
performance,  so  that  I  would  have  some 
basis  for  comparison.  A  length  of  cable 
with  in-built  splitter  ensured  that  the  two 
would  have  adequate  and  identical  sig¬ 
nals  on  all  channels. 

At  switch-on,  EMI  had  made  their  first 
point!  The  set  immediately  produced  an 
excellent  set  of  pictures  from  all  four 
local  channels,  with  no  attention  to  the 
AGC  or  fine  tuning,  and  with  not  hint  of 
any  problems  with  purity  or  conver¬ 
gence. 

Fairly  obviously,  it  was  a  set  that  could 
be  moved  around,  physically  and  elec¬ 
trically,  without  too  much  hesitation, 
needing  only  an  appropriate  aerial  con¬ 
nection  to  provide  first  rate  pictures.  The 
set  has  provision,  by  the  way,  for  either 
300-ohm  or  75-ohm  aerial  connection, 
with  an  in-built  18dB  attenuator  facility 
for  strong  signal  areas.  For  future  UHF 
reception  a  separate  300-ohm  UHF  aerial 
would  be  required. 


One  personal  impression  is  worth 
mentioning  at  this  point.  Having  a 
26-inch  receiver  in  the  home  for  normal 
viewing,  my  reaction  to  small  colour  sets 
tends  to  be  one  of  non-enthusiasm;  as 
with  colour  slides  and  colour  movies,  the 
bigger  the  screen,  the  better  I  like  it.  But 
while  the  20-inch  screen  was  obviously 
smaller  than  the  26-inch,  I  had  to  con¬ 
cede  that  it  was  no  longer  "little".  Com¬ 
pared  with  even  an  18-inch,  the  extra 
couple  of  inches  are  well  worth  having. 

And  there's  one  other  thing  that 
impresses  immediately:  the  Nipper  48 
has  a  quick  heat  picture  tube,  and  one 
no  sooner  switches  the  set  on  than  the 
picture  comes  up  to  match  the  sound. 


knob  for  fine  tuning.  In  fact,  the  fine 
tuning  will  rarely  need  to  be  touched, 
because  the  receiver  employs  full  auto¬ 
matic  frequency  control,  which  is  norm¬ 
ally  left  switched  in.  The  channel  selector 
is  provided  with  an  illuminated  indicator 
and,  when  turned  to  channel  11  (it 
actually  reads  11 /U),  a  light  appears 
behind  the  UHF  tuner  dial  as  well,  indi¬ 
cating  potential  coverage  of  UHF  chan¬ 
nels  21  to  69. 

The  only  other  obvious  controls  on  the 
front  panel  are  for  volume,  with  push- 
pull  off-on  switch,  and  a  locking  push¬ 
button  which  increases  the  brightness  for 
daylight  viewing.  Closer  inspection  will, 
however,  reveal  two  tiny  sockets  low 
down,  near  the  speaker  grille:  one  for  an 
earphone  (supplied  with  the  set,  with  3m 
of  cord)  and  the  other  for  a  tape  recorder 
output. 

All  other  controls— colour,  brightness, 
contrast,  and  AFC  switch— are  behind  a 
door  in  the  front  panel,  indicating  that 
once  set,  they  can  largely  be  forgotten. 

Other  details  could  be  listed  if  space 
were  available  but  they  can  be  obtained 
from  sales  literature  covering  the 
receiver.  Of  more  immediate  interest  are 
the  finer  points  of  its  performance. 
We've  already  said  that  it  worked  well 


At  right  is  the  new 
Nipper  48  colour  TV 
receiver .  A  column 
stand  with  castors  is 
available  as  a  separ¬ 
ate  item .  Secondary 
controls  are  access¬ 
ible  behind  a  door  to 
the  right  of  the  pic¬ 
ture  tube.  The  re¬ 
ceiver  below  is  the 
baby  of  the  new 
range ,  the  Nipper 
33. 


114  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


without  on-the-spot  adjustment;  but 
how  well? 

In  part,  the  reduced  need  for  on-the- 
spot  adjustment  is  due  to  the  use  of  a 
vertical  slot  type  picture  tube  in  place  of 
the  older  dot-pattern,  delta  gun  type.  The 
advantage  can  be  bought  rather  dearly, 
however,  if  the  vertical  slots  (or  stripes) 
are  too  coarse,  since  they  can  reduce 
effective  definition  and  be  seen  as  a  ver¬ 
tical  line  pattern— at  least  by  those  with 
keen  vision.  In  fact,  the  slots  in  the  Nip¬ 
per  48  picture  tube  are  quite  narrow  and 
give  no  cause  for  such  criticism.  Defini¬ 
tion  of  detail  was  right  up  to  standard. 

We  felt  that  the  highlights  were  initially 
a  trifle  too  bright,  even  with  the  bright¬ 
ness  turned  down,  but  this  was  corrected 
by  a  nudge  of  the  sub-brightness  control 
—a  screwdriver  adjustment  accessible 
through  the  front  panel  and  the  sort  of 
thing  the  installer  would  probably  have 
reset,  had  he  been  given  the  chance  at 
the  time  of  delivery. 

We  also  felt  that  the  contrast  could 
have  come  down  a  little  further  than  the 
control  permitted  and  this  was  verified 
when  we  were  able  to  catch  a  test  pat¬ 
tern.  The  last  step  in  the  grey  scale  was 
being  crushed  somewhat,  but  this  was 
something  we  elected  not  to  fiddle 
with. 

With  the  test  pattern  available,  we 
were  able  to  note  that  the  basic  vertical 
and  horizontal  grid  was  indeed  rect¬ 
angular,  substantially  free  from  pin¬ 
cushion  effect,  and  completely  free  from 
any  interference  between  the  video  sig¬ 
nal  and  line  sync.  The  centre  circle  was 
free  from  any  hint  of  irregularity  but  it  did 
measure  30  cm  wide  by  29  cm  high, 
indicating  the  need  for  a  slight  reduction 
in  width. 

For  all  practical  purposes,  the  colours 
in  the  test  pattern  were  identical  with 
those  on  the  known  reference  receiver 
and,  after  ail  the  hoo-haa  about  white 
point  settings  a  few  months  ago,  we  were 
happy  to  record  that  there  was  no  dis¬ 
cernible  difference  between  the  two.  In 
fact,  apart  from  the  slight  crushing  in  the 
shadows  mentioned  earlier,  the  pictures 
were  virtually  identical  in  colour  values 
and  definition. 

To  sum  up,  our  impression  of  the  Nip¬ 
per  48  is  that  it  is  an  excellent  receiver 
and  very  well  suited  to  domestic  situa¬ 
tions  were  a  small  set  would  be 
inadequate,  but  where  a  26-inch  model 
would  be  too  cumbersome  and  too 
costly.  Performance,  as  delivered,  was 
excellent,  and  faulted  in  minor  detail  only 
because  we  were  able  to  make  side-by- 
side  comparison  with  another  known 
receiver. 

If  noticed  at  all  under  other  circum¬ 
stances,  such  detail  could  readily  have 
been  attended  to  during  normal  installa¬ 
tion  or  follow-up. 

Recommended  retail  price  for  the  Nip¬ 
per  48  is  $663.  Further  information  can  be 
obtained  from  EMI  dealers  around  Aus¬ 
tralia  or  by  mail  from  EMI  Aust  Ltd,  P.O. 
Box  32,  Homebush  2140.  (W.N.W.) 


INFRA-RED  INTRUDER  ALARM 


Housed  in  an  attractive,  tamper  protected  housing,  the  Raytek  BiSpy 
model  8500  passive  infrared  intrusion  detector  can  monitor  a  sector 
of  free  space  measuring  80  degrees  by  25  feet.  Up  to  six  slave  units 
can  be  controlled  by  the  master  unit. 


Infrared  intruder  detectors  operate  by 
sensing  the  change  in  level  of  infrared 
energy  caused  by  the  entry  of  an  intruder 
into  the  protected  area.  As  shown  in  the 
diagram,  the  BiSpy  optical  system  divides 
the  protected  area  into  five  zones,  each 
of  which  is  monitored  simultaneously  by 
two  independent  detectors. 

Two  independent  infrared  detectors 
(using  the  same  optical  system)  are  built 
into  each  sensing  head.  Output  signals  of 
the  two  detectors  are  processed  through 
separate  amplifiers  and  trip  circuits 
before  being  compared  by  a  summing 
gate.  Unless  both  channels  simul¬ 
taneously  detect  an  intruder,  the  system 
will  not  alarm. 

This  means  that  false  alarms  cannot 
occur  due  to  electrical  interference  or 
intermittent  component  failure  in  either 
channel.  By  having  the  sensing  area 
divided  up  into  zones,  it  is  also  possible 
to  aim  the  unit  so  that  heat  producing 
objects  such  as  hot  air  vents  fall  between 
the  zones,  and  thus  do  not  cause 
erroneous  alarms. 

In  order  to  facilitate  such  aiming,  the 
unit  is  provided  with  a  "walk  test" 
provision.  After  mounting  the  unit  in 


The  BiSpy  system  uses  two  detector 
channels ,  also  wide-angled  detection 
zones. 

position,  a  slider  switch  on  the  front  of 
the  unit  is  moved  to  the  appropriate 
position.  The  installer  can  then  walk 
about  the  covered  area,  and  check  that 
the  alarm  is  triggered  in  the  appropriate 
places.  This  is  indicated  visually  by  a 
small  LED  on  the  front  of  the  unit. 

The  unit  operates  from  a  12V  power 
source,  which  can  be  either  AC  or  DC. 
Current  consumption  is  50mA.  A  12V 
0.5AH  nickel-cadmium  standby  battery 
can  be  fitted  inside  the  case.  This  gives 
a  standby  time  of  eight  hours. 

The  alarm  relay  has  single  pole  double 
throw  contacts,  which  are  rated  at  0.06 
amps  at  130VDC.  The  tamper  switch  has 
similarly  rated  contacts. 

Measuring  190  x  140  x  90mm,  and 
weighing  only  1 .1  kg,  the  unit  is  mounted 
in  an  attractive  intercom  styled  plastic 


The  Raytek  BiSpy  model  8500,  which 
uses  a  passive  infra-red  detection  sys¬ 
tem. 


case.  Slave  units  are  identical  in  size,  but 
of  slightly  lesser  weight. 

The  unit  is  intended  to  be  mounted 
against  a  wall,  with  screws  through  the 
back  plate.  Access  to  these  screws  is 
obtained  by  removing  the  front  cover, 
which  then  activates  the  tamper  switch. 
This  can  be  either  wired  in  association 
with  the  alarm  circuit,  or  independently 
of  it. 

Up  to  six  type  8520  slave  units  can  be 
used  with  the  8500  master  unit.  These 
slaves  receive  their  power  from  the  mas¬ 
ter  unit,  and  when  an  intruder  enters  their 
field  of  view,  they  trip  the  alarm  relay  in 
the  master  unit.  With  six  slaves  in  opera¬ 
tion,  the  standby  time  is  reduced  to  a 
minimum  of  four  hours. 

Other  models  of  both  master  and  slave 
units  are  available  with  long  range 
coverage.  The  slave  units  are  connected 
in  parallel  with  4-conductor  shielded  sig¬ 
nal  wire.  If  the  tamper  switches  are 
utilized,  6-conductor  wire  is  required. 

Units  are  also  available  for  concealed 
and  in-wall  mounting.  The  8500  master 
unit  in  both  wide  range  and  long  range 
versions  sells  for  $264.37  plus  tax.  The 
price  for  larger  quantities  is  $218.10  each 
plus  tax.  Slave  units  in  one  off  quantities 
cost  $176.96  plus  tax,  while  for  larger 
orders  the  unit  cost  reduces  to  $145.99 
plus  tax. 

Standby  batteries  are  obtainable  for 
$29.55  plus  tax,  while  slaving  cable  sells 
for  35c  per  foot,  plus  tax.  Inquiries  should 
be  directed  to  the  Australian  agents,  Cur¬ 
rency  Handling  Systems  (Australia)  Pty 
Ltd,  28-30  Langley  Street,  Darlinghurst, 
NSW  2010.  (D.W.E.) 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


115 


NEW  PRODUCTS 


PUT  YOUR 
HANDS  TO  WORK 
MAKING  MONEY 
AS  A  COLOUR 
TV  TECHNICIAN 


Do  you  like  to  find  out  why  things  work,  or 
not  work?  And  do  you  find  electronics  an 
interesting  field?  Because  there  is  a  demand 
for  trained  and  skilled  people  to  service  the 
millions  of  pieces  of  electronic  equipment 
used  every  day  in  Australia.  Think  how 
many  colour  TV  sets  have  already  been  sold 
in  Australia.  These  will  need  servicing.  And 
there  are  millions  of  older  Black  and  White 
sets  that  will  also  require  the  services  of  a 
good,  trained  Technician. 

If  you  are  interested  in  electronics,  then  you 
should  find  out  more  about  the  ICS  training 
for  Electronic  and  Colour  TV  Technicians. 
Send  the  coupon  now,  and  ICS  will  return 
you  a  complete  Career  Program  guide  that 
tells  you  how  the  ICS  method  works  and 
what  the  training  program  teaches  you. 

You  study  at  home,  at  your  own  pace. 
Almost  from  the  first  lesson,  you  can  start 
putting  your  new  knowledge  to  work.  And 
the  study  program  only  asks  for  about  an 
hour  a  day. 

Would  you  spend  an  hour  a  day  to  earn 
more  money? 

Mail  the  coupon  —  today! 

International  Correspondence  Schools, 
400  Pacific  Highway,  Crows  Nest 
N  S  W.  2065. 

International 

Correspondence  Schools 
400  Pacific  Highway. 

Crows  Nest  NSW  2065 

Ves.  /  would  hke  to  put  my  hands  to  work  to 
make  money  Please  send  me.  without  cost  or 

°cSbe"oJhe  Ca'ee'  Pr°9'am  9u/de  1  have 

(  )  Colour  TV  T echnician 

(  )  Electronics  T echmcian 

Mr  /Mrs /Miss 

Address 


Occupation 


Postcode 


Age 


Wide  band  preamp  for  instruments 


The  WB250  Wide  Band  Amplifier  is  a 
rather  unusual  piece  of  equipment 
offered  by  Bright  Star  Crystals.  The  main 
use  for  this  unit  is  to  increase  the  effective 
sensitivity  of  frequency  counters.  Also, 
because  no  actual  connection  is  made  to 
the  equipment  to  be  tested,  oscillators 
may  be  measured  without  interfering 
materially  with  the  actual  frequency.  This 
can  be  a  decided  advantage,  as  when 
actual  connection  has  to  be  made  to  an 
oscillator,  the  frequency  may  be  shifted 
to  a  marked  extent,  thus  giving  a  false 
reading. 

The  device  is  a  battery  operated  tran¬ 
sistorised  wideband  amplifier,  housed  in 
a  handy  size  metal  box.  The  input  sensi¬ 
tivity  is  quoted  as  500uV,  with  an  output 
of  lOOmV.  The  bandwidth  is  quoted  as 
from  100kHz  to  above  500MHz.  How¬ 
ever,  a  check  which  I  made  at  the  low 
frequency  end  showed  that  the  response 
started  to  fall  off  significantly  at  about 
300kHz.  I  understand  that  by  increasing 
the  size  of  coupling  capacitors  in  the  unit 
the  low  frequency  response  can  be 
somewhat  improved. 

Another  check  made  on  an  oscillator 
operating  between  3.5MHz  and  4.0MHz 
indicated  that  the  device  does  what  is 
claimed  for  it.  By  placing  the  probe  near 


FOR  COMMUNICATIONS 


NOMIS  ELECTRONICS  PTY.  LTD. 


226300 


689  SOUTH  ROAD. 

BLACK  FOREST,  S.A.  (08)  293  4896 

And  these  Suppliers 

N.S.W.  Martin  de  Launay.  Sydney— 29  5834 
Newcastle-2  4741.  Wagga-21  4644  Wollongong-28  6020 
QLD.  Martin  de  Launay.  Brisbane— 52  8467  S.A  Neil  Muller 
Adelaide- 74  1162  Mt.  Gambier,  SES8  Services-25  5970 
W.A.  Atkins  Carlyle.  Perth— 22  01 91 .  N.T.  Veneman  &  Wyatt. 
Darwin— 81  3491  VIC.  JES  Electronic  Components 
Melbourne— 88  5282. 


the  oscillator  and  connecting  the  output 
to  a  counter  or  a  CRO,  a  good  indication 
was  obtained  in  each  case. 

I  found  the  unit  easy  and  convenient 
to  operate,  with  the  case  fitting  comfort¬ 
ably  in  the  hand,  with  the  push-button 
switch  in  the  right  place.  In  short,  then, 
this  device  should  be  of  considerable 
value  to  anyone  involved  with  low  level 
oscillators  and  similar  circuits  and  the 
need  to  make  measurements  on  them. 

An  additional  feature  is  available  as  an 
option.  An  inbuilt  marker  can  be 
supplied  for  455kHz,  10.7MHz,  or 
29.798MHz.  I  imagine  that  other  frequen¬ 
cies  could  be  supplied  on  special  order. 

Further  details  from  Bright  Star  Crystals 
Pty  Ltd,  35  Eileen  Road,  Clayton,  Victoria 
3169.  (I.L.P.) 


FRG-7 

SYNTHESIZED 
RECEIVER 


for 

Amateurs, 
Novices, 
and 

Short-Wave 
Listeners. 

TECHNICAL  DATA 

•  Electronic  Band  Changing. 

•0.5  —  29.9  MHz.  Continuous  Coverage. 

^Uses  Wadley  Loop  (drift  cancellation  circuit) to 

derive  synthesized  hetrodyne  oscillator  signal 

•  LSB,  USB,  AM  and  CW. 

•  Frequency  Readout  better  than  10  KHz(readable 
to  5  KHz). 

•Stability  within  500  Hz  during  any 30  minute 
period  after  warmup. 

•Better  than  0.7 //V  for  10  dB  S  +  N/NSSBand 
Better  than  2 /yV  for  10  dB  S  +  N/N  AM. 
•Selectivity  ±  3  KHz  at  — 6dB,  ±  7  KHz  at  -50  dB. 

•  Input  impedance,  high  0.5  — 1.6  MHz. 

50-75  Ohm  1.6  — 29.9  MHz. 

•  234V  AC  50-60HZ  or  12V  DC  (external  or  internal 
8  dry  cell). 

•  Size  340  mm  x  153  mm  x  285  mm. 


FRG-7 


$279 


Above  prices  include  8.T  Prices  and  specifications 

subject  to  change. 


60  Shannon  St..  Box  Hill  North 

ELECTRONIC  Vic.  3129 
SERVICES  Ph 89  221 3 


116 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Video  Technics  TV  Tuner 


Designed  specifically  to  mate  with  colour  and  B&W  video  recorders, 
the  Video  Technics  Colour  TV  Tuner  has  facilities  for  VHF  and  UHF 
reception.  It  is  especially  useful  when  more  than  one  program  has  to 
be  monitored  and  recorded  at  the  same  time. 


The  Video  Technics  Tuner  is  accom¬ 
modated  in  a  wide  shallow  case  with  up- 
to-the-minute  styling.  It  has  a  black 
perspex  dial  with  windows  for  tuning 
meters  and  the  case  is  timber  with  a 
simulated  woodgrain  finish.  Dimensions 
are  482  x  90  x  305mm  (W  x  H  x  D). 

Coverage  is  provided  for  all  Australian 
VHF  television  stations  plus  UHF  chan¬ 
nels  25  to  68.  Antenna  inputs  are  75  ohm 
coax  socket  for  VHF  and  300  ohm 
twinlead  socket  for  UHF.  Outputs  are  a 
J-standard  8-pin  socket  for  connection  to 
video  recorder,  BNC  connector  for  video 
line  output  and  6.5mm  jack  socket  for 
audio  line.  Video  output  is  1  volt  peak-to- 
peak  and  audio  output  is  700  millivolts 
RMS  with  low  output  impedance. 


Basically,  the  instrument  consists  of 
separate  VHF  and  UHF  tuner  modules 
together  with  the  necessary  power 
supplies,  and  IF  and  detector  circuitry  to 
provide  the  video  and  audio  outputs.  The 
IF  and  detector  circuitry  is  housed  in  a 
tinplate  enclosure  and  the  power  supply 
circuitry  is  on  a  separate  PC  board.  A 
standard  3-core  mains  flex  and  3-pin 
mains  plug  is  fitted. 

The  Video  Technics  tuner  is  designed 
and  manufactured  in  Australia  by  Video 
Hifi  Centre  who  can  demonstrate  the  unit 
and  provide  information  on  performance 
and  price.  Their  address  is  2nd  Floor,  Tel¬ 
ford  Trust  Building,  79-85  Oxford  Street, 
Bondi  Junction,  NSW  2022. 


Puncture  Tester 

Pictured  below  is  a  new  high  voltage  puncture  tester  made  by  Tech  Instruments 
Company  Ltd ,  of  japan.  It  is  basically  an  adjustable  high  voltage  AC  power  supply 
with  presettable  cut-off  current  (from  0.5  to  10  milliamps).  A  component  to  be  tested 
is  connected  across  the  terminals  and  voltage  applied.  If  the  preset  current  is 
exceeded ,  a  buzzer  sounds  and  an  indicator  lights.  At  the  same  time ,  the  supply 
voltage  is  automatically  disconnected  from  the  terminals.  A  reset  button  returns  the 
tester  to  normal  operation  for  the  next  component  to  be  tested. 

Further  information  on  price  and  availability  can  be  obtained  from  the  distributors , 
University  Graham  Instruments  Pty  Ltd ,  706  Belmore  Road ,  Riverwood,  NSW. 


Standardize  on 


Cjimbiom 

The  Guaranteed  Electronic  Components 

•Reg  TM  Gardner  Denver  Co 


Wire-wrap* 
pins  and 
terminals  in 
variety  and 
quantity. 


Cambion  knows  what  it  takes  to  make  all  the 
connections  in  today's  sophisticated  circuits. 
That's  why  you’ll  find  a  wide  range  of 
CAMBION  Wire-Wrap  pins  with  terminals  or 
jacks  readily  available.  CAMBION  pins  assure 
mechanically  strong,  reliable,  uniform, 
durable  metal-to-metal  and  solder-to-metal 
connections.  Write  for  our  Integrated 
Packaging  Catalog  1 19A. 


ELECTRONIC  DEVELOPMENT 
SALES  PTY.  LTD. 

27  BUCKLEY  ST.,  MARRICKVILLE. 
N  S  W.  2204 


EDS  51  7007 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


117 


NEW  PRODUCTS 


-that's  where  the  money  is! 


Stott’s  course  is  totally  comprehensive  —  and  includes  both  sophisticated 
electronic  equipment  and  project  materials  you  need  to  gain  a  thorough 
understanding  of  servicing  techniques. 

Divided  into  three  self-contained  sections,  the  course  covers: 

Part  1  —  Introduction  to  Electronics  (theory  and  practice) 

Part  2  —  Monochrome  Television  Receivers 
Part  3  —  Colour  Television,  including  processing  circuitry,  service 
techniques,  fault  tracing  and  trouble  shooting  techniques. 

Like  all  Stott’s  courses,  you  work  with  your  own  instructor  who  is  an  expert  in 
this  exciting  and  rewarding  field,  at  your  own  pace,  in  your  own  home. 

If  you  are  a  beginner,  Stott’s  will  teach  you  everything  you  need  to  know 
concerning  television  principles  and  receiver  circuitry. 

If  you  are  already  working  in  the  field,  or  have  completed  some  studies  in 
electronics,  you  may  be  eligible  to  enter  the  course  at  an  advanced  stage. 
Whether  your  aim  is  to  enter  the  TV  service  industry  or  whether  you  wish  to 
gain  a  thorough  understanding  of  television  theory  and  servicing  as  an  aid  to 
sales  experience,  this  is  the  course  which  will  help  you  make  it! 

Other  electronics  courses  offered  by  Stott’s  include: 

Radio  for  Amateurs  —  Amateur  Operator’s  Certificate 
For  full  information  mail  this  coupon  today: 


Stotts^ 


TECHNICAL  CORRESPONDENCE  COLLEGE 
The  name  to  trust  in  correspondence  education 
Please  send  me,  without  obligation,  full  details  of  the  following  courses: 


Stott’s  undertake  that  no  sales  counsellor  will  call. 

1  Mr.,  Mrs.,  Miss 

Age 

J  Address  J 

i  Postcode 

'  159  Flinders  Lane,  Melbourne. 

383  George  Street,  Sydney, 
i  stcs  15  290  Adelaide  Street,  Brisbane. 

66  Kina  William  St.  Kent  Town,  S.A. 
89  St.  George’s  Terrace,  Perth. 

P.0.  Box  3396,  Singapore  1. 

EA.12.76  I 

Audiolarms  from  C&K 

A  new  series  of  small,  low  cost  solid 
state  alarms  has  been  introduced  to  the 
Australian  market  by  C  &  K  Electronics. 
The  Bell  "Audiolarm"  range  of  devices  is 
claimed  to  operate  in  hostile  environ¬ 
ments,  unaffected  by  extremes  of 
humidity,  vibration,  altitude  or  salt 
spray. 

All  models  produce  a  shrill,  penetrat¬ 
ing  sound,  and  operate  on  a  wide  range 
of  supply  voltages.  No  RF  noise  is  pro¬ 
duced  during  operation,  as  no  mechani¬ 


cal  parts  are  involved  in  sound 
generation. 

Sound  levels  of  up  to  95dB  can  be  pro¬ 
duced  by  most  models.  Some  models 
operate  continuously,  while  other  can  be 
made  to  pulse  on  and  off.  Models  are 
also  available  which  can  be  controlled  by 
logic  signals. 

Further  information  can  be  obtained 
from  the  Australian  distributors,  C&K 
Electronics  Pty  Ltd,  PO  Box  101,  Merry- 
lands,  NSW  2160. 


CB  dealers  wanted 

Dick  Smith  Electronics  Pty  Ltd  is  con¬ 
fident  that  the  PTT  Department  will  soon 
approve  CB  radio  in  Australia.  So  con¬ 
fident  that  it  is  seeking  reseller/dealers 
throughout  the  country  for  the  Midland 
range  of  CB  equipment,  for  which  it  is 
the  Australian  agent.  Midland  Electronics 
is  claimed  to  be  CB  industry  market 
leader  in  the  US. 

Equipment  designed  for  the  CB  band 
may  only  be  operated  legally  in  Australia 
at  present  by  radio  amateurs  and  those 
who  have  been  granted  a  permit  by  the 
PTT  department.  However  there  are  no 
restrictions  on  the  sale  of  equipment. 

DSE  believe  they  are  one  of  the  few 
firms  in  Australia  at  present  who  have  the 
knowhow,  spares  and  servicing  facilities 
to  make  selling  CB  radio  a  profitable  ven¬ 
ture.  They  invited  anyone  interested  in 
becoming  a  Dick  Smith/Midland  Dealer 
to  write  to  Gary  Johnson,  D.S.  Distribu¬ 
tors,  PO  Box  747,  Crows  Nest  NSW 
2065. 


118 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


Video  game 


The  Video  Sport  game  provides  for 
Tour  games:  tennis,  squash,  handball  and 
football/hockey.  It  provides  sound  ef¬ 
fects  for  hit,  wall  bounce  and  score,  and 
also  has  automatic  on-screen  scoring. 
Playing  speed  and  bat  size  are  both  vari¬ 
able,  and  playing  area  is  visually  defined 
on-screen. 

The  unit  operates  from  six  standard  D 
type  cells,  and  complies  with  specifica¬ 
tions  published  by  the  PTT  Department 
in  terms  of  RF  radiation. 

Priced  at  $79.50,  the  Video  Sport  is 
available  from  Farad  Sales  Pty  Ltd,  of  212 
Balaclava  Road,  Caulfield,  Victoria  3161. 
Mail  order  sales  accepted. 

Edge  connectors 

Locally  manufactured  PC  edge  con¬ 
nector  sockets  of  any  required  length  up 
to  85  connectors  per  side  are  available 
from  Amphenol  Tyree.  The  series  225A 
connectors  can  be  single  or  double 
sided,  with  either  0.1  in  or  0.1 56in  spacing 
between  contacts.  The  contacts  are 
made  from  a  new  high  tensile  material 


3  FERGUSON  £ 

Manufacturers  of: 
Electrical  /  electronic 
equipment,  wound 
components  and 
lighting  control 
equipment. 

BRANCHES 

IN 

ALL  STATES 


Ferguson  Transformers 
Pty  Ltd. 

Head  Office 

331  High  Street.  Chatswood 
NSW  2067 

PO  Box  301  Chatswood. 

NSW,  Australia  2067 

Phone:  02-407-0261 _ 


and  are  available  with  gold  plating  of  0.5, 
0.76  or  1.2  microns  as  desired,  with 
various  tail  options. 

Further  information  from  Amphenol 
Tyree  Pty  Ltd,  176  Botany  Street,  Water¬ 
loo,  NSW  2017.  Telephone  (02)  69  5364. 


Paper  tape  punch 

The  MACE  patented  tape  punch 
shown  below  is  a  low  cost,  low  power 
unit  designed  for  unattended  remote 
data  recording.  It  is  available  from 
Measuring  and  Control  Equipment  Co. 
Pty.  Ltd.,  9  Mobb^  Lane,  Carlingford, 
NSW  2118.  Telephone  (02)  858  3878. 


CRASH!!! 


Grab  yourself  a  bargain  month  at  Micronics. 
Just  look  at  these  prices.  Irresistible!!!!  555 
Timer  (mDIP)—  for  $2.  The  most  versatile  I.C. 
everybody  needs  a  few  at  some  time  or  other: 

—  BC547,  BC548,  BC549  — 10  for  $1.50, 
BC557,  BC558,  BC559— 10  for  $1.50,  BF198 
-5  for  $2.  BF 185—3  for  $2.  BC635-4  for  $2. 
EM404— 10  for  $1,  EM410— 10  for  $1.10, 
OA90-10  for  80c,  2N6107-4  for  $2,  40250 
(2N3054)— 3  for  $2.50,  2SA353(AF1  26)— 5  for 
$2.  Special  2N3055-1  Silicon  Power 
Transistors —  1 0  for  $  5.  Cl 06D  S.C.R.  (400v,4A) 

—  3  for  $3.50.  Linear  I.C.s.  — 741  (mDIP)— 40c 
ea  ,  LM301,  LM307(mDIP)-70c.  LM709(DIP) 

—  75c,  CA3012,  CA3013.  CA301 8(Can)— 80c 
ea  Special  audio  I.C.  HAI322,  5.5  Watts  Peak 
Power  incl.  Cct  diagram  — $  1 . 75  ea.  or  4  for  $6. 
New,  super  bargains  packs.  Super  saving  on 
these.  Every  hobbyist  or  serviceman  needs 
these  super  value  packs: — Styroseal  pack  caps 
—New,  Top  Quality— 20  for  $1  Power  resistor 
pack  (Up  to  7W  Power  Resistors)— 20  for  $2.50. 
Potentiometer  pack  incl.  Dual  gang.  Single  gang 
and  trimpots  (No  Junk)  — 10  for  $2.75. 
Semiconductor  pack:  Fantastic  Pack  of  silicon 
germanium  transistors  and  other  semiconductors 
—20  for  $2  Rotary  switch  pack.  Fantastic  value 
in  Rotary  switches;  you  will  be  amazed! — 3  for 
$3.50  For  free  offer  and  more  specials  read 
other  advertisements  in  this  issue.  Page  Nos  in 
Advertisers  Index.  Post  and  Pack  60c  or  extra  for 
larger  parcels. 


MICRONICS 

P.0.  Box  175,  Randwick.  2031 


CO.  PTY.  LIMITED 

INCORPORATING 

P.  A.  HENDERSON  &  CO 

TRANSFORMER 

MANUFACTURERS 

•  SINGLE  &  3  PHASE 
TRANSFORMERS  TO  20  KVA. 

•  MOTOR  STARTING 
AUTOTRANSFORMERS  TO 
600  HP. 

•  NEUTRAL  REACTORS 

8  East  St., 

Granville,  N.S.W.  2142. 
P.O.  Box  31 ,  Phone 
637-7870. 


“COWPIR” 

Cabinets  and  chassis  for  all 
projects  featured  in  this 
magazine  are  available 
from 


COWPER  SHEETMETAL 
&  ENGINEERING 


□  CASES  □  PANELS 

□  CHASSIS  □  BOXES 

□  GENERAL  SHEET  METAL 
WORK  FOR  THE 
ELECTRONICS  INDUSTRY 

□  WELDING 

□  PRESS  CAPACITYTO  75 
TONS 

1 1  Cowper  Street, 
Granville,  N.S.W.  2142 
Phone  637-8736 


ELECTRONICS  Australia.  December.  1976 


119 


FANTASTIC  BUSINESS 
LOCATIONS  TO  LET 

Ideal  for  Electronic  Service 
Business 

BANKSTOWN  (Sydney) 

Hume  Highway.  1st  Floor 
Premises  above  Dick  Smith 
Electronics  —  tremendous 
passing  traffic,  good  parking. 

RICHMOND  (Melbourne) 

1st  Floor  also  above  Dick  Smith 
Electronics,  large  area  (over  3,000 
sqf.),  fully  carpeted.  Ample 
parking  in  vicinity.  Both  these 
premises  are  ideal  for  virtually 
any  business  associated  with 
sales,  manufacturing  or  service. 

A  guaranted  flow  of  electronic 
enthusiasts  would  pass  the  door 
each  day*. 

Apply  to  "The  Manager" 

Dick  Smith  Electronics 
656  Bridge  Road, 

Richmond.,  Victoria.  Ph  42  1614 

Dick  Smith  Electronics 
361  Hume  Highway, 

(Near  Chapel  Road), 

L  Bankstown.,  N.S.W.Ph  709  6600  j 


KNOW 

Where  you  are  going? 

Choose  a  career  in  the  field 
of  Electronics  -  the  Nation's 
most  progressive  and  fastest 
expanding  industry 

BROADCASTING 
COMMUNICATIONS  -  marine 
APPLIED  SERVICING 

Classes  are  conducted  at 
67  Lords  Road , 

Leichhardt 

Day  9.00  a.m.  to  4.00  p.m. 

Evenings  6.00 p.m.  to  8.30 p.m. 
or  by  Home  Study  Courses 
(except  practical  instruction  on 
equipment) 

SEND  FOR  PROSPECTUS 
There  is  no  obligation. 


NAME. . 

ADDRESS 


MARCONI  SCHOOL  OF  WIRELESS 

Box  218,  P.O.  Leichhardt  2040. 

A  service  of 

Amalgamated  Wireless  (Australasia)  Ltd. 


FREE  OFFER!!! 


Free  offer  of  5  of  BC548  (New  Branded)  Transistors  for 
every  order  over  $  1 0;  This  month  only!  Take  advantage 
of  this  free  offer  now!  Don't  delay!  Special  purchase 
of  fresh  stock  electrolytics  and  switches.  We  can  sell 
these  at  a  fraction  of  List  Prices.  Just  Look!!  Electrolytic 
super  bargain  — 2. 2uf/50v  (Single  Ended).  Top 
Quality— 20  for  $  1 .  (S.E.)  is  single  ended  type,  (P)  is  pigtail 
type.  The  following  are  single  ended  types  1uf/25v— 10 
for  60c,  2.2uf/25v— 10  for  65c,  10uf/25v— 10  for  70c, 
2 2uf  /  2 5v—  1  0  for  80c,  33uf/16v-10  for  $1, 
47uf /  1 6v— 10  for  $1.20,  47uf/63v— 10  for  $1.60, 
10puf/25v-10  for  $1.60,  220uf/25v-10  for  $1.90. 
470uf/25v-10for  $2.50,  lOOOuf /25v— 10  for  $3.50. 
100uf/63v— 10  for  $2.40,  100uf/l0v-10  for  $1. 
640uf/16v— 10  for  $3.  The  following  are  pigtail  type: 
1uf/350v— 10  for  $1.75,  2.2uf/350v-10  for  $2.25, 
1  Ouf / 3 50v—  1  0  for  $3.  22uf/350v-8  for  $3. 
47uf/350v— 6  for  $3.  Just  arrived  new  switches.  Fan¬ 
tastic  sales  of  switches.  These  are  top  quality  switches. 
Many  miniature  types  at  incredible  prices.  We  brought  a 
certain  quantity  so  remember,  once  they  are  sold  out  at 
these  prices,  you’ve  missed  out.ST103A  Toggle  switch 
SPST— 40c  ea.  or  10  for  $3.50,  MSPB206R  Push  button 
DPDT— 60c  ea.  or  10  for  $5.50.  MSP106D  Push  button 
SPDT— 50c  ea.  or  10  for  $4.50.  MST206N  Miniature 
Toggle  DPDT-85c  ea.  or  10  for  $8.MSL203N-5  Rocker 
switch  DPDT— 65c  ea  or  10  for  $6,  MSH203N  Rocker 
Toggle  switch  DPDT— 65c  ea.  or  10  for  $6,  MSP103C 
Push  button  S.P.-30c  ea.  or  10  for  $2.50,  MST406N 
Miniature  Toggle— $  1  ea.  or  10  for  $9,  MR3-3  Miniature 
Rotary  switch  —  $1.50  ea.  or  10  for  $13  New  panel 
meters  at  Bargain  Prices  with  Blank  scale,  ideal  for  mak¬ 
ing  up  your  own  scale,  sensitive  movement;  rugged 
construction:—  Model  SD830,  Range  DC50  mv,  Size 
3V4"x4V4"— Only  $3.95  ea.  Model  SD640.  Range  DC50 
mv.  Size  2,/2"x3,/4"-Only  $3.75  ea  Model  SD460, 
Range  DC  1  MA,  Size  1  %“x2%"— Only  $3.75  ea.  These 
bargains  are  not  to  be  missed.  Every  hobbyist  needs  a 
panel  meter  at  some  time  or  other.  Post  your  order  today!! 
Money  back  if  not  satisfied!  Post  and  Pack  60c  or  extra 
for  larger  parcels.  Your  money  refunded  if  not  satisfied. 


MICRONICS 

P.O.  Box  175,  Randwick.  2031 


NOTICE  TO  ADVERTISERS 

Certain  provisions  of  the  Trade  Practices  Act  1 974,  relating  to  consumer  protection  place 
a  heavy  burden  upon  advertisers,  advertising  agents  and  publishers  of  advertisements. 


Section  52  of  the  Act  imposes  a  general  duty 
on  everyone  (individual  and  corporation  alike) 
not  to  engage,  in  trade  or  commerce,  in  con¬ 
duct  that  is  "misleading  or  deceptive.  " 

In  addition  Section  53  (read  with  Sections  6 
(3)  (c)  and  79)  makes  it  a  criminal  offence 
(punishable  in  the  case  of  an  individual  by  a 
fine  of  $  1 0,000  or  6  months'  imprisonment 
and  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  by  a  fine  of 
$50,000)  for  an  individual  or  corporation  to 
do  any  of  the  following  in  trade  or  commerce 
in  connection  with  the  supply  or  possible  sup¬ 
ply  of  goods  or  services  or  in  connection  with 
the  promotion  by  any  means  (for  example 
advertising)  of  the  supply  or  use  of  goods  or 
services,  namely: - 

"(a)  falsely  represent  that  goods  or  services 
are  of  a  particular  standard,  quality  or 
grade,  or.  that  goods  are  of  a  particular 
style  or  model; 

(b)  falsely  represent  that  goods  are  new; 

(c)  represent  that  goods  or  services  have 
sponsorship,  approval,  performance 
characteristics,  accessories,  uses  or 
benefits  they  do  not  have; 

(d)  represent  that  the  individual  or  corpora¬ 


tion  has  a  sponsorship,  approval  or 
affiliation  [he,  she  or]  it  does  not  have; 

(e)  make  false  or  misleading  statements 
concerning  the  existence  of,  or  amounts 
of,  price  reductions; 

(f)  make  false  or  misleading  statements 
concerning  the  need  for  any  goods,  ser¬ 
vices,  replacements  or  repairs;  or 

(g)  make  false  or  misleading  statements 
concerning  the  existence  or  effect  of  any 
warranty  or  guarantee.  " 

Apart  from  the  criminal  sanction  for  a  breach 
of  Section  53,  an  individual  or  corporation 
infringing  Section  52  or  53  is  liable  to  proceed¬ 
ings  for  injunction  and  for  damages  suffered 
by  an  injured  party.  In  vi«w  of  the  obvious 
impossibility  of  our  insuring  that  adver¬ 
tisement  submitted  for  publication  comply 
with  the  Act,  advertisers,  and  advertising 
agents  will  appreciate  the  absolute  need  them¬ 
selves  to  ensure  that  the  provisions  of  the  Act, 
including  the  sections  specified  above,  are 
complied  with  strictly. 

It  is  suggested  that  in  cases  of  doubt  adver¬ 
tisers  and  advertising  agents  seek  legal 
advice. 


SUNGRAVURE  PTY.  LTD. 


ULTRA-CARDIOID 

Unsurpassed  25db 
front-to-back 
rejection  for 
critical  use. 


N0MIS  ELECTRONICS  PTY.  LTD. 

689  SOUTH  ROAD, 

BLACK  FOREST,  S.A.  (08)  293  4896 

And  these  Suppliers 

N  .  S  .  W  .  Martin  de  Launay.  Sydney— 29  5834' 
Newcastle-2  4741 .  Wagga-2  1  4644  Wollongong-28  6020! 
OLD.  Martin  de  Launay.  Brisbane— 52  8467  S.A.  Neil  Muller. 
Adelaide- 74  1 162  Mt.  Gambier.  SES8  Services- 2  5  5970 
W.A.  Atkins  Carlyle.  Perth-22  0191  N.T.  Veneman  &  Wyatt. 
Darwin— 81  3491.  VIC.  JES  Electronic  Components. 
I  Melbourne-88  5282. 


120 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


NEW  PRODUCTS 


TWO  NEW  CALCULATORS  FROM  UNITREX 


Two  new  calculators,  recently  announced  by  ^  h'^tweSn  faofl itTeS 
would  haveVbeen  found  only  in  much  more  costly  calculators. 


The  simpler  of  the  two,  the  Unitrex 
95SL,  is  described  by  the  manufacturer  as 
a  ''Slide-Rule"  Calculator  and  is  intended 
for  students,  handymen,  technicians  or 
engineers,  who  might  hitherto  have 
relied  on  slide  rules,  tables-or  long-hand 
calculations! 

It  is  basically  a  4-function  calculator  in 
which  the  numerals,  plus,  minus,  multi¬ 
ply;  divide  and  equals  remain  relatively 
uncluttered.  It  is  therefore  appropriate 
for  use  by  people  who  want  it  only  for 

simple  tasks.  ,  .  , 

However,  a  percentage  key  provides 
a  direct  mark-up  or  discount  facility  for 
sales  counter  use,  while  a  "constant  key 
offers  another  approach  to  problems,  ay 
For  mathematical  tasks  as  such,  chain 
and  mixed  calculations  are  possible,  with 
multi-function  keys  to  provide  square 
root,  square  and  reciprocal.  The  decima^ 
point  is  fully  floating  and,  when  overload 
occurs,  the  calculation  is  not  lost;  press¬ 
ing  the  C  button  once  shifts  the  decimal 
point  eight  places  to  the  right,  conserving 
the  most  significant  digits. 

There  is  also  a  memory  function  con¬ 
trolled  by  four  keys:  M  +  ,  M-,  MR,  MC 
and  MEX. 

The  8  digit  display  is  a  bright  red, 
clearly  visible  in  full  room  lighting.  The 
digits  are  optically  enlarged  by  the  bezel 
to  an  equivalent  of  about  4mm,  with  the 
one  disadvantage  that  they  are  clearly 
visible  only  to  the  person  using  the 
calculator. 

The  sample  submitted  for  review  was 
accompanied  by  a  simple  folder  explain¬ 


ing  its  main  functions.  It  was  intended  to 
operate  with  a  9-volt  "transistor"  style 
battery  (or  external  supply)  and  drew 
12.5mA  at  switch-on,  building  to  35mA 
as  "8"  numerals  were  displayed. 

Advertised  base  price  of  the  95SL  cal¬ 
culator  is  $9.95  (not  including  battery)  to 
which  must  be  added  $2.50  to  cover  mail 
order  handling  and  postage. 

The  95SC  "Scientific"  pocket  calcula¬ 
tor  is  similar  in  appearance  but  has  8 
digits  plus  a  9th  position  to  indicate  sta¬ 
tus  Optical  magnification  would  appear 
to  be  less,  making  the  digits  appear 
slightly  smaller  and  sharper.  A  9V  battery 
is  specified,  again  with  access  for  an 
alternative  supply.  Quiescent  current 
was  measured  at  20mA,  rising  to  40mA 
with  all  digits  energised,  but  falling  back 
to  20  when  the  automatic  fade-out 
operates. 

While  intended  primarily  for  those 
needing  a  mathematical  facility,  the  95SC 
can  be  used  in  a  simple  4-function  arith¬ 
metic  role,  by  ignoring  the  secondary 
markings.  However,  it  does  not  have  a 
direct  percentage  or  "constant"  facility, 
requiring  the  informed  user  to  arrive  at 
the  same  answers  by  a  slightly  more 
devious  route. 

As  will  be  apparent  from  the  pictures 
and  the  advertisements,  all  keys  have  a 
dual  function  and,  nowadays,  likely  users 
of  this  type  of  calculator  will  be  able  to 
judge  their  suitability  for  a  particular  role 
by  examining  the  key  notations. 

Perhaps  the  surprising  thing  about  the 
95SC  is  its  price:  a  base  figure  of  $14.99 


Above:  the  95SL.  Below:  the  95SC. 


(not  including  battery)  to  which  must  be 
added  $2.50  for  mail  order  handling  and 
postage.  Packaged  with  the  calculator  is 
a  small  instruction  booklet. 

Both  calculators  are  being  offered 
through  the  Reader  Service  Dept  of  our 
parent  company  )ohn  Fairfax  Ltd,  phone 
(02)  20-944  Ext  303.  They  are  obtainable 
only  by  mail  order,  details  being  given  in 
advertisement  elsewhere  in  this  issue. 


POWER  POINT  SAFETY  TESTER 

minimiRFS  RISK  OF  ELECTRIC  SHOCK  AND  APPLIANCE 
DAMAGE  IDEAL  FOR  CHECKING  OUTLETS  IN  OLDER  HOMES. 
INVALUABLE  FOR  ELECTRICIANS,  SERV1CE  AND  HANDYMEN. 

PLUG  IN  THE  POWER  POINT  SAFETY  TESTER  AND  IMMEDI¬ 
ATELY  SEE  IF  YOUR  OUTLET  IS  SAFELY  WIRED. 


swann  ciccTRomci  ptv  ito 

Cnr  Forster  and  Hardner  Roads,  Mt.  Waverley,  3149 
P.O.  Box  350,  Mt.  Waverley,  3149 
Telephone  544  3033.  Telex  31707 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  121 


Sprinted  circuit? 

•  Accurately  machine  printed  /etched 

•  Phenolic  &  fibreglass-gold  /tin  plated 

•  Special  manufacturers  packs  of  10 

•  EA.  R  &  H,  ET.  Philips,  Mullard  available 

•  Specials  to  your  drawing 
•.POSTAGE  small  60c.  large  $1.00 


2.00  ET449 
2.20  ET448 
2.20  ET068 

2.00  ET043 
2  50  ET711D 

2.50  76PC9 

6.50  ET446 

2.50  ET553C 

7.50  ET543B 

2.50  ET241 

-  ET541 

2.50  76M17 

3.00  76SW4 

2.50  76VG5 

5.00  76M5 

2  50  ET740A 
2.50  ET707A 
2  50  ET130 
2.50  78A03 


3.1 


2.20  ET804 

2.80  ET711C 
2.00  ET061 

2  00  76MI9 

6.00  ET447 
4  40  76EX10 

2.50  ET533A/C 
2.00  ET533A 
2.50  ET543A 
2.80  ET780B 
2  50  ET444 

2.50  76LM5 

2.00  76R4 

5.00  76E04 

2.50  76R4 

4  50  ET740B 
2  50  ET707B 
2  50  76RT3 
2.50  76G3 


5  50  75SWILA/Bpr4 .00  DRSRC1 
2  50  EA78F1  2.80  ET534 


2.80 

2.00 


2.80 

2.80 


2.50 

2.50 


2.50 
3.00 
2.50 
3  50 
2.50 
3.00 
2  50 
4.00 


2  50  ET129 

3  00  ET420G 
2  50  ET119 
2  50  ET438 
2  80  ET  1 1 24 
2  50  75PC12 

2  50  FT118 
2.50  ET500 

3  00  75C07 


2  50  ET28 
2.50  ET123B 
2  60  75F2 

2.50  75V12 

2  50  ET  1 22 
2.50  ET121 
2.50  ET117AB 
2  50  75T19 


2.50 
3  00 


ET064 

ET448A 

ET711B 

ET044 

ET711R 

ET544 

ET602 

ET446 

ET711 

ET445 

ET780A 

76SA7 

76SS6 

76M5 

76VG5 

ET708 

ET514 

ET706 

76T2 

76E02 

75PC12 

ET514 

ET439 

ET123A 

75111 

75F12 

,  75CL9 

ET120 
ET704 
75R7 
75TU10 
75TU9 
ET400 
ET5298 
ET601R 
75EM6 
ET414E 
ET314 
E8K1 
7501 
74MX12B 
ET527 
ET530 
74MX8 
ET429 
ESP 
ESA 
E8C 
ET424 
ETI14 
ET601L 
ET601J 
ET521B 
74A1 

'  ET601D 
ET4200 
ET524 
ET601F 
73TU11 
73C12 
ET419 
ET309 
73S6 
ET416 
733C 
ET414B 
72SA9M 
72S11 
721  IT 
72C8 
72R9 
72MX6 
721F6 


PORTABLE  AMPLIFIER 

«*"**  3%"H  *  8'/;"D  12- 16V  two  inputs.  5  & 
lOOmV.  15  ohm  output  No  763D  Also  125  250 
500  ohm  output  No  763A  All  $70  each.  For  240V 
I  operation  $33  extra.  Freight  collect 

COILS  and  IF's  aii  12.50  ••  plus  post  60c 
RF  CHOKES  Pius  post  80c 

381  AIR  2  5mh  50ma-Pye  70c. 

381  IRON  1 0uh  to  I  .OOOuh  25ma  70c. 

!  FILTERS  2  7  Line  filter  2  Amp  $14 

L°lusPost$i  SO  29  Lme  hher  10/20 amp  $37.50. 
A^lus  Post  $  1  50  30  Plj|se  f(|ter  2  amp  t  , 2 


MAIL  cheque  or  money  order 
(add  postage)  direct  to  — 

RCf  radio  ply  lid 

651  FOREST  RD  BEXLEY 
NSW  2207  587  3491 


3  50 

75FE5 

2  50 

75TU8 

5.00 

3.50 

ET533A-B 

2  50 

ET440 

4  50 

250 

75W3 

2.50 

ET532 

2  50 

3  30 

ET529A 

4  50 

ET702 

2  50 

260 

ET801P 

2  50 

E8SRT 

3  00 

250 

75SD4 

2.50 

75A01 

2  50 

2  50 

ET41402 

3  20 

ET430 

2.50 

2  50 

ET116 

2  50 

ESS 

3  00 

3  00 

ET528 

2  50 

ET312 

3  00 

2  50 

74MX12D 

3  50 

74MX12C 

2.60 

3  20 

74MX12A 

2  60 

ET701 

2  50 

2  50 

ET428 

280 

ET313 

2.50 

2.50 

ET427 

2  50 

ET428 

2  50 

2  50 

74EM9 

2  50 

74TU8 

250 

2.50 

E8X 

5.00 

E810T 

500 

5  00 

E8M 

500 

E80 

5.00 

5  00 

E8T 

5.00 

E8F 

6  00 

600 

74C9 

420 

7408 

400 

250 

ET311 

2  50 

ET526 

2  50 

2.50 

74SA5 

400 

ET601M 

2  50 

250 

ET422 

3  30 

74S3 

2  50 

3  00 

ET423 

2  50 

ET420E 

3  30 

2  50 

ET601H 

2  50 

ET601G 

2.80 

2.50 

74MPI 

2  50 

7312T 

2  80 

2  SO 

ET801C 

2  80 

ET420C 

2  50 

2  50 

ET420B 

2  80 

ET420A 

2  50 

2  80 

ET601B 

330 

ET  60 1 N 

3  90 

2  80 

ET601E 

3  90 

ET601A 

3.30 

2  80 

73P11 

2  80 

ET520A-B 

4  40 

4  90 

73BA9 

2.80 

ETI13 

3.10 

2  50 

ET218 

3  50 

ET417 

2  50 

2  80 

ET414D 

2  50 

73TU7 

2  80 

2  50 

ET521 

3.90 

ET213 

2.50 

3  30 

7301 

2  50 

ET518 

2.50 

2  80 

73T1 

2  80 

ET414C 

2  80 

2  80 

ET414A 

2  80 

72M12 

2  80 

2  80 

ET413 

2  80 

ET034A 

3.10 

2  80 

72G7 

2  80 

72110 

250 

3  30 

ET037  40 

6  00 

72SA10 

3.10 

2  80 

ET029 

2  50 

72S10 

280 

2  80 

72SA9 

2  80 

ET033 

330 

3  10 

72T3 

3  30 

ET026 

2  80 

2  50 

7 1A8 

2  50 

72P3 

2  80 

new;  easy  way 

OF  DE-SOLDERING  ELECTRONIC  & 
ELECTRICAL  JOINTS  QUICKLY, 

SAFELY  &  EFFICIENTLY. 


Simply  place  Solda-Mop  on  connection,  apply  soldering  iron 
for  about  one  second  then  remove  Iron  and  Solda-Mop 
together.  Two  sizes:— Heavy  gauge  for  40/50  watt  or  liqht 
gauge  for  10/20  watt  Soldering  Irons. 


Made  by  Manufacturers  of 

SUPER 

SERVIS0L 

and 

AER0-KLENE 


Available  from  Jacoby  Mitchell 
and  selected  Radio  and 
Electrical  Wholesalers. 

The  Crescent,  Kingsgrove 
N.S.W.  2208.  Phone  50-01 1l! 
OFFICES:  Melbourne  44-5021 
•  Adelaide  293-6117  •  Brisbane 
52-8266  •  Perth  72-2696. 


UnCDBV 

H|ITCHEU 


{•VIDEO 
TECHNICS 


THE  AUDIO/VISUAL  SPECIALISTS 


Now  available 

MONITOR  ADAPTOR  KIT  FOR  RANK  18' 
26"  COLOUR  RECEIVER. 


AND 


•  CONVERTS  RECEIVER  INTO  VIDEO  MONITOR. 

•  ALLOWS  OFF-AIR  RECORDING  OR  RECORDING 
WITH  VIDEO  CAMERA. 

•  EASY TO  INSTALL. 

•  ALL  INSTRUCTIONS  &  CIRCUIT  DIAGRAMS 

INCLUDED  "RANCH, SE 

DE  A  L  E  RS 

2ND  FLOOR,  TELFORD  TRUST  BUILDING  wanted 

79-85  OXFORD  STREET,  BONDI  JUNCTION:  PH.387  2555 


WIN  TV 

STAFF  REQUIRED 


1L 


Australia's  most  progressive  mini  metropolitan  station  is  bursting  at  the 
seams  with  interesting  and  well  paid  work  for  skilful,  qualfied  television 
personnel .  We  are  looking  for 

TECHNICIANS 

for  general  operation  and  maintenance  of  studio  equipment.  Previous 
experience  in  television  station  procedures  is  preferable  and  qualifications 
should  include  TVOCP 

VIDEO  TAPE  OPERATORS 

Experienced  in  the  operation  of  Ampex  AVR  1 .  AVR  2.  ACR  25  and  1 200C 
videotape  machines. 

Talk  to  us  about  joining  our  enthusiastic  and  friendly  staff  at  Win  TV  You'll 
enjoy  working  with  first  class  colour  equipment  on  a  large  variety  of 
challenging  tasks.  Shift  work  and  penalty  rates  are  involved  and  Win  TV 
offers  free  superannuation  and  life  assurance  after  a  qualifying  period. 

Write  or  phone  for  an  appointment  now. 

PROGRAMME  OPERATIONS  MANAGER 

WIN  TV, 

PO  Box  1800,  Wollongong  2500.  28  5444 


122 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


letters  to 
the  editor 


Quartz  standard 

A  copy  of  your  review  of  our  Oscillo- 
quartz  Frequency  Standard,  published  in 
the  August  1976  issue,  was  forwarded  to 
us  by  our  Australian  representatives.  We 
are  quite  pleased  with  the  generally  posi¬ 
tive  presentation  given  by  the  author. 
However,  the  article  contains  some  fun¬ 
damental  misconceptions  and  mistakes 
which  should  be  corrected  in  justice  to 
your  readers. 

First,  with  regard  to  precision  (para.  6). 
Since  the  frequency  of  the  standard  can 
be  adjusted  relative  to  a  given  reference, 
the  precision  (accuracy)  at  the  moment 
of  setting  the  oscillator  will  be  within  the 
specification  for  settability,  i.e.,  less  than 
2  parts  in  10E-10.  Therefore  its  later 
precision  (accuracy)  will  be  determined 
by  the  relative  frequency  change  with  the 
passage  of  time. 

The  time  error  shown  by  the  2200 
when  compared  to  a  standard  time  refer¬ 
ence,  e.g.,  atomic  time  as  internationally 
defined,  will  to  first  order  consist  of  a 
time  error  due  to  the  frequency  offset 
from  the  reference,  ^nd  one  due  to  the 
ageing  rate  of  the  oscillator  times  the 
square  of  the  elapsed  time  (see  Barnes; 

.  Proc.  IEEE  Vol.  54  No.  2,  Feb.  1966,  pp 
207-220).  Thus  the  value  quoted  by  the 
reviewer  in  paragraph  6  is  incorrect. 

In  measuring  frequency  fluctuations 
between  two  oscillators,  it  is  impossible 
to  determine  the  individual  characteris¬ 
tics  of  either  oscillator  without  a  third  as 
reference.  When  the  2200  was  compared 
with  the  NWC  reference  using  a  dual 
beam  CRO,  as  described  in  paragraph  10, 
what  was  the  reference?  Again  there  is 
a  non-precise  use  of  words  here,  for  to 
measure  a  ''frequency  drift"  of  1  part  in 
10E-8  is  very  difficult  in  a  short  period  of 
time. 

We  hasten  to  point  out  that  within  four 
hours  after  turn-on,  1  part  in  10E-8 
frequency  "drift"  of  the  2200  for  some 
undefined  measurement  interval  may  not 
be  so  bad  at  all;  nor,  for  that  matter,  is 
the  same  order  of  frequency  difference. 
We  agree  with  the  reviewer  that  the 
result  is  of  dubious  validity.  When  the 
2200  oscillator  is  turned  on  from  a  cold 
condition,  it  is  quite  repeatable  in  its  tran¬ 
sient  frequency  characteristics,  and  this 
is  confirmed  by  the  reviewer.  In  fact  we 
use  this  characteristic  in  our  model  3200 
Cesium  Frequency  Standard  for  effecting 
the  automatic  lock  capability. 

We  appreciate  the  presentation  of  our 
instrument  in  such  an  important  publica¬ 


tion  in  Australia.  At  the  same  time  we 
believe  it  important  for  all  concerned 
that  any  inaccuracies  and  incorrect  state¬ 
ments  be  corrected. 

Oscilloquartz,  S.A. 

Neuchatel,  Switzerland. 

COMMENT:  As  you  point  out  yourself, 
our  reviewer  took  care  to  note  that  limi- 
ted  time  and  modest  facilities  pre¬ 
vented  us  from  testing  the  2200  either 
as  extensively  as  it  deserved,  or  when 
it  had  fully  stabilised.  He  also  noted  that 
despite  this,  its  very  consistent  turn-on 
characteristic  and  the  measures  of  per¬ 
formance  we  could  take  gave  every  con¬ 
fidence  that  it  would  easily  meet  its 
specs  when  fully  stabilised. 

Electronics  club 

When  I  arrived  in  Brisbane  as  a 
transplanted  Canadian  five  years  ago,  I 
was  very  disappointed  at  the  lack  of  elec¬ 
tronic  components  available.  Electronics 
shops  catering  for  the  hobbyist  were  few 
and  far  between,  and  very  scantily 
stocked.  Recently,  however,  with  the 
arrival  of  Dick  Smith,  Techniparts,  Tandy 
and  others  there  has  been  a  very  wel- 
come  expansion. 

I  feel  that  there  is  another  need  to  be 
filled  -  an  electronics  hobbyist's  club. 
Somewhere  members .  could  gather  to 
trade  circuits,  talk  electronics  and 
perhaps  use  expensive  equipment  be¬ 
longing  to  the  club  which  would  be 
beyond  the  finances  of  individuals.  For 
a  beginner  whose  new  home-built 
oscillator  refuses  to  work,  a  few  old 
hands  within  calling  range  could  mean 
the  difference  between  going  on  to  big¬ 
ger  and  better  things  in  electronics,  or 
giving  it  away  altogether. 

With  this  idea  in  mind,  I  would  like  to 
organise  an  Electronics  Hobby  Club  here 
in  Brisbane,  and  wondered  if  Electronics 
Australia  would  consider  printing  my 
name,  address  and  telephone  number  in 
order  that  interested  hobbyists  could 
contact  me. 

Frank  Halliwell 

10  Nidalla  Street, 

Macgregor,  Qld-  4109  (Tel.  349-9834) 


Protect  your 
instruments  and 
equipment  with 

ALERT 

cartridge  fuses 


ALERT  fuses  are  "on  guard" 
against  electrical  overloads  in 
Electronic,  Industrial  and 
Telecommunications 
installations.  Manufactured  by 
Kenneth  R.  Beswick  Ltd.,  U.K., 
the  ALERT  range  include 
British  Military  Standards, 
British  P.O.  Standards,  and 
many  of  the  international 
specifications. 

Popular  Sizes  EX-STOCK 
TDC  10:  V/a"  x  Va"  Quick 

acting  100  ma  to  25 
amp. 

TDC  11:  1  Va"  x  Va"  Slow  blow 
(or  delay)  60  ma  to  10 
amp. 

TDC  13:  20mm  x  5  mm  Quick 
acting  63  ma  to  3  amp 
TDC  69:  Vs"  x  3/16"  Quick 
acting  25ma  to  10 
amp. 

TDC  123:  20mm  x  5mm  Slow 
blow  100  ma  to  2  5 
amp. 

Available  from  Wholesalers 
or  the  Australian  Agents 

VIC.:  493-499  Victoria  St.,  West 
Melbourne  3003  Ph.:  329  9633 
N  S  W  .  4-8  Waters  Rd.,  Neutral 
Bay  2089  Ph.  909  2388 
W.A.:  256  Stirling  St.,  Perth 
6000  Ph  28  3655 
QLD.:  L.  E  BOUGHEN  &C0  . 

Corner  Milton  &  Baroona  Rds  . 

Milton  4064.  Ph  :  36  1277 
S.A. :  Werner  Electronic 
Industries  Pty.  Ltd.,  Unit  25, 

28  Gray  St  .  Kilkenny  5009. 

Ph  268  2801 


Telex.  Melbourne,  31 447. 
Sydney.  21707.  Brisbane. 
41500.  Perth.  93244 


The  views  expressed  by  correspondents  are 
their  own  and  are  not  necessarily  endorsed  by 
the  editorial  staff  of  'Electronics  Australia1. 

The  Editor  reserves  the  right  to  select  letters  on 
the  basis  of  their  potential  interest  to  readers 
and  to  abbreviate  their  contents  where  this 
appears  to  be  appropriate. 

FI  FCTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


jjff  synthesised  SSB 

$245 


27MHz  * 


|  This  superb  rig  is  the  ultimate  in  quality  and  sophistication)  Th«  rnmnn 

sswsSi E 

[dummy  load  ^  AC  # 

i£°Byz7—Ti  - 

| ££ s«aorv  iM  **  '" 27 ."2  _ 

GET  THOSE  EXTRA  “S”  POINTS!  * 

I  Popular  VC2  swr/pvvr  meter  operates  3-150  MHz  with 
'  lOOo'  wamU  50*ohm2/12°  "  hand,B  UP  to 

bSStoTiSi”  «*• 


SWR/PWR  METER  * 


I  QUALITY  MIC  COMPRESSORS 
I  Increase  average  'Talk  power  '  by 

■  connection  to  the  transmitter  mic- 

■  rophone  circuit  for  sideband 
I  transmitters-MODEL  MC33A  ac/dc 

■  includes  2  tone  generator  and  built- 

■  •"  compression  level  meter. 


$65 


BUILT-IN  SWR  BRIDGE! 

N£W  <140  ' 

COUGAR  23  B  AM  DELUX  TRANSCEIVER 

fee tu res^bu ! It  fn  qUa',,y  «•"**»«  Novice.  The  Cougar 

S+N/N,  selectivity  6  dB  bandwidth  5  kHZ^PA^uZ^v^S  w«U  JransSiVte* 
5w  input,  spurious  harmonic  suppression  better  than  557b  watt*k™ANSM'TTER: 
Comes  complete  w,th  mic.  mobile  bracket,  dc  cable  and  manual.  iV 

ANTENNAS  FTTH 

’/a  WAVE  HIGH  EFFICIENCY  GROUND  PLANE 
Solid  heat-treated  aluminium  construction  rugid 
terminated  to  S0239  socket  $28.50  +  P&P  $3  ' 

27  MHz  Helical  Ground  plane  Antenna 
A  GROUND  PLANE  WITHOUT  HASTLES! 

Teflon  wire  wound  on  light  and  strong  fibreglass  rod 
$65  +  P&P  $3 

27  MHz  TRUCK  ANTENNA 

Twin  centre  loaded  mirror  mounted  antennas  es¬ 
pecially  designed  for  truck  use.  Comes  complete  with 
cables,  plugs,  connecting  brackets,  $34.50  +  P&P  $3 
MODEL  Ml  27  MHz  MOBILE  WHIP 
Base  loaded  stainless-steel  mobile 
whip,  40.5  inches.  50  ohm 
impedance,  vswr  less  than  1.5. 

Includes  roof-top  mount,  optional 
boot  lid  mount,  spring  and  coax  with 
PL259  plug.  Tensile  strength  260,000 

WITH 


Superb  quality  low  pass  filter  (34| 
MHz  cut-off)  will  handle  up  to  1  kW| 
pep.  50  ohms  impedance  with 
sertion  loss  better  than  0.3  dB.L 
Copper  construction  with  S0239I 
sockets.  $29 

TVIJROBLEMS  ?  ft 


MODEL  G2  AS  ABOVE 
GUTTER  CLAMP  $24.50 


hf  trap  dipoles  «£? 

AL48DXN  40  &  80  metres,  length  ** 

28  metres  5  40 

AL24DXN  20  &  40  metres,  length 
metres  5  40 

MIDY  VN  80  thru  10  metres,  length 
23  metres  $48 

amateur  gear 

Rmgo-Ranger  ARX2.  three  half  waves 
6  dB  gamma  loop  matched  vertical  $  40  I 

AS210BN  2m  beam,  twin  boom  lOel  each 
boom,  18  dB  gain.  F/B  20  dB.  length  4m 
weight  6.8  Kg 

HF  MOBILE  ANTENNAS 

AS303A  Antenna  Set  80  thru  10  metres, 
centre  loaded,  incl  heavy  duty  ball 
mount  and  spring  $105  I 

Quality  Hustler  Resonators.  Precision 
would  with  optimum  design  for  each 
D»HiQn*mr»Stable  ,rip  rod  for  swr: 

5X  metres!  i26  RM20  (2°  520 

RM40  (40  metres)  $25  RM11  (11  metres)  $24 
BM1  Bumper  mount  $15  RSS-2  spring  $12 


lUNIDEN - the  bestvalucT 


The  fabulous  UNIDEN  2020  (MK11)  PLL  transceiver 
2?''  “b/lsb/cw  8  pole  crystal  filters  as  standard 
and  6146B  s  in  the  final  with  screen  voltage  stabilisation 
tor  minimum  distortion  products.  Features  plug-in  pcb's 
and  even  the  front  panel  can  be  swung  out  for  easy 
I  servicing.  This  superbly  engineered  rig  cover  80  thru  10 

HL  't  VnoTtre$)  3t  180w  DC  inPut  ssb-  Compare 
the  UNIDEN  2020  with  other  HF  transceivers  and  you'll 
be  quickly  convinced  that  it  offers  the  best  value! 

2020  Digital  transceiver 
|  Umden  digital  VFO 

RECEIVERS  FOR  THE  SERIOUS  SWL!  Sfr 


I  27  MHz/CAR  RADIO  SPLITTER  •£  ^ 

l2Ti?#Ei°n  °f  V°Ur  AM  °f  AM/FM  car  radio 
V27  antenna.  Can  be  used  with  any  series 
|fed  (unarcundadl  27  MHz  antenna.  Finished  with 
I  H  and  car  rad,°  h,9h  impedance  lead  each 

1 60  inches  long.  Excellent  isolation  between  enter 
I  tain  men  t  radio  and  27  MHz  trans«*vT^nclX 

l$26‘  P&P*vmHZ  ma,Ch“  ,0r  optimising  SWR. 


27  MHz  Helical  Ground  plane 


Wliy  ukc  the  jumble7 
All  ri,t*  v)ld  by  VICOM  arc  given  | 
a  thorough  pre-delivery  checkout  L 
supported  by  technical  expertise  I 
and  well  equipped  workshops,  f 
c  parts  ate  available  loo’ 


Yes,  the  famous  Barlow  Wadley 
general  coverage  receiver  with 
crystel  controlled  reception  of 
am/lsb/usb/cw  now  includes  the 
Australian  FM  band! 

BARLOW  WADLEY 

w[?h?mR°  f269  +  p&p 

WITH  FM  $298  +  p&p 

The  new  Yaesu  FRG-7  general 
coverage  receiver  features  ac/dc 
operation  and  the  famous  Wadley 
Loop  principle  with  spin  tuning 
and  phase-locked  synthesiser  pro¬ 
viding  complete  coverage  from 
500  KHz  to  30  MHz  with  an 
accuracy  better  than  5  KHz. 
Please  write  for  further  technical 
details  (enclosing  SAE) 

OUR  PRICE  +  P&P 

ANTENNAS 

]  ;V';iVPe  antenna-.  Covers  3-30  MHz  with  special 
trap.  Ideal  for  DX  reception.  $21  +  P&P 

Listener  3  Long  Range  wire  dipole  antenna  3-30  MHz 
complete  with  balun.  feed  wax.  VHF  plugs,  insulators 
P&P _ _ 


ICOM 


IC215  HANDY  FM  PORTABLE 

This  i,  ICOM's  first  FM  portable,  and  it  puts 
good  times  on  the  go.  Change  vehicles,  walk 
through  the  park,  climb  a  hill,  the  ICOM 
quality  FM  communications  go  right  along 
MOU  ch°n9  l.fS,in9  internal  batteries  make 
portable  FM  really  protable,  while  accessible 
teatures  make  conversion  to  external  power 
fast  and  easy! 

*  Fully  collapsible  antenna 

*  15  channels  (12  on  dial  +  3  p.ior.tv) 
Dual  power  3  watts/40  mW 

*  Lighted  dial  and  meter  $164 
Crystals  same  as  IC22  series 

Your  new  IC215  comes  complete  with  3 
popular  channels,  mic,  shoulder  strap 

VirnMcn'w  bWt>ri“'  En«lish  Manual  and 
VICOM  90  day  warranty. 

quality  handy  portables 

The  famous  IC202  handy  portable  runs  3 
watts  pep  with  VXO  control  144  146  MHz 
Features  noise  blanker,  RIT,  lighted  dial  and 
meter,  telescopic  antenna  and  of  course  that 
ICOM  quality)  Comes  complete  with  mic 
carrystrap.  dry  cells,  English  manual  and 
90  day  warranty. 

IC502  sits  IC202  $185 

Six  metres  SSB  using  the  IC502  can  be  great 
i  Portable  runs  3  watts  pep 

ssb  52-53  MHz.  Featuring  VFO  control,  suitch- 
cable  noise  blanker,  RIT  and  provision  for 
external  power  and  speaker,  9  long-life  C 
batteries,  English  manual  and  90  day  warranty 


...  where  quality  counts! 

SYNTHESISED! 

NO  CRYSTALS 
IC22S  $220 

The  new  IC22S  transceiver  is  a  PLL  synthesised 
rig  with  programmable  ROM  for  any  frequency 
multiple  of  25  KHz  from  144  to  148  MHz. 
Simplex,  duplex  or  reverse  achieved  by  a  flick 
of  a  switch  on  the  front  panel.  This  fabulous 
new  rig  features  ceramic  discriminator,  I  DC 

vIcoJ?'L77RX  relaV'  fu"  *Wf  Potion  and 
VICOM  90  day  warranty.  Circuitary  includes 
34  transistors.  7  FETs,  13  ICs  and  up  to  128 
?" °d”  Reiver  sensitivity  better  than  0.4  uV 
tor  20  dB  quieting.  Your  new  IC22S  comes 
complete  with  mic,  mobile  mounting  bracket 
Plugs  cables,  spare  diodes  for  programmable 
matrix  and  English  Instruction  Manual. 


„  and  sockets  for  the! 

COMMUNICATOR! 

(minimum  mail  order  $5) 

259  plugs  with  reducer  ^ k  ^  $i  .20  I 
S0239  chassis  socket  "  $1^20 1 

S0239/PL259  tr  angle  connector  $1 .95  J 
S0239  3  female  ”T”  adapter  $2.00 1 

"T"  connector  $2,201 

Solderless  in-line  splice  .90  | 

18”  coax  jumper  lead  with  PL259s  $2!oO  I 
**'  coax  jumper  lead  with  PL259s  $2.20  I 
pin  mic  plugs  and  sockets  $1 .90  I 

pin  mic  plugs  and  sockets  $1 .90  I 

RG58A/U  52  ohm  coax  -  45c/metre 
RG8  low  loss  coax  -  45c  per  foot 


'  ”  W  aay  warranty.  . . . 

1  _  . . .  '  —  RG8  low  loss  coax  -  45c  per  foot 

>he  COMMUNICATIONS  SPECIALISTS! 


Cables  &  Telegrams  "IZYCOM"  Melbourne 


UfcALtKb 

Perth. 

Canberra: 


Head  Office  &  mail  orders  .  . 

139  Auburn  Rd,  Auburn,  Vic.  3123  Ph:  (03)  82-5398 

Sydney  Branch  .  .  . 

23  Whiting  St,  Artarmon,  NSW  2064  Ph:  (02)  439-1271 


Netronics.  338  Huqtriss  Ave,  Woodlands  Ph  46  3232 
ra  The  Electronics  Shop  (Daicom),  29  Colbee  Court 
Phillip.  Phone  82  3581 

le  Graham  Stallard.  27  White  Ave,  Lockleys,  Ph  437981 
e:  Elite  Electonrics.  69  Warded  St,  Dorrmgton.  Ph  38  4480 

Prices  and  specifications  subject  to 
change  without  notice.  Prices  include 
Sales  Tax  but  exclude  freight  and 
Insurance.  Allow  50c  per  $100,  minimum  $1 


124 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  19  76 


The  Amateur 
Bands 


by  Pierce  Healy,  VK2APQ 


Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 


Australian  radio  clubs 

Contact: 


In  presenting  this  year's  list  of  amateur  radio  clubs  we  express  the  hope  ^  name. 

that  it  will  benefit  both  the  clubs  and  individual  readers.  Readers  who 

wish  to  further  their  knowledge  of  amateur  radio  and  electronics  are 

advised  to  look  up  their  nearest  club  and  attend  the  next  meeting.  You  jjbgjjgj 

will  be  most  welcome. 


Club  name:  WIA,  ACT  DIVISION  -  CAN¬ 

BERRA  RADIO  SOCIETY. 

Club  call  sign:  VK1WI,  VK1ACA,  VK1RAC. 

Meeting  place:  The  Studio,  Griffin  Centre, 
Bunda  Street,  Civic,  ACT. 

Day  and  time:  Fourth  Monday  of  each 
month  at  8.00pm. 

Affiliation:  Member  of  the  Wireless 

Institute  of  Australia. 

Net  frequency:  Channel  6  repeater  VK1RAC, 
Channel  50  &  7050kHz. 

Contact:  Secretary  Mike  Vale, 

VK1VW,  PO  Box  1173,  Can-( 
berra  City,  ACT  2601 . 

Club  name:  HUNTER  BRANCH  NSW 

DIVISION  WIA. 

Club  call  sign:  VK2AWX;  repeater  channel  6 
VK2RAN. 

Meeting  place:  Newcastle  Technical  College 
and  Northumberland  Radio 
Centre,  Teralba. 

Day  and  time:  First  Friday  of  each  month  at 
NTC  and  third  Friday  of  each 
month  at  NRC. 

Net  frequency:  3570kHz  each  Monday  night 
at  7.30pm. 

Contact:  Secretary,  Ray  Leban,  PO  Box 

134,  Charlestown.  Bill  Hall, 
VK2XT,  telephone  59  1586. 

Club  name:  CENTRAL  COAST  AMA¬ 

TEUR  RADIO  CLUB. 

Club  call  sign:  VK2AFY. 

Meeting  place:  Clubrooms,  Dandaloo  Street, 
Kariong. 

Day  and  time:  First  and  Third  Friday  of  each 
month  8.00  pm. 

Affiliation:  WIA  NSW  Division. 

Net  frequency:  Channel  3  repeater 
VK2RAG. 

Contact:  Mrs  S.  J.  Wells,  PO  Box  238, 

Gosford,  NSW  2250. 

Club  name:  WAGGA  DISTRICT  RADIO 

CLUB. 

Club  call  sign:  VK2WG. 

Meeting  place:  Wagga  Rescue  Club  Rooms, 
Bolton  Street,  Wagga. 

Day  and  time:  Last  Friday  of  each  month  at 
8.00pm. 

Affiliation:  WIA  NSW  Division. 

Net  frequency:  Channel  3  repeater 
VK2RWG. 

Contact:  Secretary  Frank  Sleep,  PO 

Box  71,  Koringal,  Wagga 
2650. 

Club  name:  ILLAWARRA  AMATEUR 

RADIO  SOCIETY. 

Club  call  sign:  VK2AMW. 


Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 


Club  name: 


Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 


Wollongong  Town  Hall 
Meeting  Room. 

Second  Monday  of  each 
month  at  7.30pm. 

WIA  NSW  Division. 
Channel  5  repeater 
VK2RAW. 

President  Ian  Bowmaker, 
VK2ZJA,  PO  Box  1433,  Wol¬ 
longong  2500,  telephone  29 
2158  or  Keith  Curie, 
VK2BUU,  24  Beach  Drive, 
Woonona  2517,  telephone  84 
2469. 

ORANCE  AND  DIS¬ 
TRICT  AMATEUR  RADIO 
SOCIETY. 

VK2AOA. 

Orange  Technical 
College. 

Every  Friday  night 
7.00pm. 

WIA  NSW  Division. 
Channel  2  repeater 
VK2AOA/R. 

Pres.  Robert  Alford, 
VK2ZRJ,  telephone 
62  1544  (Bus),  62  4673 
(AH),  Secretary  Allan 
Wright,  VK2BVL, 
telephone  62  1432. 

OXLEY  REGION  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK2BOR. 

As  convenient  to  mem¬ 
bers. 

As  convenient  to  mem¬ 
bers 

NSW  Division  WIA. 

Club  channel  2  repeater. 
Peter  Alexander,  VK2PA, 
PO  Box  152,  Port 
Macquarie,  NSW  2444, 
telephone  (065)  83  2033. 

WAVERLEY  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK2BV. 

1/6  Blenheim  Street, 
Bondi  Junction,  or  venue 
advised  in  VK2WI  news 
broadcasts  11.00am  and 
7.30pm  Sundays. 

Second  Thursday  each 
month  at  8.00pm. 

WIA  NSW  Division. 
Channel  6  repeater 
VK2RBV. 


Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Contact: 


Club  name: 


Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 


ELECTRONICS  Australia, 


Secretary  Phil  Card, 
VK2ZBX,  telephone  (AH) 
389  3035,  (Bus)  663  0193. 

ST.  GEORGE  AMATEUR 
RADIO  SOCIETY. 

VK2LE. 

Civil  Defence  Head¬ 
quarters,  Highgate  Street, 
Bexley. 

First  Wednesday  of  each 
month  7.30pm. 

WIA  NSW  Division. 
Channel  4  repeater 
VK2RLE,  Thursday 
8.00pm,  14.1MHz  VK2LE, 
Thursday  7.30pm 
The  Secretary,  SCARS,  PO 
Box  77,  Penshurst  2222. 

HORNSBY  &  DISTRICT 
AMATEUR  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK2APF. 

Waitara  Scout  Hall, 
Palmeston  Road, 
Hornsby. 

Second  and  fourth  Wed¬ 
nesday  each  month 
8.00pm. 4 

WIA  NSW  Division. 
146.55MHz  FM;  3.56MHz, 
Mondays  8.00pm. 

Kurt  Lass,  VK2YCU, 
telephone  48  1426. 

BLUE  MOUNTAINS 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK2AUX. 

Springwood  Primary 
School  and  Blaxland 
Primary  School. 

Every  Friday  night  8.00pm 
at  SPS  and  first  Monday  of 
each  month  8.00pm  at 
BPS. 

Blue  Mountains  Branch, 
WIA  NSW  Division-. 

Peter  Willis,  telephone 
39  2203  or  Geoffrey  Swift, 
telephone  39  1144. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  NSW 
AMATEUR  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK2BUV. 

Room  1  or  2,  2nd  floor, 
Student's  Union  Stage  3 
building. 

First  Thursday  of  each 
month  at  1.00pm. 

WIA  YRCS  NSW. 
27.125MHz. 

The  Union,  Box  57,  PO 
Box  1,  Kensington  2033, 
or  Sam  Voron,  VK2BVS,  2 
Griffith  Avenue,  Roseville 
2069,  telephone  407  1066. 
NOVICE  AMATEUR 
RADIO  GROUP. 
VK2BNO. 

Wireless  Institute  Centre, 
14  Atchison  Street,  Crows 
Nest. 

Every  Saturday  afternoon 
2.00pm-5.00pm. 

WIA  Youth  Radio  Club 
Scheme. 

27.125MHz  each  Sunday 
at  11.00am  and  7.30pm. 
WIA  NSW  Division  News 
Broadcast. 

Brian  Belcher,  73  Ernest 
Street,  Crows  Nest, 
telephone  43  5632. 

December,  1976  125 


AMATEUR  BANDS 


Club  name: 

THE  SYDNEY  DX 
GROUP. 

Club  call  sign: 

VK2BDX. 

Meeting  place: 

Wireless  Institute  Centre, 
14  Atchison  Street,  Crows 

Nest. 

Day  and  time: 

First  Friday  each  month  at 
7.30pm. 

Affiliation: 

WIA  Youth  Radio  Club 
Scheme. 

Net  frequency: 

27.125MHz  8.15pm  each 
Sunday  then  QSY  to 
27.085MHz. 

Contact: 

Roger  Brown,  VK2BEQ, 
18  Bradleys  Head  Road, 
Mosman  2088,  telephone 
969  2487. 

Club  name: 

WESTLAKES  RADIO 
CLUB. 

Club  call  sign: 

VK2ATZ. 

Meeting  place: 

Club  Rooms,  York  Street, 
Teralba. 

Day  and  time: 

Each  Saturday  afternoon 

Affiliation: 

and  Wednesday  evening. 

WIA  and  YRCS  NSW 
Division. 

Net  frequency: 

Not  stated. 

Contact: 

Eric  Brockbank,  VK2ZOP, 
Secretary,  PO  Box  1, 
Teralba,  NSW  2284.  Club 
telephone  58  1588. 

Club  name: 

SYDNEY  UNIVERSITY 
AMATEUR  RADIO 
CLUB. 

Club  call  sign: 

VK2BSU. 

Meeting  place: 

Check  WIA  broadcasts  or 
Uni  "Daily  Bull". 

Contact: 

Jeff  Pages,  VK2BYY, 
telephone  649  9829  or 
write  to  Box  398,  Went¬ 
worth  Building,  Sydney 
University  2006. 

Club  name: 

CAMPTEC  (Camp  Tech¬ 
nology).  . 

Club  call  sign: 

VK2BCT. 

Meeting  place: 

"The  Grange",  Mt.  Vic¬ 
toria,  NSW. 

Day  and  time: 

Three  one  week  residen¬ 
tial  camps  each  January. 

Affiliation: 

YRCS  NSW. 

Net  frequency: 

14MHz  and  146MHz  and 
operation  on  other 
bands. 

Contact: 

Mr  J.  Wightman,  10/37 
Eddystone  Road,  Bexley, 
NSW  2207. 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 


Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 


Affiliation: 

Net  Frequency: 

Contact: 


Club  name: 


Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 


Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 


Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  napie: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 


WESTERN  SUBURBS 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK2BWS. 

Scout  Hall,  Cnr.  Fowler 
and  Kenyons  Roads,  Mer- 
rylands,  NSW. 

Second  and  fourth  Tues¬ 
day  of  each  month  at 
8.00pm. 

WIA  NSW  Division. 

Nil. 

Peter  Gosling,  14  Clarke 
Street,  Berala,  2141. 

MOORABBIN  AND  DIS¬ 
TRICT  RADIO  CLUB. 
VK3APC. 

Club  Rooms,  Turner 
Road,  between  Nepean 
Highway  and  Chesterville 
Road,  Moorabbin. 

Third  Friday  of  each 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


month  at  8.00pm. 

WIA  Victorian  Division. 
Nil. 

Secretary  Graham  Mason, 
VK3YGM,  3  Mason  Court, 
Highett  3190,  telephone 
95  8108. 

EASTERN  AND  MOUN¬ 
TAIN  DISTRICT  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK3ER  and  VK3BNW. 
General  meetings  in  the 
Willis  Room  of  the  library. 
Branch  meetings  in  the 
Coffee  Shop,  Nunawa- 
ding  Civic  Centre, 
Maroondah  Highway, 
Nunawading. 

General  meeting  first 
Friday  of  each  month  and 
Branch  meeting  fourth 
Friday  of  each  month 
commencing  at  8.00pm. 
WIA  Victorian  Division. 
3660kHz  each  Monday  at 
8.00pm. 

Secretary  Bob  Duck¬ 
worth,  VK3AIC  PO  Box 
87,  Mitcham,  Vic.  3132, 
telephone  725  8656. 

WESTERN  SUBURBS 
RADIO  CLUB  (VrC- 
TORIA). 

VK3AWS. 

Recreation  Room,  Mel¬ 
bourne  Caravan  Park,  263 
Elizabeth  Street,  East 
Coburg. 

First  and  Third  Friday 
each  month  (except 
January)  at  8.00pm. 

Not  stated. 

Not  stated. 

Secretary  Reg  Loyd, 
VK3KK  or  publicity  officer 
Robert  Ayton,  VK3WS. 

GEELONG  AMATEUR 
RADIO  &  TV  CLUB. 
VK3ATL. 

Club  Rooms,  Storrer 
Street,  East  Geelong. 

Each  Friday  night  at 
8.00pm. 

WIA  Victorian  Division. 
Channel  8  repeater 
VK3RGL. 

Secretary,  PO  Box  520, 
Geelong  3220,  or  Alan 
Bradley,  VK3LW, 
telephone  43  7550. 

GEELONG  RADIO  AND 
ELECTRONICS  SOCIETY. 
VK3ANR. 

Club  Rooms,  Recreation 
Reserve,  Breakwater 
Road,  Belmont,  Victoria. 

Not  stated. 

Not  stated. 

Not  stated. 

M.  G.  Hepner,  Secretary, 

PO  Box  962,  Geelong, 
Victoria  3220. 

WARRNAMBOOL  AMA¬ 
TEUR  RADIO  CLUB. 
VK3ASZ. 

Buffalo  Lodge  Rooms, 
Kariot  Street,  Wannam- 
bool. 

First  and  third  Wednes¬ 
day  of  each  month  at 
8.00pm. 


Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 


Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 


Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place. 

Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 


WIA  Victorian  Division 
South  West  Zone. 

Not  stated. 

Ian  Mason,  PO  Box  10, 
Yambuk,  Vic.  3285, 
Publicity  Officer. 

LARA  -  LADIES'  AMA¬ 
TEUR  RADIO  ASSOCIA¬ 
TION. 

Nil. 

As  arranged  each  month 
in  Melbourne.  Other 
locations  to  be  organ¬ 
ised. 

As  suitable  to  members. 
WIA  State  Divisions. 
3650kHz  each  Monday 
evening  at  8.00pm. 

LARA  (Australia),  C/-412 
Brunswick  Street,  Fitzroy, 
Vic.  3056. 

GOLD  COAST  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK4WIG. 

Surfers  Paradise  old  state 
school. 

First  Friday  of  each  month 
at  7.30pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

Channel  2  repeater 
VK4RGC,  Sunday  evening 
7.30pm  and  3565kHz  or 
3650kHz  Sunday  evening 
at  8.00pm. 

Secretary,  PO  Box  588, 
Southport,  Qld.  4215. 

CENTRAL  QUEENS¬ 
LAND  BRANCH  -  WIA 
QLD,  DIVISION. 

VK4WIR. 

Adult  Education  Rooms, 
Technical  College, 
Rockhampton. 

Third  Friday  of  each 
month  at  7.45pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

FM  Channel  50,  repeater 
VK4RAR  channel  4. 
Secretary,  PO  Box  496, 
Rockhampton,  Qld.  4700, 
Doug  Kraatz,  VK4ZDK, 
telephone  28  2533. 
DARLING  DOWNS 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK4RDD  repeater. 
Toowoomba  Education 
Centre,  Baker  Street, 
Darling  Heights, 
Toowoomba. 

Last  Friday  of  each  month 
(except  December)  at 
7.30pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

Channel  4  repeater 
VK4RDD. 

Secretary,  241A  1 
McKenzie  Street, 
Toowoomba,  Qld  4350. 

IPSWICH  AND  DISTRICT 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK4WIP. 

Club  Rooms,  Deebing 
Street,  Denmark  Hill, 
Ipswich. 

Every  other  Tuesday 
evening,  at  7.30pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 


Net  frequency: 
Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 


Repeater  VK4RAI  channel 

6. 

Secretary,  PO  Box  250, 
Ipswich,  Qld.  4305. 

QUEENSLAND  BRANCH 
HQ  BOV  SCOUTS 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK4QH. 

Baden  Powell  Park,  Sam- 
ford. 

First  Sunday  of  each 
month  at  9.30am  to 

I. 00pm. 

W  I  A  Queensland 
Division. 

7070kHz  9.30am  to 

II. 00am  and  14.290MHz 
11.00am  to  1.00pm  each 
Sunday. 

Noel  Lynch,  VK4ZNI,  15 
Noeline  Street,  Dorring- 
ton,  Qld.  4060. 

WINDSOR  YMCA. 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK4AYM. 

Windsor  YMCA,  387  Lut- 
wyche  Road,  Windsor, 
Brisbane. 

Each  Friday  7.00pm- 
9.00pm. 

YMCA  and  WIA 
Queensland  Division. 
3570kHz  AM,  3530kHz 
CW,  27015kHz  CW, 
27125kHz  SSB. 

Roger  Davis,  telephone 
356  9228  or  Geoff 
Adcock,  telephone 
59  7332 

THE  BRISBANE  VHF 
GROUP. 

VK4IF. 

Oakleigh  Scout  Den, 
High  Street,  Dorrington. 
Fourth  Thursday  of  each 
month  at  8.00pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

Channel  8  repeater 
VK4RBN. 

A.Downie,VK4ZRF,23 
Vanburgh  Street,  Mt 
Gravatt,  Qld.  4122. 

BUNDABERG  AMATEUR 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK4BW. 

Club  Rooms,  Avoca 
Street,  West  Bundaberg. 
First  Wednesday  of  each 
month  at  7.30pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

Repeater  in  planning 
stage. 

Secretary,  PO  Box  129, 
Bundaberg,  Qld.  4670. 
REDCLIFFE  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK4RC. 

Congressional  Church 
Hall,  Cnr.  Elian  and  Alfred 
Streets,  Woody  Point. 
Every  Monday  evening 
(except  school  holidays) 
at  7.30pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

3655kHz  Sunday  evening 
at  7.45pm  and  14.3MHz 
Sunday  evening  at 
8.00pm. 


Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 

Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 

Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Secretary,  PO  Box  20, 
Woody  Point,  Qld.  4019. 

MARYBOROUGH  AMA¬ 
TEUR  RADIO  CLUB. 
VK4WIB. 

Old  Boys  School,  Sussex 
Street,  Maryborough. 

Every  Monday  evening  at 
7.45pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

FM  channels  40  and  50. 
Col  Paton,  225  Pallas 
Street,  Maryborough, 
Qld.  4650. 

MACKAY  AMATEUR 
RADIO  CLUB. 

Vk4WIM. 

13  Boundary  Street, 
Mackay. 

Fourth  Friday  of  each 
month  at  8.00pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

FM  channel  50  Thursday 
evening  8.00pm. 

Secretary,  PO  Box  1065, 
Mackay,  Qld.  4740. 

TOWNSVILLE  AMATEUR 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK4WIT. 

State  Emergency 
Headquarters,  Green 
Street,  West  End,  Towns¬ 
ville. 

First  Thursday  each 
month  8.00pm. 

WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

53.032MHz  Sunday 
11 .00am,  3605kHz  Sunday 
evenings  7.45pm,  Chan¬ 
nel  2  repeater  VK4RAT. 
Secretary,  PO  Box  964, 
Townsville  4810. 


Day  and  time: 

Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 


Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 


Day  and  time: 


Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 


Contact: 


O'Sullivan  Beach,  Sth. 
Aust. 

Tuesday  and  Thursday 
nights,  7.00-9.30pm. 

Not  stated. 

3530kHz  and  27.085MHz. 
Nick  Mclean,  VK5NIC  33 
Kentwood  Rd,  Morphett 
Vale  Sth.  Aust.  Phone 
382  5472. 

WEST  AUSTRALIAN  VHF 
GROUP  (INC.) 

VK6WH  &  VK6VF/P. 

Group  Headquarters. 
Wireless  Hill  Museum, 
Cnr.  Almondbury  Road 
and  McCallum  Crescent, 
Ardross,  WA. 

Fourth  Monday  of  each 
month  (  December 
excluded)  at  8.00pm. 

WIA  West  Australian 
Division. 

All  two  metre  FM  chan¬ 
nels  monitored. 

T.  C.  Berg,  VK6ZAF,  23 
Beach  Road,  Bicton  6157, 
telephone  39  3614  (AH), 
80  2749  (Bus).  Postal:  PO 
Box  189,  Applecross,  WA.  ^ 
6153. 

WAIT  AMATEUR  RADIO 
CLUB. 

VK6PD. 

Cultural  Centre,  West 
Aust.  Inst,  of  Technology 
(WAIT). 

Wednesday  1.30pm  — 
5.00pm;  7.30pm  — 
10.30pm. 

Not  stated. 

14.170MHz  daytime  and 
evening,  3685kHz  even¬ 
ings. 

Interclub  Comm.  Rep. 

Gill  Weaver,  VK6ZGI. 

* 


CAIRNS  AMATEUR 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK4HM. 

State  Emergency  Service 
Building,  McNamara 
Street,  Cairns. 

Second  Wednesday  of 
each  month  at  8.00pm 
WIA  Queensland 
Division. 

FM  channel  50  moni¬ 
tored. 

Secretary,  PO  Box  1426, 
Cairns,  QLD.  4870. 

ELIZABETH  AMATEUR 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK5LZ. 

Methodist  Church  Hall, 
Fairfield  Road,  Elizabeth 
Grove,  Sth.  Aust. 

First  Saturday  of  each 
month  at  8.00pm. 

WIA  South  Australian 
Division. 

Nil. 

Secretary,  PO  Box  8, 
Elizabeth,  SA  5112,  or 
president  Ted  Cooling, 
telephone  255  2249; 
255  7586  or  publicity 
officer  Bill  Thomas, 
telephone  258  6070. 

SOUTH  COAST  RADIO 
AMATEURS  GROUP. 

Not  stated. 

Baden  Terrace, 


Club  name: 

Club  call  sign: 
Meeting  place: 

Day  and  time: 
Affiliation: 

Net  frequency: 
Contact: 


DARWIN  AMATEUR 
RADIO  CLUB. 

VK8DA. 

Northern  Territory  Emer¬ 
gency  Services  Building, 
Bishop  Street,  Winnellie. 
First  Monday  of  each 
month  at  8.00pm. 

South  Australian  Division 
WIA. 

Channel  50  (145.5MHz), 
3555kHz. 

Henry  Andersson, 
VK8HA,  PO  Box  1418, 
Darwin.  Telephone 
81  8587. 


SO  YOU  WANT  TO  BE 
A  RADIO  AMATEUR? 

To  achieve  this  aim,  why  not  undertake  one 
of  the  Courses  conducted  by  the  Wireless 
Institute  of  Australia?  Established  in  1910 
to  further  the  interests  of  Amateur  Radio, 
the  Institute  is  well  qualified  to  assist  you 
to  your  goal.  Personal  Classes  for  1977  will 
commence  on  Tuesday,  February  8th., 
1977.  Applications  which  are  accepted  in 
order  of  priority,  are  now  being  received. 
Correspondence  Courses  may  be  com¬ 
menced  at  any  time. 

For  further  information,  write  to 

THE  COURSE  SUPERVISOR, 
W.I.A. 

14  ATCHISON  STREET, 

CROWS  NEST,  N  S  W.  2065 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


127 


E1ESTPBE1I3S 


specials 


Supply  Sariha 

179  VICTORIA  ST.,  KINGS  CROSS  N.S.W.  201 1 


proportional  radio  control 


TRANSMITTER-MODULATOR 
TXM  Module. ..$13.50 


Kit. ..$11.50 


27MHz .  crystal  controlled  transmitter 
-modulator.  Requires  antenna*,  crystal 
and  12  volt  supply.  Typical  range  is 
100  metre,  output  is  300mW.  Input  is 
suitable  for  Amplitude  modulation. 


RECEIVER 

RX  Module. . .$13.50 


Kit. ..$11.50 


27MHz.  crystal  controlled  receiver.  A 
9  volt  supply,  antenna  and  crystal  is 
required.  This  receiver  uses  a  ZN414 
integrated  circuit  chip,  and  an  IF  of 
455kHz . 

CRYSTALS 

I  XT2  Pair. . . $  6.95 

A  matched  pair  with  455KHz  separation 
ENCODER 

EN15  Module. . .$13.50  Kit. ..$11.50 

15  channel  proportional  encodfer.  This 
is  a  pulse  width  modulation  type  with 
synchronisation.  It  requires  a  5  volt 
supply,  and  can  directly  drive  a  TXM 
module.  All  channel  positions  are  set 
by  10k  potentiometers,  these  are  not 
supplied  with  the  module  or  kit.  This 
encoder  can  easily  be  converted  to  a 
system  with  fewer  channels. 


DECODER 

DC15  Module. . .$13.50 


Kit. ..$11.50 


I  15  channel  proportional  decoder  with 
synchronisation.  It  requires  a  5  volt 
supply  and  is  driven  directly  by  the 
receiver  module.  Servo  and  drive  unit 
will  be  featured  in  a  later  issue. 


printed  circuit  boards 


Boards  required  for  building  EA  and  ET 
projects  will  be  available  about  one 
week  from  issue  of, the  magazines.  Also 
boards  can  be  made  to  your  artwork.  In 
I  both  cases  the  cost  will  be... 

Single  side  laminate.'.  basic  80c 

per  square  inch  5c 

Double  side  laminate..  basic  90c 

per  square  inch  9c 

|  Single  side  fibreglass..  basic  8 

per  square  inch 

|  Double  side  fibreglass..  basic  9 

per  square  inch  1 


'formers -ferrites 

I  Ceramic  Resonators 
SFD455B 
SFB455A 
BFB455A' 

I  YFL455A 


Coils 

S201 

S.203 

ST45C 

5195 

5196 
S500 


90pF  oscillator  coil 
200pF  aerial  coil 
455kHz  IF  coil 
Rf  bandpass 
Rf  bandpass 

Minature  Osc,  3  x  IF  set 


$1.20 

80c 

80c 

$2.50 


$2.95 

$2.95 

$2.95 

$2.95 

$2.95 

$2.50 


Crystals 

I  2MHz  HiQ  type. 

Slugs  and  Cores 
F16  4mm  to  15MHz. 

F29  4mm  to  300MHz. 

500  6mm  to  10MHz.  * 

900  6mm  to  60MHz. 

901  6mm  to  200MHz. 

910  6mm  to  300MHz. 

Ferrite  Cores 
|  FX1115  Ferite  bead 

»6  2242  replacement  potcore 

0  2243  replacement  potcore 

2  E  core  and  former 

•*  Large  potcore  for  ETI427 

*  Small  potcore  for  ETI427 

*  state  uE  values  required 


$8.75 


15c 
$2.75 
$4.50  I 
$2.90 
$2.80  [ 
$2.30 


I  Coil  formers 
722/1  5mm  x 


722/4 
5 000 A 
5000B 
6PLB 

7100 

7101 
DTV2 
DTV1 


5mm  x 
7mm  x 
7mm  x 
722  base 
722/1  can 
722/4  can 
5000A  can 
5000B  can 


14mm  former 
33mm  former 
34mm  former 
61mm  former 


I  layout  aids 

I  PR12  50ml  positive  photo  resist 

$3.95 

I  PD16  80gm  positive  developer 

$1.75 

1  DPB  Dalo  resist  pen 

$2.38 

1  FCA  500gm  ferric  chloride 

$1.95 

1  LF1  100ml  liquid  flux 

$1.54 

I  T04  20  yd  .04  black  tape 

$1.60 

I  T08  20  yd  .08  black  tape 

$1.60 

I  T06  20  yd  .06  black  tape 

$1.60 

1  D100  88  .lx  .031  donut 

$1.45 

D156  88  .156  x  .031  donut 

$1.45 

T018  18  group  of  3  leadouts 

$1.45 

T05  18  group  of  8  leadouts 

$1.45 

DIL14  16  groups  of  14  pinouts 

$1.45 

DIL16  16  groups  of  16  pinouts 

$1.45  I 

AFG  Sheet  with  .1  grid  layout 

65c  1 

XOB  pack  of  five  exacto  blades 

$1.45  I 

XOK  Exacto  knife 

$1.95  I 

40411  RCA  transistor 

$2.50  1 

TIP2955*-  Flat  pack 

$1.00  I 

TIP3055  Flat  pack  ' 

$1.00  1 

FND500  .5"  readout  (cathode) 

$1.95  1 

FND507  .5”  readout  (anode) 

$1.95  1 

EM403  300V  1A  diodes 

6c  1 

22K  Double  gang  linear  pots 

69c  1 

47K  Oouble  gang  linear  pots 

69c  1 

100K  Double  gang  linear  pots 

69c  I 

47K  Double  gang  log  pots 

69c  I 

LM309K  T03,  5  volt  regulator 

$1.25j 

.only  while  present  stocks  last 


74121  50c 

74151  $1.00 

74 ID  (linear)  40c 
SC141D  $1.20 

2500uF  25V  49c 

8.2V  zener  14c 

12V  zener  1^ 

24V  zener  1^ 

27V  zener  1^ 

30V  zener  1/ 

BC350  pnp  $ 

4016  CMOS  6C 


7400 

28c 

7413 

28c 

7440 

28c 

7442 

60c 

7445 

80c 

7446 

80c 

7448 

80c 

7460 

35c 

7479 

40c 

7483  ' 

95c 

7492 

70c 

7496 

95c 

I  capacitors 

■  Greencap...  100  volt 

■  .001,  .0012,  .0015,  .001$,  . 

.0022, 

9c  m 

1  .0027,  .0033,  .0039,  .0047, 

.0056 

’  9c  K 

■  .0068,  .0082,  .01,  .012,  .015, 

lie  1 

■  .018,  .022,  .027,  .033,  .039,  .047  11c  1 

■  .056,  .068,  .082,  .1,  .12,  . 

15, 

16c  p 

;|  .18,  .22 

16c  B 

1  Greencap...  250  volt 

■  •  2-7 ,  .33,  .39,  .47,  .56, 

36C  H 

1  .68,  .82,  1.0, 

55c  1 

1  1.2,  1.5,  1.8,  2.2, 

%  1 

$1.00  I 

1  Greencap*.  .  .  630  volt 

■  .001,  .0015,  .0022,  .0033,  . 

0039, 

13c  G 

1  .0047,  .0056,  .0068,  .0082, 

.01, 

17c  G 

I  .015,  .022,  .033,  .047,  .1, 

22c  1 

1  Ceramics...  630  volt 

■  10,  12,  15,  18,  22,  27,  33, 

39, 

7C  G 

■  47,  56,  68,  82,  100,  120,  150, 

7  C  G 

1  180,  220,  270,  330,  390,  470 

7c  G 

1  560,  680,  820,  .001,  .0012, 

.0015: 

,  7  C  E 

I  .0018,  .0022,  .0027,  .0033, 

.0039, 

,  7  c  p 

1  .0047,  .0056,  .0068;  .0082, 

7C  B 

1  Electrolytics. . .  PC  board 

25V 

50V  B 

■  2.2,  3.3,  4.7, 

lie 

nc  B 

I  10,  22,  33, 

13C 

15C  B 

I  47,  100, 

18c 

22c  B 

I  220,  330,  470, 

45c 

57c  G 

I  1000  uF 

55c 

95c  B 

1  Electrolytics...  Pigtail 

25  V 

50V  B 

1  2.2,  3.3,  4.7, 

lie 

nc  B 

1  10,  22,  33, 

13C 

15c  G 

I  47,  100, 

18c 

22c  G 

I  220,  330,  470, 

45c 

57c  G 

I  1000  uF 

55c 

95c  B 

I  Tag  Tantalums  .  B 

I  .1,  .22,  .33,  .47,  .68,  1.0, 

35V 

25c  B 

1  2.2,  3.3,  4.7,  6.8,  10, 

25V 

25c  G 

1  15,  22,  33, 

10V 

25c  ■ 

1  47,  68, 

6V 

25c  1 

I  100, 

3V 

25c  n 

showroom 

|  ELECTRONIC  SUPPLY  SERVICE  SHOP  f 
179  Victoria  St 

William  street 


,  Darlinghurst  Rd.i 

I  mail  order 

I  Minimum  order  .  $5.00  I 

1  Pack  and  Post  .  free  in  Australia! 

I  Catalogue  .  90$  I 

BKX  ELECTRONIC  SUPPLY  SERVICE, 

PO  BOX  787,  POTTS  POINT,  ' 

SYDNEY,  NSW,  2011. 


1  28  ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1  976 


♦ 


Greenwich  Mean  Time  is  the  term  now  used  almost  universally  by  short¬ 
wave  stations.  However,  the  term  Co-ordinated  Universal  Time  has  now 
been  adopted  by  scientists  and  astronomers,  and  some  readers  have 
suggested  that  this  should  also  become  the  preferred  term  for  inter- 


national  broadcasters. 

A  recent  correspondent,  Howard  Barnes,  of 
Auckland,  New  Zealand  draws  our  attention  to  the 
use  of  Co-ordinated  Universal  Time  in  the  scientific 
field  and  suggests  it  could  be  used  in  place  of  GMT. 
However,  the  fact  that  no  directive  from  the  ITU  has 
been  given  to  switch  to  the  new  time  reference 
means  that  there  is  little  hope  of  adopting  the  new 
symbol  in  the  near  future.  As  well,  a  change  would 
cause  confusion  with  short-wave  listeners, 

Mr  Barnes  points  out  that  the  Royal  Greenwich 
Observatory  (RGO)  or  as  it  was  then,  the  Royal 
Observatory  Greenwich,  in  1675  adopted  the  local 
mean  time,  measured  from  noon  on  a  24  hour  scale, 
as  GMT.  This  worked  fine  until  Britain  adopted  this 
meridian  as  its  civil  standard  meridian  in  the  1800's 
—  and  then  the  world  adopted  it  in  1884.  For  the 
present,  it  will  be  our  policy  to  refer  to  time  in  Green¬ 
wich  Mean  Time  as  the  magazine  is  read  extensively 
not  only  in  Australia  but  in  many  other  countries.  By 
using  GMT  it  is  simple  for  readers  in  any  part  of  the 
world  to  convert  GMT  to  their  own  time. 


ENGLISH  FROM  STOCKHOLM 

A  new  service  in  English  for  reception  in  Australia 
and  New  Zealand  has  recently  been  introduced  by 
Radio  Sweden  with  a  transmission  from  1100-1130 
GMT.  Two  frequencies  are  used,  9630  and  15305kHz, 
and  the  service  is  daily  except  for  certain  Mondays 
when  the  transmitters  are  off  the  air  for  maintenance. 
The  transmission,  also  beamed  to  Europe,  could  be 
received  on  both  frequencies. 

The  test  transmission  in  Swedish  for  this  area  con¬ 
tinues  on  9605kHz  0630-0800GMT  for  the  period  up 
to  March  7  1977.  Single  sideband  tests  also  continue: 
0500-0800GMT  17775kHz;  0900-1300  17770; 
1300-1400  17835;  1400-1600  17775;  1600-1800  15390; 
and  1800-2130  11770kHz.  The  transmitter  is  located 
at  Horby,  and  the  power  is  30kW.  A  special  verifica¬ 
tion  card  has  been  issued  for  these  single  sideband 
transmissions  of  the  programs  of  Radio  Sweden, 
Stockholm. 


BROADCASTS  FROM  TIMOR 

Now  that  some  stability  has  returned  to  Timor,  the 
radio  scene  is  much  clearer  and  broadcasts  from  both 
Kupang  and  Dili  have  been  heard..  Radio  Republic 
Indonesia,  Kupang,  is  broadcasting  on  3550kHz  up 
to  1520GMT.  At  1400GMt  a  news  bulletin  in 
Indonesian  was  presented  from  the  Kupang  studios 
with  several  local  identification  announcements. 
Several  Melbourne  listeners  report  reception  on 
3550kHz  and  have  also  observed  a  relay  on 

3385kHz.  ,  .  .  , 

Radio  Dili,  which  has  been  recently  proclaimed  the 
49th  RRI  station  of  the  Indonesian  network,  has  been 
heard  on  3120kHz  at  1330GMT  with  a  Portguese 


Notes  from  readers  should  be  sent  to  Arthur 
Cushen,  212  Earn  Street,  Invercargill,  NZ.  All 
times  are  GMT,  add  9  hours  for  West  Aust. 
Summertime,  1  1  hours  for  East  Aust.  Summer 
time  and  1  3  hours  for  NZ  Summer  time. 


identification.  The  station  closed  at  1400GMT  and 
used  Via  Condios  as  its  closing  melody.  John  Camp¬ 
bell  reporting  in  "Down  Under"  DX  news  states  that 
the  station  has  also  been  heard  on  3395kHz  and  a 
verification  has  been  received.  It  came  in  the  form 
of  a  postcard  following  a  report  to  Dili. 

VENEZUELAN  SIGNALS 

A  new  ail  night  Venezuelan  is  Radio  San  Sebastian 
on  6070kHz,  first  reported  by  Jack  Buckley  of  Sydney. 
Signals  are  only  weak,  and  the  station  gives  its  slogan 
and  frequencies  about  every  30  minutes.  Further¬ 
more,  6070kHz  is  blocked  around  0750GMT  by  a 
strong  Indonesian  signal,  so  that  reception  is  con¬ 
fined  to  about  one  hour  of  listening. 

Another  signal  from  Venezuela,  that  of  Radio 
Nacional,  is  reported  in  DX  post  by  Bill  Vogel  of 
Adelaide.  The  station  broadcasts  from  Caracas  on 
15390kHz  and  was  heard  from  0140  to  0230GMT. 
Other  reports  indicate  that  the  station  has  a  broad¬ 
cast  in  English  2200-2300GMT  and  that  it  is  using 
15490kHz,  though  it  announces  as  using  6170  and 
15390kHz. 

VEITNAM  RADIO 

Ho  Chi  Minh  City  Radio  stated  that  Liberation 
Radio  had  fulfilled  its  mission  and  had  been  closed 
down,  according  to  the  BBC  Monitoring  Service. 
With  a  view  to  better  serving  its  listeners,  the  Voice 
of  Vietnam  is  setting  up  a  separate  program  network 
originating  from  the  Central  Radio  broadcasting  sta¬ 
tion  in  Ho  Chi  Minh  City.  The  address  of  the  station 
headquarters  is  No.  7  Xo  Viet  Nghe  Link  Street,  Ho 
Chi  Minh  City. 

Transmission  time  is  from  2200-1605GMT  and  this 
period  includes  a  considerable  number  of  relays  from 
the  Voice  of  Vietnam,  Hanoi,  consisting  of  news,  cur¬ 
rent  affairs,  people's  Army  broadcasts  and 
ideological  talks!  Frequencies  for  this  service  are 
announced  as  870, 6165  and  9620kHz.  A  continuous 
relay  of  the  Voice  of  Vietnam,  Hanoi,  is  given  on 
720kHz. 

CANADA  RETIMES  SERVICE 

After  broadcasting  to  the  South  Pacific  for  nearly 
30  years  for  our  evening  reception.  Radio  Canada  in 
Montreal  has  made  a  major  schedule  change.  The 
service  to  the  South  Pacific  is  now  scheduledYor  our 
morning  reception.  The  new  transmission  time  is 
2000-2030GMT  in  English  and  2030-2100GMT  in 
French.  Three  frequencies  are  being  used:  15290, 
15325  and  17820kHz. 

In  the  past  the  transmission  had  been  scheduled 
0800-0900GMT  and  was  a  continuation  of  broadcast¬ 
ing  after  the  service  to  Africa  closed  at  0800GMT.  For 
a  time,  the  broadcasts  were  1 000-1 100GMT,  which 
meant  that  the  transmission  was  before  the  normal 
service  to  North  America. 

BROADCASTS  OF  BHUTAN 

Broadcasts  from  the  tiny  state  of  Bhutan  are  now 
on  a  regular  basis  according  to  Adrian  Peterson  of 
Poona,  India.  He  reported  reception  of  a  special  test 
transmission  on  7040kHz,  commencing  at  1230GMT 


and  using  the  station's  300W  transmitter  at  Thimpu, 

{the  Bhutanese  capital). 

This  is  now  a  regular  weekly  transmission 
1230-1 330GMT  and  during  the  first  progam  consisted 
of  English  talks  about  the  National  Youth  Association 
of  Bhutan  and  about  Bhutan  in  general.  Selections 
of  both  European  and  Bhutanese  music  were  also 
played  during  the  one  hour  broadcast. 

RADIO  INCA  LIMA 

A  newcomer  to  short-wave  broadcasting  is  Radio 
Inca  Lima  in  Peru,  which  is  operating  on  4762kHz  and 
closes  around  0600GMT.  This  station  relays  OBX4E 
on  1470kHz  which  has  been  operating  in  Lima  for 
some  years. 

The  shortwave  outlet  was  first  noticed  in  New 
Zealand  by  Dene  Lynneberg  of  Wellington,  and  later 
reported  by  many  other  readers  of  the  New  Zealand 
DX  Times.  The  station  is  announcing  the  short-wave 
frequency  as  4762kHz,  but  has  been  measured  on 
4763kHz.  The  station  has  typical  Spanish  programs 
and  has  the  address  of  The  Director,  Radio  Inca  del 
Peru,  Avenue  Nicolas  de  Pierola  533,  Lima,  Peru. 

MEDIUM  WAVE  NEWS 

AUSTRALIA:  Charters  Towers  is  to  have  a  radio  ser¬ 
vice  with  a  repeater  to  be  installed  in  the  area  to  relay 
the  program  of  4AY  Ayr  Queensland.  The  power  will 
be  100W,  but  the  frequency  has  not  been  allocated. 
Programs  will  be  fed  from  4AY  which  at  present 
operates  24  hours  a  day  on  940kHz. 

The  West  Australian  Institute  of  Technology  is  now 
operating  on  930kHz  with  500W  and  has  the  call-sign 
6NR.  This  is  the  second  projected  medium-wave  sta¬ 
tion  to  be  operated  by  a  University,  according  Ian 
Stanley  reporting  in  "Tune  In". 

Radio  5SE  at  Mount  Gambier  is  now  operating  24 
hours  a  day  on  1300kHz.  According  to  Mark  Shiell, 
Renown  Park,  SA,  the  station  has  moved  into  new 
studios  at  Commercial  Street  West,  Mt.  Gambier. 
INDONESIA:  The  increasing  number  of  medium- 
wave  stations  being  put  into  operation  in  Indonesia 
has  resulted  in  the  country  being  well  received  on 
this  band.  Chris  Martin  of  Sydney  reports  the  recep¬ 
tion  of  Jakarta  on  999kHz  at  1500GMT.  Transmitter 
power  is  300kW.  Another  new  station  opened 
recently  and  uses  lOOkW  on  820kHz,  and  is  located 
in  Medan. 

CANTON  ISLAND:  According  to  a  letter  received  by 
Philip  Brooks,  Wanganui,  NZ,  station  WXLE  is  to  con¬ 
tinue  operation  on  a  voluntary  basis.  Station  WXLE 
was  scheduled  to  close  when  forces  pulled  out  of  the 
'  island,  but  continued  to  operate  24  hours  a  day  using 
tapes  and  live  shows  on  1385kHz.  The  staff  find 
enjoyment  in  providing  a  radio  service  for  the  local 
population,  and  for  ships  and  aircraft  in  the  area. 

AFRICA 

GABON:  According  to  Peter  Bunn  of  Melbourne, 
reporting  to  "Australian  DXers  Calling",  a  verification 
from  Radiodiffusion  Television  Gabonaise  states  that 
the  Franceville  facility  operates  on  3350kHz  and 
4830kHz  using  4kW  and  20kW  respectively.  Both 
channels  are  scheduled  0430-0630  and 
1700-2200GMT. 

GHANA:  Radio  Ghana  was  heard  on  6130kHz  at 
2125GMT  by  Bill  Vogel,  reporting  in  "DX  Post".  The 
signal  was  heard  to  2200GMT  when  interference  was 
experienced  from  Deutsche  Welle. 

ASIA 

NORTH  KOREA:  Radio  Pyongyang  has  supplied  their 
English  schedule  which  gives  their  broadcasts  as 
follows:  0600-0800GMT  9820  and  12075kHz, 
1000-1100  7203  and  9768;  1200-1400  7580  and  9769; 
2300-2400  11535  and  15630kHz. 

NORTH  YEMEN:  Radio  San'a  has  changed  frequency 
from  7235  to  7265kHz  according  to  the  BBC  Monitor¬ 
ing  Service.  The  transmission  schedule  is  0300-0700 
(1000  on  Fridays),  and  1100-2200GMT. 

BRUNEI:  Radio  Brunei  broadcasts  in  Malay  on 
4965kHz  2200-0600,  1100-1215,  1230-1430,  and  on 
Fridays  and  Sundays  2200-1430.  English  transmissions 
are  from  2258-0030,  0300-0500  and  1200-1430  on 
7215kHz,  according  to  Bill  Vogel  of  Adelaide. 
PAKISTAN:  Radio  Pakistan  has  been  heard  on  15110 
and  17665kHz  at  1100GMT  with  slow  speed  news  in- 
English  for  Western  Europe.  The  transmissions  lasts 
for  15  minutes.  ^ 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  129 


MUSICOLOUR  III 

*  For  the  disco,  light  show,  party, 
nites,  or  just  relaxing  .  .  enjoy 

your  records  and  tapes  more 
with  the  new  magical 
Musicolour  Organ.  Simple  to 
connect  to  the  home  stereo  or 
P  A.  system.  3  channels,  1500 
watts  max.  load  each 

Fully  constructed,  ready  to  operate  $69.  95 
Complete  kit  of  top  quality  parts  and  instructions—  $59.95 
P.P.  NSW  $3.50,  interstate  $5.50. 


30  WATTS  OF  EXCELLENT  HI-FI 
WITH  PLAYMASTER  LOUDSPEAKER  SYSTEMS 

3-45L.  Features  the  mighty  8-30  woofer  6J  midrange  and  the 
incomparable  Philips  AD016/T8  tweeter  this  top  quality  low 
cost  3  way  hi  fi  system  is  available  from  stock  in  either  walnut 
or  teak  veneer  and  complies  with  the  specs  ,  as  per  April  75 

$84.00  each 

3-41 L.  As  described  in  June  '76  E.A.  Again  features  the  mighty 
8-30  woofer,  with  the  advantage  of  the  new  Magnavox  6-25 
midrange,  and  the  more  elaborate  cross-over  network.  The  dome 
tweeter  is  Philips  AD0 1 60/T8  Beautiful  teak,  or  the  ever  popular 
walnut  veneer  cabinets  are  available.  Either  system  can  be 
carefully  packed  and  despatched  per  airfreight  passenger  rail  or  . 

road.  Packed  weight  approx.  40kl  pair.  $96.  00  GdCll 


FAMOUS  MAGNAVOX  AUST.  MADE  LOUDSPEAKERS 


MODEL. 

Imp 

Watts. 

Rms  Reson. 

Hz  Freq. Hz 

V.C.Dia. 

Price 

P.P 

10-40  10" 

8 

40 

45 

30-8000 

1  Vi" 

$20.95 

$2.50 

8-30  8" 

8 

30 

45 

30-8000 

1  Vi" 

17.50 

2.25 

1  2WR  12" 

8 

16 

45 

30-16000 

1' 

14  95 

2.00 

1 0WR  10" 

8 

16 

45 

30-16000 

1" 

12.65 

2  00 

8WR  8" 

8 

16 

45 

30-16000 

1" 

10.75 

2  00 

6WR  6  Vi 

8 

12 

45 

30-16000 

1" 

9.90 

22.00 

6.J  6  Vi 

15 

8 

85 

80-7000 

1" 

7.50 

1.50 

6-25  6 Vi 

8 

25 

45 

45-6000 

1  Vi" 

14.95 

2.00 

XJ3  Dome 

8/15 

25 

1500 

2000-20000 1 

7.80 

1  30 

SPEAKER  KIT  SYSTEMS 

E.A.  3-45L  CONSISTS  OF  8-30  WOOFER.  6J  MIDRANGE,  PHILIPS  AD01 60/  +  8 
TWEETER.  AND  CROSSOVER  COMPONENTS  $41.75.  -I-  P.P  E.A.  3-41 L.  CONSISTS  OF 
8-30,  6-25  MID  AD01  60/T8,  AND  CROSSOVER  COMPONENTS  $49.95.  +  P.P 
MAGNAVOX  MV  50.  10-40  WOOFER,  6-25,  TWO  x  J3  1"  DOME  TWEETERS  AND 
CONSTRUCTED  FREQUENCY  DIVIDING  NETWORK.  $71.00  +P.P.  ALL  KITS  INCLUDE 
INSTRUCTIONS 


EXPO  AM/FM  clock  radio 

With  alarm  Wake  up  to  either  music 
or  buzzer  240VAC  50Hz 
$33.95  P&P  $1  50 


SANYO  CADNICA  RECHARGEABLE 

Sealed  nickel  cadmium  batteries  Type  A.  $1  99  EA  4  for  $7.40  Type  C  $3.40 
Type  D  $4  00  EA  4  for  $12  40  2  for  $7  50  P.P.  $1.00  I' STATE  $1.75 
SANYO  NI-CAD  BATTERY  CHARGER  $22.00  P.P.  $  1  60 


C-B  27MHZ  COMMUNICATION  EQUIPMENT 


GEAR  TO  SUIT  BUSHWALKER,  FISHERMAN 
TRUCK,  BOAT  OWNER 


CAR. 


Model  NC-310.  Features  3  channels.  Battery  checker,  squelch 
control,  tone  call  switch,  external  aerial,  speaker  and  power  jacks, 
battery  charger  jack,  spec  1  3  transistors.  RF  input  power.  1  watt 
TXfreq  Tol  ±  0.005%.  Tone  call  freq.  2000  HZ.  RX.  Sen0.7UV 
at  10dB  SN.  sel  45dB  at  ±  10KHZ.  If  freq  455  KWZ 

$49.95  complete  with  book  and  circuit,  p.p.  $1.60  interstate 
$2.95 

Model  2  Mobile  6  channel  5  watts.  14  transistors,  8  diodes, 
squelch  control,  sig.  strength  /RF  meter,  microphone,  book  and 
circuit.  12  volt  operation.  Size  4%"  WX  1  Vi"  HX  6-%"  d 
$99.00  p  p.  $2.50  interstate  $3.50. 


WESTON  5  WATT  C-B  TRANSCEIVER 

Great  boat  or  mobile  rig  Auto  noise  limiter,  squelch.  A  G.C.  over- 
mod  limiter  Low  pass  filter  for  bandwidth  SPECS  T-mitter  Crystal 
locked.  5  watts  input  to  RF  stage  Freq  coverage  Any  1 1  channels 
in  27  MHz  band  Receiver,  crystal  locked  double  superhet  6  5 
MC  and  455  Kc  Ifs  3"  speaker  dynamic  mic  50  ohm  antenna 
20 1  sistors.  8  diodes.  1  2VDC  operation.  Sensitivity  0  5UV  10dB 
S/N  Size  616"  x  2yz"  *  7%"  Wt  4'6  lbs 

PRICE  $  1  35.50  p.p  N  S  W  $4  50.  Interstate  $5  50 


27  MHz.  C-B  ANTENNAS 

BASE  STATION  RINGO  $49.00  P  P.  $3.50.  STAINLESS  STEEL  CENTRE  LOADED  WHIP— 
?^«STR0NG  MAGNET  BASE  NO  HOLE  REQUIRED— INSTALL  AND  DISMANTLE  IN 
SECONDS  1 1  FT  52  OHM  CABLE  INCLUDED.  $23.95.  520HM  74  CM  S/S  CENTRE 
LOADED,  COMPLETE  WITH  SINGLE  HOLE  MOUNTING  BASE,  ACCEPTS  PL  259 

MTRS.  WI?H  LsE  .17.MP.PR*G21M.S  ^  &  M°B'LE  HEUCAL  '  55 


$57.00. 


GARRARD  MODEL  82 

A  superb  3  speed  transcription  changer  /  player 
Auto  manual  operation  4  pole  magnetically  shielded 
syn  motor  Resiliency  mounted  Counterbalanced 
Elegant  tone  arm  with  slide-m  cartridge  carrier  cali¬ 
brated  Antiskate  265mm  (lO’/z")  Aluminium  platter 
Cue  and  pause  control  Cartridge  tilting  lever  Magnetic 
cartridge  diamond  stylus  Size  375  x  335  x  170mm 
( 1 4%"  x  l3'/4"  x  6V4")  4  5kg  (10  lbs)  P‘&  P  $2  50 
Interstate  $3  50 

GARRARD  CHANGER /PLAYER 

MODEL— 6400  3  speed  auto  manual  changer— player 
2  spindles.  Motor  2  pole  240V  50Hz  lOVi"  turntable 
cue  and  pause,  tubular  section  pick  up  arm,  Sonatone 
cartridge.  Great  value  28.50. 


Christmas  special  free — no  charge 

©"WOO00'0  6  tranS'St0r  portable  radio  <as  reviewed  by  E.A.)  with  every  order  in  excess 


HI  FI  CABINET  KITS 

Do  it  yourself —big  savings  Our  kits  are  extra 
easy  to  finish  Top.  bottom,  each  side  and 
back  are  factory  assembled  baffle  is  pre-cut 
Veneered  pyneboard  Teak  or  walnut 
Complete  with  mnerbond  and  speaker  grille 
cloth  8-30  3-45L.  3-41  L  systems  $48.00 
pair 

MV-50  system  $65.00  pair 


FRG-7 

YAESU  MUSEN  RECEIVER 
$252.00 


PHILIPS  AD0160/T8 

1"  DOME  TWEETERS 
$22.00  PAIR  P.P.  $2.50 


9  BAND  PORTABLE  RADIO 
BATTERY— 240VAC 


$52.95 


Features.  Push/B  band  selector,  slide  vol.  ton.  Squelch 
controls,  time  zone  dial,  world  map,  2  telescopic  anten¬ 
nas.  twin  speakers,  tuners,  broadcast,  ham.  SW.  marine 
aircraft,  police.  FM  weather  baqds. 

P  P.  $150.  INTERSTATE  $3.00 


PACK  OF  20  NEW 
POTENTIOMETERS. 

5K TO  2MEG 
SINGLE  AND  TANDEM 
$1.50  P.P.  75c 


GARRARD  3  SPEED 
RECORD  PLAYER.  240V  50HZ 

MODEL  SRP-22.  COMPLETE  WITH  STEREO 
CERAMIC  CARTRIDGE  BASE/PLATE 
SIZE  1  1"  x  8'/2'' 

$10.75  P.P.  $2.50/l'State  $3.00 


HORN  TWEETER 

PLESSEY  MODEL  X20 
3000-30000  Hz.  20  WATT 
ONLY  $6.50  PP  95c 


RED  ROTATING 
DISTRESS  BEACON 


For  car.  truck  or  boat,  fits  with  heavy  duty  sue 
tion  cap.  12  volt  2  amp.  $9.95.  P-P  NSW 
$1.50  Interstate  $2.50 


TRANSISTORS  AND  DIODES 

ALL  NEW  GUARANTEED  MANUFACTURERS'  STOCK 
2N  3055  12  FOR  $7.20  IN  4723R  600piv  3AMP  12 
FOR  $3.60  BONUS  BUY  $  1  5  00  WORTH  AND  GET 
A  USEFUL  PACK  OF  TRANSISTORS  DIODES. 
ZENERS.  AND  LED  BUY  $25  00  WORTH  AND  YOU 
GET  THE  TRANSISTOR  PACK  PLUS  FOUR  2N  3055 


MINI  RELAY 

12  VOLT  500  OHMS  DPDT  IN  PLASTIC  CASE  FOR 
PC  BOARD  MOUNTING  %"  x  x  7/e"H 
$1.95  P.P.  45c 


LM  377  N. 

2  WATTS  AUDIO  DIL  1-C 
2  for  $1.95  P  P  55c 


REFLEX  HORN  SPEAKERS 

EXCELLENT  REPRODUCTION  IDEAL  FOR  PATIO  OR 
POOL  BACKGROUND  MUSIC,  OR  PA  APPLICATION 
80HMS  6"DIA  10  WATT  $15.00  8"DIA.  10  WATT 
$17.00  8"  x  5"  15  WATT  $18.50 

p.p.  $1.50  INTERSTATE  $2.50  • 


50  WATTS  RMS  GUITAR/P-A  AMPLIFIER 

4  INPUTS.  2  HIGH.  2  LOW.  2  CHANNEL  EACH  CHAN¬ 
NEL  HAS  SEPARATE  VOLUME,  8ASS  AND  TREBLE 
CONTROLS  BOTTOM  CH  HAS  VIBRATO  WITH 
SPEED  AND  INTENSITY  CONTROLS.  SENSU 
TIVITY  -  25  AND  200  MILLIVOLTS  FOR  50  WATTS 
OUTPUT  AT  500HZ  AT  8/  1 6  OHMS  REMOTE  FOOTS- 
WITCH  WITH  PLUG  AND  LEAD  INCLUDED.  ALSO  CIR¬ 
CUIT.  240  VAC50HZ  $  1 39.50 

12"  60WATT  RMS  E-TONE  SPEAKERS  $45.00 
HI-LO  IMP  ELECTRET  MICROPHONES  $26.00 


WE  REGRET  THAT  PRICES  ARE  SUBJECT 

TO  CHANGE  WITHOUT  NOTICE 


130 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


INFORMATION  CENTRE 


CHRISTMAS  TREE  LIGHTS:  With  the 
approach  of  the  festive  season  I  wonder 
if  you  will  give  some  thought  to  the 
problem  of  Christmas  tree  lights.  The 
annual  ritual  of  getting  the  conventional 
series  wired  systems  into  working  order 
is  expensive  and  time  consuming.  Lamps 
invariably  fail  and,  last  year,  the  problems 
were  compounded  by  the  complete 
unavailability  of  spare  lamps. 

I  have  thought  of  using  low  voltage 
LEDS  powered  by  a  transformer  rectifier 
combination.  I  also  envisage  two,  or 
more,  strings  of  lamps  of  different 
colours  operated  from  some  form  of 
sequential  flasher.  (M.  K.,  Waramanga, 
NSW.) 

•  Many  thanks  for  the  suggestions,  M.  K., 
and  we  will  certainly  keep  these  in  mind. 
Unfortunately  there  are  problems,  not  at 
least  of  which  is  to  provide  a  suitable 
transformer,  with  adequate  insulation 
ratings,  at  a  reasonable  price.  And,  once 
such  a  transformer  is  provided,  it  may 
well  be  worthwhile  retaining  the  original 
style  lamps  with  their  higher  output.  One 
suggestion  was  to  drive  three  different 
coloured  strings  of  lamps  from  a 
Musicolour,  operating  from  appropriate 
musical  numbers.  While  an  intriguing 
idea,  it  would  be  easier  to  do  with  series 
strings  at  240V  than  with  low  voltage 
parallel  strings.  Right  now  we  are  not  sure 
how  popular  your  idea  would  be  with 
readers,  particularly  considering  the  low 
cost  of  typical  lamp  sets. 

DX  LISTENING:  I  read  with  interest  your 
article  on  the  LF  and  VLF  Converter, 
described  in  March,  1976. 1  am  interested 
in  DX  listening  (and  viewing)  on  TV,  MW 
and  LF  bands  and  at  one  time  I  had  a 
Marconi  receiver  from  a  submarine,  and 


which  tuned  down  to  10kHz.  Many 
interesting  signals  were  heard,  even  at 
these  very  low  frequencies.  However, 
the  most  interesting  listening  was  on  the 
LF  broadcast  band  of  150kHz  to  290kHz. 

I  have  received  QSL  cards  from  at  least 
nine  stations  located  in  various  parts  of 
the  USSR,  using  an  aerial  one  hundred 
metres  long.  Reference  to  the  World 
Radio  &  TV  Handbook  shows  that  there 
are  now  nine  stations  radiating  from 
500kW  to  800k W  and  thirteen  more  on 
lOOOkW  to  2000k W  on  this  band.  I  hope 
to  obtain  a  new  receiver  with  loop  aerial 
and  preamplifier  in  the  near  future  and 
continue  my  DX  activities  on  these 
bands.  Also,  over  a  six  week  period,  I  was 
able  to  log  seventeen  TV  stations  from 
three  countries.  The  distances  involved 
were  from  1500kM  to  4500kM.  (B.  C., 
Windsor,  Qld.) 

•  Thank  you  for  your  letter  and  the 
interesting  experiences  you  have  had  on 
the  low  frequencies  and  the  TV  bands. 
We  agree  that  there  are  a  lot  of  signals 
to  be  heard,  particularly  in  the  low 
frequency  broadcast  band,  and  it  would 
seem  that  very  few  people  have  explored 
these  regions.  Although  time  is  a  limiting 
factor,  we  are  also  interested  and  we 
hope  to  do  more  along  these  lines  in  the 
future. 

PROJECTOR:  I  have  the  opportunity  to 
buy  a  Siemens  2000  projector.  I  wonder 
if  any  of  your  readers  might  be  able  to 
supply  me  with  information  on  this 
projector.  (P.  Fuller,  24  Perman  St,  New 
Lambton,  NSW,  2305.) 

•  We  have  printed  your  full  name  and 
address,  Mr  Fuller,  so  anyone  who  can 
help  will  be  able  to  write  directly  to 
you. 


DESPATCH 

SERVICE 


869  GEORGE  STREET 
SYDNEY 


CNR  GEORGE  &  HARRIS  STS 
RAILWAY  SQUARE 
TEL  211-0816.  211-0191 

OPEN  MON.  TO  FRI. 
8.15AM  TO  5.30  PM 
SAT.  8.00  AM  TO  1 1 .45  AM 

Our  Comprehensive  Stocks 
include: — 

T  V.  AERIALS  &  ACCESSORIES 
TRANSFORMERS 
SPEAKERS 

I.C.  &  SEMICONDUCTORS 
POMONA  SHIELDING  BOXES 
SOLDERING  IRONS 
ELECTRONIC  HANDBOOKS 
CASSETTE  TAPES 
REPLACEMENT  VALUES  FOR 
NATIONAL  T  V. 

P  C.  BOARDS 


OPEN  SATURDAY  MORNINGS 


BARGAINS!! 


Super  bargain  packs  month  at  Micronics. 
Just  try  a  few.  Be  surprised  at  the  value 
you  are  getting.  If  you  are  not  satisfied 
we'll  refund  your  money.  These  are  a 
must  for  the  hobbyist  and  serviceman. 
Order  these  now,  while  still  available. 
Styroseal  pack  caps— New,  Top  Quality- 
20  for  $  1 .  Power  resistor  pack  (Up  to  7w 
Power  Resistors)— 20  for  $2.50.  Poten¬ 
tiometer  pack  incl.  Dual  gang,  Single  gang 
and  trimpots  (no  junk)— 10  for  $2.75. 
Semiconductor  pack:  Fantastic  Pack  of 
silicon  germanium  transistors  and  other 
semiconductors— 20  for  $2.  Rotary  switch 
pack:  Fantastic  value  in  .  Rotary  switches; 
you  will  be  amazed!— 3  for  $3.50.  Elec¬ 
trolytic  pack:  Incl.  High  and  Low  voltage 
electros— 25  for  $2.  Resistor  pack:  100 
per  pack  (incl.  5%,  1 0%,  Viw  and  1  w  types) 
—2  packs  for  $  1  80.  Polyester  cap.  pack: 
100  per  pack.  New  range  of  values  from 
1  60  to  400v  (fresh  stock)—  1 00  for  $  2 .7  5 
Tag  strip  pack.  Miniature  Current  types — 
25  for  $2  Miscellaneous  bargains:  Poly¬ 
ester  Greencaps:  0.001  uf/  1 0Ov—  20  for 
$  1 . 01  uf /  1  OOv— 20  for  $  1 .20,  1  uf / 200v 
—3  for  $1 .  Valve  sockets  (7  pin)— 20  for 
$  1 .  Feed  through  ceramics:  1000pf(350v) 
—  1 0  for  $  1 .  For  free  offer  and  more  super 
bargains  see  other  Advertisements  in  this 
issue  Post  and  Pack  60c,  extra  for  larger 
parcels.  _ 


MICRONICS 

P.0.  Box  175,  Randwick.  2031 


If  you  are  unable  to  complete  an  Elec¬ 
tronics  Australia"  project  because  you  mis¬ 
sed  out  on  your  regular  issue,  we  can 
usually  provide  emergency  assistance  on 
the  following  basis: 

PHOTOSTAT  COPIES:  $2  per  project,  or  $2 
per  part  where  a  project  spreads  over  mul¬ 
tiple  issues.  Requests  can  be  handled  more 
speedily  if  projects  are  positively  identified, 
and  if  not  accompanied  by  technical 
queries. 

METALWORK  DYELINES:  Available  for 
most  projects  at  $2  each,  showing  dimen¬ 
sions,  holes,  cutouts,  etc.,  but  no  wiring 
details. 

PRINTED  BOARD  PATTERNS.  Dyeline 
transparencies,  actual  size  but  of  limited 
contrast:  $2.  Specify  positive  or  negative. 
We  do  not  sell  PC  boards. 

REPLIES  BY  POST:  Limited  to  advice  con¬ 
cerning  projects  published  within  the  past 
2  years.  Charge  $2  We  cannot  provide 
lengthy  answers,  undertake  special 


research  or  discuss  design  changes. 

BACK  NUMBERS.  Only  as  available.  Within 
last  6  months,  face  value.  7-1  2  months,  add 
5c  surcharge;  1  3  months  or  older,  add  1 0c 
surcharge.  Post  and  packing  for  60c  per 
issue  extra. 

OTHER  QUERIES:  Technical  queries  out¬ 
side  the  scope  of  "Replies  by  Post"  may  be 
submitted  without  fee,  for  reply  in  the 
magazine,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Editor. 

COMMERCIAL  SURPLUS  EQUIPMENT: 
No  information  can  be  supplied. 
COMPONENTS:  We  do  not  deal  in  elec¬ 
tronic  components.  Prices,  specifications, 
etc.,  should  be  sought  from  advertisers  .or 
agents. 

REMITTANCES:  Must  be  negotiable  in 
Australia  and  made  payable  to  '  Electronics 
Australia". 

ADDRESS:  All  requests  to  the  Assistant  Edi¬ 
tor,  ‘Electronics  Australia ",  Box  163, 
Beaconsfield,  2014. 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


131 


BC221 
FREQUENCY  METERS 

Brand  new  in  original  packing  cases— 
unopened  complete  with  240  volt  power 
supply  Charts  etc  $90  each— cartage  to 

rail  $2.  Freight  payable  at  nearest  attended 
Railway  Station 


P.M.G.  TYPE  TELEPHONES 

Standard  desk  type  with  magneto  bell 
calling  device  Range  30  miles  Uses 
standard  batteries  at  each  phone  Any 
number  can  be  connected  together  on 
single  line. 

$35.00 

<2  TELEPHONE  SETS) 

$  2  Cartage  to  Rail  Freight  payable  at  nearest 
attended  Railway  Station. 


TEN  CHANNELS 
VHF  TRANSCEIVER 

TR 1  956  125-150  MHz  28  volt  DC  oper 
ated  AM  single  crystal  locks  both  TX  and  RX 
on  same  channel  complete  with  generator 

$33.00 


TUNING  UNITS 

T  U  Series  Contains  variable  condenser 
suitable  for  aerial  tuning,  vernier  5"  Ceramic 
Coil  Former,  etc  1  9"  rack  mounting,  only 
$9.50  ea.  Post  A  $2  30.  B  $375 
C  $4  80.  D  $6  55 


FREQUENCY  METERS 

A*  1?  A  ,?0  KH*  1000  MHz. 

with  240V  power  supply.  $125 

$  2  Cartage  to  Rail  Freight  payable  at  nearest 
attended  Railway  Station 


ILFORD  17  5  mm 

SPROCKETED 
MAGNETIC  TAPE 

1000  ft  reels  brand  new  original  packing 

$4.00  ea.  quantity 

available 

Post  A  $1  30  8  $2  00 
_ C  $2  30  D  $2  80 

No  62  TRANSCEIVER 

With  headphones  accessories  etc 

$60 


TELEPHONE  WIRE 

1  mile  twin(2  miles)  genuine  ex  Armt 
Don  8  perfect  condition  $35  per  drum 
$1  cartage  to  rail  freight  payable  at 
destination 


PRISMATIC  COMPASSES 

Genuine  ex  army  Mk  3  liquid  damped  a? 

new  $45  00  P  8.  P  A  $  1  70  B  $2  25 
_ C  $2  40  D  $ 2  65 


morse  key  I  morse  key  buzzers 

5140  $4.25 

Post  40c  I  Post  60c 

DYNAMIC 

TRANSISTOR  CHECKER 

Provides  a  visual  indication  of  signal  output 
Tests  electrode  open  circuits  short  circuits 
current  gam  $14  95ea 
P  &  P  A$1  70  B$2  25  C$2  40  D$2  65 


MULTIMETER 

A  compact  and  handy  tester  for 
workshop  or  lab  where  quick  circuit 
checks  are  required 

DC  Volts  2. 5  to  1 ,000V  (20.000  OHMS  per 
volt)  AC  Volts  10  to  1.000V  (10.000  OHMS 
per  volt)  DC  Current  50  UA  25  MA  250  MA 
Resistance  40  K  OHM.  4  MEG  OHM  Deci¬ 
bels  minus  20  DB  plus  62  DB  complete  with 
instructions  only  $17.25  Ea.  PP  $1  05 
Multimeter  similar  to  above  30.000  OHMS 
per  volt  $23.75  P  P  $1.05 

Only  $  1  7  25  ea  Post  $  1  05 

BENDIX  PIONEER 

Drift  Sight 
Type  B3 
$250  00 


4  DIGIT  RELAY  COUNTERS 

JOvolt  OC.  suit  Slot  cor  Lop  counters. 
•  1  25  each  P  «,  P  60c 


NIBBLING  TOOL 

Cuts  sheet  metal  like  a  punch  and  die, 
trims,  notches  and  cuts  to  any  size  or 
shape  over  7  16inch. 

ONLY  $9.95 

Post  $  1  10 


POSTAGE  KEY 

A:  NSW 
B:  Vic,  Qld 

C:  SA,  NT,  Tas,  New  Guinea, 
D:  WA 


NIFE  CELLS 


1  2  Volt,  fully  charged,  4in  x  3in  x  1  in  4 
AH 

$1  50  each  P  &  P  80c 


5"  CRO  TUBE  5  BPI  $5  50  each 
Post  A  $1  40  B  $2  25.  C  $2  70  0 
$3  45 


HANDY  SIGNAL  INJECTOR 

Produces  an  Audio  Signal  in  rich 
harmonics  Ideal  for  Sig  Tracing  in 
A  F  ,  I  F  ,  and  R  F  circuits  Powered 
by  4  Penlight  Batteries  with  On  Off 
Switch  and  indicator  lamp  Size  V  ?" 
□  •am  5”  Long  Only 

$6  50  Post  $1  10 


522  Transceivers  100  ISOM  CS 

$35.00 


VALVES 

BRANDNEW  INCARTONS 


65N7GT 

95c  CV850 

$1.50 

5U4G 

95c  1H6G 

75c 

6  F  50 

75c  832 

$5.00 

5Y3 

$2  25  6X4 

$2  25 

2x2 

75c  VR65 

P  &  P  40c 

75c 

AIRCRAFT  CLOCKS 

Genuine  eight  day  jewelled  movement 
sweep  second  hand  Dash  mounting 
$29.50  EA.  P  &  P  $110 


CONDENSER  LENS 

1  Vj"  Diam  4 ’/j"  F  L  75c  2  VS"  Diam  2"  F  L 
$  1  50  each  Or  $2  50  per  pair  p  &  p  40c 


ZOOM  SPOTTING 
SCOPES 


30x30 

LENGTH  12y2",  HEIGHT 

10" 

WEIGHT  1  %  lb. 

$23.95 


45x40 
LENGTH  16". 
HEIGHT  10" 
WEIGHT 2  lb. 

$36.50 


SPY  TELESCOPES 

8x17  may  size  of  a  rifle  cartridge  extends 
to  8"  Only  $4  75  each  post  60c 

BINOCULARS 

PRISMATIC  Coated  Lenses  Brand 

new  Complete  with  case 

7  x  35  Wide  Angle  «o 

8  x  40  W.de  Angle  .so 

'  x  50  j!]  in 

1°  x  50  Hi  ll 

21  *  5°  $33.45 

20  x  50  $37.95 

P  8.  P  A  $1  80  B  $2  50  C  $2  20 
0  $3  20 


SMALL  CLIP  ON 
POCKET  TELESCOPE 

1 5X  $3  95  Post  60c 


RECEIVER  No  210 

2  16  M/cs  *65 

Transmitter  No  1  1  suits  210  $35 
24  volt  Power  supply  to  suit  above  $15 
Or  complete  station  with  Headphones  Mic 
Morse  Key  Antenna  $110 


High  grade  coated  lenses. 
Ideal  for  pistol  and  rifle 
ranges  or  general  viewing. 
Zooms  in  from  very  low  to 
high  powers.  Complete  with 
tripods. 


POST:  A.  $1. 70,  B  $2.25. 
C.  $2.40,  D.  $2.65. 

TELESCOPES 

25  x  30  $6.50 
P  &  P  A  $1.70.  B  $2.25  ✓ 

C  $2  40  D  $2  65 


IMPELLER  PUMPS 

New  gun  metal  body.  Stainless  Steel 
Shaft  Neoprene  impeller  Up  to  15ft 
Lift,  suitable  for  almost  any  type  of 
liquid  Self  prining  ideal  boat  bilge 
pump,  sullage  drains,  etc  Approx  size 

8"  x  5" 

%  $23.30 
Vi  $31.95 

P  &  P  A  $1  90  B  $2  75  C  $3  20  D 
$3  95 


~56LEN0IC>5 


Plunger  Type  12V  300MA  Suit  electric 
camera  control,  miniature  trains, 
radio  etc 

12.50  P  &  P  20c 

200  MA  24  volt.  Vain  push  movement 
$2.50  P  &  P  20c 


SELSYN  MOTORS 
MAGSLIP 


3000  TYPE  RELAYS 

P  M  G  2000hms  —  I  'SOOOhm 
Coils  *2  50  each  P  8,  P  60c 


LAVOIE  FREQUENCY  METER 
Fr-/6U 

100  to  500  M/HZ 
240  Volt  operated 
PERFECT  CONDITION 
$375  00 


SPECIAL  lucky  dip  valveoffer,  15  new 
valves  in  cartons  for  only  $2.95  We 
haven't  got  time  tq  sort  them,  so  you 
reap  the  benefit. 

P  8i  P  A  $1  80  B  $2  50  C  $2  80 


SMALL  COMPUTER 
PANELS 

3in  x  2m  containing  2  valves,  qty  of 
resistors,  etc 

*  ONLY  75c  P  8i  P  60c 


ELECTRONIC  FREQUENCY 
COUNTER 

Austronic  type  DFC  4  240V  50  cycle  0 

$150 


lOOKHz 


PANORAMIC  ADAPTOR 

E  M  I  type  PRA  1  455  variable  Kc 

Course  440-520  Kc 

Centre  Freq  520-440  Kc 

Fine  Centre  Freq  20-0  20 

Filter  band  with  50.  100  200  L  F 

200  H  F  Sweep  band  width  0-200 


TRANSCEIVERS 
Ex  Army 

No  C42  set  36  to  60  MHz  complete  with 
24V  power  supply  headphone,  mic, 
leads  etc  $65  00 

No  C45  set  23  to  38  MHz  complete  with 
mast  headphones  mic.  24V  power 
supply  etc  $95  00 

*1  00  cartage  to  rail  freight  payable  at 
nearest  railway  station 


Hartley  double  beam  oscilloscope  Type 
1 3A  with  probes 

Working  $150  00 


77D  x  RCA  STUDIO  RIBBON  MICRO¬ 
PHONES  Variable  pattern  8i  response  music 
or  speech  $80  00  ea  Post  A  $3  30 
B  $4  00  C  $4  30  D  $4  80 


EX-ARMY  TWO-WAY 
FM  RADIOS 


1  2  WATTS  OUTPUT 
SUPERHET 

PRC9  AND  9A  27  to  39  M/HZ 
PRC10  AND  1 0A  38  to  55  M/HZ 
WITH  HANDSET 
ANTENNA  ONLY  $25  EA 
$  2  Cartage  to  Rail .  Freight  payable  at  nearest 
attended  Railway  Station. 


1  6MM  SOUND  PROJECTORS 
IN  GOOD  WORKING  ORDER 

240  volts  operated  Complete  with  Speaker 
and  Amplifier 

CINEVOX  $150.00 
BELL  8<  HOWELL  $250  00 
SIEMENS  $375.00 

$2  Cartage  to  Rail.  Freight  payable  at  nearest 
attended  Railway  Station 


WALKIE  TALKIES 
2  WAY  RADIO, 

PMG  APPROVED 

1  watt,  n  transistor  $142  set  of  2 

P  8.  P  A  $1  80  8  $2  50  C  $2  80 
0  $3  20 


MICROPHONES 
OMNI  DIRECTIONAL 
50K  OHMS 

FREQ  RESPONSE  lOO-IO.OOOHz 
Sensitivity  56dB  complete  with  5ft  cable 
Microphone  Holder  and  Stand  Base  only 
$7.95  ea 

P&P  A$1  70.  B$2  26.  C$2  40.  D$2  65 


REPERFORATOR 

Genuine  Siemens  Type  33c  $65  00 


P.M.G.  TYPE  KEY  SWITCHES. 
75c  P  &  P  20c 


Cossor  Double  Beam  Oscilloscope  1035 
Tested 


Deitch  Bros. 

70  OXFORD  STREET,  SYDNEY  2010 


SORRY  NO  C  O  0 


132 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


SC/MP  Editor  .  .  .  from  p  93 

Note  that  following  the  input  of  an  A, 
R,  or  I  command,  the  editor  enters  its 
text-input  mode  of  operation.  It  will  nor¬ 
mally  remain  in  this  mode  until  it  detects 
a  "bell"  character,  whereupon  it  returns 
to  the  command  mode,  ringing  the  bell 
to  indicate  its  response.  If  a  tape  being 
read  in  following  the  R  command  is  ter¬ 
minated  with  a  bell  character  (having 
been  punched  previously  using  the  B 
command),  this  will  take  place  auto¬ 
matically  at  the  end  of  the  tape. 

All  commands  other  than  A,  R  or  I 
cause  the  editor  to  return  to  command 
mode  automatically  when  the  command 
function  has  been  performed. 

Note  that  the  editor  will  also  return  to 
the  command  mode  automatically  dur¬ 
ing  text  input  (including  during  editing 
which  involves  additional  text),  if  either 
of  the  internal  line  or  text  buffers  become 
full. 

The  number  of  text  lines  held  in  the 
editor's  buffer  may  be  found  at  any  time 
by  typing  an  oblique  (/)  while  in  com¬ 
mand  mode.  The  editor  will  immediately 
type  the  current  line  total,  in  decimal. 

When  accepting  text  from  the  key¬ 
board,  the  editor  will  detect  a  "percent" 
character  (%)  and  interpret  this  as  a  de¬ 
structive  backspace.  This  may  be  used  to 
correct  character  errors  if  they  are 
noticed  very  shortly  after  entry  (i.e., 
before  the  end  of  the  line).  Each  percent 
character  is  interpreted  as  a  one- 
character  backspace,  and  the  character 
may  be  used  repeatedly  to  backspace 


BULK  SALE!! 


Discount  for  Quantity  Sale.  Ideal  for  Radio 
Clubs,  Servicemen  and  Group  Buyers.  Feast 
your  eyes  upon  these  prices — Electrolytics:  2.2 

uf/50v  Single  Ended,  Top  Quality-200  for 
$5.95.  (S.E.)  is  single  ended  type.  (P)  is  pigtail 
type.  100uf/  lOv  (S.E.)— 100  for  $7,  220uf/25v 
(S.E.)— 50  for  $7.50,  47uf/63v  (S.E.)— 50  for 
$6  33uf/16v  (S.E.)— 100  for  $7,  47uf/50v 
(S.E.)— 1 00  for  $1 1,  1000uf/25v  (S.E.)-25  for 
$9,  470uf/25v  (S.E.)  — 50  for  $11.50, 
47uf/350v  (P)— 25  for  $  1  1 , 22uf/350v  (P)-25 
for  $8.50,  1  Ouf / 350v  (P)— 50  for  $13.50, 
2.2uf/350v  (P)— 50  for  $10,  1uf/350v  (P)-50 
for  $7.50,  1  OOuf /63v  (S.E.)— 100  for  $20, 
640uf/16v  (P)— 50  for  $13. 50.  Just  arrived 
new  switches.  Fantastic  sale  of  switches. 
These  are  top  quality  switches.  Many  miniature 
types  at  incredible  prices.  We  bought  a  certain 
quantity  so  remember,  once  they  are  sold  out  at 
these  prices,  you've  missed  out.  ST103A  Toggle 
switch  SPST— 10  for  $3.50,  MSPB206R  Push  < 
button  DPDT— 10  for  $5.50,  MSP106D  Push 
button  SPDT— 10  for  $4.50,  MST206N  Minia¬ 
ture  Toggle  DPDT— 10  for  $8,  MSL203N-5 
Rocker  switch  DPDT — 10  for  $6,  MSH203N 
Rocker  Toggle  switch  DPDT— 10  for  $6, 
MSP103C  Push  Button  SP— 10  for  $2.50, 
MST406N  Miniature  Toggle-10  for  $9,  MR3-3 
Miniature  Rotary  switch— 10  for  $  1  3  New  Panel 
Meters:  SD830— 10  for  $35.  Styroseal 
Capacitors — Devastating  Prices: 

1  0  0  p  f  /  1  2  5  v  -  2  0  0  for  $4.50, 
680pf/630v  —  1  00  for  $3.25, 
680pf  /  1  OOOv  — 200  for  $10.  Tuning 
Condensers— 2  gang— 10  for  $13.  The  above 
bargains  are  limited  quantity  lines  only.  Only 
speedy  action  will  enable  you  to  benefit  from 
these  super  values.  Post  your  order  today!  Post 
and  Pack  60c,  extra  for  larger  parcels. _ 


MICRONICS 

P.0.  Box  175,  Randwick.  2031 


right  back  to  the  start  of  the  current  line, 
if  necessary. 

Before  punching  a  tape  following  the 
P  or  B  commands,  the  editor  pauses  to 
allow  the  user  to  turn  on  the  tape  punch. 
Typing  any  character  on  the  keyboard 
then  causes  it  to  punch  a  leader,  the 
desired  output  text  (followed  by  a  bell 
character  in  the  case  of  the  B  command), 
and  finally  a  trailer.  It  then  pauses  once 
more,  to  allow  the  user  to  turn  off  the 
tape  punch.  After  doing  so,  the  user  must 
then  signal  the  editor  to  continue  by 
typing  any  character  via  the  keyboard. 

The  editor  will  automatically  query  any 
illegal  commands,  including  commands 
which  are  not  expressed  in  the  correct 
form.  It  will  also  query  you  if  the 
arguments  in  a  command  are  either 
inappropriate  to  the  command,  or  not 
valid  for  the  text  currently  held  in  the  buf¬ 
fer.  For  example  if  you  have  only  30  lines 
of  text  and  you  give  it  a  command  like 
45 L,  it  will  promptly  reply  with  a  query. 

The  editor  has  been  fairly  extensively 
tested,  and  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge 
it  is  now  free  of  bugs.  However,  if  you 
should  find  a  bug,  I  would  appreciate 
being  advised  so  that  all  users  can  be 
informed.  ® 


Notes  &  Errata 

ASCII-BAUDOT  TRANSLATOR  (Octo¬ 
ber  1976,  File  No.  2/CC/15):  Philips 
Industries  Ltd  has  advised  that  the  Signe- 
tics  2536  UART  is  no  longer  available. 
However  they  are  able  to  supply  the  TMS 
6011,  which  is  an  exact  equivalent 
device. 

RHYTHM  UNIT  (October-November 
1976,  File  No.  1 /EM/42,  43):  We  have 
been  advised  by  C  &  K  Electronics  (Aust.) 
Pty  Ltd  that  they  are  able  to  supply  bexel- 
mounting  paddle  switches  for  the  mute, 
reset  and  rhythm  group  select  switches, 
having  gold  contacts  to  provide 
improved  switching  reliability  and  longer 
life.  Designated  type  7201-J61B,  the 
switches  are  available  with  actuator  pad¬ 
dles  in  a  variety  of  colours  if  required. 
(C  &  K  Electronics,  Office  2,  6  Mac- 
Farlane  St,  Merrylands,  NSW  2160.) 


LANTHUR 

ELECTRONICS 

69  Buchanan  Avenue.  North  Balwyn. 
Vic.  3104  P.0  Box  162.  Ph.  85  4061 


ELECTRIC  DRILL 

Speed  controller  kits.  Will  control  speed  down 
to  stop  of  any  ac/dc  brush  type  motor.  No  loss 
of  torque.  Consists  of  triac,  resistor,  diodes, 
pot.,  knob,  3  pin  base,  plug  8t  circuit. 

5  amp.  size.  (1  200  watt)  $8.95 
10  amp.  size.  (2400  watt)  $9.95 
Prices  include  postage 


LAMP  DIMMER  KITS 

Will  control  incandescent  lamps  down  to  out. 
Consists  of  triac,  diac,  capacitors,  resistors, 
pot.,  knob,  ferrite  rod,  wire  &  circuit. 

5  amp.  size  (1200  watt)  $6  95 
10  amp  size  (2400  watt)  $7.95 
Prices  include  postage 


PLASTIC  CABINET 

Suitable  for  above  speed  controller  &  lamp  dim¬ 
mer  kits.  $  1  55 

Post  free  if  with  above  kits  otherwise  plus  post¬ 
age  0.40 


ETCHING  KITS 

For  printed  circuit  board.  All  you  need  to  make 
your  own  printed  circuits,  including  a  piece  of 
board  6x4  inches,  and  instructions.  $4.95 
Prices  includes  postage 


BATTERY  CHARGER  KIT 

Will  charge  1  2  volt  wet  batteries  at  2  amps 
Consists  of  transformer,  bridge  rectifier,  ballast 
resistor  and  circuit.  $9.75 

Plus  postage .  Vic .  $1.10 
Other  $2  00 


BATTERY  SAVER  KIT 

Will  supply  dc  voltages  from  6  to  1  5.  Consists 
of  transformer,  bridge  rectifier,  filter  capacitor 
and  circuit  One  amp  size  $8.50 

Plus  Postage  Vic.  $1.10 
Other.  $2  00 

Two  amp  size  $16.50 

Plus  postage  Vic .  $1.15 
Other  $2  50 


SPEAKERS 

Australian  made  M  S.P  Good  quality  4  inch  1  5 
ohm  $3.95 

Price  includes  postage. 


FAST  DESOLDERING 

wi,h  Sod er  -Wick 

Soder-Wick  is  a  specially  treated 
copper  braid  which  soaks  up 
molten  solder  like  a  sponge. 
Desolders  a  P.C.  pad  in  a  second 
or  so:  acts  as  a  heat  sink  to 
protect  circuits  and  components. 


0v*-w/c 

sW 


Hold  Soder-Wick  on 
termination  with  hot 
soldering  tip.  Wicking 
action  soaks  up  solder 
2. 

Remove  tip  and  braid. 
Termination  is  left 
clean  and  free  of 
solder. 


In  a  range  of  sizes  from 
your  wholesaler  or 


ROYSTON 
ELECTRONICS 


02-709  5293 
03-848  3777 


RE475 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


133 


KITCRAFT  WA 

557  WELLINGTON  ST 
PERTH  PH  21  3047 


Kenwood  4  Channel  Stereo 
Amplifier— 


With  FM-AM  Tuner  and  Belt  Drive 
Turntable  with  2  Motors  Plus  6  Speakers. 


AT  $299.00 

Less  Cabinets 


TR 10CS-1 560 

The  1  5MHz  dual  trace 
Oscilloscope.  Complete 
with  free  x  1 0  probes. 

Price  $439.00 

‘Plus  S/Tax 


WE  ALSO  STOCK. 

•  Books 

•  Amplifier  Kits 

•  Turntables 

•  Speakers 

•  Speakers  Kits 

•  Cabinets 

•  Security  Equip. 

•  Electronic  Kits 

•  Transceivers 

•  Calculators 

•  Test  Equip. 

•  All  Components 

•  Tapes 

PERTH'S  NEWEST 
ELECTRONIC  STORE 
COME  AND  SEE 


Marketplace 


FOR  SALE 

RESISTORS  AND  CAPACITORS.  Resistors  all  El  2  values. 
’/4  watt  carbon  film.  10  ohm  to  1  meg  2  cents  each  I.R.H 
GL  Vi  or  GLP.  Vi  watt  Metal  glaze  10  ohm  —  470k  3  cents 
each  or  2.5  cents  over  250.  1  watt  1  ohm  to  Ik  6  cents 
each  or  5  cents  over  1 00  PACKS  STANDARD  PACK  contains 
5  each  of  El 2  values  in  ranges  shown.  COMPUTER  PACK 
contains  quantities  based  on  general  usage.  Vi  watt  285 
resistors  $7.00.  Vi  watt  305  resistors  $5.90.  CAPACITORS 
ELECTROLYTICS  single  ended  uprights.  Mfd  35  v.w.  1,2.2, 
3.3,4  7,  10,  22,  10  cents  each.  33.47,  15  cents.  25  v.w. 
100  16  cents  each.  220  25  cents  each.  470  35  cents. 
Polyester  Greencaps  100  v.w.  .001,  .0022,  .0033,  .0047, 
.0056,  0068,  7  cents  each  01,  .022,  .033,.  047,  .056, 
.068,  .082,  10  cents  each.  .1,  .22,  13  cents  each.  Poly 
Pack  5  cents  of  these  values  $6.00.  75  capacitors.  Other 
components  see  E.A.  June,  1976.  All  components  brand 
new  from  manufacturers  dr  agents.  Each  value  of  component 
individually  packed.  Post  and  packing  included  in  all  orders 
over  $6.50.  For  orders  less  than  $6.50  add  40  cents  for 
post  and  packing.  5%  discount  on  orders  over  $35.00.  10% 
discount  on  orders  over  $75.00.  Send  orders  to  RAM  ELEC¬ 
TRONICS,  575  Sydney  Road,  Seaforth,  N.S.W.  2092. 
Please  send  cheque  or  money  order. 


TELETYPES  repaired.  Spare  parts.  Paper  Rolls,  Machines  for 
Sale.  NETWORK  ENGINEERING  Ph  (02)  211  4630. 


AUSTRALIAN  RADIO  DX  CLUB  The  premier  DX  club  of  Aus¬ 
tralia  now  in  its  12th  year  of  national  operation.  Catering 
for  the  interests  of  both  S.W.  listeners  and  DXers,  the 
monthly  bulletin  covers  the  S.W.  and  M.W.  spectrums.  For 
full  details  enquire  now  to  ARDXC.  P.O  Box  67,  Highett, 
Vic.  3190., 


AMPEX  AG-440B  STUDIO  RECORDER,  Full  track  mono, 
lVi  and  1 5  i.p.s.  complete  in  walnut  console  on  castors,  with 
built-in  monitor  amp.  Excellent  condition,  has  been  used  less 
than  500  hours  since  new  $2000.  Vista  electronics,  78 
Robert  Street,  Wickham,  N  S  W.  Tel.  Newcastle  61-4908. 


10W.  amp.  with  turntable  &  speakers,  in  teak  cabinet  $300. 
Tape  recorder  —  B.S.R.  3  speed  3  hd  deck,  pile  of  tapes, 
all  sizes,  recorded  &  blank  $200  Radios,  player  cases,  bat¬ 
tery  turntable  —  hundreds  of  junk  box  parts.  Hobbyists  can't 
afford  to  miss  this  chance.  G.  Sankowsky  (The  Butterfly 
Farm),  Long  Road.  Mt.  Tamborine.  QJd.  Ph.  075-451353. 
Callers  only. 


FAST  14  DAYS  P  C.  BOARD  SERVICE  for  any  project.  20 
cents  a  sq.inch.  Send  in  your  magazine  clipping  of  P.C.B 
required  (returned  with  your  order)  measure  image  area  for 
example: 

6  in.  X  3  in.  «■  18  in.  X  20  cents  ■■  $3.60,  post  60  cents 
P.E.  JOANNA  Touch  Sensitive  electronic  piano  May  75. 
Complete  set  of  14  P.C.B's  $30.90  P8tP  $1 .20. 

P.E.  RADIO  CONTROL  June  76.  Complete  set  of  8  P.C.B's 
$12.50  P&P  80c. 

P.W.  RHYTHM  GENERATOR  June  76,  A  set  of  3  P.C.B's 
$11.50  P&P  60c. 

NOVELTY  MART,  P.O.  BOX  390 
MASCOT,  N  S  W  2020. 


TELEPRINTERS  Working  to  P.M.G.  test  tape.  Creed  7B  Tele¬ 
type  15.  Readers  14  T.D.  Reperforators  14  Info.  Spares  & 
Paper  &  Tape.  Distortion  testers.  Tone  generators.  Sent 
anywhere  freight  forward  plus  packing.  Studio  20  Sales, 
31  3383.  367  Bourke  St,  Darlinghurst  2010. 


COMPONENTS  BARGAINS,  Resistors  5%  V4w  10  ohm  1 
Mohm,  Vaw  10  ohm  to  10  Mohm  3c  ea  CAPACITORS 
GREENCAPS.  lOOv  .001  to  .0022  10c.  .033,  .047  11c. 
.1  13c.  .22  17c.  630V  .001,  .0022,  .0047  13c.  .01  15c 
'022  16c.  .033  18c.  .047  21c.  .1  23c  ELECTROLYTICS. 
pcb  mounting  25V  5,  10,  25ufd  12c.  47  16c.  100  18c. 
220  24c.  470  30c.  1000  50c.  or  10  for  $4.00.  PRINTED 
CIRCUIT  BOARD  12"  x  3"  40c.  6  for  $2  12"  x  4"  60c. 
or  4  for  $2.  A&R  PCI  INSTRUMENT  CASES  $3.50.  Min. 
order  $5.00  P  &  P  80c.  add  extra  for  heavier  items. 
G.H. COMPONENTS,  PO  BOX  378,  GLEN  WAVERLEY,  VIC. 
3150. 


WIRE  STRIPPER  Labour  saving  hand  held  no  damage  to 
cable.  SELF  ADJUSTING  strips  single  multiples  round  or  flat 
conductors,  up  to  size  7/029— one  movement. 

$  19.95  -f  60c  post. 

TELECOM  ADVICE.  P.O.  Box  105,  Marrickville  2204,  NSW. 


BOOMERANG  TAPE  RECORDING  CLUB  -  Full  details  9" 
x  4"  S.A.E.  P.O  Box  118.  Wellington,  N  S  W.  2820. 


WANTED 


ELECTRONICS  and  similar  magazines  in  good  condition 
bought,  phone  Healy  (02)  631-6681  after  5pm. 


"DUX  CINE"  Circa  1950  toy  movie  projector  also  16"  radio 
serial  discs.  Box  36,  Fairy  Meadow,  2519. 


TIME  CLOCKS 

HUGE  SAVINGS! 

SANGAMO 

741  mDip  Op  Amp  4  for  $  1 

LESS 

723  Dil  2-37v  Reg  55c  ea 

S  ***■  DAY  OMIT 

CA2-30  mDip  Opto  Isolator  $2  ea 

/**  e\  device 

PA60  8A  600  PIV  Bridge 

[if:  \  $13.50 

Rect  $3.50  ea 

’i  WITH 

2200  uf  40V  Electrolytics  80c  ea 

'**1  DAY  OMIT 

9"x416"x  1/16"  F  glass  Laminate 

Hlv  /  device 

60c  ea 

/  $i6.oo 

Pack  &  Post  50c 

240 V  50  cs 

1 5A  Contacts 

For  more  low  cost  quality  components 

Used  tested  and  guaranteed 

send  SAE  for  free  catalogue  and  start 

PACK  &  POST  N  S  W.  $2.00 

comparing  our  prices 

Vic.  &  Qld.  $2.50.  W.A.  $3.00 

CLOCK  DISPOSAL  CO. 

Linear  Electronics 

P.O.  Box  147 

PO  Box  254 

LINDFIELD,  N.S.W.  2070 

Punchbowl  2196 

134 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


DISPLAY  ADVERTISEMENTS  IN 
MARKETPLACE  are  available  in 
sizes  from  a  minimum  of  6cm  x  1 
col  rated  at  $10  per  col  cm. 

Other  sizes  are  at  card  rates. 
CLASSIFIED  RATES  $1.75  per  line 
per  insertion  payable  in  advance. 
Minimum  two  lines. 

CLOSING  DATE  is  six  weeks  prior  to 
the  on-sale  date.  Issues  are  on  sale 
the  first  Monday  of  each  month. 
ADDRESS  all  classified  orders, 
copy,  enquiries,  etc.  to:  The  Adver¬ 
tising  Manager,  ELECTRONICS 
Australia,  Box  162,  Beaconsfield, 
2014. 


ELECTRONICS  AUSTRALIA 
1976/77  YEAR  BOOK. 


Crammed  with  fascinating  reading, 
do-it-yourself  projects,  hand  picked 
record  and  book  reviews,  a  full  listing 
of  Australian  and  New  Zealand  radio 
and  TV  stations,  equipment  reviews 
and  a  look  at  CB  in  Australia . .  $  1 .20 


FROM  YOUR  NEWSAGENT 


FREE  OFFER!!! 


Free  offer  of  5  of  BC548  (New.  Branded)  Transistors  for 
every  order  over  $10;  This  month  only!  Take  advantage 
of  this  free  offer  now!  Don't  delay!  Top  quality,  silicon 
power  transistors  2N3055-1-10  for  $5.  I.C.  sockets 
(top  quality)  8  pin-35c,  14  pin-40c.  16  pin-45c 
Copper  clad  board— fantastic  value:  6Vj"  x  5"— 4  for 
$1  80,  9"  x  12"-$  1  75.  HA1322,  5.5  watts  Peak 
Power  I  C.  incl.  Cct  diagram  $1 .75  ea  or  4  for  $6  CMOS 
I.C.s:  4000.  4001,  4002.  4007-35c  ea  4011. 
401  2— 40c  ea  ,  4006-$2  50.  4009-$  1  20.  74C 
Series:  74C00-40c,  74C02-45c  Linear  I.C.s-555 
Timer  (mDIP)  — 60c,  741  Op  Amp  (mDIP)— 40c. 
LM301.  LM307  (mDIP)— 70c  ea  LM  709(DIP)—  75c 
723  (DP)—  $1.  3900  (DIP)  $1  25,  CA3012.  CA3013. 
CA3018  (Can)  — 80c  ea  Semiconductors  — 
BC547.BC548.BC549  — 10  for  $1  50.  BC557. 
BC558.  BC559— 10  for  $1.50  BF198— 5  for  $2  BF 
185-3  for  $2,  BC635-  4  'or  $2.  OA90-10  for  $1 
EM404— 10  for  $  1 .  EM  410— 10  for  $  1 .10.  2N6 107-4 
for  $  2.  40250  (2N3054)-3  for  $2.50. 
2SA353(AF1  26)— 5  for  $2,  C106D  S.C.R  (400v  4A)— 3 
for  $3.50  Resistors,  Carbon  Film,  ’/zwatt.  5%  in  El  2 
values,  Range  10  ohm  to  1  Meg  -All  3c  ea  Polyester 
Greencaps.  All  10%,  100v  Rating  001  001  5.  0022. 

0033  0039.  0047.  .0056.  .0068.  .0082.  01— 10c 
ea  015.  022— 1 2c  ea..  .033.  .039.  047-I4oea  . 
.056.  .068.  082  — 17c  ea  0  1— 20c.  15  — 23c. 
.22— 26c  For  more  super  bargains  in  Electrolytics. 
Switches.  Panel  Meters.  Super  Bargain  Packs,  look  up 
other  Advertisements  in  this  issue  Post  and  Pack  60c  or 
extra  for  larger«parcels. 


MICRONICS 

P.0.  Box  175.  Randwick.  2031 


N0MI5 

" The  Sound  People 

MICROPHONE 
>  STANDS 

V  SERIES  900 


903 

Floor 


Satin  and  bright  chrome  durable  finish  Based  on  proven 
field  designs  from  NOMIS.  one  of  Australia  s  oldest 
sound  specialists  Professional  quality  at  surprisingly 
low  prices.  \ 

NOMIS  ELECTRONICS  PTY.  LTD. 

689  SOUTH  ROAD. 

BLACK  FOREST.  S  A.  (08)  293  4896 
And  these  Suppliers 

N  S  W.  Martin  de  Launay.  S  y  d  n  e  y  -  2  9  5  8  34 
Newcastle-2  4741  Wagga-21  4644.  Wollongong- 28  6020 
QLD  Martin  de  launay  Brisbane— 52  8467  S.A.  N*'  duller. 
Adelaide- 74  1  162  Mt  Gambier  SES8  Services-25  5970 
W  A.  Atkins  Carlyle  Perth-22  0191  N.T.  Veneman  &  Wyatt 
Darwin—  8  1  3491  VIC.  JES  Electronic  Components. 
Melbourne— 88  5282. 


emcD 


DE  LUXE  PRECISION 
MINIATURE  MACHINE  SHOP 

_ _  an  efficient  universal  machine  equipped  with: 

3  jaw  Lathe  chuck,  3  jaw  Drill  chuck.  Set  of  8  Milling  and  Drilling  Tools, 
Grinding  wheel  Guard  and  3  wheels,  set  of  6  Lathe  Tools,  Live  centre 
and  DeLuxe  Instruction  Book  .  .  .  and  it  will  do  the  following  jobs. 


BASIC  UNIT: 

70mm  swing, 

170mm  between  centres. 


OPTIONAL: 

THREAD  CUTTING 
GEAR  CUTTING 
FRET  SAWING 
JIG  SAWING 
CIRCULAR  SAWING 
SPINDLE  MOULDING 
PLANING 
SANDING  AND 
POLISHING 
FLEXIBLE  SHAFT 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976  135 


R.F.2266B 

l 


STRIPS  Iran  mt  ' 

FLECTROUIBE  as 


Electrolube  Contact  Cleaning  Strips 
are  manufactured  from  specially 
developed  card  impregnated  with  an 
Electrolube  Contact  Lubricant. 

They  have  been  designed  for  cleaning 
and  treating  small  relay  and  non¬ 
wiping  contacts  where  only 
a  very  thin  film  of 
Electrolube  Contact 

EtnmihlO  Lubricant  is  required 
II  UllUlu  ■  •  •  E  G-  Intercommuni- 
Phnntnno  cation-  Telecommuni-: 
ullUIJ  hi  h  cation  and  Computer 
,  Systems. 

Available  from  leading 
electrical  wholesalers. 


Information  on  ELECTROLUBE  CONTACT  CLEANING  STRIPS  and  other 
ELECTROLUBE  products  is  available  from  Australian  agents: 

/B*  RICHARD  FOOT  (AUSTRALIA)  PTY.  LTD. 

VEA  63  HUME  STREET,  CROWS  NEST,  N.S.W.  2065.  Telephone:  43-0326: 


IN  STOCK  NOW! 


IBETA  23-Channel  AM  Mobile 
Citizensband  Transceiver 
OUR  PRICE 

$89 

+  P&P  $5.00 
(NORMALLY  $139.00) 

J  SPECIFICATIONS 

1 .  Semiconductors:  1  9  Transistors  and  1  5  Diodes 

2.  Frequency  Range:  26. 965MHz-27. 255MHz 

3.  Mode  of  Operation:  AM 

4.  Controls:  Volume  Control  with  Power  On-Off  Switch  •  Variable  RF  Gain  Con¬ 
trol  •  Variable  Squelch  Control  •  Delta  Tune  Switch  •  Channel  Selector  Switch 
•  CB-PA  Switch  •  ANL  Switch 

5.  Connectors  and  Jacks:  Microphone  Connector  •  Coaxial  Type  Antenna  Con¬ 
nector  •  Public  Address  Speaker  Jack  3.5mm  •  External  Speaker  Jack  3.5mm 

6.  Speaker:  3  Vi  inches,  8  ohms 

7.  Microphone:  pynamic  Microphone  (500  ohms) 

8.  Power  Supply:  1  3.8  VDC  Positive  or  Negative  Ground 

Cali,  write  or  phone  to:  C.  H.  S.  TAYLOR'S  WAREHOUSE  SALES 

1  69  JOHNSTON  STREET,  COLLINGWOOD.  VIC.  3066  PHONE:  41  9  3862 


SUBSCRIPTION  SERVICE 


Subscription  Rates 

$A  14.00  per  year 
within  Australia. 

$A1  7. 00  per  year 
elsewhere. 

Make  sure  you  receive  every  copy  of  the  magazine  by  ordering  it  from  your  newsagent  or  the  publisher. 
For  publisher  subscriptions  post  this  coupon,  with  your  remittance,  to  Electronics  Australia  Subscription 
Dept.,  John  Fairfax  &  Sons  Ltd,  GPO  Box  506,  Sydney,  2001  Subscription  will  start  with  first  available* 
issue. 


Name .  . 
Address 


I 

Postcode .  Enclosed  is 


for . 


years 


Advertising  Index 

A.W.A.  Marconi  School  of  Wireless 

120 

ACE  Radio 

130 

Aegis  Pty.  Ltd. 

102 

Akai  Electric  Co.  , 

6 

Adcola  Products  Pty  Ltd 

'  26 

Audio  Engineers  Pty.  Ltd. 

10 

Audio  Telex  Communications  Pty.  Ltd. 

63 

Aust.  Consumer  Assoc. 

67 

Australian  Time  Equipment  Pty.  Ltd. 

108 

Auriema  (A'asia)  Pty.  Ltd.  36,101,  facing  36,101 

Bail  Electronics  Services 

106,1 16,124 

British  Merchandising  Pty.  Ltd. 

69,112 

Bright  Star  Crystals  Pty.  Ltd. 

100 

BKX  Electronics  Supply  Service 

128 

Cema  (Distributors)  Pty.  Ltd 

34 

Channel  2  Wollongong 

122 

CRC  Chemicals 

61 

Classic  Radio 

94,102 

Clock  Disposal.Co. 

134 

Convoy  International  Pty.  Ltd. 

facing  37 

Cunningham  R.H.  Pty.  Ltd. 

47,123 

Danish  Hi-Fi 

5 

Deitch  Bros 

132 

Dick  Smith  Electronics  Group  42,80,81,82,120 

Dynetics  Pty.  Ltd 

77 

E.D.  &  E.  (Sales)  Pty.  Ltd. 

72 

Educal  Kits 

51 

Electrocraft  Pty.  Ltd. 

74 

Electronics  Australia  (Year  Book) 

26 

Electronic  Concepts  Pty.  Ltd. 

98 

Electronic  Development  &  Sales  Pty.  Ltd. 

117 

Elmeasco  Instruments  Pty.  Ltd. 

56 

Elliott  Machine  Tools 

135 

Ferguson  Transformers  Pty.  Ltd 

119 

George  Hawthorn  Electronics 

103 

Kit  Craft 

134 

Haco  Distributing  Agencies 

facing  100 

Hagemeyer  (Aust) 

OBC.IBC 

Harman  Australia  Pty.  Ltd 

8 

International  Correspondence  Schools 

116 

Interson  Pty.  Ltd. 

35 

Jacoby  Mitchell 

122 

Lafayette  Electronics 

79 

Lanthur  Electronics 

112,133 

Leroya  Industries  Pty.  Ltd. 

7,15 

Linear  Electronics 

134 

Micronics  85,119,120 

.131,133,135 

Namco  Electronics 

88 

Nomis  Electronics  97,116,120,135 

OBC  Imports  Pty.  Ltd. 

18 

Paramount  Rentals  Pty.  Ltd. 

96 

Peter  Shalley 

68 

Philips  Industries 

12 

Photimport 

4,22 

R.D.  Electronics 

93 

RCS  Radio 

122 

Radio  Despatch  Service 

131 

Radio  Parts  Group 

2 

Richard  Foot  (Australia)  Pty.  Ltd. 

136 

Royston  Electronics  k 

133 

Sabtronics  International 

84 

Sheen  Electronics  Aust 

64 

Scope  Laboratories 

28,29 

Sontron  Instruments 

77 

Sony  Kemtron  Pty.  Ltd. 

IFC,  1 6 

Stanton  Magnetics 

24 

Star  Delta  Co. Pty.  Ltd. 

119 

Stotts  Magna  Sighter 

108 

Stotts  Technical  College 

118 

Sungravure  Pty.  Ltd. 

1 10.1 1 1 

Swan  Electronics  Pty.  Ltd. 

121 

Tandy  International  Electronics 

50 

C.H.S.  Taylor's  Warehouse  Sales 

136 

Technical  Book  &  Magazine  Co.  Pty.  Ltd. 

113 

University  Graham  Instruments  Pty.  Ltd. 

58 

Vicom  International 

124 

Video  Hi-Fi  Centre 

122 

Warburton  Franki  Heathkit  Centre 

39 

Warburton  Franki  (Sanwa) 

44 

Willis  Trading  Co.  Pty.  Ltd. 

106,124 

Wireless  Institute  of  Australia 

127 

Zephyr  Products 

74 

136 


ELECTRONICS  Australia,  December,  1976 


WHY  YOUR  NEXT  CASSETTE 
SHOULO  BE  A  MAXELL  UD 


3  THE  SHELL  —  Even  the  best  tape 
can  get  mangled  in  a  poorly 
constructed  shell.  That’s  why 
Maxell  protects  its  tape  with  a 
precisely  constructed  shell,  made  of 
lasting  heavy-duty  plastic. 

No  fixed  guide  posts  are  used.  Instead 
Maxell  uses  nylon  rollers  on 
stainless  steel  pins  thus  elimi¬ 
nating  the  major  cause  of 
skipping,  jumping  and 
unwinding. 

A  tough  teflon  (not  waxed  paper) 
slip  sheet  keeps  the  tape  pack  tight 
and  flat.  No  more  bent  or  nicked  tape  to 
ruin  your  recording. 

Maxell  doesn't  use  a 
welded  seal,  but  puts  the 
cassette  together  with  pre¬ 
cision  screws.  Result  — 

Maxell  doesn’t  jam. 


ULTRA- DYNAMIC 


1THE  RESEARCH  —  More  than 
twenty  years  ago,  Maxell  produced 
their  first  reel  of  magnetic  tape.  At 
that  time,  Maxell  made  a  com¬ 
mitment  to  produce  and  sell  only  the  finest 
magnetic  products  their  technology  could 
create. 

That  commitment  still  stands  today. 


THE  TAPE  —  This  continuous . 
research  has  lead  to  the  develop¬ 
ment  of  the  Maxell  UD  (ultra 
dynamic)  cassette.  A  tape  that  has 
a  coating  of  super-fine  PX  gamma  ferric 
oxide  particles  with  an  extra  smooth 
mirror-finish  surface. 

All  of  this  adds  up  to  high  output,  low 
noise,  distortion  free  performance  and  a 
dynamic  range  Equaling  that  of  open  reel 
tapes. 


4  THE  LEADER  —  A  leader  tape 
that  has  a  four  function  purpose, 

a)  Non-abrasive  head  cleaning 
leader  (cleans  recording  head 
for  5  secs.). 

b)  5  second  cueing  line  (recording 
function  starts  5  seconds  after  the  line 
appears). 

c)  Arrows  indicating  direction  of  tape 
travel. 

d)  A/B  side  mark  (indicates  which  side  is 
ready  for  play). 


©  © 


Now  you  know  why  your  next  cassette 
should  be  a  Maxell  UD  (ultra  dynamic). 

maxell. 

The  sound  expert's  cassette.  UD  available  in  C60.  C90  and  Cl 20 
Distributed  by  Hagemeyer  (Australasia)  B.V.  Branches  in  all  States 


WT  GD  127M 


Ibr  what  you  are 

about  to  receiye. 


innovations  inside,  all  models  reflect  the  best  in  modern  design  combined  with  control 
layouts  to  give  you  an  ease  of  operation  you’ve  never  experienced  before.  Best  of  all, 
each  lives  up  to  our  firm  policy  of  Original  Sound  Realism. 

Features  JVC-JRS600  FM/AM  TUNER  (illustrated)  With  5-way  SEA:  tape  dubbing: 
hi  and  low  filters:  THD  0.1%:  FM  noise  reduction  circuit:  110  watts  minimum  per 
channel  RMS:  FM  sensitivity,  1.7uV:  signal  to  noise  ratio,  65dB  (Stereo):  AM 
suppression,  55dB:  stereo  separation,  lKHz-50dB:  alternate  channel  selectivity,  80dB. 

Others  in  the  JR-S  range:  JR-S400  —  70  watts  per  channel  RMS  minimum. 
JR-S300  —  50  watts  per  channel  RMS  minimum.  JR-S200  —  35  watts  per  channel 
RMS  minimum.  JR-S100  —  20  watts  per  channel  RMS  minimum. 


the  right  choice 

For  details  on  JVC  Hi  Fi  Equipment,  write  to:  JVC  Advisory  Service,  EO.  Box  49,  Kensington.  N.S.W.  2033.